2024+ MODEL 3
Model 3 Premium
Model 3 Standard
OWNER’S MANUAL
Software version: 2025.38
North America
YOUR OWNER’S MANUAL
For the latest and greatest information that is customized to your vehicle, view the Owner’s Manual on your vehicle’s touchscreen by touching the app launcher and then selecting the Manual app. The information is specific to your vehicle depending on the features you purchased, vehicle configuration, market region, and software version. In contrast, owner information that is provided by Tesla elsewhere is updated as necessary and may not contain information unique to your vehicle.
RELEASE NOTES
Information about new features is displayed on the touchscreen after a software update, and can be viewed at any time by choosing the Release Notes tab in the Manual app, or by touching Controls > Software > Release Notes. If the content in the Owner’s Manual on how to use your vehicle conflicts with information in the Release Notes, the Release Notes take precedence.
ILLUSTRATIONS AND PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
The illustrations provided in this document are for demonstration purposes only. Depending on vehicle options, software version and market region, the information displayed on the touchscreen in your vehicle may appear slightly different.
All specifications and descriptions contained in this document are verified to be accurate at the time of printing. However, because continuous improvement is a goal at Tesla, we reserve the right to make product modifications at any time. To communicate any inaccuracies or omissions in this document, please send an email to: ownersmanualfeedback@tesla.com.
SAFETY INFORMATION
You can find safety information in your Model 3 Owner’s Manual on the touchscreen.
For detailed information about your Model 3, go to the Tesla website for your region, log on to your Tesla account, or sign up to get an account.
If you have any questions or concerns about your Model 3, call 1-877-79TESLA (1-877-798-3752).
© 2012-2025 TESLA, INC.
All information in this document and all vehicle software is subject to copyright and other intellectual property rights of Tesla, Inc. and its licensors. This material may not be modified, reproduced or copied, in whole or in part, without the prior written permission of Tesla, Inc. and its licensors. Additional information is available upon request. Shown here are trademarks or registered trademarks of Tesla, Inc. in the United States and other countries:
Seating and Safety Restraints 34
Phone, Calendar, and Web Conferencing 57
Traffic Light and Stop Sign Control 113
Full Self-Driving (Supervised) 120
Collision Avoidance Assist 137
Dashcam, Sentry, and Security 144
Safety & Security Settings 144
USB Drive Requirements for Recording Videos 150
Operating Climate Controls 151
Adjusting the Front and Rear Vents 156
Cold Weather Best Practices 158
Hot Weather Best Practices 161
Navigation and Entertainment 162
Theater, Arcade, and Toybox 171
Charging and Energy Consumption 174
Electric Vehicle Components 174
High Voltage Battery Information 176
Scheduled Precondition and Charge 184
High Voltage Battery Health 188
Maintenance Service Intervals 190
Windshield Wiper Blades, Jets and Fluid 203
Do It Yourself Maintenance 211
Instructions for Transporters 226
Instructions for Transporters 226
Contacting Tesla Roadside Assistance 229
Opening the Hood with No Power 231
Opening Doors with No Power 234
Submerged Vehicle Guidance 235
About this Owner Information 296
Feature Availability Statement 298
- Key card sensor (Keys on page 20)
- Charge port (Charging Instructions on page 178)
- Hood/front trunk (Front Trunk on page 31)
- Front tow eye cover (Instructions for Transporters on page 226)
- Rear trunk (Rear Trunk on page 28)
- Rear view camera (Rear Facing Camera(s) on page 93)
- Rear tow eye cover (Instructions for Transporters on page 226) For Autopilot camera locations, see Cameras on page 18.
- Door open button (Opening Doors from the Interior on page 25)
- Blind spot warning light (Blind Spot Warning Light on page 135)
- Turn stalk (if equipped) (Lights on page 73)
- Left scroll wheel (Left Scroll Wheel (Multifunction) on page 66)
- Horn (Horn on page 67)
- Right scroll wheel (Right Scroll Wheel (Autopilot) on page 66)
- Touchscreen (Touchscreen on page 6)
- Secondary drive mode selector (P R N D) (Shift Using the Overhead Console on page 70)
- Cabin camera (Cabin Camera on page 142)
- Hazard warning flashers (Hazard Warning Flashers on page 75)
- Dome lights (Lights on page 73)
- Accent lights (if equipped)(Lights on page 73)
- Climate control vent (see Operating Climate Controls on page 151)
- Power window switches (Windows on page 27)
- Manual door release (Opening Doors from the Interior on page 25)
- Brake pedal (Braking and Stopping on page 77)
- Accelerator pedal (Regenerative Braking on page 78)
- Wireless phone charger (Wireless Phone Chargers on page 11) and key card reader (Keys on page 20)
- Center console (Center Console on page 33)
- Glovebox (Glovebox on page 33)
-
- Rear touchscreen (if equipped) (Rear Touchscreen on page 9)
- Adjustable climate control vents (Operating Climate Controls on page 151)
- Seat pocket (if equipped)
- Rear door manual release (Opening a Rear Door with No Power on page 234)
- Cup holders (Rear Console on page 33)
- USB ports (USB Ports on page 11)
NOTE: Throughout this Owner’s Manual, the front touchscreen is referred to as the “touchscreen” whereas the rear touchscreen (if equipped) is referred to as the “rear touchscreen”.
WARNING: Always pay attention to road and traffic conditions when driving. To minimize driver distraction and ensure the safety of vehicle occupants as well as other road users, avoid using the touchscreen to adjust settings while the vehicle is in motion.
Use the touchscreen to control many features that, in traditional cars, are controlled using physical buttons (for example, adjusting the cabin heating and air conditioning, headlights, etc.). You also use the touchscreen to control media, navigate, use entertainment features, and customize Model 3 to suit your preferences. For hands-free access to common touchscreen controls, use voice commands (see Voice Commands on page 16).
If the touchscreen is unresponsive or demonstrates unusual behavior, you can restart it (see Restarting the Touchscreen on page 9).
CAUTION: Do not apply a screen protector on the touchscreen. Doing so can result in unintended inputs to the touchscreen (phantom inputs), delayed response or unresponsiveness to touches, electrostatic discharge which can damage the touchscreen, etc. Any damage caused by installing a screen protector is not covered by the warranty.
NOTE: Illustrations are provided to improve conceptual understanding only. Depending on vehicle options, software version, market region and regional and language settings, the details displayed on the screen will differ.
- Status bar: Find car controls and status in the top bar (see Top Status Bar Icons on page 8).
- Navigation: Change the orientation of the map, find or navigate to a destination, and change navigation settings (see Maps and Navigation on page 162).
- Car status: This area dynamically displays the current status of Model 3 as you drive, park, open doors, turn lights on, etc. Monitor this area when driving as it displays important information such as driving speed and warning messages (see Car Status on page 13). When the vehicle is in Park, you can open the trunks or charge port door. This area also houses shortcut “cards” for Media, tire pressures, and Trip Information.
When Full Self-Driving (Supervised) is enabled (if equipped), the car status area displays visualizations of the road and your vehicle’s surroundings. You can expand/condense the visualization by dragging the car status area from side to side. Expanding the visualization displays more details about the roadway and its surroundings, including road markings, stop lights, and objects (such as trash cans and poles).
- Drive mode strip: Use to shift into Park, Reverse, Neutral, or Drive. Swipe from the edge of the touchscreen towards the passenger, to bring up the drive mode strip. (See Shifting on page 70.)
- Controls: Control various features and customize Model 3 to suit your preferences. The Controls screen appears over the map. Touch an option on the Controls screen to display the various settings and preferences associated with the chosen option.
To search for a specific setting, touch Search at the top of the Controls screen. Make changes directly from the result or touch the link to jump to that option in Controls.
|
|
When an information icon displays beside a specific setting, touch it to display a popup that provides helpful details about the associated setting. |
NOTE: Many vehicle controls, settings, and preferences (such as climate, media, and navigation) can be adjusted hands- free using voice commands (see Voice Commands on page 16).
NOTE: You can send touchscreen feedback to Tesla by long-pressing this icon.
- Climate controls (driver): Use the left and right arrows to decrease/increase cabin temperature. Touch Split on the popup to display separate controls for the driver and passenger. Touch the temperature icon to customize climate control settings (see Operating Climate Controls on page 151). The passenger climate controls display when temperature controls have been Split to provide separate controls for the driver and passenger.
- Media player shortcut: When using the media player app, swipe to minimize/maximize.
- Full-screen Park view: Swipe towards the passenger for a full-screen Park view with media and navigation controls.
- My Apps: For one-touch access to frequently used apps and controls, you can choose what displays here. See Customizing My Apps on page 7.
- App Launcher: Touch the app launcher to open the app tray. Then touch any app to open it. The app you choose displays on top of the map. To close an app, drag it downward.
- Recent App(s): Displays the most recently used app(s). The number of recent apps displayed here depends on how many apps have been added to My Apps. If you add the maximum number of apps to My Apps, only the most recent app displays.
- Climate controls (passenger): Displays when temperature controls have been Split to provide separate controls for the driver and passenger.
- Volume Control: Controls the volume of media player and phone calls (see Volume Controls on page 168). The volume of navigation instructions is controlled separately (see Maps and Navigation on page 162).
Customizing My Apps
For one-touch access to commonly used apps and controls, you can customize what displays in the My Apps area on the touchscreen’s bottom bar:
- Enter customization mode by touching and holding any app or control in the My Apps area. If this area is empty, touch the App Launcher.
- Drag any app or control from the app tray onto the My Apps area in the bottom bar.
NOTE: Seat heaters selected from the app tray appear next to the temperature, instead of in the My Apps area.
NOTE: When you’ve added the maximum number of apps or controls to My Apps, adding an additional app removes the rightmost app.
NOTE: Remove an app or control from the My Apps area by touching and holding, then touching its associated “X”.
Top Status Bar Icons
NOTE: For some vehicles manufactured after approximately November 1, 2021, the center console USB ports may only support
|
|
Touch to lock/unlock all doors and trunks. |
charging devices. Use the USB port inside the glove box for all other functions. |
|
|
|
Displays when Model 3 is connected to a Wi-Fi network. |
||
|
|
Displays the local or destination weather conditions. Touch to display more detailed information about the weather and air quality, including chance of rain, humidity, and UV index. Requires premium connectivity. |
||
|
|
Displays when Model 3 is connected to a cellular network. Touch this icon for quick access to Wi-Fi settings. |
||
|
|
Displays the current temperature. If your vehicle is equipped with premium connectivity, you can also touch to display more detailed information about the weather and air quality, including chance of rain, humidity, and UV index. |
||
|
|
Displays when Model 3 cellular connectivity is unavailable. Touch this icon for quick access to Wi-Fi settings. |
||
|
|
Displays on the touchscreen status bar only when Model 3 detects that the local Air Quality Index (AQI) value is poor. A poor AQI will have yellow, orange, red, purple, or maroon numbers. Touch to display more detailed information about the weather and air quality, including chance of rain, humidity, and UV index. Requires premium connectivity. |
||
|
|
Status of the front passenger airbag (see Airbags on page 46). |
||
|
|
Appears when your vehicle’s GPS location is actively being accessed in the Tesla mobile app by the owner, an added driver, or a third party app you’re using. Tap the icon for details. To disable, navigate to Safety > Allow Mobile Access on the touchscreen. |
||
|
4:20 pm |
Your vehicle automatically updates the time. If the time is incorrect, confirm your vehicle has internet and GPS connectivity with the latest software. |
||
|
|
Displays when a feature using sound detection is active (including voice commands) (see Sound Detection on page 300). |
||
|
|
Displays on the touchscreen status bar only when Model 3 detects a programmed HomeLink within range, and the touchscreen is not already displaying the HomeLink screen or popup. See Smart Garage on page 59. |
||
|
|
Displays when the cabin camera is actively monitoring driver attentiveness while Autopilot is engaged (see Autopilot Features on page 105 or Full Self-Driving (Supervised) on page 120). |
||
|
|
Displays on the touchscreen status bar only when Model 3 is parked. Add, configure (including Valet Mode and Use Easy Entry), or quickly switch driver profiles. Driver profiles can also be accessed from the top of any Controls screen. See Driver Profiles on page 90. |
Popup Mes Popup messages For example, a se unfastened in an |
sages and Vehicle Alerts appear at the bottom of the touchscreen. at belt reminder appears if a seat belt is occupied seat, an alert appears to notify you |
|
|
Available when Model 3 is parked, touch to manually enable or disable Sentry Mode for the current drive cycle. To automatically turn Sentry Mode on (or off) every time you leave your vehicle, enable the setting from Controls > Safety > Sentry Mode. See Sentry Mode on page 148 for more information. NOTE: If you turn Sentry Mode on or off from Controls > Sentry Mode, the shortcuts on the vehicle’s touchscreen and mobile app will only work for the current drive cycle. |
of an incoming ph applicable), and applicable, touch example, accept the headlight me swipe it downwar
|
one call, a text message appears (when voice commands appear when in use. If options from these popup messages (for /decline a phone call, choose an option from nu, etc.). To dismiss a popup message, d. |
If an alert appears on your vehicle’s touchscreen, touch Learn More for more details regarding the alert and how it can be resolved. You can view a list of vehicle alerts and notifications by touching the bell icon at the top of Controls.
NOTE: Not all alerts provide additional information at this time.
Restarting the Touchscreen
You can restart your touchscreen if it is unresponsive or demonstrates unusual behavior.
WARNING: Only restart the touchscreen while the vehicle is stopped and in Park. The car status display, safety warnings, backup camera, etc. will not be visible
during the restart.
- Shift into Park.
- Hold down both scroll buttons on the steering wheel until the touchscreen turns black. Pressing the brake pedal while holding down the scroll buttons does not have any impact and is not required.
- After a few seconds, the Tesla logo appears. Wait approximately 30 seconds for the touchscreen to restart. If the touchscreen is still unresponsive or demonstrating unusual behavior after a few minutes, try power cycling the vehicle (if possible). See Power Cycling the Vehicle on page 62.
NOTE: Pressing the scroll buttons only restarts the touchscreen. It does not restart any other vehicle component and does not power Model 3 off and on.
Rear Touchscreen
The rear touchscreen (if equipped) provides rear passengers with access to:
NOTE: Illustrations are provided to improve conceptual understanding only. Depending on vehicle configuration purchased and market region, the design may differ.
- Power: Touch the power icon to turn the rear climate control system on or off.
- Rear fan speed: Touch to adjust fan speed.
- Rear fan: Touch to turn the rear fan on or off, to adjust fan speed and control the direction of air flow from the rear vents (see Adjusting the Front and Rear Vents on page 156).
- Seats: Control rear seat heaters and move the front passenger seat forward/rearward using the arrows.
- Media: Play, pause, skip or rewind through the currently playing song (see Media on page 168).
- Video: Access video streaming services.
- Gaming: Touch for gaming options
- Settings: Touch to pair up to two sets of Bluetooth headphones, change the brightness or clean the display.
NOTE: You can also use the front touchscreen to pair Bluetooth headphones to the rear display by launching the Rear Screen app.
- Volume: Touch to adjust the volume.
- Air wave preset: Touch to direct the air flow to the passenger head or torso quickly. Direct the air flow exactly where you want by touching and moving the air wave on the touchscreen.
NOTE: You can also use the front touchscreen to adjust climate settings in the rear cabin (see Adjusting Climate Control Settings on page 151).
NOTE: Adjusting the media and volume controls also adjusts the front cabin settings.
Control the rear touchscreen from the front
|
|
To control the rear touchscreen from the front, open the rear screen remote control app in the bottom bar on the front touchscreen. Besides audio, video and climate controls, you can lock the rear display in the app or by touching Controls > Display > Lock Rear Display. |
Customizing Display and Sound Settings
Touch Controls > Display to adjust display settings to suit your preferences:
-
- Appearance: Customize the display to be Dark or Light. When set to Auto, the brightness changes automatically based on ambient lighting conditions.
- Reduce Blue Light: When enabled, the display automatically adjusts to use warmer colors at night.
- Brightness: Drag the slider to manually control the brightness level. If Display Mode is set to Auto, the touchscreen further adjusts based on both the ambient lighting conditions and your brightness preference. Model 3 remembers your chosen brightness preference and adjusts the touchscreen accordingly.
- Automatic Blind Spot Camera: Touch to enable or disable Automatic Blind Spot Camera. For more information, see Blind Spot Assist on page 135.
- Screen Clean Mode: When enabled, your touchscreen darkens and temporarily disables to facilitate cleaning. Follow the onscreen instructions to exit Screen Clean Mode.
- Lock Rear Display: Lock access to the rear touchscreen.
- Scroll Wheel Function: Select what settings you can change when long pressing the left scroll wheel (see Steering Wheel on page 64 for more information).
- Touchscreen Language: Select the language that the touchscreen displays.
NOTE: Model 3 must be in Park to change the language. When you change the language, you experience a brief delay as Model 3 shuts down and restarts the touchscreen.
-
- Voice Recognition Language: Choose the language to be used for voice commands.
- Voice Navigation Language: Choose the language that the navigation system uses for spoken instructions.
NOTE: For languages that require a download, select the language in the dropdown list to initiate the download (Wi-Fi connection required).
-
- Keyboard Language: Add or remove keyboards in different languages. By default, the keyboard in the touchscreen language you have selected is enabled. If you have multiple keyboards enabled, you can switch between them whenever the keyboard is on the touchscreen by touching the globe icon, or touching and holding to show the list of enabled keyboards.
- Text size: Select between Standard and Large to customize the text size on your vehicle’s touchscreen.
- Time: Choose to display time in either 12 or 24 hour format.
- Energy Display: Choose to display remaining energy and charging units as either a percentage of battery energy remaining, or as an estimate of the distance you can drive.
NOTE: When anticipating when you need to charge, use energy estimate as a general guideline only. Many factors have an impact on energy consumption. See Factors Affecting Energy Consumption on page 186.
-
- Distance: Choose to display measurements in metric (kilometers, centimeters, etc.) or imperial (miles, inches, etc.) units.
- Temperature: Choose to display temperature using Fahrenheit or Celsius.
- Tire Pressure: Choose to display tire pressures using BAR or PSI.
In addition to customizing the display, you can enable Joe Mode to reduce the volume of all chimes that are not related to critical safety issues. Touch Controls > Safety > Joe Mode to enable.
Naming your Vehicle
To further personalize your vehicle, you can name it. Touch Controls > Software > Name Your Vehicle located on the right side of the touchscreen below the image of Model 3. If your vehicle already has a name, touch the existing name to change it. Enter the new name in the popup and touch Save. The name of your Model 3 also appears in the Tesla mobile app.
Setting Up Your Vehicle
Need guidance for setting up your Tesla vehicle for the first time? Go to Service > Owner’s Manual > Get to Know Your Tesla to access onboarding guidance resources and familiarize yourself with your Model 3
In addition to storage compartments and cup holders (see Interior Storage on page 33), the Model 3 interior supports various electronics such as USB ports, wireless phone chargers, and a low voltage power outlet.
USB Ports
Model 3 has four USB ports .
-
-
- One USB-C port is located in the rear compartment of the center console used to charge USB devices.
-
-
-
- Two USB-C ports, which can be used to charge USB devices, are located below the rear cabin vents on the center console.
-
-
-
- One USB-A port is located inside the glovebox. This port is equipped with a USB flash drive. The secure location of this USB port makes it ideal for saving Sentry Mode and Dashcam video footage. It also supports audio files from a phone or USB device (see Playing Media from Devices on page 169).
-
See USB Drive Requirements for Recording Videos on page 150 for information about formatting USB flash drives.
NOTE: Power is available whenever the vehicle is considered “awake”. The vehicle may be awake for many reasons. For example, when using features such as Summon, or when features such as Keep Climate On, Dog Mode, Camp Mode, or Sentry Mode are enabled. The vehicle is also awake whenever the low voltage battery is being charged or is in use, during high voltage charging, when the vehicle is communicating with the mobile app, etc. Leaving an accessory plugged in does not deplete the low voltage battery.
NOTE: Use USB 3.0 compliant cables to connect a device to a USB port. Using non-compliant cables can result in slower charging, potential connection problems or degraded performance.
NOTE: Do not connect multiple devices using a USB hub. This can prevent connected devices from charging or from being recognized by Media Player, Sentry Mode, Dashcam, etc.
Wireless Phone Chargers
Wireless phone chargers are integrated into the front console, providing up to 15W of power to charge Qi-enabled phones. To charge your phone, place it on one of the two charge pads. The phone must be in direct contact with the wireless charger. Your device may feel warm while charging, but this is a normal effect of inductive charging.
CAUTION: Before you charge, remove any objects (coins, keys, metal objects, etc.) between the phone and charger, as well as any NFC cards (for example, the
vehicle key card, credit cards, or hotel key) placed on or behind the phone (like with integrated phone cases). Damage to NFC cards can occur when you charge the phone without first removing the card.
When placed on the wireless charger, your phone charges whenever the vehicle is powered on (the touchscreen is on and you are in the vehicle). Your phone does not charge when you leave the vehicle unless a feature, such as Keep Climate On, Dog Mode, Camp Mode, or Sentry Mode is enabled.
NOTE: The wireless phone charger may not work if your phone case is too thick or is made of metal. Try removing the phone from its case before placing it on the charger.
Accessory Power
Power is available when the vehicle is in use or detects that a user is present. A user is considered present when a person is in the driver’s seat, interacts with the touchscreen, or when in Camp. Leaving an accessory plugged in does not deplete the low voltage battery.
If you want to continue powering or charging your devices without a user present in the vehicle, enable Keep Accessory Power On by touching Controls > Charging > Keep Accessory Power On. This is only available when Model 3 is not in Low Power Mode (see Low Power Mode on page 187).
NOTE: Enabling Keep Accessory Power On increases the amount of power used by the vehicle even if the vehicle is not powering or charging a device.
Low Voltage Power Outlet
Your Model 3 has a power outlet located in the center console’s compartment. To access the low voltage outlet, open the front compartment of the center console.
The power outlet is suitable for accessories requiring up to 12A continuous draw (16A peak).
|
|
|
not plug any non-Tesla accessories, including power inverters, into the low voltage power outlet. However, if you do use a non-Tesla accessory and notice any malfunctions or unexpected behavior, such as indicator lights, alert messages, or excessive heat from the accessory, unplug the accessory from the low voltage power outlet immediately. |
|
damage. |
WARNING: The power outlet and an accessory’s connector can become hot.
WARNING: To prevent excessive interference with the vehicle’s electronics, Tesla recommends that you do
CAUTION: Do not attempt to jump start Model 3 using the low voltage power outlet. Doing so can result inOverview
The touchscreen displays the status of Model 3 at all times. What you see depends on whether the vehicle is:
-
-
- Parked (shown below).
- Driving (see Driving Status on page 15).
- Charging (see Charging Status on page 179).
-
When Model 3 is parked, the status area shows the drive mode, estimated range, and an overhead view of the car with buttons you can touch to open the trunks and charge port door. When you press the brake, Model 3 powers up and indicator lights flash briefly. Unless an indicator light applies to the current situation (for example, a seat belt is not fastened), it should turn off. If an indicator light fails to turn on or off, contact Tesla.
NOTE: The following image is provided for demonstration purposes only. Depending on vehicle options, software version, and market region, the information displayed may be slightly different.
|
Canada:
|
If the touchscreen displays this red brake indicator at any time other than briefly when you first start Model 3, a brake system fault is detected, or the level of the brake fluid is low. Contact Tesla immediately. Apply steady pressure and keep the brake pedal firmly pressed to stop the vehicle when safe to do so. |
|
USA:
|
The touchscreen displays this amber brake indicator if a brake booster fault is detected. Apply steady pressure and keep the brake pedal firmly pressed to stop the vehicle when safe to do so. Hydraulic Boost Compensation will be active (see |
Cards
The bottom of the car status display also shows shortcut “cards” for quick access to Media, tire pressure data, trip information, and more. Swipe the cards to the left or right to customize your cards shortcuts.
Indicator Lights
The following indicator lights illuminate to advise you or alert you of a specific status or condition.
|
USA:
|
If the touchscreen displays this red brake indicator at any time other than briefly when you first start Model 3, a brake system fault is detected, or the level of the brake fluid is low. Contact Tesla immediately. Apply steady pressure and keep the brake pedal firmly pressed to stop the vehicle when safe to do so. |
|
Canada:
|
The touchscreen displays this amber brake indicator if a brake booster fault is detected. Apply steady pressure and keep the brake pedal firmly pressed to stop the vehicle when safe to do so. Hydraulic Boost Compensation will be active (see Braking and Stopping on page 77). |
|
USA:
|
The ABS indicator briefly flashes amber on the touchscreen when you first start Model 3. If this indicator lights up at any other time, an ABS fault has occurred and the ABS is not operating. Contact Tesla. The braking system remains fully operational and is not affected by an ABS failure. However, braking distances may increase. Drive cautiously and avoid heavy braking. |
|
Canada:
|
The ABS indicator briefly flashes amber on the touchscreen when you first start Model 3. If this indicator lights up at any other time, an ABS fault has occurred and the ABS is not operating. Contact Tesla. The braking system remains fully operational |
|
and is not affected by an ABS failure. However, braking distances may increase. Drive cautiously and avoid heavy braking. When you manually apply the parking brake using the touchscreen, the red |
|
High beam headlights are on and Adaptive Headlights is disabled or currently unavailable. |
|
|
USA:
Canada: |
parking brake indicator lights up on the touchscreen. When you manually apply the parking |
|
Adaptive Headlights is enabled and high beams are on. Model 3 is ready to turn off the high beams if light is detected. See High Beam Headlights on page 73. |
|
|
brake using the touchscreen, the red parking brake indicator lights up on the touchscreen. If the parking brake experiences an |
|
Adaptive Headlights is enabled but high beams are not on because light is detected in front of Model 3. When light is no longer detected, high beams automatically turn back on. See High Beam Headlights on page 73. |
|
USA:
Canada:
|
electrical issue, the amber parking brake indicator lights up and a fault message displays on the touchscreen. If the parking brake experiences an electrical issue, the amber parking brake indicator lights up and a fault message displays on the touchscreen. |
|
This indicator flashes amber when the electronic stability control systems are actively minimizing wheel spin by controlling brake pressure and motor power. See Traction Control on page 84. If this indicator remains on, a fault is detected and you should immediately contact Tesla. |
|
NOTE: Dependin Mexico may sho and park indicat |
g on location of manufacture, vehicles in w either the text or icon of the brake, ABS, or lights. |
|
Electronic stability control systems are no longer minimizing wheel spin. On a Rear Wheel Drive vehicle, the traction control system has been turned off, or on an All- Wheel Drive vehicle, Slip Start has been enabled. See Traction Control on page 84. |
|
|
Tire pressure warning. The pressure of a tire is out of range. If a fault with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) is detected, the indicator flashes. For a TPMS fault, contact Tesla. See Tire Care and Maintenance on page 192. |
|
Vehicle Hold is actively applying the brakes. See Vehicle Hold on page 83. |
|
|
A seat belt for an occupied seat is not fastened. See Seat Belts on page 37. |
|
A door or trunk is open. See Doors on page 25, Rear Trunk on page 28, or Front |
|
|
Airbag safety. If this indicator does not flash on briefly when Model 3 prepares to drive, or if it remains on, contact Tesla immediately. See Airbag Warnings on page 50. |
|
A blue snowflake appears when some of the energy stored in the Battery may not be available due to cold conditions. During these cold weather conditions, charging rates may also be limited. You can heat your Battery by turning on climate controls with the mobile app. The snowflake disappears when the Battery is sufficiently warm. |
|
|
Parking lights are on (side marker lights, tail lights, and license plate lights) . See Lights on page 73. |
||
|
|
|||
|
|
Low beam headlights are on. |
Appears when regenerative braking is limited. See Regenerative Braking on page 78 for more information. |
|
|
Vehicle power is currently being limited because the energy remaining in the Battery is low, the vehicle’s systems are being heated or cooled, or an error is detected by the drive inverter. |
See Popup Messages and Vehicle Alerts on page 8 for more information about alert popups on your vehicle’s touchscreen.
Driving Status
When Model 3 is driving (or ready to drive), the touchscreen shows your current driving status and a real-time visualization of the road as detected by the Autopilot components (see Cameras on page 18). The visualization automatically zooms in and out to better utilize touchscreen space and inform you when a vehicle is detected in your blind spot.
NOTE: The following illustration is provided for demonstration purposes only. Depending on vehicle options, software version, and market region, the information displayed may be slightly different.
- When Autosteer is available but you haven’t activated it, the icon is gray. When Autosteer is actively steering Model 3, the icon is blue (see Autosteer on page 106).
- Currently selected drive mode: Park, Reverse, Neutral, or Drive.
- Driving speed.
- The power meter displays real-time power usage (see Regenerative Braking on page 78 for more information). The power meter may display vertically at the top of the driving status screen but the function is the same.
- Other cars detected on the road (as applicable).
- Your Model 3. Colored lines radiate from the image of your Model 3 as objects are detected (other motorists, guard rails, etc.). The location of the lines correspond to the location of the detected object. The color of the lines (white, yellow, orange, or red) represents the object’s proximity to Model 3, with white being the farthest and red being very close and requiring your immediate attention. See Lane Assist on page 134.
- When Autosteer is active and detecting the driving lane, the lane is highlighted in blue (see Autosteer on page 106).
NOTE: If Navigate on Autopilot is active, the driving lane displays as a single blue line in front of Model 3 (see Navigate on Autopilot on page 107).
- The speed limit that is currently being detected by Speed Assist (see Speed Assist on page 141).
NOTE: A blue outline may appear around the speed limit icon to notify that you are above the speed limit.
NOTE: The icon associated with the detected speed limit reflects the style of speed limit signs used in your market region.
- Total estimated driving distance (or energy) available. Touch the displayed value to change how available energy is displayed. You can toggle between driving distance and percentage of battery energy remaining. You can also change how energy is displayed by touching Controls > Display > Energy Display.
NOTE: When anticipating when you need to charge, use range estimates as a general guideline only.
- The set cruising speed. When Traffic-Aware Cruise Control is available but you haven’t set a cruising speed, the number is gray (see Traffic-Aware Cruise Control on page 105).
WARNING: Pay attention to important alert messages that display at the bottom of the car status area of the touchscreen. Ignoring these messages can result in
serious injury or death.
WARNING: Although the touchscreen shows surrounding traffic, some vehicles may not be displayed. Never rely on the touchscreen to determine
if a vehicle is present (for example, in your blind spot). Always use your mirrors and perform shoulder checks.
NOTE: For your convenience, Tesla allows you to choose from a variety of languages to use for voice commands. To choose a different language, touch Controls > Display > Voice Recognition Language.
Drivers can use voice commands to easily control settings and preferences without using the touchscreen.
Voice Commands
Voice commands are designed to understand natural requests. The following is a non-exhaustive list of actions that you can perform with voice commands:
- Adjust climate preferences
- Tweak the windshield wiper speed and frequency
- Control various aspects of your vehicle
- Navigate to a location
- Call a contact
- Interact with apps and settings
To initiate a voice command, fully press the microphone button on the right side of the steering wheel. When a chime sounds, make your request.
Examples of Voice Commands
Here is a list of example voice commands. This is not an exhaustive list. Tesla is constantly working to improve voice commands.
NOTE: Your vehicle must be in Park to enable some voice commands (such as Sentry Mode, Dog Mode, etc.).
Climate Controls
Adjust your climate preferences:
- “Make it cooler”
- “Make it warmer”
- “Turn on/off the driver’s seat heater”
- “Cool down the passenger”
- “Direct airflow to my face”
- “Sync climate”
- “Increase/decrease the fan speed”
- “Turn on/off rear defroster”
- “Set the temperature/fan…”
- “Turn on recirculate”
Windshield Wipers
Update the windshield wiper speed and frequency based on changing road and weather conditions:
- “Speed up the wipers”
- “Increase/decrease windshield wiper speed by…”
- “Turn on/off the wipers”
Vehicle Controls
Modify various controls in your vehicle:
- “Sentry Mode on/off”
- “Keep my car safe”
- “Lock/unlock the doors”
- “Turn on Dog Mode”
- “Fold/unfold the mirrors”
- “Open/close charge port”
- “Start/stop charging”
- “Open service settings”
- “Open the glovebox”
Navigation
Search for or navigate to a location:
- “Where is [location]?”
- “Drive to [location]”
- “Navigate to [location]”
- “Show nearby Superchargers”
- “I’m feeling hungry/lucky” (see Maps and Navigation on page 162).
- “Stop navigation”
- “Mute voice guidance”
If you have defined a navigation address for your home or work locations, you can use a voice command to navigate there by saying “Navigate home” or “Take me to work”.
Contacts
To call or text a contact on your Bluetooth-connected phone (see Phone, Calendar, and Web Conferencing on page 57), say:
-
- “Call [contact name/phone number]”
- “Text [contact name/phone number]”
Media
Listen to media and adjust your playback preferences:
-
- “Listen to [song name]”
- “Lower/raise the volume”
- “Skip to next”
- “Pause/play song”
- “Change the source to [media source]”
To improve voice command recognition accuracy, provide multiple cues in your command, such as artist and song.
Apps and Settings
Easily navigate through your apps and settings:
-
- “Open [Toybox/browser/theater/phone]”
- “Search for…”
- “The screen is too bright”
- “Show me the Owner’s Manual”
You can also file a bug report by saying “Report” , “Feedback”, or “Bug report”.
For more information on voice commands, go to https:// www.tesla.com/support/voice-commands.
NOTE: To support ongoing quality improvements, Tesla captures and processes voice command transcriptions (such as “set the temperature…”). Audio voice recordings are not collected, and transcriptions are not associated with your Tesla account or with your vehicle’s identification number. To further protect your privacy, voice commands containing personal data are not captured (such as “Navigate to…” or “Make a call to…”).
Your Model 3 includes the following components that actively monitor the surrounding area:
- A camera is mounted above the grille on the front bumper (if equipped).
- A camera is mounted above the rear license plate.
- A camera is mounted in each door pillar.
- Two cameras are mounted to the windshield above the rear view mirror.
- A camera is mounted to each front fender.
Model 3 is also equipped with high precision electronically- assisted braking and steering systems.
Cabin Camera
Your Model 3 is equipped with a cabin camera located above the rear view mirror. For more information, see Cabin Camera on page 142.
Front-Facing Camera (If Equipped)
Your Model 3 may be equipped with a front-facing camera located above the grille on the front fascia.
To display the view from the front-facing camera at any time, open the app launcher and touch the Camera app or touch the camera icon on the right side of the steering wheel.
Swipe up or down to switch between the rear, front, and side camera views.
The front-facing camera is equipped with a sprayer nozzle. For more information, see Cleaning a Camera on page 199.
WARNING: Never depend on the camera to inform you if the area around you is free of objects and/or people. The camera may not detect objects or barriers that can
potentially cause damage or injury. In addition, several external factors can reduce the performance of the cameras, including a dirty or obstructed lens.
Therefore, depending on the cameras to determine if Model 3 is approaching an obstruction can result in damage to the vehicle and/or objects and can potentially cause serious injury. Always inspect the area with your own eyes. Use the camera for guidance purposes only. It is not intended to replace your own direct visual checks and is not a substitute for careful driving.
Drive to Calibrate Cameras
Model 3 must maneuver with precision when Autopilot features are being used. Therefore, before some features such as Lane Departure Avoidance and Automatic Emergency Braking can be used for the first time or after some types of service repairs, cameras must complete a self- calibration process. For your convenience, the touchscreen displays a progress indicator.
When calibration is complete, Autopilot features, as well as Active Safety features, are available for use. Calibration typically completes after driving 20-25 miles (32-40 km), but the distance varies depending on road and environmental conditions. For example, calibration completes quicker when driving on a straight road with multiple lanes (such as a controlled-access highway), with highly-visible lane markings (in the driving lane as well as the adjacent lanes).
Contact Tesla only if your Model 3 has not completed the calibration process after driving 100 miles (160 km) in the described conditions.
If a camera has shifted from its calibrated position (for example, the camera or windshield was replaced), you must clear the calibration. To do so, touch Controls > Service > Camera Calibration > Clear Calibration. When the calibration is cleared, Model 3 repeats the calibration process. While this helps re-calibrate the cameras in many cases, Clear Calibration may not resolve all camera and sensor concerns.
NOTE: To calibrate, cameras require highly-visible lane markings in both the driving lane and adjacent lanes (at least two lanes over on each side of the vehicle). For best results, drive in the middle lane of a multi-lane highway (ideally with at least five lanes) that has clear lane markings and minimal traffic.
NOTE: If you attempt to use a feature that is not available until the calibration process is complete, the feature is disabled and the touchscreen displays a message.
NOTE: Model 3 must repeat the calibration process if the cameras are serviced by Tesla, and in some cases, after a software update.
Keeping Cameras Free of Obstructions
Ensure all cameras are clean and free of obstructions before each drive and before using Autopilot features (see Cleaning a Camera on page 199). Dirty cameras and sensors (if equipped), as well as environmental conditions such as rain and faded lane markings, can affect Autopilot performance. If a camera is obstructed or blinded, Model 3 displays a message on the touchscreen and Autopilot features may not be available.
Condensation can form inside the camera enclosures, especially if you park your vehicle outside in cold or wet conditions. The touchscreen may display an alert stating that a camera is blocked and that some or all Autopilot features may be temporarily restricted until the camera vision is clear. To proactively dry the condensation, precondition the cabin by setting it to a warm temperature, turning the windshield defroster on, and directing the front air vents toward the door pillars (see Mobile App on page 51).
Types of Keys
Model 3 supports the following types of keys:
- Phone key – You can set up your personal phone as a “phone key” that communicates with Model 3 using Bluetooth. A phone key supports automatic locking and unlocking.
- Key card – Unlike the phone key and key fobs, the key card does not support automatic locking and unlocking. In situations where your phone key has a dead battery, or is lost or stolen, use your key card to unlock, drive, and lock Model 3.
- Key fob – The key fob (if equipped) allows you to press buttons to open the front and rear trunks, and unlock, lock, and drive Model 3. The key fob also supports automatic locking and unlocking, if available in your region (see Walk-Away Door Lock on page 25) and can be used as a backup to your phone key.
Model 3 supports a total of 19 keys, which can include phone keys, key cards, and up to four key fobs (see Managing Keys on page 22.
CAUTION: Remember to bring a key with you when you drive. Although you can drive Model 3 away from its
key, you will be unable to power it back on after it powers off.
Phone Key
CAUTION: Do not leave your paired phone in your vehicle (for example, if you are hiking or at the beach).
If you must leave your phone in the vehicle, disable Bluetooth and/or turn the phone off.
Using your phone as a key is a convenient way to access your Model 3. As you approach, your phone’s Bluetooth signal is detected and the doors unlock when you pull a door handle. Likewise, when you exit and walk away with the phone key, doors automatically lock (provided the Walk-Away Door Lock feature is turned on; see Walk-Away Door Lock on page
25).
Once a phone has been authenticated, it no longer requires an internet connection to be used as a phone key for Model
3. However, to use the phone hands-free, access your phone’s contacts, play media from it, etc., you must also pair it and connect it as a Bluetooth device (see Bluetooth on page 55). Model 3 detects your phone when within Bluetooth range but cannot tell whether your phone is inside or outside of the vehicle, or if it is far away (such as in your front trunk or buried in a bag). Do not leave your smart phone in the front trunk.
NOTE: You can also set up an Apple Watch to be used as a key.
Some smartphones with NFC capability can be used to lock/ unlock your vehicle, just like using a key card. Ensure the Tesla mobile app is correctly paired to your vehicle and enable the NFC function on your phone. Once enabled, simply hold the phone to the driver’s side door pillar to lock or unlock the door. Refer to your smartphone’s instructions for specific information on how to do this.
Keep in mind that the phone key defaults as the “primary” key and the vehicle uses Bluetooth to detect your phone’s proximity to the vehicle. The vehicle cannot detect whether the phone is inside or just outside of Model 3. If you leave your paired phone inside the vehicle with Bluetooth enabled, it is essentially the same as leaving your keys in your vehicle with the doors unlocked – even if you press the lock icon on the mobile app while sitting inside the vehicle. Therefore, your vehicle may not be secure if you lock a paired phone key inside because Model 3 will unlock the door when the exterior door handle is pulled since the phone key is already detected.
When you press the lock button in the mobile app while your phone key is connected to Model 3, a chime sounds and the touchscreen prompts you to touch the lock icon on the touchscreen. Touching the lock icon on the touchscreen temporarily overrides any phone lock settings, such as Walk- Away Door Lock. Otherwise, because your phone is enabled as a key, the doors will unlock when the exterior door handles are pulled even if you press the lock icon on your mobile app. If you open the door from the inside, that will once again allow the doors to be opened from the outside so long as the phone key is detected (see Interior Locking and Unlocking on page 25 for more information).
Key Card
To use a key card to unlock or lock Model 3, position the card as shown and tap it against the card reader located approximately one third the way up of the driver’s side door pillar. When Model 3 detects the key card, the exterior lights flash, the mirrors unfold or fold (if Fold Mirrors is on), the horn sounds (if Lock Confirmation Sound is on), and the doors unlock or lock.
NOTE: You may need to physically touch the wireless phone charger or driver’s side door pillar with the key card, and you may need to hold it against the transmitter for one or two seconds.
Once inside, power up Model 3 by pressing the brake pedal within two minutes of scanning the key card (see Starting and Powering Off on page 62). If you wait longer than two minutes, you must re-authenticate by placing the key card near the card reader located in the wireless phone charger on the center console. When your key card is detected, your two minute authentication period restarts.
NOTE: If enabled, Walk-Away Door Lock (see Walk-Away Door Lock on page 25) operates only when you walk away using a phone key or key fob. When you walk away carrying your key card, Model 3 does not automatically unlock/lock.
NOTE: Do not leave a key card in the vehicle, even if you have your paired phone key with you.
Key Fob
If you have purchased the key fob accessory, you can quickly familiarize yourself with this key by thinking of it as a miniature version of a Model 3, with the Tesla badge representing the front. The key has three buttons that feel like softer areas on the surface.
- Front trunk – Double-click to unlatch the front trunk.
- Lock/Unlock All – Single-click to lock doors and trunks (all doors and trunks must be closed). Double-click to unlock doors and trunks.
- Rear trunk – Double-click to unlatch the rear trunk. Hold down for one to two seconds to open the charge port door.
Once inside, power up Model 3 by pressing the brake pedal within two minutes of pressing the unlock button on the key fob (see Starting and Powering Off on page 62). If you wait longer than two minutes, you must press the unlock button again, or place the key fob near the card reader located in the wireless phone charger on the center console. When your key fob is detected, the two minute authentication period restarts.
When approaching or leaving Model 3 carrying the key fob, you do not need to point the key fob at Model 3 as you press a button, but you must be within operating range.
Radio equipment on a similar frequency can affect the key. If this happens, move the key at least one foot (30 cm) away from other electronic devices (phones, laptops, etc.).
In the event that the key fob’s battery is dead, you can still use it to drive the vehicle by scanning the key fob on the card reader located on the driver’s side door pillar (like the key card).
Instructions for changing the battery are provided in Replacing the Key Fob Battery on page 23.
NOTE: You can use the same key fob with multiple Model 3 vehicles provided you authenticate it (see Managing Keys on page 22). However, key fob works with only one Model 3 at a time. Therefore, to use a key fob for a different Model 3, touch its flat side against the card reader on the driver’s side door pillar.
CAUTION: Protect the key from impact, high temperatures, and damage from liquids. Avoid contact with solvents, waxes, and abrasive cleaners.
Passive Locking and Unlocking
Locking and unlocking Model 3 with your key fob is conveniently hands-free. Although you must be carrying a paired key fob, there is no need to use it. Model 3 has sensors around the vehicle that can recognize the presence of a key fob within a range of approximately six feet (two meters). Therefore, you can keep your key fob in your pocket or purse and simply pull on the door handle to unlock. When carrying your key fob with you, you can also open the trunk without having to use the key by pressing the rear trunk’s exterior door handle. If Walk-Away Door Lock is enabled, Model 3 automatically locks when you exit and the key fob is no longer in range (see Walk-Away Door Lock on page 25). Passive locking and unlocking is automatically enabled when you pair your key fob to Model 3.
NOTE: For increased security, passive locking and unlocking disables after being stationary for five minutes while within vehicle range when the vehicle is not in use (for example, you are standing outside your vehicle). In this situation, you must shake or press a button on the key fob to re-enable passive locking and unlocking.
Managing Keys
To display a list of all keys that can access your Model 3, touch Controls > Locks. An icon displays next to each key to indicate whether the key is a phone key, key card, or key fob. Use this list to manage keys that have access to your Model 3.
Model 3 supports up to 19 keys at a time. Four of those keys can be key fobs. When you reach this limit, you must delete a key before adding a new one.
You can pair a key card or key fob to multiple Teslavehicles. This prevents you from having to deal with multiple keys when you switch vehicles. Key cards and key fobs can be paired and used with many vehicles at a time. Pairing with a vehicle enables you to access the vehicle and enable driving.
NOTE: When you pair a key fob with a vehicle, you can use the key fob for passive entry and can also remotely unlock doors and open trunks and front trunks. If you pair a key fob with multiple Tesla vehicles, you can only use passive entry and remote unlock and open with one vehicle at a time.
Choose the vehicle you want to passively enter or remotely unlock or open by touching the flat side of the key fob against the card reader on the driver’s side door pillar.
NOTE: If you customize the name of a paired key card or key fob on one vehicle (by touching the pencil icon), any other vehicle to which the key card or key fob is authenticated also displays the changed name.
NOTE: If you are leasing your vehicle, contact your leasing company to add or remove keys.
Add a Phone Key
You can use a phone to access Model 3 after you add your phone as a phone key. Before you begin pairing your phone key, ensure:
- Your phone’s general Bluetooth settings are enabled.
- Bluetooth is enabled within your phone’s settings for the Tesla mobile app. For example, on your phone, navigate to Settings, choose the Tesla mobile app, and ensure the Bluetooth setting is turned on.
- Access to your location is enabled. Open the Tesla mobile app in your phone’s settings and select Location > Always. For the best experience, keep the mobile app running in the background.
- Allow Mobile Access is enabled on the vehicle touchscreen (Controls > Safety > Allow Mobile Access).
NOTE: Model 3 communicates with your phone using Bluetooth. Many phones disable Bluetooth when the battery is low. Ensure that your phone has enough battery power for Bluetooth before you set up your phone key.
To add a phone key:
- Download the Tesla mobile app to your phone.
- Log in to the Tesla mobile app using your Tesla account username and password.
NOTE: You must remain logged in to your Tesla account to use your phone to access Model 3.
NOTE: Many convenience features for accessing the vehicle, such as hands-free trunk, can only be used with the vehicle currently selected in the mobile app. If multiple vehicles are linked to your Tesla account, you must ensure that the vehicle you want to use such convenience features with is currently selected on the mobile app.
- While inside or near the vehicle, open the Tesla mobile app and touch Set Up Phone Key on the main screen, or navigate to Security > Set Up Phone Key.
You can also use an Apple Watch as a key. While inside or near the vehicle, open the Tesla mobile app on your Apple Watch and touch Set Up Watch Key (see Mobile App for Apple Watch on page 51).
- Follow the prompts on the mobile app and vehicle touchscreen to set up your phone key.
Model 3 can connect to three phone keys simultaneously. Therefore, if more than three phone keys are detected and you want to authenticate or pair a different phone, move the other connected phone key(s) out of range or turn off its Bluetooth setting.
Adding Keys from the Touchscreen
If you have a key card or key fob that is already paired with your vehicle, you can pair a new key using the touchscreen.
- On the touchscreen, touch Controls > Locks > Keys > Add Key.
- Scan your new key card or key fob on the card reader located on either wireless phone charger. When you hear a chime, the new key card is recognized.
NOTE: When adding a key fob, ensure it is at room temperature. Pairing a key fob that is very cold can be unsuccessful.
- Scan a key card or key fob that has already been paired to the vehicle to confirm new key pairing.
- When complete, the key list includes the new key. Touch the associated pencil icon to customize the name of the key.
Adding Keys from the Mobile App
If you are the owner of the vehicle, you can pair a new key using the Tesla mobile app. Adding keys from the Tesla mobile app can be helpful in the event that you don’t have a working key card or key fob.
NOTE: Pairing a key with the mobile app is supported with version 4.29.0 of the Tesla mobile app on vehicles with software versions 2022.40 or higher.
- While inside or near the vehicle, open the Tesla mobile app on your smartphone.
- In the mobile app, touch Security & Drivers, then touch
Add Key Card.
- Scan your new key card or key fob on the card reader located on either wireless phone charger.
NOTE: When adding a key fob, ensure it is at room temperature. Pairing a key fob that is very cold can be unsuccessful.
- When the key is paired successfully, the mobile app shows a confirmation message. Touch Done in the mobile app and remove the key card or key fob from the card reader.
When complete, the key list on the vehicle touchscreen includes the new key. Touch the associated pencil icon to customize the name of the key.
Removing Keys
When you no longer want a key to access Model 3 (for example, you lost your phone or key card, etc.), follow these steps to remove it.
- On the touchscreen, touch Controls > Locks.
- In the key list, find the key that you would like to delete and touch its associated trash icon.
- When prompted, scan an authenticated key on the card reader to confirm the deletion. When complete, the key list no longer includes the deleted key.
NOTE: Model 3 requires at least one authenticated key card or key fob at all times. If only one key card remains on the key list, you cannot delete it.
Replacing the Key Fob Battery
Under normal use, the accessory key fob has a battery that lasts for up to one year, depending on key fob version and selected vehicle settings. When the battery is low, a message displays on the touchscreen.
To replace the key fob battery:
- With the key fob placed button side down on a soft surface, release the bottom cover, using a small flat- bladed tool.
- Remove the battery by lifting it away from the retaining clips.
- While avoiding touching the battery’s flat surfaces, insert the new battery (type CR2032 ) with the ‘+’ side facing up.
NOTE: Wipe the battery clean before fitting and avoid touching the battery’s flat surfaces. Finger marks on the flat surfaces of the battery can reduce battery life.
NOTE: CR2032 batteries can be purchased from any retailer that sells batteries.
- Holding the bottom cover at an angle, align the tabs on the cover with the corresponding slots on the key fob, then press the cover firmly onto the key fob until it snaps into place.
- Test that the key fob works by unlocking and locking Model 3.
WARNING: Key fob batteries contain a chemical burn hazard and should not be ingested. The key fob contains a coin cell battery. If the coin cell battery is
swallowed, it can cause severe internal burns within two hours and can lead to death. Keep new and used batteries away from children. If the battery compartment does not close securely, stop using the product and keep it away from children. If you think batteries might have been swallowed or placed inside any part of the body, seek immediate medical attention.
Replacing Key Cards and Key Fobs
If you lose a key card or key fob, you can purchase replacement ones on the Tesla Shop. When ready to pair, simply follow the steps in Managing Keys on page 22.
Remember to remove your old key cards from Controls >
Locks > Keys for security purposes.
Using Exterior Door Handles
Use your thumb to push the wide part of the door handle. The handle pivots toward you, and you can open the door by pulling the handle or pulling the edge of the door.
The handle retracts automatically.
|
|
When a door or trunk is open, the touchscreen displays the Door Open indicator light. |
NOTE: See Cold Weather Best Practices on page 158 to ensure door handles function properly in cold weather.
WARNING: While using the door handle, take care to avoid allowing fingers, jewelry, acrylic nails, etc. from being pinched by the door or door handle mechanism.
Failure to do so may result in damage or injury.
CAUTION: Slamming or forcing closures (including the doors, rear trunk, or front trunk) can result in damage not covered under warranty.
Opening Doors from the Interior
Model 3 doors are electrically powered. To open a door while sitting inside, press the button located at the top of the interior door handle while pushing the door open.
NOTE: To prevent children from opening the rear doors, turn on child locks (see Child Locks on page 26).
NOTE: In the unlikely event that Model 3 has no low voltage power, you will be unable to open the doors with the button on the top of the door handle. See Opening Doors with No Power on page 234 for more information.
Interior Locking and Unlocking
While sitting inside Model 3, you can lock and unlock all doors and trunks by touching the lock icon on the touchscreen.
|
|
The icon changes to indicate whether doors are locked or unlocked. |
If you have enabled your phone as a key, your vehicle cannot tell whether your phone is inside or outside of the vehicle. If you want to lock the doors while inside Model 3 so that they cannot be opened from the outside, close the doors and use the lock icon on the touchscreen. This temporarily overrides any phone lock settings, such as Walk-Away Door Lock.
Otherwise, because your phone is enabled as a key, the doors will unlock when the exterior door handles are pulled even if you press the lock icon on your mobile app. If you open the door from the inside, that will once again allow the doors to be opened from the outside so long as the phone key is detected. (see Phone Key on page 20 for more information).
Walk-Away Door Lock
Doors and trunks can automatically lock when you walk away carrying your phone key or paired key fob (if ordered after approximately October 1, 2019). To turn this feature on or off, touch Controls > Locks > Walk-Away Door Lock.
NOTE: If you have authenticated an Apple Watch to be used as a key, it also works with Walk-Away Lock.
When the doors lock, the exterior lights flash once and the mirrors fold (if Fold Mirrors is on). To also hear a confirmation sound when Model 3 locks, touch Controls > Locks > Lock Confirmation Sound.
NOTE: Touch Toybox > Boombox > Lock Sound to customize the lock sound when the vehicle is locked from the outside (Pedestrian Warning System required).
Model 3 does not automatically lock if:
- You check the Exclude Home checkbox and Model 3 is parked at the location you have designated as Home. For details on how to designate a location as Home, see Home, Work, and Favorite Destinations on page 165.
- A phone key or paired key fob is detected inside Model 3.
- A door or trunk is not fully closed.
- The phone key’s Bluetooth setting is turned off.
- If Model 3 detects an authenticated key for several minutes after you exit the vehicle and close all doors, Walk-Away Lock disables and doors do not lock when you walk away. In this case, you must manually lock your vehicle until after your next drive.
- The driver does not use the driver door to get out of the vehicle.
NOTE: It is ultimately your responsibility to ensure your vehicle is locked, even when Walk-Away Door Lock is enabled.
Drive Away Locking
Model 3 automatically locks all doors (including the trunks) when your driving speed exceeds 5 mph (8 km/h).
Driver Door Unlock Mode
Enabling Controls > Locks > Driver Door Unlock Mode only unlocks the driver door when you first unlock Model 3. The driver door unlocks only if a key is present on the driver side of the vehicle and not the passenger side. To unlock the remaining doors, long press the button located at the top of the interior driver door handle, use the touchscreen, mobile app, or press the key fob a second time.
Car Left Open Notifications
To receive a mobile notification if a door, trunk and/or window is left open or if Model 3 is left unlocked unexpectedly, touch Controls > Locks > Car Left Open Notifications.
Child Locks
Model 3 has child locks on the rear doors to prevent them from being opened using the interior release buttons. On the touchscreen, touch Controls > Locks > Child Lock. You can choose Both to engage the child lock on both rear doors, or you can choose Left or Right to engage it on just a specific door.
WARNING: It is recommended that you turn on child locks when children are seated in the rear seats.
Unlock on Park
When you stop Model 3 and engage Park, you can choose to unlock all doors. To turn this feature on or off, touch Controls
> Locks > Unlock on Park.
Opening and Closing
NOTE: It is your responsibility to ensure windows are closed after locking the vehicle.
Press down on a switch to lower the associated window. Window switches operate at two levels:
- To lower a window fully, press the switch all the way down and immediately release.
- To lower a window partially, press the switch gently and release when the window is where you want it.
NOTE: If a window is fully lowered and you open the associated door, the window rises slightly. Likewise, if you fully lower a window while the door is already open, it stops slightly above the edge of the door. To fully lower a window while the door is open, press the switch again.
Similarly, pull a switch to raise the associated window:
- To raise a window fully, pull the switch all the way up and immediately release.
- To raise a window partially, pull the switch gently and release when the window is where you want it.
NOTE: In cold temperatures, the windows stop slightly below the vehicle trim when fully raised to prevent freezing and make it easier to open the doors.
If a window is left open unintentionally, Model 3 can send a notification to the mobile app (touch Controls > Locks > Car Left Open Notification, then choose Doors & Windows).
You can also enable Close Windows on Lock by touching Controls > Locks > Close Windows on Lock. When enabled, your vehicle automatically closes the windows when Model 3 locks.
NOTE: See Cold Weather Best Practices on page 158 for information on preparing windows for cold weather.
CAUTION: To avoid damage, windows automatically lower slightly when you open or close a door. If you manually raise a window when the door is open, ensure
it is slightly lowered before closing the door.
WARNING: Before closing a window, it is the driver’s responsibility to ensure that all occupants, especially children, do not have any body parts extended through
the window’s opening. Failure to do so can cause serious injury.
Locking Rear Windows
To prevent passengers from using the rear window switches, touch Controls > Locks > Window Lock. To unlock the rear windows, touch Window Lock again.
WARNING: To ensure safety, it is recommended that you lock the rear window switches whenever children are seated in the rear seats.
WARNING: Never leave children unattended in Model 3.
Calibrating Windows
In the unlikely event that a window behaves unexpectedly (touches the bright molding, fails to open or close properly, goes down more than normal when the door opens, etc.), you can calibrate it to potentially fix the issue.
To calibrate a window:
- Close the door with the affected window.
- Sit in the driver’s seat and close the driver door.
- Using the window’s switch on the driver’s door, raise the affected window until it stalls.
- Using the window’s switch on the driver’s door, lower the affected window until it stalls.
- Repeat step 3 and raise the affected window until it stalls.
The window should now be calibrated. If the issue continues after attempting the calibration procedure a couple times, contact Tesla.
UV Index Rating
The roof, windshields, and windows in Model 3 are excellent at protecting you from UV (ultraviolet) rays. The glass components score less than 2 on the UV Index scale. Review your region’s UV Index specifications for more information. You are still responsible for taking the necessary precautions for sun protection.
Opening
To open the rear trunk, ensure Model 3 is in Park, then do one of the following:
-
- Approach the trunk with your phone key in your front pocket (see Hands-Free Trunk on page 28).
- Touch the associated Open button on the touchscreen.
- Double-click the rear trunk button on the key fob.
- Touch the rear trunk button on the mobile app.
- Press the switch located under the rear trunk’s exterior handle (a valid key must be detected).
CAUTION: Before opening the rear trunk in an enclosed area (such as a garage), ensure the opening height of the rear trunk is properly adjusted to avoid low-
hanging ceilings or objects (see Adjusting Opening Height of Powered Trunk on page 28).
Model 3 must be unlocked or detect a key before you can use the switch to open the rear trunk.
CAUTION: Slamming or forcing closures (including the doors, rear trunk, or front trunk) can result in damage not covered under warranty.
|
|
When a door or trunk is open, the touchscreen displays the Door Open indicator light. The image of your Model 3 on the touchscreen also displays the open trunk. |
To open the rear trunk from inside the vehicle in the unlikely situation that Model 3 has no power, see Interior Emergency Trunk Release on page 29.
Hands-Free Trunk
You can open the trunk without pressing a button.
NOTE: Requires an iOS or Android device with Ultra- Wideband (UWB) support and Tesla mobile app 4.29.5 or higher (for iOS), or Tesla mobile app 4.41.0 or higher (for Android). Consult the specifications section of your iOS or Android device manufacturer’s website to check if the phone has background UWB support.
Ensure your phone settings allow “Nearby Interactions” for the Tesla mobile app. If your phone key is already paired, open the Tesla mobile app and go to Phone Key > Upgrade.
- To enable, touch Controls > Locks > Hands-Free Trunk. Select Exclude Home to disable the automatic hands-free trunk at your set home location (see Home, Work, and Favorite Destinations on page 165 to set your home location).
- With your phone key in your front pocket, approach the trunk and stand still. When your phone key has been detected, Model 3 chimes and the trunk opens. To cancel the request, step away from the vehicle.
CAUTION: Do not leave your phone inside the trunk as it may open by itself. If you must leave your phone in the vehicle, disable Bluetooth and/or turn the phone
off, and ensure you have alternate methods to lock/ unlock your vehicle, see Keys on page 20.
WARNING: Before allowing an automated feature to open the trunk (rather than doing so manually), it is important to check that the area around the trunk is
free of obstacles (such as people and objects). Proactively monitor the trunk’s movement to ensure that it does not contact a person or object. Failure to do so can result in damage or serious injury.
Adjusting Opening Height of Powered Trunk
Customize the opening height of your trunk (if equipped) and save it as the default or for a specific location, such as your garage.
- To set a height, pause the trunk while it’s moving, using the touchscreen. Alternatively, manually adjust to the preferred height by manually lowering or raising the rear trunk.
- To save the preferred height, follow the prompts on the touchscreen or press and hold the button on the underside of the rear trunk until you hear a confirmation chime.
- To reset your existing trunk opening to the factory default settings, or to clear any saved locations, go to Controls > Service > Remove Saved Locations.
CAUTION: Depending on configuration (such as wheel selection), your vehicle’s rear trunk can open up to
approximately 6.5 feet (2 meters). Adjust the rear trunk height to prevent it from coming into contact with low ceilings or other objects.
Closing
-
- Touch the associated Close button on the touchscreen.
- Double-click the rear trunk button on the key fob.
- Press the switch located on the underside of the rear trunk
WARNING: Before driving, ensure that the trunk is securely latched in the fully-closed position by lifting
up on the bottom edge and confirming there is no movement.
Accessing the Cargo Area
To access the cargo area inside the rear trunk, pull up the cargo cover. You can then fold the cargo cover forward or remove it from Model 3.
Secure all cargo before moving Model 3, and place heavy cargo in the lower trunk compartment.
Rear Trunk Load Limits
Distribute the weight of cargo as evenly as possible between the front and rear trunks.
CAUTION: Never load more than 88 lbs (40 kg) in the lower compartment of the rear trunk or more than 198 lbs (90 kg) on the upper compartment (above the lower
compartment cover). Doing so can cause damage.
WARNING: When loading cargo, always consider the vehicle’s Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) (see
Specifications on page 212). The GVWR is the maximum allowable total mass of the vehicle including all passengers, fluids, and cargo.
Interior Emergency Trunk Release
An illuminated mechanical release located inside the rear trunk allows you to open the rear trunk from the inside if Model 3 has no electrical power. This mechanical release also allows a person locked inside to get out.
- Firmly press and hold the illuminated button in the direction of the arrow to release the latch.
- While pressing the button, push the rear trunk open.
NOTE: The button glows for several hours after a brief exposure to ambient light.
WARNING: Do not allow children to play inside the trunk or become locked inside. An unrestrained child could suffer serious injury or death in a crash. A child could suffer heat exhaustion or death if trapped in the vehicle, especially without climate control on.
Opening
To open the front trunk, ensure Model 3 is in Park, and then do one of the following before pulling the hood open:
-
- Touch the associated Open icon on the touchscreen.
- Double-click the front trunk button on the key fob.
- Touch the front trunk button in the mobile app.
WARNING: Before opening or closing the hood, it is important to check that the area around the hood is free of obstacles (people and objects). Failure to do so
|
|
When a door or trunk is open, the touchscreen displays the Door Open indicator light. The image of your Model 3 on the touchscreen also displays the open front trunk. |
may result in damage or serious injury.
Closing
The Model 3 hood is not heavy enough to latch under its own weight and applying pressure on the front edge or center of the hood can cause damage.
To properly close the hood:
- Lower the hood until the striker touches the latches.
- Place both hands on the front of the hood in the areas shown (in green), then press down firmly to engage the latches.
- Carefully try to lift the front edge of the hood to ensure that it is fully closed.
CAUTION: Never leave your authenticated smartphone in the front trunk.
CAUTION: To prevent damage:
-
- Apply pressure only to the green areas shown. Applying pressure to the red areas can cause damage.
- Do not close the hood with one hand. Doing so applies concentrated force in one area and can result in a dent or crease.
- Do not apply pressure to the front edge of the hood. Doing so can crease the edge.
- Do not slam or drop the hood.
- To avoid scratches, don’t have anything in your hands (keys). Jewelry can also cause scratches.
WARNING: Before driving, you must ensure that the hood is securely latched in the fully closed position by carefully trying to lift the front edge of the hood
upward and confirming there is no movement. It is the driver’s responsibility to ensure that the front trunk is properly closed before driving.
If the front trunk is left open when you attempt to shift out of Park, a notification requiring you to confirm your intent to drive appears on the touchscreen. If you choose to keep the front trunk open while driving, your vehicle speed is limited.
The front trunk locks when:
- You lock Model 3 using the touchscreen, key or mobile app.
- You leave Model 3 carrying your key (if Walk-Away Door Lock on page 25 is turned on).
- Valet mode is active (see Valet Mode on page 91).
Load Limits
When loading cargo, distribute the weight of cargo as evenly as possible between the front and rear trunks and always consider the vehicle’s Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) (see Specifications on page 212). The GVWR is the maximum allowable total mass of the vehicle including all passengers, fluids, and cargo.
CAUTION: Never load more than 110 lbs (50 kg) in the front trunk. Doing so can cause damage.
Interior Emergency Release
An illuminated interior release button inside the front trunk allows a person locked inside to get out.
Press the interior release button to unlatch the front trunk, then push up on the hood.
NOTE: The interior release button glows following a brief exposure to ambient light.
WARNING: People should never climb inside the front trunk. Never shut the front trunk when a person is inside.
WARNING: Care should be taken to ensure that objects inside the front trunk do not bump against the release button, causing the hood to accidentally open.
Center Console
In addition to housing an RFID transmitter that reads key cards (see Keys on page 20), the center console includes cup holders, two storage compartments, various chargers (see Interior Electronics on page 11), and a rear touchscreen (if equipped).
To open the main storage compartment, squeeze the latch under the front lip. Open the front storage compartment by sliding its cover forward.
WARNING: When opening the center console, always keep your hands and fingers away from the opening edge and hinge. Placing your hands and fingers near
the opening or hinge can lead to injury.
Rear Console
Your Model 3 has a rear console integrated in the center of the second row seat back. Pull the console down to access the rear cup holders or use it as an armrest.
NOTE: The rear console is self-locking in certain situations and cannot be lowered. For example, while driving on a steep slope or during hard accelerations.
Glovebox
To open the glovebox, touch Controls > Glovebox. The glovebox automatically opens and the light turns on.
To close the glovebox, push it upward until it latches into the closed position.
For additional glovebox security, touch Controls > Safety > Glovebox PIN to set a 4-digit PIN (see Glovebox PIN on page 145).
NOTE: If you leave the glovebox open, its light eventually turns off.
NOTE: The glovebox locks whenever closed and you lock Model 3 using the mobile app, key card, you leave Model 3 carrying your phone key (if Walk-Away Door Lock is turned on), or if Valet mode is active (see Valet Mode on page 91). It does not lock when Model 3 is locked by touching the lock icon on the touchscreen.
WARNING: When driving, keep the glovebox closed to prevent injury to a passenger if a collision or sudden stop occurs.
Coat Hangers
Your Model 3 has a coat hanger on each side of the vehicle above the rear window in the second row. Push the coat hanger to release it. Push it again to retract it.
Adjusting the Front Seats
Design may vary.
WARNING: Before adjusting a front seat, check that the area around the seat is free of obstacles (people and objects).
WARNING: Do not adjust seats while driving. Doing so increases the risk of a collision.
WARNING: Riding in a moving vehicle with the seat back reclined can result in serious injuries in a collision, as you could slide under the lap belt or be propelledUsing the Seat Buttons
Applies only to front seats with buttons on the side.
- Move seat forward/backward and adjust the seat’s height and tilt angle up/down.
- Adjust backrest.
- Adjust lumbar support.
To adjust the front passenger seat using the touchscreen, touch Controls > Seats and use the arrows next to the front passenger seat visualization to move the seat forward or backward.
Using the Touchscreen
Applies only to front seats that are not equipped with buttons on the side.
To adjust the front seats, touch the seat icon in the bottom bar or Controls > Seats. Use the touchscreen to adjust the driver and passenger seat. The driver seat can also be adjusted with left scroll wheel.
Calibrating Seats
You can calibrate the driver seat. This is useful if you find your seat range limited or your driver profile does not automatically adjust the seat for you. Navigate to Controls > Service > Driver Seat, Steering & Mirrors Calibration and follow the instructions on the touchscreen.
WARNING: Ensure nothing is behind or underneath the driver seat during calibration. Failure to do so may cause serious injury.
Correct Driving Position
The seat, head support, seat belt, and airbags work together to maximize your safety. Using these correctly ensures greater protection.
Position the seat so you can wear the seat belt correctly, while being as far away from the front airbag as possible:
- Sit upright with both feet on the floor and the seat back in an upright position.
- Make sure you can easily reach the pedals and that your arms are slightly bent when holding the steering wheel. Your chest should be at least 10 inches (25 cm) from the center of the airbag cover.
- Place the shoulder section of the seat belt mid-way between your neck and your shoulder. Fit the lap section of the belt tightly across your hips, not across your stomach.
Model 3 seats include integrated head supports that cannot be adjusted or removed.
Folding Rear Seats
Model 3 has a split rear seat that can fold forward.
NOTE: Driving with the rear seats folded forward can increase the amount of perceived noise and/or vibration coming from the rear of the vehicle (trunk, suspension, etc.).
CAUTION: Before folding seats all the way down, ensure the seat belt is unbuckled and there are no objects remaining on the seat.
Before folding, remove items from the seats and the rear footwell. To allow the rear seat backs to fold completely flat, you may need to move the front seats forward.
To fold a rear seat, pull the corresponding lever and fold the seat forward.
WARNING: Do not remove the rear seats for the purpose of storing or placing items. Doing so exposes the low and high voltage connections, which can cause
vehicle damage or serious injury.
Raising Rear Seats
Before raising a rear seat, make sure that the seat belts are not trapped behind the backrest.
Pull the seat back upward until it locks into place.
To confirm that the seat back is locked in the upright position, try pulling it forward.
WARNING: Always ensure the seat backs are locked in their upright position by pushing it forward or rearward. Failure to do so increases the risk of injury.
Head Supports
The front and second row seats include integrated head supports that are not adjustable.
Seat Heaters (If Equipped)
The front and rear seats operate at three levels from 3 (highest) to 1 (lowest). To operate the seat heaters, see Operating Climate Controls on page 151.
WARNING: To avoid burns resulting from prolonged use, individuals who have peripheral neuropathy, or whose capacity to feel pain is limited because of
diabetes, age, neurological injury, or some other condition, should exercise caution when using the climate control system and seat heaters.
Seat Covers
WARNING: Do not use seat covers on a front seat. Doing so could restrict deployment of the seat- mounted side airbags if a collision occurs. Also, if the
vehicle is equipped with an occupant detection system that is used to determine the status of the passenger front airbag, seat covers may interfere with this system.
Wearing Seat Belts
Using seat belts and child safety seats is the most effective way to protect occupants if a collision occurs. Therefore, wearing a seat belt is required by law in most jurisdictions.
All seats are equipped with three-point inertia reel seat belts. Inertia reel belts are automatically tensioned to allow occupants to move comfortably during normal driving conditions. To securely hold child safety seats, all passenger seating positions are equipped with an automatic locking retractor (ALR) feature that, by fully extracting the seat belt (beyond the length needed for a typical adult occupant), locks the belt into place until the seat belt is unbuckled (see Installing Seat Belt Retained Child Seats on page 42).
The seat belt reel automatically tightens or locks to prevent movement of occupants if Model 3 experiences a force associated with hard acceleration, braking, cornering, or an impact in a collision.
Seat Belt Reminders
You can temporarily disable a seat belt reminder associated with a rear seating position. This is useful when you are carrying an object in a rear seat that triggers the seat belt reminder alert. To disable the reminder, touch the associated seat on the seat belt reminder popup message that displays on the touchscreen when a seat belt reminder is active. When a reminder is disabled, the seat belt reminder icon is replaced by a child seat icon, until the reminder is re-enabled by touching the seat on the popup message.
WARNING: Do not disable a seat belt reminder when the seating position is occupied by a passenger.
WARNING: Seat belts must be worn by adult passengers in all seating positions.
NOTE: In regions where regulations require seat belt reminders in rear seating positions, these reminders cannot be disabled. To cancel the reminder in an unoccupied seat when an object is detected, you must either fasten the seat belt or remove the object.
To Fasten a Seat Belt
- Ensure correct positioning of the seat. See Correct Driving Position on page 34 for details on the correct position of the driver’s seat.
- Pull the seat belt out smoothly, ensuring the seat belt lies flat across the pelvis, chest and mid-point of your collar bone, between the neck and shoulder. Ensure the seat belt is routed correctly and is not twisted. Never sit on the seat belt or any seat belt component.
WARNING: A twisted or incorrectly routed seat belt can cause damage and interfere with the functionality of the seat belt system.
- Insert the latch plate into the buckle and press together until you hear a click indicating it is locked in place.
- Pull the seat belt to check that it is securely fastened.
- Pull the diagonal part of the seat belt toward the reel to remove excess slack.
To Adjust the Shoulder Anchor Height
Model 3 is equipped with an adjustable shoulder anchor for each front seat to ensure that the seat belt can be positioned correctly. The seat belt should lie flat across the mid-point of your collar bone while in the correct driving position (see Correct Driving Position on page 34). Adjust the height of the shoulder anchor if the seat belt is not positioned correctly:
- Press and hold the button on the shoulder anchor to release the locking mechanism.
While holding the button, move the shoulder anchor up or down, as necessary, to correctly position the seat belt.- Release the button on the shoulder anchor so that it locks into position.
- Without pressing the button, pull on the seat belt webbing and attempt to move the shoulder anchor downward to check that it is locked into position.
WARNING: Ensure that the seat belt is positioned correctly and that the shoulder anchor is locked into position before driving. Riding in a moving vehicle with
the seat belt positioned incorrectly or with the shoulder anchor not locked into position can reduce the effectiveness of the seat belt in a collision.
To Release a Seat Belt
Hold the seat belt near the buckle to prevent the seat belt from retracting too quickly, then press the button on the buckle. The seat belt retracts automatically. Ensure there is no obstruction that prevents the seat belt from fully retracting. the seat belt should not hang loose. If a seat belt does not fully retract, schedule a Service appointment.
Wearing Seat Belts When Pregnant
Do not put the lap or shoulder sections of the seat belt over the abdominal area. Wear the lap section of the seat belt as low as possible across the hips, not the waist. Position the shoulder portion of the seat belt between the breasts and to the side of the abdomen. Consult your doctor for specific guidance.
WARNING: If the seat belt is uncomfortable, adjust the seating position instead of wearing the seat belt incorrectly.
WARNING: Never place anything between you and the seat belt to cushion the impact in the event of a collision.
Seat Belt Pre-tensioners
The front seat belts are equipped with pre‑tensioners that work in conjunction with the airbags in a collision. The pre‑tensioners automatically retract both the seat belt lower anchor and the upper shoulder webbing, reducing slack in both the lap and diagonal portions of the seat belts, resulting in reduced forward movement of the occupant.
If the pre-tensioners and airbags did not activate in an impact, this does not mean they malfunctioned. It usually means that the strength or type of force needed to activate them was not present.
The rear outboard seats are equipped with shoulder pre- tensioners to retract the seat belt webbing to reduce forward movement of the occupant.
WARNING: Do not bend, sit on, or interfere with a pre- tensioner assembly. Doing so can cause damage that interferes with the proper functionality of the seat belt
system.
WARNING: Once the seat belt pre-tensioners have been activated, they must be replaced. After any collision, have the airbags, seat belt pre-tensioners
and any associated components checked and, if necessary, replaced.
Testing Seat Belts
To confirm that seat belts are operating correctly, perform these checks on each seat belt:
- With the seat belt fastened, give the webbing nearest the buckle a quick and forceful pull. The buckle should remain securely locked.
With the seat belt fastened, give the webbing closest to the door a quick and forceful pull. The permanent seat belt attachment should remain securely locked. Never attempt to remove this attachment.
|
adjusted to remove slack. A seat belt with slack greatly reduces occupant protection. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
not disassemble, remove, or replace components. |
WARNING: Do not make modifications or additions that can prevent a seat belt mechanism from taking up slack, or that can prevent a seat belt from being
WARNING: Do not make modifications that can interfere with the operation of a seat belt, or that can cause a seat belt to become inoperable.
WARNING: Do not use after market comfort and convenience products that attach to the seat belts.
WARNING: When seat belts are not in use, they should be fully retracted and not hanging loose. If a seat belt does not fully retract, schedule a Service appointment.
WARNING: The seat belt system has no user serviceable parts and may contain pyrotechnics. Do
With the seat belt unfastened, unreel the webbing to its limit. Check that unreeling is free from snags, and visually check the webbing for wear or damage. Allow the webbing to retract, checking that retraction is smooth and complete.
With the webbing half unreeled, hold the tongue plate and pull forward quickly. The mechanism should lock automatically and prevent further unreeling.
If a seat belt fails any of these tests, repair immediately. Do not allow occupants to sit in a seat with a failed seat belt.
For information about cleaning seat belts, see Seat Belts on page 201.
Seat Belt Warnings
|
Failure to do so increases the risk of injury or death if a collision occurs. |
|
Always follow the child safety seat manufacturer’s instructions when installing. |
|
An improperly worn seat belt increases the risk of injury or death if a collision occurs. |
|
|
|
such items can cause injury. |
|
|
|
|
|
obvious. |
|
|
|
into the buckle, it must be replaced immediately. Use the mobile app to schedule a Service appointment. |
WARNING: Seat belts should be worn by all occupants at all times, even if driving for a very short distance.
WARNING: Secure small children in a suitable child safety seat as described in the Owner’s Manual.
WARNING: Ensure that all seat belts are worn correctly.
WARNING: Never sit on top of any seat belt component. Doing so can cause damage or improper deployment of safety equipment.
WARNING: Do not wear seat belts over hard, fragile or sharp items in clothing, such as pens, keys, eyeglasses, etc. The pressure from the seat belt on
WARNING: Seat belts should not be worn with any part of the webbing is twisted.
WARNING: Each seat belt assembly must be used by one occupant only. It is dangerous to put a seat belt around a child being carried on an occupant’s lap.
WARNING: Seat belts that have been worn in a collision must be inspected or replaced by Tesla or a qualified repair facility, even if damage to the assembly is not
WARNING: Seat belts that show signs of wear, or have been cut or damaged in any way must be replaced immediately.
WARNING: Avoid contaminating a seat belt’s components with any chemicals, liquids, grit, dirt or cleaning products. If a seat belt fails to retract or latchGuidelines for Seating Children
Your Model 3 seat belts are designed for adults and larger children. You must restrain infants and small children in the second row seats only, and you must use a suitable child safety seat appropriate for the child’s age, weight, and size.
WARNING: Never seat a child on a seat with an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it. DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the child can occur. See Airbags on page 46.
WARNING: Do not associate the Easy Entry setting with the driver’s profile when a child is seated in the second row.
Doing so can cause the driver’s seat to push against the child, especially when a child is seated in a forward-facing child
seat or booster seat. Do not rely on Model 3 to recognize or accommodate a child seated in the second row while using this setting (see Driver Profiles on page 90).
Refer to the label located on the sun visors.
NOTE: The image shown below is representative only and may not be identical to the label(s) in your vehicle.
Model 3 has an occupancy sensor in the front passenger seat that controls the status of the passenger front airbag (see Airbags on page 46).
|
|
When driving with a child seat on the front passenger seat, always double-check the status of the passenger front airbag to confirm that it is OFF. |
|
|
To protect an adult subsequently occupying the front passenger seat, check to verify that the passenger front airbag is ON. |
WARNING: It is the driver’s responsibility to confirm that the passenger front airbag is OFF when a child is seated in the front passenger seat. If the passenger front airbag fails to disable with a child seat in position, place the child and child restraint system in the rear seat and use the mobile app to schedule service immediately.
WARNING: Always ensure that all Model 3 seats are locked in position before traveling. Failure to do so increases the risk of injury. Pay attention to all warnings displayed on the touchscreen.
Choosing a Child Safety Seat
All children age 12 and under should ride in the second and third row seats. Always use a child safety seat suitable for a young child’s age and weight. The following table is based on child safety seat recommendations determined by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in the United States (for more information, go to www.nhtsa.gov/ChildSafety/ Guidance).
|
Category |
Infants |
Toddlers |
Young children |
|
Age |
Birth to 1 year* |
Over 1 year* |
4 years and older, and less than 57 in. (145 cm) tall |
|
Category |
Infants |
Toddlers |
Young children |
|
Weight |
Up to at least 20 lbs (9 kg)** |
Over 20 lbs (9 kg) (minimum) and up to 40 lbs (18 kg)* |
Over 40 lbs (18 kg) |
|
Type of child safety seat |
Rear facing (or convertible) |
Forward facing (or convertible)* |
Seat belt retained booster seat |
|
Seat position |
Rear facing only* |
Forward facing* |
Forward facing |
|
Recommended attachment method |
If combined weight of child and safety seat is up to 65 lbs (29.5 kg), attach using either LATCH** (lower anchor only) or the seat belt only.*** If combined weight of child and safety seat is over 65 lbs (29.5 kg), attach using the seat belt only.*** |
If combined weight of child and safety seat is up to 65 lbs (29.5 kg), attach using either LATCH** (both lower anchors and top tether anchor), or the seat belt and upper tether strap.*** If combined weight of child and safety seat is over 65 lbs (29.5 kg), attach using the seat belt and upper tether strap.*** |
Secure the booster seat using lower LATCH anchors (if available) and then restrain the child with the seat belt. If the booster seat is not equipped with LATCH anchors, then secure the booster seat with the child using the seat belt. However, if the combined weight of the child and booster seat exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg), secure the booster seat with the child using the seat belt only. |
|
* Many child safety seats currently available allow children to ride rear-facing using the child safety seat’s integrated 5-point harness for a longer period of time BASED UPON SPECIFIC HEIGHT AND WEIGHT LIMITS. Keep your child in a rear facing seat for as long as possible. CHECK THE CHILD SAFETY SEAT MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS AND CAREFULLY FOLLOW ALL INSTRUCTIONS. ** ISOFIX is the international standard for attachment points for child safety seats in passenger cars. The system has other regional names including LATCH (“Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children”) in the United States and LUAS (“Lower Universal Anchorage System”) or Canfix in Canada. It has also been called the “Universal Child Safety Seat System” or UCSSS. *** Subject to instructions provided by the child safety seat manufacturer. |
|||
NOTE: When installing a child restraint system, you must also buckle the seat belt to silence the seat belt warning chime.
WARNING: Laws that govern how and where children should be carried when traveling in a vehicle are subject to change.
It is the driver’s responsibility to keep up to date on, and comply with, all current regulations in the region(s) where
Model 3 is driven. To check the child passenger safety laws for states in the U.S., go to: http://www.ghsa.org/html/ stateinfo/laws/childsafety_laws.html.
WARNING: Do not use LATCH/Isofix/i-Size anchors with child restraint system or booster seats that have an integral safety belt where the combined weight of the child plus the child restraint system exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg).
Seating Larger Children
If a child is too large to fit into a child safety seat, but too small to safely use the standard seat belts, use a booster seat appropriate for the child’s age and size. Carefully follow the manufacturer’s instructions to secure the booster seat.
WARNING: Larger children in booster seats should wear the seat belt like an adult. Do not extend the seat belt webbing fully to engage the automatic locking
retractor (ALR).
Installing Child Safety Seats
There are two general methods used to install child safety seats:
- Seat belt retained – these seats are secured using the vehicle’s seat belts.
- LATCH retained – these seats attach to anchor bars built into the vehicle’s rear seats.
Check the child safety seat manufacturer’s instructions and the table provided in this document to determine which installation method to use. Some child safety seats can be installed using either method. Always follow the child safety seat manufacturer’s instructions.
Installing Seat Belt Retained Child Seats
First, make sure that the child safety seat is appropriate for the weight, height, and age of the child.
Avoid dressing the child in bulky clothing and do not place any objects between the child and the restraint system.
Adjust harnesses for every child, every trip.
To securely hold child safety seats, all passenger seating positions are equipped with an automatic locking retractor (ALR) that, by pulling the seat belt beyond the length needed for a typical adult occupant, locks the belt into place until the seat belt is unbuckled and the webbing is fully retracted. The ALR mechanism operates as a ratchet, winding in slack and preventing the seat belt from extending any further until it has been completely rewound. When installing a child safety seat, engage the belt’s automatic locking retractor by pulling the seat belt webbing until it is fully extended. The ALR system engages only when the seat belt is at its maximum extension point.
The automatic locking retractor (ALR) feature is not used for booster seats in which a large child is restrained by the vehicle’s seat belts directly, and therefore not using a child safety seat’s integrated restraints.
NOTE: An automatic locking retractor disengages only when the seat belt is unbuckled and fully retracted. The belt can then be worn as a normal belt, sliding freely in and out and locking tight only in an emergency. Once disengaged, the belt must be fully extended to re-engage the locking mechanism whenever you install a child safety seat.
Always follow the detailed instructions provided by the child safety seat manufacturer. General guidelines are provided below.
- Place the child safety seat in Model 3, and fully extend the seat belt. Route and buckle the seat belt in accordance with the child safety seat manufacturer’s instructions.
- Allow the seat belt to retract, and remove all slack in the seat belt while firmly pushing the child safety seat into the Model 3 seat.
- Once all slack has been removed, forcefully pull the seat belt webbing to confirm that the automatic locking retractor (ALR) is engaged.
NOTE: The ALR disengages only after unbuckling and fully retracting the seat belt webbing. Once disengaged, the belt must be fully extended to re-engage the locking mechanism.
- If the seat belt retained child safety seat has an upper tether, attach it to the back of the seat (see Attaching Upper Tether Straps on page 44).
Installing LATCH (ISOFIX) Child Seats
Lower LATCH anchors are provided in the second row outboard seats. The anchors are located between the seat’s back rest and rear cushion. The exact location of each anchor is identified by a child safety seat identification button, illustrated below. The button is located on the seat back, directly above its associated anchor.
In the second row, install LATCH child safety seats in the outboard seating positions only. Use only a seat belt retained seat in the center position.
To install a LATCH child safety seat, slide the safety seat latches onto the anchor bars until they click into place. Carefully read and follow the instructions provided by the child safety seat manufacturer.
Once installed, test the security of the installation before seating a child. Attempt to twist the child safety seat from side to side and try to pull it away from the seat, then check to ensure the anchors remain securely in place.
NOTE: Lower LATCH anchors should not be used with child seats or booster seats that have an integrated safety belt in situations where the combined weight of the child plus the child restraint is more than 65 lbs (29.5 kg). In these situations, use the safety belt instead.
Attaching Upper Tether Straps
If an upper tether strap is provided, attach its hook to the anchor point located on the shelf behind the rear seats.
WARNING: Tighten upper tether straps according to the instructions provided by the manufacturer of the child safety seat.
WARNING: USE ONLY SEAT BELT RETAINED CHILD SAFETY SEATS IN THE CENTER SEATING POSITION.
To access an anchor point, press down on the back of its cover.
For dual-strap tethers, position a strap on each side of the head support.
For single-strap tethers at the outboard seating positions, route the strap over the outside-facing side of the head support (same side of the head support as the seat belt retraction mechanism).
For a single strap tether in the rear center seating position, route the strap over the top center of the head support.
For dual strap tether in the rear center seating position, route the straps around each side of the head support.
Testing a Child Safety Seat
Before seating a child, always make sure the child safety seat is not loose:
- Hold the child safety seat by the belt path and try to slide the safety seat from side to side and front to back.
- If the seat moves more than 1 inch (2.5 cm), it is too loose. Tighten the belt or reconnect the LATCH retained child safety seat.
- If you are unable to reduce slack, try a different seat location or try another child safety seat.
Child Safety Seat Warnings
|
Although this airbag is disabled when Model 3 detects a lightweight passenger, do not rely on technology to protect your child. |
|
endangered in a crash if their child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle. |
|
|
|
and neck are not sufficiently developed to avoid injury in a frontal impact. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of the belt must be away from the face and neck, and the lap portion must not be over the stomach. |
|
|
|
used for adult seat belts, harnesses, or for attaching other items or equipment to the vehicle. |
|
|
|
|
|
manufacturer’s instructions. |
WARNING: Extreme hazard! Do not seat a child on the front passenger seat even if you are using a child safety seat. This seat has an airbag in front of it.
WARNING: Child restraint systems are designed to be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap-shoulder belt. Children could be
WARNING: According to collision statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating positions.
WARNING: Do not use a forward facing child safety seat until your child weighs over 20 lbs (9 kg) and can sit independently. Up to the age of two, a child’s spine
WARNING: Do not allow a baby or infant to be held on an adult’s lap. All children should be restrained in an appropriate child safety seat at all times.
WARNING: To ensure children are safely seated, follow all instructions provided in this document and by the manufacturer of the child safety seat.
WARNING: Children should ride in a rear facing child safety seat using the seat’s integrated 5-point harness for as long as possible.
WARNING: Do not use seat belt extenders on a seat belt that is being used to install a child safety seat or booster seat.
WARNING: When seating larger children, make sure the child’s head is supported and the child’s seat belt is properly adjusted and fastened. The shoulder portion
WARNING: Never attach two child safety seats to one anchor point. In a collision, one anchor point may be incapable of securing both seats.
WARNING: Child restraint anchors are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints. Under no circumstances are they to be
WARNING: Always check harnesses and tether straps for damage and wear.
WARNING: Never leave a child unattended, even if the child is secured in a child safety seat.
WARNING: Never use a child safety seat that has been involved in a collision. Have the seat inspected or replaced as described in the child safety seatAirbags are located in the approximate areas shown below. Airbag warning information is printed on the sun visors.
Model 3 is equipped with an airbag and lap/shoulder belt (also called seat belt assembly) at both designated front seating positions. All occupants, including the driver, should always wear their seat belts whether or not an airbag is also provided at their seating position to minimize the risk of severe injury or death in the event of a crash.
NOTE: On RHD (Right Hand Drive) vehicles, the locations of the passenger and driver airbags are reversed.
- Knee airbag
- Front airbags
- Seat-mounted side airbags
NOTE: Your vehicle also has a seat-mounted airbag on the inside portion of the driver’s seat.
- Curtain airbags
How Airbags Work
Airbags inflate when sensors detect an impact that exceeds deployment thresholds. These thresholds are designed to predict the severity of a crash in time for the airbags to help protect the vehicle’s occupants. Airbags inflate instantly with considerable force accompanied by a loud noise. The inflated bag, together with the seat belts, limits movement of occupants to reduce the risk of injury.
Front airbags are not ordinarily designed to inflate in rear collisions, rollovers, side collisions and when braking heavily or driving over bumps and potholes. Likewise, front airbags may not inflate in all frontal collisions, such as minor front collisions, underride collisions, or minor impacts with narrow objects (such as posts or poles). Significant superficial damage can occur to the vehicle without the airbags inflating and, conversely, a relatively small amount of structural damage can cause airbags to inflate. Therefore, the external appearance of the vehicle after a collision does not represent whether or not the front airbags should have inflated.
WARNING: Before modifying your vehicle to accommodate a person with disabilities in a way that may affect the airbag system, use the mobile app to
schedule a service appointment.
Types of Airbags
Model 3 has the following types of airbags:
- Front airbags: The front airbags are designed to reduce injuries if larger children or adults are riding in the front seats. Follow all warnings and instructions related to seating a child on the front passenger seat (if permitted in your market region). See Child Safety Seats on page 40.
- Knee airbags: Knee airbags are designed to work together with front airbags in specific scenarios. When deployed, the knee airbags limit the forward motion of the front seat occupants by restricting leg movement, thereby positioning the occupants so that the front airbags work more effectively.
- Seat-mounted side airbags: A seat-mounted side airbag in the front seats helps protect the pelvis and the thorax region of the torso; the seat-mounted far side airbag in the inside portion of the driver’s seat helps protect the head and torso. The seat-mounted side airbags on both
Front Passenger Occupant Detection
the impacted and non-impacted side of the vehicle will inflate in the event of severe side impact or severe offset frontal impact.
-
- Curtain airbags: Curtain airbags help protect the head. Curtain airbags on both the impacted and non-impacted side of the vehicle will inflate only if a severe side impact or severe offset frontal impact occurs, or if the vehicle rolls over.
Airbag Status Indicator
The status of the passenger front airbag displays in the top corner of the touchscreen:
|
|
Before driving with a child seated on the front passenger seat (if legally permitted in your market region), always double-check the status of the passenger front airbag to confirm that it is OFF. When the passenger front airbag is OFF, it will not inflate when a collision occurs. This indicator also displays when the seat is unoccupied. |
|
|
To protect an adult occupying the front passenger seat, ensure the passenger front airbag is ON. When the passenger front airbag is ON, it may inflate when a collision occurs. |
|
|
The airbag indicator displays on the touchscreen for a few seconds at the start of every drive while checking the following functionality, as applicable: airbags, seat belts with pre-tensioners and load limiters, impact sensors, occupant sensors, seat belt sensors, passive safety component wiring harnesses, and onboard restraint controlled components (ex: accelerometer and other passive safety components). |
After this check, the airbag indicator turns off. If the airbag system detects a fault in any of the previously mentioned components, the airbag warning indicator stays on. In this case contact Tesla service immediately. Do not drive the vehicle until the airbag system is inspected by Tesla.
Model 3 has an occupancy sensor in the front passenger seat that controls the status of the front airbag.
NOTE: The Occupant Classification System (OCS) meets the regulatory requirement of FMVSS 208 and automatically detects when inflating the passenger front airbag would be unnecessary or potentially harmful.
WARNING: Seating an infant in a rear facing child restraint system on a seat equipped with an operational airbag can cause serious injury or death.
|
Object Classification |
OCS Passenger Airbag Status* |
Indicator status |
Notes |
|
Empty |
OFF |
PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF |
|
Object Classification |
OCS Passenger Airbag Status* |
Indicator status |
Notes |
|
Object |
OFF or ON |
PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF or PASSENGER AIRBAG ON |
Depends on material/contents. |
|
Rear-facing child restraint system designed for children up to a year old |
OFF |
PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF |
22 lbs (10 kg) or less |
|
Forward facing child restraint system |
OFF or ON |
PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF or PASSENGER AIRBAG ON |
22-35 lbs (10-16 kg) |
|
Child in a booster seat |
OFF or ON |
PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF or PASSENGER AIRBAG ON |
Less than 51 lbs (23 kg) |
|
Large child |
OFF or ON |
PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF or PASSENGER AIRBAG ON |
51-103 lbs (23-47 kg) |
|
5th percentile female or larger (by weight) |
ON |
PASSENGER AIRBAG ON |
Over approximately 103 lbs (47 kg) |
|
* If the passenger airbag status indicator does not match the situation, do not use the seat. The passenger must ride in a different seat. Use the mobile app to schedule a service appointment. |
|||
NOTE: It takes approximately six seconds after you power on Model 3 for the Occupant Classification System (OCS) to report accurate status of the front passenger airbag. As a result, when you first power on Model 3, even in situations when it should be OFF because the seat is occupied by a weight of 20 lbs (9 kg) or less, it will take the touchscreen approximately six seconds to display the status, PASS AIRBAG OFF. If it fails to do so, use the mobile app to schedule a service appointment and do not seat a child in the front passenger seating position.
To make sure the sensing system can correctly detect occupancy status, eliminate the following:
-
-
- Objects lodged under the seat.
- Heavy objects sitting on the seat (briefcase, large purse, etc.).
- Objects wedged between the seat back and seat cushion.
- Cargo interfering with the seat.
- Aftermarket items attached to, or sitting on or between, the seat and occupant including but not limited to covers, mats, blankets, etc.
-
These conditions can interfere with the occupancy sensor. If you have eliminated the above possibilities, and the airbag status is still incorrect, ask passengers to ride in the rear seats and use the mobile app to schedule a service appointment to have the airbag system checked.
NOTE: The front passenger occupancy sensor affects the operation of the passenger front airbags only. The side airbags are not affected.
|
|
|
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, all occupants age 12 and under must ride in the rear seats. |
|
collision occurs. It can also reduce the accuracy of the Occupant Classification System, if equipped. |
WARNING: If the front passenger airbag is not turning on or off as expected based on the weight thresholds previously described, use the mobile app to schedule a service appointment immediately.
WARNING: If seating a child in the front passenger seat is legally permissible in your market region, it is the driver’s responsibility to ensure that the passenger front airbag is OFF. Never seat a child in a rear facing safety seat in the front passenger seat with an active airbag. DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the child can occur. Per recommendations by the
WARNING: Do not use seat covers on Model 3. Doing so could restrict deployment of the seat-mounted side airbags if aEnsuring Accurate Occupant Detection
To help ensure an occupant in the front passenger seat can be accurately classified, the passenger must:
-
-
- Wear a seat belt.
- Sit upright on the center of the seat cushion, with shoulders resting against the seat back and legs extended comfortably in front with feet on the floor.
- Remain positioned on the seat cushion and not lift their weight off the seat (for example, by pushing their feet against the floor or pressing on the center console or armrest to lift up).
- Never wear thick, wet, or bulky clothing (such as ski wear or padded clothing).
-
In addition to the items listed above, the following situations can interfere with the accuracy of the occupant classification system:
-
-
- Placing a radio transmitter (for example, a hunting radio or walkie-talkie) on the front passenger seat.
- Placing an AC/DC inverter, or a device that is being powered by the inverter (for example, a cell phone, tablet, or computer) on the front passenger seat cushion.
- Placing liquid (such as a bottled drink) or food containers on a car seat when a child restraint system is present.
- Incorrectly placing a child restraint system so that the entire lower section is not positioned against the seat cushion.
- Objects lodged under the seat or wedged between the seat back and cushion.
- Heavy objects sitting on the seat (briefcase, large purse).
- Cargo interfering with the seat.
- Aftermarket items attached to or placed between the seat and the occupant, such as covers, mats, blankets, etc.
-
These conditions can interfere with the occupancy sensor. If you have eliminated the above possibilities, and the airbag status is still incorrect, instruct passengers to ride in the rear seats and use the mobile app to schedule a service appointment to have the airbag system checked.
NOTE: Tesla follows NHTSA (National Highway Traffic Safety Administration) recommendations that all occupants age 12 and under must ride in a rear seating position.
NOTE: The front passenger occupancy sensor affects the operation of the passenger front airbags only. The side airbags are not affected.
|
|
|
service appointment. |
|
|
|
airbags if a collision occurs. It can also reduce the accuracy of the occupant detection system. |
WARNING: Failure to follow the instructions can adversely affect the Occupant Classification System (OCS) which can cause serious injury or death.
WARNING: If the front passenger airbag is not turning on or off as expected, do not seat a passenger in the front passenger seat. Use the mobile app to schedule a
WARNING: To ensure accuracy of the Occupant Classification System (OCS), do not make any modifications to the front passenger seat.
WARNING: Do not use seat covers on Model 3. Doing so could restrict deployment of the seat-mounted sideExamples of Correct and Incorrect Seating Positions
Correct seating position:
Incorrect seating position – the passenger’s feet must be on the floor:
Incorrect seating position – the passenger must not slide forward on the seat cushion:
Incorrect seating position – the passenger must not recline the backrest to a laying down position when the vehicle is moving:
Inflation Effects
WARNING: When airbags inflate, a fine powder is released. This powder can irritate the skin and should
be thoroughly flushed from the eyes and from any cuts or abrasions.
After inflation, the airbags deflate to provide a gradual cushioning effect for the occupants and to ensure the driver’s forward vision is not obscured.
If airbags have inflated, or if your vehicle has been in a collision, your vehicle requires servicing before it will power up. In addition, your airbags, seat belt pre-tensioners and any associated components must be checked, and if necessary, replaced. Use the mobile app to schedule a service appointment immediately.
In a collision, in addition to the airbags inflating:
- United States only: Your vehicle automatically dials 911 if Controls > Safety > Automatic 911 calls is enabled. Cancellation instructions as well as a countdown timer
display on the touchscreen.
- Doors unlock.
- Hazard warning lights turn on.
- Interior lights turn on.
- High voltage is disabled.
- Windows go to the vent position.
- Vehicle applies the brakes to come to a stop.
NOTE: Depending on the nature of the impact and the forces involved, doors may not unlock in a collision and/or damage may prevent them from opening. In such cases, the door may need to be opened using the interior manual release, or other means of extrication (for example, exiting through another door, breaking the window, etc.).
NOTE: In some collisions, even if airbags did not inflate, high voltage may be disabled and you will be unable to power up and drive. Use the mobile app to schedule a service appointment immediately.
Airbag Warnings
|
risk of severe injury or death in the event of a collision. |
|
|
|
accuracy of the Occupant Classification System (OCS), if equipped. |
|
seated, with the seat positioned as far back as possible. The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) recommends a minimum distance of 10 inches (25 cm) between an occupant’s chest and an airbag. |
|
the appropriate way to seat a child based on the child’s weight, size, and age. The safest place to seat infants and young children is in a rear seating position. Seating an infant or child in a rear-facing child restraint system on a seat equipped with an operational airbag can cause serious injury or death. |
|
it. Doing so can cause injury or death if the airbag inflates. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cover that could interfere with inflation of an airbag. These include but are not limited to: steering wheel covers, decals, seat cushions, pillows, etc. Objects can cause serious injury if the vehicle is in a collision severe enough to cause the airbag to inflate. |
|
cooled. |
WARNING: All occupants, including the driver, should always wear their seat belts, whether or not an airbag is also provided at their seating position, to minimize the
WARNING: Front seat occupants should not place their arms over the airbag module, as an inflating airbag can cause fractures or other injuries.
WARNING: Do not use seat covers on Model 3. Doing so could restrict deployment of the seat-mounted side airbags if a collision occurs. It can also reduce the
WARNING: Airbags inflate with considerable speed and force, which can cause injury. To limit injuries, ensure that occupants are wearing seat belts and are correctly
WARNING: Children should not be seated on the front passenger seat unless permitted by regulations in your market region. Follow all regulations in your region for
WARNING: Do not use a rear-facing child restraint system on a seat with an operational airbag in front of
WARNING: To ensure correct inflation of the side airbags, maintain an unobstructed gap between an occupant’s torso and the side of Model 3.
WARNING: Passengers shouldn’t lean their heads against doors or windows. Doing so can cause injury if a curtain airbag inflates.
WARNING: Do not allow passengers to obstruct the operation of an airbag by placing feet, knees or any other part of the body on or near an airbag.
WARNING: Do not attach or place objects on or near the front airbags, the side of the front seats, the headliner at the side of the vehicle, or any other airbag
WARNING: Following inflation, some airbag components are hot. Do not touch until they haveThe Tesla mobile app allows you to communicate with Model 3 remotely using your iPhone® or Android™ phone.
NOTE: The information below may not represent an exhaustive list of the functions available on the Tesla mobile app. To ensure access to new and improved features, download updated versions of the mobile app as they become available.
To Use the Mobile App
To set up the Tesla mobile app to communicate with your Model 3:
- Download the Tesla mobile app to your phone.
- Log in to the Tesla mobile app by entering your Tesla account credentials.
- Enable mobile access to your Model 3 by touching
Controls > Safety > Allow Mobile Access.
- Turn your phone’s Bluetooth setting ON and ensure that Bluetooth is turned on within your phone’s global settings for the Tesla mobile app. For example, on your phone, navigate to Settings, choose the Tesla mobile app, and ensure the Bluetooth setting is enabled.
Your phone and vehicle must both be actively connected to cellular service or Wi-Fi for the mobile app to communicate with your vehicle remotely. Tesla recommends that you always have a functional physical key readily available if parking in an area with limited or absent cellular service, such as an indoor parking garage.
Your vehicle also supports mobile app commands over Bluetooth when your phone is paired to Model 3 as a key and is in close proximity to your vehicle.
NOTE: In the event that you require lockout assistance from Tesla due to a non-warranty issue, such as having limited cellular connectivity and having no secondary key available, your expenses are not covered under the Roadside Assistance policy.
NOTE: Tesla does not support the use of third party applications to contact Model 3.
Mobile App for Apple Watch
You can also use the mobile app on your Apple Watch. The Tesla mobile app for Apple Watch requires:
- An Apple Watch Series 6, Apple Watch SE 2, or Apple Watch Ultra 1 or newer with watchOS 11.0 or newer.
- Vehicle firmware version 2024.44.25 or newer.
- Tesla Mobile app version 4.39.5 or newer.
Before using the Tesla mobile app on your Apple Watch, ensure that your iPhone and Apple Watch are updated to the latest available software version. To add the Tesla mobile app to your Apple Watch, use the Watch app on your iPhone.
You can use the Tesla Apple Watch app to lock and unlock Model 3, open and close the trunk, and open the frunk.
In addition, you can use your Apple Watch as a key the same way you would use your phone as a key. For more information, see Keys on page 20.
Overview
When both your phone and the vehicle have internet service, the Tesla mobile app’s home screen allows you to:
- Lock or unlock your vehicle.
- Enable or disable the heating or air conditioning and monitor the cabin climate.
- Check your vehicle’s charging information. Charging details also appear when a charging cable is plugged in.
- Open or close the charge port.
NOTE: Twisting red lines next to the Battery icon indicate that the Battery is actively heating up (including while charging or preparing to charge).
- See where your vehicle is located.
- View your vehicle’s estimated range.
- Open the front trunk.
- View your vehicle’s odometer, VIN, and current software version.
Media settings appear on the mobile app to pause, play, rewind, fast forward, and adjust the volume of the media currently playing in the vehicle. You may need to enable Media settings by touching Audio Settings > Options > Allow Mobile Control.
If your vehicle is Supercharging, you can also see information about your charging session as a Live Activity directly on your iPhone or paired Apple Watch.
NOTE: Charging Live Activity requires mobile app version
4.45.0 or newer and an iPhone with iOS 17.2 or newer.
For supported video sources, send videos to Tesla Theater by sharing the link through the mobile app. Navigate to the movie, show, or video you want to play on your phone and touch the share button. Share the video with the Tesla app and it appears on the touchscreen if Model 3 is in Park.
CAUTION: If you want to lock the doors while inside Model 3 so that they cannot be opened from the outside, close the doors and use the lock icon on the
touchscreen. This temporarily overrides any phone lock settings, such as Walk-Away Door Lock.
Otherwise, because your phone is enabled as a key, the doors will unlock when the exterior door handles are pulled even if you press the lock icon on your mobile app. If you open the door from the inside, that will once again allow the doors to be opened from the outside so long as the phone key is detected. (see Phone Key on page 20 for more information).
Profile
In the Profile tab located at the top corner, you can:
- Switch to a different vehicle associated with your Tesla account, if you have access to more than one.
- Navigate the Tesla Shop.
- Manage your account information and view your order history.
- View and customize notifications you receive under the Settings tab, such as Calendar sync, when your security alarm has been triggered, charging updates, and new software updates. You can start updates from afar and check its progress.
Controls
The Controls tab allows you to do the following:
- Open the front or rear trunk.
- Lock or unlock Model 3 from afar.
NOTE: Your vehicle does not automatically re-lock if you unlock from the mobile app.
- Open or close the charge port.
- Flash the lights or honk the horn to find where Model 3 is parked.
- Enable Keyless Driving.
- Open and close your garage door if your vehicle has a programmed HomeLink connection, if available (see Smart Garage on page 59).
- Vent the windows.
Climate
You can check the interior temperature and heat or cool the cabin before driving (even if it’s in a garage), control the seat heaters, and defrost the windshield:
- Enable or disable Defrost Car, which helps melt snow, ice, and frost on the windshield, windows, and mirrors, by swiping up from the bottom of the screen.
- Enable or disable Dog Mode or Camp Mode.
- Enable Cabin Overheat Protection, which prevents the cabin from getting too warm in hot ambient conditions. You can choose whether you want the A/C or just the fan to run when the temperature in the cabin exceeds 105° F (40° C) or the selected temperature (if available). See Operating Climate Controls on page 151 for more information.
- Vent or close the windows.
- Precondition the cabin to your desired temperature and turn on or off the steering wheel and seat heaters (if equipped).
Using the mobile app to precondition Model 3 also warms the Battery as needed. The mobile app will notify you once your vehicle has reached the desired preconditioning temperature.
NOTE: In some vehicles, depending on vehicle specifications and date of manufacture, using the mobile app to defrost Model 3 also thaws ice on the charge port latch. This is useful in extremely cold weather or icy conditions in which the charge port latch can freeze in place, preventing you from removing or inserting the charge cable.
Location
NOTE: Features may not be available in all market regions.
Locate Model 3 with directions, or track its movement across a map.
You can also enter an address to navigate or plan a trip directly in your Tesla mobile app and then send the trip to Model 3. The Tesla mobile app selects a route and provides charging times to minimize the amount of time you spend driving and charging. Touch Edit Trip to change or reorganize stops.
Touch Set Departure Energy to specify your expected energy level when beginning the trip.
Charging stops can also be added or adjusted as needed, depending on the departure energy. For more information, see Trip Planner on page 167.
Summon
You can park or retrieve Model 3 using Dumb Summon or Actually Smart Summon (ASS) (see Summon on page 126).
Schedule
Enable scheduled charging or departure, and precondition the vehicle. See Scheduled Precondition and Charge on page 184 for more information. Scheduled charging or departure can also be saved based on a preferred location.
You can also schedule a light show for a future time. For more information about light show, see Theater, Arcade, and Toybox on page 171.
Security
The Security tab allows you to do the following:
- Pair your phone to the vehicle (see Phone Key on page 20).
- Enable or disable Sentry Mode (see How to Use Sentry Mode (With a USB Flash Drive) on page 148).
- Enable or disable Valet Mode (see Valet Mode on page 91).
- Enable or disable Speed Limit Mode and receive notifications when the vehicle’s driving speed is within approximately 3 mph (5 km/h) of your selected maximum speed (see Speed Limit Mode on page 145).
- Watch and share Dashcam and Sentry Mode clips from the mobile app. See Dashcam on page 146 for more information.
NOTE: Requires Premium Connectivity and mobile app version 4.39.5 or newer. Only available on iOS.
Upgrades
View and purchase the latest upgrades available for your vehicle, such as Full Self-Driving Capability.
Service
See Schedule Service on page 190 for information on how to schedule service through the mobile app.
Roadside
View roadside resources and request roadside assistance (where applicable). For more information on Roadside Assistance, see Contacting Tesla Roadside Assistance on page 229.
Granting Access to a Second Driver
Add and remove access permission for an additional driver from the Tesla mobile app.
NOTE: Tesla mobile app version 4.3.1 or higher is required. Additional drivers can either use a previously registered Tesla Account or use the app to create a new Tesla Account.
To add an additional driver, in the Tesla mobile app from the vehicle home screen, go to Security > Add Driver and follow the onscreen instructions.
NOTE: The additional driver has access to all app features except purchasing upgrades.
To remove access, use the mobile app and go to Security >
Manage Drivers and follow the onscreen instructions.
Wi-Fi is available as a data connection method and is often faster than cellular data networks. Connecting to Wi-Fi is especially useful in areas with limited or no cellular connectivity. To ensure fast, reliable delivery of software and map updates, Tesla recommends leaving Model 3 connected to a Wi-Fi network whenever possible (for example, when parked at home).
To connect to a Wi-Fi network:
- Touch Controls > Wi-Fi. Model 3 begins to scan and display detected Wi-Fi networks that are within range.
NOTE: If a known Wi-Fi network does not appear in the list, move Model 3 closer to the access point or consider using a range extender.
NOTE: When connecting to a 5GHz network (if available), check which channels are supported in your region.
5GHz Network Channels Supported
|
36-48 |
52-64 |
100-140 |
149-165 |
|
✓ |
✓ |
✓ |
✓ |
- Find and tap the Wi-Fi network you want to use in Searching for Wi-Fi Networks or add it manually in Add Wi-Fi Networks, enter the password (if necessary), then touch Confirm. When successfully connected, the Wi-Fi network shows in Known Wi-Fi Networks along with a green check. Whenever the network is within range, Model 3 connects to it automatically.
NOTE: Model 3 does not currently support connections to captive Wi-Fi networks (a captive Wi-Fi, commonly used by public hotspots, requires you to access a custom web portal and agree to terms of service prior to allowing you to log in).
NOTE: If more than one previously connected network is within range, Model 3 connects to the one most recently used.
NOTE: At Tesla Service Centers, Model 3 automatically connects to the Tesla Service Wi-Fi network.
Diagnostics
Diagnostics offers more information on your Wi-Fi connection, as well as connection improvement tips. To access, navigate to Wi-Fi > Diagnostics or find it below the progress bar while a software update downloads or installs.
Hotspots
Instead of a Wi-Fi network, you can also use a mobile hotspot (subject to fees and restrictions of your carrier). After connecting to your hotspot, select Remain Connected in
Drive, if you want to keep the connection active while you are driving.
Troubleshooting Tips
If your vehicle’s Wi-Fi connection is slow or it fails to connect, try these tips.
- On the touchscreen, check the number of Wi-Fi icon bars (signal strength). If the bars are low, consider adding a
Wi-Fi access point closer to the vehicle to improve the signal.
- Restart the touchscreen (see Restarting the Touchscreen on page 9).
- Remove the Wi-Fi connection and reconnect. Touch Controls > Wi-Fi, select your network and Forget Network then reconnect by touching your network in Known Networks.
- Try a different Wi-Fi
Bluetooth® Compatibility
|
|
You can use various Bluetooth devices in Model 3 provided it is paired and within operating range. For example, you can pair your Bluetooth-capable phone so you can use it hands-free. In addition to phones, you can pair other Bluetooth-enabled devices with Model 3. For example, you can pair an iPod Touch, iPad, Android tablet, etc. from which you can play music. |
Before using your phone or other Bluetooth device with Model 3, you must pair it. Pairing sets up Model 3 to communicate with supported Bluetooth-capable devices. You can pair up to ten Bluetooth phones. Unless you’ve specified a specific phone as a Priority Device, or if the phone specified as Priority Device is not within range, Model 3 always connects to the last phone that was used (provided it is within range). To connect to a different phone, see Switching Between Paired Devices on page 56.
NOTE: Authenticating your phone to use as a key (see Keys on page 20) does not allow you to use the phone hands-free, play media from it, etc. You must also pair it as described below.
NOTE: On many phones, Bluetooth turns off if the phone’s battery is low.
NOTE: Although Bluetooth typically supports wireless communication over distances of up to approximately 30 feet (nine meters), performance can vary based on the phone, or other device, you are using.
NOTE: Model 3 can pair up to twenty Bluetooth devices at a time but only allows two devices to connect simultaneously (such as one phone and one controller or two controllers) to each front and rear touchscreen (if equipped).
CAUTION: Do not leave your paired phone in your vehicle (for example, if you are hiking or at the beach). If you must leave your phone in the vehicle, disable
Bluetooth and/or turn the phone off.
Pairing a Phone or Bluetooth Device
Pairing allows you to use your Bluetooth-capable phone hands-free to make and receive phone calls, access your contact list, recent calls, etc. It also allows you to play media files from your phone. Once a phone is paired, Model 3 can connect to it whenever the phone is within range.
- To pair a phone or a Bluetooth device, sit inside Model 3 and ensure the touchscreen is on.
- Unlock your phone and enable Bluetooth (typically in Settings on your phone).
NOTE: On some phones, this may require you to go to Bluetooth Settings for the remainder of the procedure.
- On the touchscreen, touch Controls > Bluetooth to automatically start Bluetooth scanning for new devices.
- Wait for your phone to be listed and touch Connect.
- Check that the number displayed on your phone matches the number on the touchscreen. Then, on your phone, confirm that you want to pair.
- If prompted on your phone, specify whether you want to allow Model 3 to access your personal information, such as calendar, contacts and media files (see Importing Contacts and Recent Calls on page 55). When paired, Model 3 lists your phone under Controls > Bluetooth > Paired Devices.
To change the settings of a paired device, go to Controls > Bluetooth > Paired Devices and expand the dropdown next to the device’s name.
If you are experiencing issues importing or connecting to Bluetooth, see Troubleshooting Bluetooth on page 56 for more information.
You can toggle Reduce Fan Speed During Calls so the fan speed automatically lowers when you are on a call. Auto must be enabled in your climate controls (see Operating Climate Controls on page 151.
Importing Contacts and Recent Calls
Once a phone is paired, go to Controls > Bluetooth > Paired Devices and expand the dropdown next to the device’s name to specify whether you want to allow access to your phone’s contacts, recent calls and text messages. If you allow access, you can use the phone app to make calls and send messages to people in your list of contacts and on your recent calls list (see Phone, Calendar, and Web Conferencing on page 57).
Before contacts can be imported, you may need to either set your phone to allow syncing, or respond to a popup on your phone to confirm that you want to sync contacts. This varies depending on the type of phone you are using. For details, refer to the documentation provided with your phone.
If you are having trouble importing contacts or pairing with Bluetooth, see Troubleshooting Bluetooth on page 56 for more information.
Disconnecting or Unpairing a Bluetooth Device
If you want to disconnect your phone or Bluetooth device, but keep it paired, touch Disconnect in your phone’s Bluetooth settings dropdown on the touchscreen (Controls > Bluetooth > Paired Devices > Your phone). If you no longer want to use your device with Model 3, touch Forget Device and follow the instructions. Once you forget a device, you must pair it again if you want to use it with Model 3 (see Pairing a Phone or Bluetooth Device on page 55).
NOTE: Your phone automatically disconnects when you leave Model 3.
NOTE: Unpairing the phone has no effect on using the phone as a key. To forget an authenticated phone, see Managing Keys on page 22.
Switching Between Paired Devices
Model 3 automatically connects to a phone that you designated as Priority Device. If you have not set a phone as a priority, Model 3 connects to the last phone to which is was connected, provided it is within operating range and has Bluetooth turned on. If the last phone is not within range, it attempts to connect with the next phone that it has been paired with.
To connect to a different phone, touch Controls > Bluetooth > Paired Devices. Select the phone you want to connect to, then touch Connect. If the phone you want to connect to is not listed, you must pair the phone. See Pairing a Phone or Bluetooth Device on page 55.
When connected, the Bluetooth settings screen displays the Bluetooth symbol next to the phone’s name to show that Model 3 is connected to the phone.
Troubleshooting Bluetooth
Your vehicle uses Bluetooth and BLE (Bluetooth Low Energy) to seamlessly connect your smartphone to Model 3. Due to several potential factors, Bluetooth or BLE may sometimes disconnect or experience issues in the pairing process.
Connecting to Bluetooth allows your vehicle to use phone functions such as audio, phone calls, calendars, text messages, etc.
BLE is used for passive functions like phone key.
NOTE: Do not unpair your vehicle to your phone or remove it as phone key without a working key card nearby.
Try the following to troubleshoot Bluetooth, starting with your smartphone.
Smartphone Troubleshooting
Bluetooth may not connect due to settings and updates on your smartphone:
- Enable Bluetooth on your phone. If already enabled, disable and re-enable Bluetooth again.
- Ensure Airplane Mode is turned off.
- Charge your phone; if your phone battery is too low, it may not support Bluetooth functions.
- Pair your device properly. If already paired, try unpairing and re-pairing again.
- Update your phone to the latest software provided by the manufacturer.
- Check that your vehicle’s sound system is selected as the audio output source.
- Ensure your phone’s settings allow for Bluetooth (ex: data is turned on or you are connected to Wi-Fi).
- Turn your phone off and on again.
- Ensure location permissions set to “Always On” for the mobile app.
Tesla Mobile App Troubleshooting
Check the Tesla mobile app:
- Confirm the Tesla mobile app is up to date on software.
- Verify you’re logged into the Tesla mobile app while using your phone key.
- Ensure the Tesla app is running in the background.
- Double check that you have completely set up your profile in the mobile app and properly configured your settings.
Vehicle Troubleshooting
Your vehicle’s settings may affect its ability to pair with your smartphone:
- Charge Model 3: If the vehicle Battery is too low, you may lose Bluetooth function.
- Update vehicle software and make sure it is always up to date. Check for new software updates by navigating to Controls > Software.
- Restart the touchscreen. See Restarting the Touchscreen on page 9.
- Reboot your vehicle.
If Bluetooth still does not work, unpair from your vehicle AND smartphone. Then try re-pairing both again.
For BLE phone key issues, when in the vehicle, navigate to Controls > Locks and remove your phone as “Phone as Key”. Then set it back up again. But only do this while you are in the vehicle and have a reliable back up key available (such as a key card).
Using the Phone App
|
|
When your phone is connected to Model 3 using Bluetooth (see Bluetooth on page 55), and you have allowed access to information on your phone (see Importing Contacts and Recent Calls on page 55), you can use the phone app to display and make a hands-free call to anyone listed on your phone. |
-
- Calls: Displays recent calls in chronological order with the most recent call listed first.
- Messages: Displays message in chronological order with the most recent message listed first. You can view, send, and receive text messages. Instead of typing a text message, touch the microphone button on the right side of the steering wheel to enter text using.
WARNING: To minimize distraction and ensure the safety of occupants as well as other road users, do
not view or send text messages when the vehicle is in motion. Pay attention to road and traffic conditions at all times when driving.
-
- Contacts: Contacts are listed in alphabetical order and can be sorted by first name or last name. You can also choose a letter on the right side of the list to quickly scroll to the names that begin with the selected character. When you touch a name on your contacts list, the contact’s available number(s) displays on the right pane, along with other available information (such as address). Touch the contact’s number to make a call.
- Favorites: Displays the contacts from your phone that you have identified as Favorites.
- Calendar: Displays calendar entries from your phone (see Calendar on page 57). If an entry includes a phone number or an address, you can make a phone call, or navigate to a destination, by touching the corresponding information in the calendar entry.
Making a Phone Call
You can make a phone call by:
-
- Speaking a voice command (see Voice Commands on page 16). Voice commands are a convenient, hands-free way to call or text your contacts.
- Touching a phone number shown in a list in the phone app
– Contacts, Calls, or Calendar.
-
- Using the Model 3 on-screen dialer in the Phone app.
NOTE: If it is safe and legal to do so, you can also initiate a call by dialing the number or selecting the contact directly from your phone.
NOTE: You can also make a phone call by touching a pin on the map and choosing the phone number (if available) on the popup screen.
Receiving a Phone Call
When your phone receives an incoming call, the touchscreen displays the caller’s number or name (if the caller is in your phone’s contact list and Model 3 has access to your contacts).
Touch one of the options on the touchscreen to Answer or Ignore the call. Depending on the phone you are using and what speakers you used for your most recent call, your phone may prompt you to choose which speakers you want to use for the incoming call.
WARNING: Stay focused on the road at all times while driving. Using or programming a phone while driving, even with Bluetooth enabled, can result in serious
injury or death.
WARNING: Follow all applicable laws regarding the use of phones while driving, including, but not limited to, laws that prohibit texting and require hands-free
operation at all times.
In Call Options
When a call is in progress, the call displays on the touchscreen. To adjust the call volume, roll the left scroll button during a call. Tilt the left scroll button left to mute/ unmute and tilt right to end the call.
Calendar
|
|
The calendar displays scheduled events from your phone’s (iPhone® or Android™) calendar for the current and next day. The calendar is conveniently integrated with the phone app so you can dial into your meeting from a Calendar entry. It is also integrated with the navigation system so you can navigate to the event’s location. |
- Ensure your phone is paired to Model 3 as a phone key.
- Ensure you are logged into the Tesla mobile app.
- In your Tesla mobile app, touch Profile > Settings >
Calendar Sync.
NOTE: To ensure you have access to all of the calendar’s features, it is recommended that you use the most recent version of the mobile app.
- On your phone key, go to Settings and allow access/give permission to share your calendar with the Tesla mobile app. The mobile app can then periodically (and automatically) send calendar data from your phone to Model 3.
If a calendar event includes an address, a navigation arrow displays to indicate that you can touch the address to navigate to the event’s location.
If an event has a uniquely specified address and takes place within two hours of you entering your vehicle and preparing to drive, Model 3 automatically routes you to the event’s address (see Automatic Navigation on page 164).
Touch an event’s information icon to display all notes associated with the event. If the notes include one or more phone numbers, the information icon shows a phone icon and the calendar displays the first phone number found. Touch to initiate a phone call. You can also initiate a phone call by touching any number in an event’s notes popup screen (this is especially useful for conference calls). If notes include a web link, you can touch the link to open it in the Web browser.
Zoom
|
|
Seamlessly take meetings and calls through your vehicle’s touchscreen. To set up, touch the Zoom app and sign in or enter the meeting ID. You can even access meetings shown on your calendar or in text messages by touching the Zoom link. Your vehicle’s cabin camera can be used in calls over Zoom only when Model 3 is Parked. When the vehicle is shifted out of Park in the middle of a Zoom call, the cabin camera turns off and you switch to audio only. Use the touchscreen to turn on/off the video, mute/unmute yourself, and customize various preferences for your meeting. |
WARNING: Do not to use the video function when the vehicle is “temporarily parked” on a public road (such as when the vehicle is parked along the curb or in a
spot that is not a designated parking spot)..
WARNING: Stay focused on your surroundings and follow all applicable laws while driving, including, but
not limited to, laws that require hands-free operation at all times.
myQ
|
|
If equipped, Model 3 can intelligently connect to your myQ® smart garage. |
myQ is a smart garage control system that works seamlessly with Model 3, and allows you to remotely monitor and control your garage door from the vehicle’s touchscreen or a paired phone. This is convenient if you forget to close your garage door, want to allow friends and family inside, or need to open and close it remotely (such as when receiving a package). By linking myQ with Model 3, the garage door can detect your vehicle nearby and automatically open or close to accommodate.
WARNING: Do not use myQ with a device that does not have safety stop and reverse features. Using a device without these safety features increases the risk of
property damage, injury, or death.
Follow these steps to set up myQ on your vehicle:
- Your garage door must be myQ compatible. Use the myQ Compatibility tool (https://www.myq.com/app/myq- compatibility) to determine this.
- Ensure your garage is Wi-Fi compatible. myQ uses Wi-Fi to communicate with your smart phone and vehicle. Some garages will have a Wi-Fi or myQ symbol on the hub. Your garage must have a strong Wi-Fi signal to control and monitor your garage through your vehicle.
NOTE: If your garage is not compatible, you may be able to purchase an external myQ hub to use this feature.
- Download the myQ app from your smart phone’s app store. Use the app to set up your account information and pair the garage to your phone. myQ requires a paid subscription, which you can purchase in the app.
- Check that your vehicle is running the latest available software version and has Wi-Fi or LTE connectivity.
- Touch the garage icon at the top of the touchscreen or navigate to Controls > Locks > myQ Connected Garage > Link Account and follow the instructions to pair the garage with Model 3. Once paired, monitoring and controlling the garage becomes available on the touchscreen, where you can further customize myQ.
For more information, questions, troubleshooting assistance, or damage claims, visit www.myQ.com/Tesla.
HomeLink Universal Transceiver
|
|
If your vehicle is equipped with the HomeLink® Universal Transceiver, you can operate up to three Radio Frequency (RF) devices, including garage doors, gates, lights, and security systems. |
NOTE: Depending on date of manufacture, market region, and options selected at time of purchase, some vehicles are not equipped with a HomeLink Universal Transceiver.
WARNING: Do not use the HomeLink Universal Transceiver with a device that does not have safety stop and reverse features. Using a device without
these safety features increases the risk of injury or death.
Supported Modes
HomeLink supports three different transmit modes, which is how your vehicle and the RF device communicate. Selecting a transmit mode is determined by your RF device’s compatibility:
- Standard Mode: Use Standard Mode if your RF device is equipped with a remote control that must be used to operate the device (for example, a remote-controlled garage door). This mode is the most commonly used transmit mode for HomeLink devices.
- D-Mode or UR-Mode: Use D-Mode or UR-Mode if the RF device does not have a remote control, and the receiver has a “Learn” button (may also be called “Program” or “Smart”). D-Mode and UR-Mode function similarly in that Model 3 communicates directly with the device’s receiver as opposed to the remote control.
NOTE: D-Mode is used primarily in North America whereas UR-Mode is popular in Europe, the Middle East, and Asia. To determine the mode your device is compatible with, contact HomeLink by going to www.homelink.com or calling 1-800-355-3515.
Each of your devices can be set to a different mode. For example, your garage door can be set to Standard Mode, your front gate can be set to D-Mode, etc. To change a transmit mode, touch the HomeLink icon at the top of the Controls screen and select the device you want to change. Then, select Program and choose the desired mode for your device. Confirm by touching Set Mode and follow the onscreen instructions.
For older vehicles, changing the mode for one device changes the mode for all devices, so be careful when changing transmit modes. Devices not compatible with your selected mode may not work. Touch the HomeLink icon at the top of the touchscreen, then touch Change Transmit Mode.
NOTE: Check the product information for your HomeLink device to determine which mode is compatible with your device.
Programming HomeLink
To program HomeLink®:
- Park Model 3 so that the front bumper is in front of the device you want to program.
CAUTION: Your device might open or close during programming. Therefore, before programming, make sure that the device is clear of any people or
objects.
- Check that the device’s remote control has a healthy battery. Tesla recommends replacing the battery in the device’s remote control before Programming HomeLink.
- Touch the HomeLink icon at the top of the Controls
screen.
- Touch Create HomeLink.
- On the HomeLink screen, enter a name for the device, then touch Enter or Add New HomeLink.
- Choose the mode you wish to use (Standard, D-Mode, or UR-Mode), then touch Set Mode.
- Touch Start and follow the onscreen instructions.
NOTE: If you see a screen called “Train the receiver” while programming the device, remember that this is a time- sensitive step. After pressing the Learn/Program/Smart button on the device’s remote control, you have only approximately 30 seconds to return to your vehicle and press Continue, and then press the trained HomeLink device name twice. Consider having an assistant to ensure you can complete this step within 30 seconds.
- Once your device is programmed, touch Save to complete the programming.
- Ensure HomeLink works as expected. In some cases, you may need to repeat the programming process multiple times before succeeding.
Once programmed, you can operate the device by touching its corresponding HomeLink icon on the touchscreen.
HomeLink remembers the location of your programmed devices. When you approach a known location, the HomeLink control on the touchscreen automatically appears. When you drive away, it disappears.
NOTE: The HomeLink icon displays at the top of the touchscreen when Model 3 detects a programmed HomeLink device within range, and the touchscreen is not already displaying the HomeLink screen or popup,
NOTE: For additional assistance or compatibility questions, contact HomeLink (www.homelink.com or call
1-800-355-3515).
Auto Opening and Closing
To operate a HomeLink device without using the touchscreen, you can automate the device to open as you approach, and close as you drive away:
- Touch the HomeLink icon at the top of the Controls screen, touch HomeLink Settings, then choose the device you want to automate.
- Adjust the device’s HomeLink settings as needed:
- Select the Auto-open when arriving checkbox if you want the device to open as you approach.
- Touch the arrows to specify the distance you want Model 3 to be from the device before it opens.
- Select the Auto-close when leaving checkbox if you want the device to close as you drive away.
- Select the Auto-fold mirrors checkbox if you want mirrors to fold when you arrive at the HomeLink location. This is useful for narrow garages.
- Select the Chime for Auto-open and Auto-close checkbox if you want Model 3 to sound a chime when a signal has been sent to open or close the device.
HomeLink remembers the vehicle’s GPS location at the time of pairing and uses this to determine the vehicle’s whereabouts in relation to the HomeLink device. HomeLink does not detect and differentiate between opening and closing (ex: if Auto-open is triggered and the door is already open, the door will close) but typically determines whether to auto-open or -close based on the following:
Auto-Open: Detects when Model 3 approaches the garage door (or other HomeLink device) within a specified distance. Auto-open initiates so long as the approaching vehicle is in Drive and HomeLink is enabled. HomeLink does not trigger when the vehicle is already in the area.
Auto-Close: HomeLink triggers when the Model 3 shifts from Park into Reverse, and moves at least 23 feet (seven meters) in Reverse.
NOTE: Changing gears multiple times while in the specified distance may interfere with Auto-close.
In situations where you don’t want the device to automatically open or close, touch Skip Auto-Open or Skip Auto-Close at any time during the count-down message.
NOTE: Do not rely on HomeLink to ensure the device fully closes.
Resetting the Location of the HomeLink Device
If you experience situations in which you sometimes drive up to your HomeLink device and it doesn’t open, or the touchscreen does not display a notification as you approach a programmed device, you may need to reset the device’s location. To do so, park as close as possible to the HomeLink device (garage door, gate, etc.) and display the HomeLink settings page by touching the HomeLink icon at the top of the Controls screen. Touch the name of the device you want to reset, then touch Reset Location.
Deleting a Device
To delete a HomeLink device, touch the HomeLink icon at the top of the Controls screen, then touch HomeLink Settings.
Touch the name of the device you want to delete, then touch
Delete.
NOTE: You can also perform a factory reset to erase your HomeLink settings, along with all other personal data (saved addresses, music favorites, imported contacts, etc.). See Erasing Personal Data with a Factory Reset on page 302.
NOTE: For security reasons, delete your HomeLink devices if you sell your Model 3.
Troubleshooting HomeLink
Standard Mode
In Standard Mode, Model 3 records the RF signal from your HomeLink device’s remote control. The touchscreen instructs you to stand in front of the vehicle, point the device’s remote control at the front bumper, and press and hold the button until the headlights flash. When the headlights flash, Model 3 has learned the remote control and you can touch Continue on the touchscreen. If the headlights do not flash:
-
-
- Check the batteries in the remote control. It is a good idea to replace the batteries before you start programming.
- Ensure you are standing in front of Model 3 with the device’s remote control positioned within two inches (five cm) of the Tesla emblem.
- Press and hold the button on your device’s remote control until the headlights flash. In some cases you must hold the button on the remote control for up to three minutes.
-
NOTE: Some HomeLink remote controls require multiple short presses (approximately one second each press) instead of one long duration press. If you are unsuccessful after multiple attempts of using long presses, try repeated presses of one second each.
D-Mode and UR-Mode
In D-Mode and UR-Mode, the device’s receiver learns Model
- The touchscreen instructs you to press the “Learn” button (may also be called “Program” or “Smart”) on the device’s receiver. If this does not work, refer to the following guidelines:
- Park Model 3 with its bumper as close as possible to the garage door, gate, etc. that you are trying to program.
- Make sure you are pressing the receiver’s Learn/Program/ Smart button. For instructions on how to put the receiver into learning mode, refer to the product details provided with your RF device that you are trying to program.
- If you see a screen called “Train the receiver” while programming the device, remember that this is a time- sensitive step. After pressing the Learn/Program/Smart button on the device’s remote control or receiver, you only have approximately 30 seconds to return to your vehicle, press Continue, then press the trained HomeLink device name twice. Consider having someone assist you with this step.
- Most devices stay in learning mode for only three to five minutes. Immediately after pressing the device’s Learn/ Program/Smart button, follow the instructions displayed on the vehicle’s touchscreen.
For additional assistance or compatibility questions, contact HomeLink (www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515).
Starting
When you open a door to enter Model 3, the touchscreen powers on and you can operate all controls. To shift Model 3, press the brake pedal and swipe up for Drive or down for Reverse on the touchscreen’s drive mode strip (see Shifting on page 70).
If Auto Shift out of Park is enabled, Model 3 automatically selects Drive or Reverse based on the detected surroundings . Pressing the brake pedal shifts the vehicle into the selected drive mode displayed on the touchscreen’s drive mode strip (provided the driver’s door is closed and the driver’s seat belt is buckled), and pressing the accelerator moves the vehicle in that direction.
NOTE: To turn Auto Shift out of Park on or off, touch Controls
> Dynamics > Auto Shift out of Park.
Before accelerating when Auto Shift out of Park is enabled, check the touchscreen to make sure that Model 3 has shifted into the drive mode you want (Drive or Reverse). If the selection is not correct, or if Auto Shift out of Park is not enabled, swipe up for Drive or down for Reverse on the touchscreen’s drive mode strip to choose a new drive mode. See Shifting on page 70.
NOTE: If PIN to Drive is enabled (see PIN to Drive on page 145), you must enter a valid PIN on the touchscreen before you can drive Model 3.
Everything you need to know when driving Model 3 displays on the touchscreen.
Drive Disabled – Requires Authentication
If Model 3 does not detect a key when you press the brake (a phone key is not detected or two minutes have passed since you used the key card), the touchscreen displays a message telling you that driving requires authentication.
If you see this message, place the key card in either phone dock where the RFID transmitter can read it. The two-minute authentication period restarts and you can start Model 3 by pressing the brake pedal.
A number of factors can affect whether Model 3 can detect a phone key (for example, the device’s battery is low or dead and is no longer able to communicate using Bluetooth).
Always keep your phone key or a key card with you. After driving, your key is needed to restart Model 3. And when you leave the vehicle, you must bring your key with you to lock Model 3, either manually or automatically.
Powering Off
When you finish driving and shift into Park, simply exit the vehicle. When you leave Model 3 with your phone key and key fob, it powers off automatically, turning off the touchscreen.
Model 3 also powers off automatically after being in Park for 30 minutes, even if you are sitting in the driver’s seat.
Although usually not needed, you can power off Model 3 while sitting in the driver’s seat, provided the vehicle is not moving. Touch Controls > Safety > Power Off. Model 3 automatically powers back on after a short period if you press the brake pedal or open the driver side door. If necessary, exit the vehicle and then re-enter.
NOTE: Model 3 automatically shifts into Park whenever it determines that you are exiting the vehicle (for example, the driver’s seat belt is unbuckled and the vehicle is almost at a standstill). If you shift into Neutral, your vehicle shifts into Park when you open the door to exit. To keep your vehicle in Neutral, you will need to activate Tow Mode (see Instructions for Transporters on page 226).
Power Cycling the Vehicle
You can power cycle Model 3 if it demonstrates unusual behavior or displays a nondescript alert.
NOTE: If the touchscreen is unresponsive or demonstrates unusual behavior, reboot it before you power cycle the vehicle (see Restarting the Touchscreen on page 9).
- Shift into Park.
- On the touchscreen, touch Controls > Safety > Power Off.
- Wait for at least two minutes without interacting with the vehicle. Do not open the doors, touch the brake pedal, touch the touchscreen, etc.
- After two minutes, press the brake pedal or open the door to wake the vehicle.
Adjusting the Steering Wheel Position
WARNING: Do not make steering wheel adjustments while driving.
Using the Touchscreen
Applies only to vehicles that do not have a lever under the steering wheel column.
To adjust the steering wheel, touch Controls and touch the
Steering icon.
Use the left scroll button on the steering wheel to move the steering wheel to the desired position:
- To adjust the height/tilt angle of the steering wheel, roll the left scroll button up or down.
- To move the steering wheel closer to you, or further away from you, press the left scroll button to the left or right.
Using the Adjustment Lever
Applies only to vehicles that have an adjustment lever under the steering column.
To adjust the steering wheel, pull the lever under the steering column and manually reposition the steering wheel as desired.
Once you are done adjusting the steering wheel, push the lever back into the steering column to lock it into position.
WARNING: Ensure that the lever is fully locked before driving Model 3.
Adjusting Steering Weight
NOTE: Depending on trim, configuration, and date of manufacture, your vehicle may not be equipped with the option to adjust the steering weight.
You can adjust the feel and sensitivity of the steering system to suit your personal preference:
- On the touchscreen, touch Controls > Dynamics >
Steering Weight.
- Choose a steering option:
- Light – Reduces the effort required to turn the steering wheel. In town, Model 3 feels easier to drive and park.
- Standard – Tesla believes that this setting offers the best handling and response in most conditions.
- Heavy – Increases the effort required to turn the steering wheel. When driving at higher speeds, Model 3 feels more responsive.
Steering Wheel Overview
The steering wheel design may vary but the function is the same.
-
-
- Turn stalk (if equipped) (see Turn Signals Using the Turn Stalk on page 75)
- Wipers (see Wipers and Washers on page 76)
- High beam headlights (see High Beam Headlights on page 73)
- Left scroll wheel (see #unique_257 on page )
- Multifunction icon (non-functional)
- Horn (see Horn on page 67)
- Cruise control icon (non-functional)
- Right scroll wheel (see #unique_258 unique_258_Connect_42_GUID-55ADFD36-231B-4F1A-9145-073BFBFB273E on page )
- Rear-facing camera button
- Voice commands (see Voice Commands on page 16)
-
Scroll Wheels
The scroll wheel on the left side of the steering wheel controls functions such as mirror adjustment, volume control, and wiper speed. The right scroll wheel controls Autopilot features, such as Autosteer initiation and max speed limit.
Left Scroll Wheel (Multifunction)
|
Mode |
Action |
Function |
More Information |
|
Normal |
Press |
Play/pause media |
|
|
Tilt left/right |
Next/previous track |
||
|
Scroll up/down |
Adjust volume |
||
|
Wipers* |
Press |
Confirm speed |
|
|
Scroll |
Select wiper speed |
||
|
Multifunction |
Long press |
Activate/set function |
|
|
Tilt left/right |
Navigate list |
||
|
Scroll |
Select function |
||
|
Phone call |
Tilt left/right |
Answer/decline a phone call |
|
|
In a call, tilt left |
Mute/unmute |
||
|
In a call, tilt right |
End a call |
* First press the wiper button on steering wheel to activate.
Left Scroll Wheel Customization
Choose from a list to create quick access to a function by touching Controls > Display > Scroll Wheel Function. Selecting a function sets the default action when you long press the left scroll button, unless you select Ask each time.
Right Scroll Wheel (Autopilot)
|
Mode |
Action |
Function |
More Information |
|
Single Click* |
Press |
Activate Autosteer |
|
|
Tilt left/right |
Adjust follow distance |
||
|
Scroll up/down |
Adjust max speed |
||
|
Double Click* |
Press |
Activate Traffic-Aware Cruise Control |
|
|
Double press |
Activate Autosteer |
||
|
Tilt left/right |
Adjust follow distance |
||
|
Scroll |
Adjust max speed |
||
|
Full Self-Driving (Supervised) ** |
Press* |
Activate Full Self-Driving (Supervised) |
|
|
Grok (Beta) |
Long press |
Talk to Grok |
* Choose how you want Autopilot features to be enabled by touching Controls > Autopilot > Autopilot Activation.
** First enable Full Self-Driving (Supervised) by touching Controls > Autopilot > Full Self-Driving (Supervised).
|
Mode |
Action |
Function |
More Information |
|
Normal |
Press both briefly |
Activate secondary drive mode selector (P, R, N, D) |
|
|
Press both and hold |
Restart the touchscreen |
Heated Steering Wheel
NOTE: Depending on trim, configuration, and date of manufacture, your vehicle may not be equipped with a heated steering wheel.
To warm up the steering wheel (if equipped), touch the fan icon on the touchscreen to display climate controls (see Adjusting Climate Control Settings on page 151), then touch the steering wheel icon. When on, radiant heat keeps the steering wheel at a comfortable temperature.
Horn
To sound the horn, press and hold the center pad on the steering wheel.
Adjusting Exterior Mirrors
Adjust the exterior mirrors by touching Controls > Mirrors. Press the left scroll button on the steering wheel to choose whether you are adjusting the Left or Right mirror. Then use the left scroll button as follows to adjust the selected mirror to its desired position:
- To move the mirror up or down, roll the left scroll button up or down.
- To move the mirror inward or outward, press the left scroll button to the left or right.
The steering wheel design may vary but the function is the same.
Auto Dim and Auto Tilt (If Equipped)
NOTE: Availability of Mirror Auto Dim, Mirror Auto Tilt, and mirror heaters depends on configuration, market region, and date of manufacture.
Both exterior mirrors can tilt downward when the vehicle is shifted into Reverse. To turn this feature on or off, touch Controls > Mirrors > Mirror Auto Tilt. To adjust the auto-tilt position, touch Adjust Tilted Position and make mirror adjustments as needed. After adjusting the tilted position and touching Save, mirrors will automatically tilt to the configured position whenever you shift into Reverse. When you shift out of Reverse, mirrors tilt back to their normal (upward) position. Mirror Auto Tilt must be enabled to adjust tilted position.
To reduce glare when driving at night, the rear view mirror and exterior side mirrors dim automatically. To enable or disable this feature, touch Controls > Mirrors > Mirror Auto Dim.
NOTE: Both exterior mirrors have heaters (if equipped) that turn on and off with the rear window defroster.
Folding Mirrors (If Equipped)
NOTE: Depending on trim, configuration, and date of manufacture, your vehicle may not be equipped with folding mirrors.
To manually fold and unfold exterior mirrors (for example, parking in a narrow garage, tight space, etc.), touch Controls
> Fold/Unfold Mirrors. You can also fold and unfold mirrors using the multifunction capabilities on your left scroll button (see Left Scroll Wheel Customization on page 66).
When you manually fold the mirrors, they remain folded until your driving speed reaches 31 mph (50 km/h) (or until you manually unfold them by touching Controls > Unfold Mirrors).
NOTE: You cannot fold a mirror when driving over 31 mph (50 km/h).
To set the mirrors to fold automatically whenever you exit and lock Model 3 touch Controls > Mirrors > Mirror Auto Fold. The mirrors unfold automatically when you unlock Model 3.
You can also set mirrors to fold automatically whenever you arrive at a specific location, which saves you from having to manually fold them each time you arrive at a frequented place. To set up, stop at the location you want to save (or drive at less than 3 mph (6 km/h)), and fold the mirrors.
Touch Save Location when it appears briefly on the Fold Mirrors control.
If you no longer want mirrors to automatically fold, touch Controls > Unfold Mirrors when they fold at the saved location and then touch Remove Location.
When you leave the saved location, mirrors unfold when your driving speed reaches 3 mph (6 km/h), or when you touch Controls > Unfold Mirrors.
NOTE: Mirrors can automatically fold if you return to a saved location and are driving below 31 mph (50 km/h).
NOTE: You can override the automatic folding/unfolding of mirrors at any time (for example, Model 3 has no power) by pushing the mirror assembly away from you to unfold, or pulling it toward you to fold.
NOTE: If you expect ice to accumulate when Model 3 is parked, turn off Mirror Auto Fold. Accumulation of ice can prevent exterior side mirrors from folding or unfolding. See Cold Weather Best Practices on page 158 for information on how to ensure your mirrors function properly in cold weather.
You can integrate auto-folding mirrors with HomeLink (see Smart Garage on page 59). To enable, go to HomeLink > Auto-Fold Mirrors when Nearby.
Interior Mirrors
Rear View Mirror
Adjust the rear view mirror manually. When in Drive or Neutral, the rear view mirror automatically dims in low lighting conditions based on the time of day (for example, when driving at night).
Vanity Mirrors
To expose and illuminate the vanity mirror, fold the sun visor downwards, then use the tab to lower the mirror cover. After closing the mirror cover, the light turns off.
Shift Using the Touchscreen
When you press the brake pedal when parked, the drive mode strip displays on one side of the touchscreen. Use the drive mode strip to shift Model 3: Swipe up for Drive, swipe down for Reverse, or press the drive mode strip for Park. A chime sounds whenever you shift gears.
To shift into Neutral, open Controls, then press and hold the
Neutral icon until Model 3 engages Neutral.
The touchscreen always shows which gear Model 3 is in, but the drive mode strip is hidden when driving at highway speeds. To show the drive mode strip at any time, swipe from the edge of the touchscreen towards the passenger.
NOTE: To shift from Drive into Reverse or vice versa, the driving speed must be less than 5 mph (8 km/h).
The touchscreen’s drive mode strip displays Park at all times. To shift into Park when driving below 5 mph (8 km/h), touch the button on the drive mode strip while pressing the brake pedal. In emergency situations when driving above 5 mph (8 km/h), press and hold the Park button to slowly bring the vehicle to a stop.
The touchscreen is the preferred method to manually shift. However, in the unlikely situation in which the touchscreen is unavailable and therefore can’t be used, the drive mode selector on the overhead console automatically activates and must be used to shift (see Shift Using the Overhead Console on page 70).
If you try to shift when it is prohibited by the current driving speed, the touchscreen displays an alert, a chime sounds, and the drive mode does not change.
Shift Using the Overhead Console
In addition to manually shifting on the touchscreen, you can shift by pressing P, R, N or D located on the overhead console. In most situations, these buttons are not available until you press the brake and touch one of the buttons to activate it. When active, the LEDs associated with each button illuminate and when you select P, R, N or D, the associated LED illuminates amber.
In situations where the touchscreen is unavailable (for example, experiencing a technical issue), or Model 3 is in Valet or Tow Mode, the drive mode selector on the overhead console activates automatically and there is no need to touch it.
NOTE: You can also activate the drive mode selector on the overhead console by simultaneously and briefly pressing both scroll buttons on the steering wheel. However, if you press and hold both buttons simultaneously, the drive mode selector activates and the touchscreen restarts (see Restarting the Touchscreen on page 9).
NOTE: The front trunk must be closed to shift using the overhead console.
- Park
- Reverse
- Neutral
- Drive
NOTE: When the touchscreen is available for shifting and you have manually activated the drive mode selector on the overhead console, the overhead console automatically deactivates if you don’t shift within one minute.
Auto Shift (Beta)
NOTE: Auto Shift is a Beta feature and is disabled by default.
NOTE: Depending on market region, vehicle configuration, options purchased, and software version, your vehicle may not be equipped with Auto Shift (Beta) or the features may not operate exactly as described.
Auto Shift (Beta) can shift between Drive and Reverse, or out of Park, to assist with actions such as turns, parking, or reversing out of a parking spot. To enable, touch Controls > Dynamics > Auto Shift (Beta), where you can select between On or from Park.
When On, Auto Shift (Beta) lets you shift without using the touchscreen based on your surroundings. This assists with multi-point turns, reversing out of a parking spot, parallel parking, and similar driving maneuvers. When the vehicle assists with shifting, a readiness indicator appears on the touchscreen .
With from Park, Model 3 is designed to select Drive or Reverse when shifting out of Park (such as pulling out of a parking spot). Model 3 selects a drive mode when:
- Auto Shift (Beta) is enabled.
- Model 3 is in Park (for from Park) or in Drive or Reverse (for On).
- The driver’s seat belt is fastened.
- The brake pedal is pressed.
- All doors and trunks are closed.
- The drive mode selector on the center console is not activated.
Auto Shift (Beta) is designed to enhance your driving experience and may only appear in certain circumstances, such as requiring a vehicle or object in the front and/or rear to begin the maneuver. Confirm the drive mode selection and follow the instructions on the touchscreen before you press the accelerator.
To override the selection, press the brake pedal and use the drive mode strip on the touchscreen to manually shift into your desired Drive Mode. Once you override, you’ll need to shift gears again for Auto Shift (Beta) to reappear. If Auto Shift (Beta) is unavailable, the touchscreen displays a message.
NOTE: Model 3 does not allow Auto Shift (Beta) in certain modes and driving situations, including but not limited to: Valet Mode, Track Mode, Creep, Trailer Mode, etc.
WARNING: Never rely on Auto Shift (Beta) without confirming the selection before proceeding. Always remain attentive, monitor your surroundings, and
maneuver safely.
Park
To manually shift into Park, press the brake pedal and touch the Park button on the touchscreen’s drive mode strip. If the touchscreen is unavailable, press Park on the drive mode selector located on the overhead console.
Model 3 automatically shifts into Park to prevent roll-away while driving in low speeds. This happens whenever you connect a charge cable, unbuckle your seat belt, or open the door while in Drive, Reverse, or Neutral. Ensure the charge cable is removed, buckle your seat belt, and close the door before shifting out of Park.
Attempting to engage the parking brake above 5 mph (8 km/h) will result in emergency braking (see Braking and Stopping on page 77).
NOTE: In emergency situations, if the brakes are not functioning properly, you can press and hold the Park button on the touchscreen’s drive mode strip to bring Model 3 to a stop. Do not use this method to stop the vehicle unless absolutely necessary.
NOTE: You must always press the brake pedal to shift from
Park.
CAUTION: Model 3 will not shift from Park if a charge cable is plugged in, or if the charge port is unable to determine whether a charging cable is plugged in. In
situations when Model 3 does not shift from Park, check the touchscreen for instructions on how to proceed.
WARNING: It is the driver’s responsibility to always ensure the vehicle is in Park before exiting. Never rely on Model 3 to automatically shift into Park for you.
Drive
To manually shift into Drive, swipe up on the drive mode strip located on the touchscreen or, if the touchscreen is unavailable, press D on the drive mode selector located on the overhead console. You can shift into Drive when Model 3 is stopped or moving less than 5 mph (8 km/h) in Reverse.
Reverse
To manually shift into Reverse, swipe down on the drive mode strip located on the touchscreen or, if the touchscreen is unavailable, press R on the drive mode selector located on the overhead console. You can shift into Reverse when Model 3 is stopped or moving less than 5 mph (8 km/h) in Drive. You can manually close the park assist view on the touchscreen by touching the X in the upper corner.
Neutral
Neutral allows Model 3 to roll freely when you are not pressing the brake pedal. To shift into Neutral, do any of the following:
-
- Open Controls, then press and hold the Neutral icon until Model 3 engages Neutral.
- Choose Neutral from the drive mode selector on the overhead console.
NOTE: You must press the brake pedal to shift out of Neutral if Model 3 is moving slower than approximately 5 mph (8 km/h).
Model 3 automatically shifts into Park when you open the driver’s door to exit the vehicle unless the vehicle is in certain modes such as Tow or Car Wash Mode which allows the vehicle to stay in Neutral even when you leave.
Keeping Your Vehicle in Neutral (Tow Mode)
To keep Model 3 in Neutral when you exit, allowing it to roll freely (for example, pulling onto a flatbed truck), you must activate Tow Mode:
- Shift into Park.
- Press the brake pedal.
- Touch Controls > Service > Towing. The touchscreen displays a message reminding you how to properly transport Model 3.
- Touch Enter Tow Mode. Model 3 is now free-rolling and can be rolled slowly (no faster than walking speed) for short distances or winched (for example, onto a flatbed truck).
For more information on Tow Mode, see Activate Tow Mode on page 226.
NOTE: In Tow Mode, Model 3 does not shift into a drive mode. You must first cancel Tow Mode by touching Exit Tow Mode. Tow Mode also cancels if you use the touchscreen to shift into Park.
Bluetooth® Compatibility
|
|
You can use various Bluetooth devices in Model 3 provided it is paired and within operating range. For example, you can pair your Bluetooth-capable phone so you can use it hands-free. In addition to phones, you can pair other Bluetooth-enabled devices with Model 3. For example, you can pair an iPod Touch, iPad, Android tablet, etc. from which you can play music. |
Before using your phone or other Bluetooth device with Model 3, you must pair it. Pairing sets up Model 3 to communicate with supported Bluetooth-capable devices. You can pair up to ten Bluetooth phones. Unless you’ve specified a specific phone as a Priority Device, or if the phone specified as Priority Device is not within range, Model 3 always connects to the last phone that was used (provided it is within range). To connect to a different phone, see Switching Between Paired Devices on page 56.
NOTE: Authenticating your phone to use as a key (see Keys on page 20) does not allow you to use the phone hands-free, play media from it, etc. You must also pair it as described below.
NOTE: On many phones, Bluetooth turns off if the phone’s battery is low.
NOTE: Although Bluetooth typically supports wireless communication over distances of up to approximately 30 feet (nine meters), performance can vary based on the phone, or other device, you are using.
NOTE: Model 3 can pair up to twenty Bluetooth devices at a time but only allows two devices to connect simultaneously (such as one phone and one controller or two controllers) to each front and rear touchscreen (if equipped).
CAUTION: Do not leave your paired phone in your vehicle (for example, if you are hiking or at the beach). If you must leave your phone in the vehicle, disable
Bluetooth and/or turn the phone off.
Pairing a Phone or Bluetooth Device
Pairing allows you to use your Bluetooth-capable phone hands-free to make and receive phone calls, access your contact list, recent calls, etc. It also allows you to play media files from your phone. Once a phone is paired, Model 3 can connect to it whenever the phone is within range.
- To pair a phone or a Bluetooth device, sit inside Model 3 and ensure the touchscreen is on.
- Unlock your phone and enable Bluetooth (typically in Settings on your phone).
NOTE: On some phones, this may require you to go to Bluetooth Settings for the remainder of the procedure.
- On the touchscreen, touch Controls > Bluetooth to automatically start Bluetooth scanning for new devices.
- Wait for your phone to be listed and touch Connect.
- Check that the number displayed on your phone matches the number on the touchscreen. Then, on your phone, confirm that you want to pair.
- If prompted on your phone, specify whether you want to allow Model 3 to access your personal information, such as calendar, contacts and media files (see Importing Contacts and Recent Calls on page 55). When paired, Model 3 lists your phone under Controls > Bluetooth > Paired Devices.
To change the settings of a paired device, go to Controls > Bluetooth > Paired Devices and expand the dropdown next to the device’s name.
If you are experiencing issues importing or connecting to Bluetooth, see Troubleshooting Bluetooth on page 56 for more information.
You can toggle Reduce Fan Speed During Calls so the fan speed automatically lowers when you are on a call. Auto must be enabled in your climate controls (see Operating Climate Controls on page 151.
Importing Contacts and Recent Calls
Once a phone is paired, go to Controls > Bluetooth > Paired Devices and expand the dropdown next to the device’s name to specify whether you want to allow access to your phone’s contacts, recent calls and text messages. If you allow access, you can use the phone app to make calls and send messages to people in your list of contacts and on your recent calls list (see Phone, Calendar, and Web Conferencing on page 57).
Before contacts can be imported, you may need to either set your phone to allow syncing, or respond to a popup on your phone to confirm that you want to sync contacts. This varies depending on the type of phone you are using. For details, refer to the documentation provided with your phone.
If you are having trouble importing contacts or pairing with Bluetooth, see Troubleshooting Bluetooth on page 56 for more information.
Disconnecting or Unpairing a Bluetooth Device
If you want to disconnect your phone or Bluetooth device, but keep it paired, touch Disconnect in your phone’s Bluetooth settings dropdown on the touchscreen (Controls > Bluetooth > Paired Devices > Your phone). If you no longer want to use your device with Model 3, touch Forget Device and follow the instructions. Once you forget a device, you must pair it again if you want to use it with Model 3 (see Pairing a Phone or Bluetooth Device on page 55).
NOTE: Your phone automatically disconnects when you leave Model 3.
NOTE: Unpairing the phone has no effect on using the phone as a key. To forget an authenticated phone, see Managing Keys on page 22.
Switching Between Paired Devices
Model 3 automatically connects to a phone that you designated as Priority Device. If you have not set a phone as a priority, Model 3 connects to the last phone to which is was connected, provided it is within operating range and has Bluetooth turned on. If the last phone is not within range, it attempts to connect with the next phone that it has been paired with.
To connect to a different phone, touch Controls > Bluetooth > Paired Devices. Select the phone you want to connect to, then touch Connect. If the phone you want to connect to is not listed, you must pair the phone. See Pairing a Phone or Bluetooth Device on page 55.
When connected, the Bluetooth settings screen displays the Bluetooth symbol next to the phone’s name to show that Model 3 is connected to the phone.
Troubleshooting Bluetooth
Your vehicle uses Bluetooth and BLE (Bluetooth Low Energy) to seamlessly connect your smartphone to Model 3. Due to several potential factors, Bluetooth or BLE may sometimes disconnect or experience issues in the pairing process.
Connecting to Bluetooth allows your vehicle to use phone functions such as audio, phone calls, calendars, text messages, etc.
BLE is used for passive functions like phone key.
NOTE: Do not unpair your vehicle to your phone or remove it as phone key without a working key card nearby.
Try the following to troubleshoot Bluetooth, starting with your smartphone.
Smartphone Troubleshooting
Bluetooth may not connect due to settings and updates on your smartphone:
- Enable Bluetooth on your phone. If already enabled, disable and re-enable Bluetooth again.
- Ensure Airplane Mode is turned off.
- Charge your phone; if your phone battery is too low, it may not support Bluetooth functions.
- Pair your device properly. If already paired, try unpairing and re-pairing again.
- Update your phone to the latest software provided by the manufacturer.
- Check that your vehicle’s sound system is selected as the audio output source.
- Ensure your phone’s settings allow for Bluetooth (ex: data is turned on or you are connected to Wi-Fi).
- Turn your phone off and on again.
- Ensure location permissions set to “Always On” for the mobile app.
Tesla Mobile App Troubleshooting
Check the Tesla mobile app:
- Confirm the Tesla mobile app is up to date on software.
- Verify you’re logged into the Tesla mobile app while using your phone key.
- Ensure the Tesla app is running in the background.
- Double check that you have completely set up your profile in the mobile app and properly configured your settings.
Vehicle Troubleshooting
Your vehicle’s settings may affect its ability to pair with your smartphone:
- Charge Model 3: If the vehicle Battery is too low, you may lose Bluetooth function.
- Update vehicle software and make sure it is always up to date. Check for new software updates by navigating to Controls > Software.
- Restart the touchscreen. See Restarting the Touchscreen on page 9.
- Reboot your vehicle.
If Bluetooth still does not work, unpair from your vehicle AND smartphone. Then try re-pairing both again.
For BLE phone key issues, when in the vehicle, navigate to Controls > Locks and remove your phone as “Phone as Key”. Then set it back up again. But only do this while you are in the vehicle and have a reliable back up key available (such as a key card).
Using the Phone App
|
|
When your phone is connected to Model 3 using Bluetooth (see Bluetooth on page 55), and you have allowed access to information on your phone (see Importing Contacts and Recent Calls on page 55), you can use the phone app to display and make a hands-free call to anyone listed on your phone. |
-
- Calls: Displays recent calls in chronological order with the most recent call listed first.
- Messages: Displays message in chronological order with the most recent message listed first. You can view, send, and receive text messages. Instead of typing a text message, touch the microphone button on the right side of the steering wheel to enter text using.
WARNING: To minimize distraction and ensure the safety of occupants as well as other road users, do
not view or send text messages when the vehicle is in motion. Pay attention to road and traffic conditions at all times when driving.
-
- Contacts: Contacts are listed in alphabetical order and can be sorted by first name or last name. You can also choose a letter on the right side of the list to quickly scroll to the names that begin with the selected character. When you touch a name on your contacts list, the contact’s available number(s) displays on the right pane, along with other available information (such as address). Touch the contact’s number to make a call.
- Favorites: Displays the contacts from your phone that you have identified as Favorites.
- Calendar: Displays calendar entries from your phone (see Calendar on page 57). If an entry includes a phone number or an address, you can make a phone call, or navigate to a destination, by touching the corresponding information in the calendar entry.
Making a Phone Call
You can make a phone call by:
-
- Speaking a voice command (see Voice Commands on page 16). Voice commands are a convenient, hands-free way to call or text your contacts.
- Touching a phone number shown in a list in the phone app
– Contacts, Calls, or Calendar.
-
- Using the Model 3 on-screen dialer in the Phone app.
NOTE: If it is safe and legal to do so, you can also initiate a call by dialing the number or selecting the contact directly from your phone.
NOTE: You can also make a phone call by touching a pin on the map and choosing the phone number (if available) on the popup screen.
Receiving a Phone Call
When your phone receives an incoming call, the touchscreen displays the caller’s number or name (if the caller is in your phone’s contact list and Model 3 has access to your contacts).
Touch one of the options on the touchscreen to Answer or Ignore the call. Depending on the phone you are using and what speakers you used for your most recent call, your phone may prompt you to choose which speakers you want to use for the incoming call.
WARNING: Stay focused on the road at all times while driving. Using or programming a phone while driving, even with Bluetooth enabled, can result in serious
injury or death.
WARNING: Follow all applicable laws regarding the use of phones while driving, including, but not limited to, laws that prohibit texting and require hands-free
operation at all times.
In Call Options
When a call is in progress, the call displays on the touchscreen. To adjust the call volume, roll the left scroll button during a call. Tilt the left scroll button left to mute/ unmute and tilt right to end the call.
Calendar
|
|
The calendar displays scheduled events from your phone’s (iPhone® or Android™) calendar for the current and next day. The calendar is conveniently integrated with the phone app so you can dial into your meeting from a Calendar entry. It is also integrated with the navigation system so you can navigate to the event’s location. |
- Ensure your phone is paired to Model 3 as a phone key.
- Ensure you are logged into the Tesla mobile app.
- In your Tesla mobile app, touch Profile > Settings >
Calendar Sync.
NOTE: To ensure you have access to all of the calendar’s features, it is recommended that you use the most recent version of the mobile app.
- On your phone key, go to Settings and allow access/give permission to share your calendar with the Tesla mobile app. The mobile app can then periodically (and automatically) send calendar data from your phone to Model 3.
If a calendar event includes an address, a navigation arrow displays to indicate that you can touch the address to navigate to the event’s location.
If an event has a uniquely specified address and takes place within two hours of you entering your vehicle and preparing to drive, Model 3 automatically routes you to the event’s address (see Automatic Navigation on page 164).
Touch an event’s information icon to display all notes associated with the event. If the notes include one or more phone numbers, the information icon shows a phone icon and the calendar displays the first phone number found. Touch to initiate a phone call. You can also initiate a phone call by touching any number in an event’s notes popup screen (this is especially useful for conference calls). If notes include a web link, you can touch the link to open it in the Web browser.
Zoom
|
|
Seamlessly take meetings and calls through your vehicle’s touchscreen. To set up, touch the Zoom app and sign in or enter the meeting ID. You can even access meetings shown on your calendar or in text messages by touching the Zoom link. Your vehicle’s cabin camera can be used in calls over Zoom only when Model 3 is Parked. When the vehicle is shifted out of Park in the middle of a Zoom call, the cabin camera turns off and you switch to audio only. Use the touchscreen to turn on/off the video, mute/unmute yourself, and customize various preferences for your meeting. |
WARNING: Do not to use the video function when the vehicle is “temporarily parked” on a public road (such as when the vehicle is parked along the curb or in a
spot that is not a designated parking spot)..
WARNING: Stay focused on your surroundings and follow all applicable laws while driving, including, but
not limited to, laws that require hands-free operation at all times.
myQ
|
|
If equipped, Model 3 can intelligently connect to your myQ® smart garage. |
myQ is a smart garage control system that works seamlessly with Model 3, and allows you to remotely monitor and control your garage door from the vehicle’s touchscreen or a paired phone. This is convenient if you forget to close your garage door, want to allow friends and family inside, or need to open and close it remotely (such as when receiving a package). By linking myQ with Model 3, the garage door can detect your vehicle nearby and automatically open or close to accommodate.
WARNING: Do not use myQ with a device that does not have safety stop and reverse features. Using a device without these safety features increases the risk of
property damage, injury, or death.
Follow these steps to set up myQ on your vehicle:
- Your garage door must be myQ compatible. Use the myQ Compatibility tool (https://www.myq.com/app/myq- compatibility) to determine this.
- Ensure your garage is Wi-Fi compatible. myQ uses Wi-Fi to communicate with your smart phone and vehicle. Some garages will have a Wi-Fi or myQ symbol on the hub. Your garage must have a strong Wi-Fi signal to control and monitor your garage through your vehicle.
NOTE: If your garage is not compatible, you may be able to purchase an external myQ hub to use this feature.
- Download the myQ app from your smart phone’s app store. Use the app to set up your account information and pair the garage to your phone. myQ requires a paid subscription, which you can purchase in the app.
- Check that your vehicle is running the latest available software version and has Wi-Fi or LTE connectivity.
- Touch the garage icon at the top of the touchscreen or navigate to Controls > Locks > myQ Connected Garage > Link Account and follow the instructions to pair the garage with Model 3. Once paired, monitoring and controlling the garage becomes available on the touchscreen, where you can further customize myQ.
For more information, questions, troubleshooting assistance, or damage claims, visit www.myQ.com/Tesla.
HomeLink Universal Transceiver
|
|
If your vehicle is equipped with the HomeLink® Universal Transceiver, you can operate up to three Radio Frequency (RF) devices, including garage doors, gates, lights, and security systems. |
NOTE: Depending on date of manufacture, market region, and options selected at time of purchase, some vehicles are not equipped with a HomeLink Universal Transceiver.
WARNING: Do not use the HomeLink Universal Transceiver with a device that does not have safety stop and reverse features. Using a device without
these safety features increases the risk of injury or death.
Supported Modes
HomeLink supports three different transmit modes, which is how your vehicle and the RF device communicate. Selecting a transmit mode is determined by your RF device’s compatibility:
- Standard Mode: Use Standard Mode if your RF device is equipped with a remote control that must be used to operate the device (for example, a remote-controlled garage door). This mode is the most commonly used transmit mode for HomeLink devices.
- D-Mode or UR-Mode: Use D-Mode or UR-Mode if the RF device does not have a remote control, and the receiver has a “Learn” button (may also be called “Program” or “Smart”). D-Mode and UR-Mode function similarly in that Model 3 communicates directly with the device’s receiver as opposed to the remote control.
NOTE: D-Mode is used primarily in North America whereas UR-Mode is popular in Europe, the Middle East, and Asia. To determine the mode your device is compatible with, contact HomeLink by going to www.homelink.com or calling 1-800-355-3515.
Each of your devices can be set to a different mode. For example, your garage door can be set to Standard Mode, your front gate can be set to D-Mode, etc. To change a transmit mode, touch the HomeLink icon at the top of the Controls screen and select the device you want to change. Then, select Program and choose the desired mode for your device. Confirm by touching Set Mode and follow the onscreen instructions.
For older vehicles, changing the mode for one device changes the mode for all devices, so be careful when changing transmit modes. Devices not compatible with your selected mode may not work. Touch the HomeLink icon at the top of the touchscreen, then touch Change Transmit Mode.
NOTE: Check the product information for your HomeLink device to determine which mode is compatible with your device.
Programming HomeLink
To program HomeLink®:
- Park Model 3 so that the front bumper is in front of the device you want to program.
CAUTION: Your device might open or close during programming. Therefore, before programming, make sure that the device is clear of any people or
objects.
- Check that the device’s remote control has a healthy battery. Tesla recommends replacing the battery in the device’s remote control before Programming HomeLink.
- Touch the HomeLink icon at the top of the Controls
screen.
- Touch Create HomeLink.
- On the HomeLink screen, enter a name for the device, then touch Enter or Add New HomeLink.
- Choose the mode you wish to use (Standard, D-Mode, or UR-Mode), then touch Set Mode.
- Touch Start and follow the onscreen instructions.
NOTE: If you see a screen called “Train the receiver” while programming the device, remember that this is a time- sensitive step. After pressing the Learn/Program/Smart button on the device’s remote control, you have only approximately 30 seconds to return to your vehicle and press Continue, and then press the trained HomeLink device name twice. Consider having an assistant to ensure you can complete this step within 30 seconds.
- Once your device is programmed, touch Save to complete the programming.
- Ensure HomeLink works as expected. In some cases, you may need to repeat the programming process multiple times before succeeding.
Once programmed, you can operate the device by touching its corresponding HomeLink icon on the touchscreen.
HomeLink remembers the location of your programmed devices. When you approach a known location, the HomeLink control on the touchscreen automatically appears. When you drive away, it disappears.
NOTE: The HomeLink icon displays at the top of the touchscreen when Model 3 detects a programmed HomeLink device within range, and the touchscreen is not already displaying the HomeLink screen or popup,
NOTE: For additional assistance or compatibility questions, contact HomeLink (www.homelink.com or call
1-800-355-3515).
Auto Opening and Closing
To operate a HomeLink device without using the touchscreen, you can automate the device to open as you approach, and close as you drive away:
- Touch the HomeLink icon at the top of the Controls screen, touch HomeLink Settings, then choose the device you want to automate.
- Adjust the device’s HomeLink settings as needed:
- Select the Auto-open when arriving checkbox if you want the device to open as you approach.
- Touch the arrows to specify the distance you want Model 3 to be from the device before it opens.
- Select the Auto-close when leaving checkbox if you want the device to close as you drive away.
- Select the Auto-fold mirrors checkbox if you want mirrors to fold when you arrive at the HomeLink location. This is useful for narrow garages.
- Select the Chime for Auto-open and Auto-close checkbox if you want Model 3 to sound a chime when a signal has been sent to open or close the device.
HomeLink remembers the vehicle’s GPS location at the time of pairing and uses this to determine the vehicle’s whereabouts in relation to the HomeLink device. HomeLink does not detect and differentiate between opening and closing (ex: if Auto-open is triggered and the door is already open, the door will close) but typically determines whether to auto-open or -close based on the following:
Auto-Open: Detects when Model 3 approaches the garage door (or other HomeLink device) within a specified distance. Auto-open initiates so long as the approaching vehicle is in Drive and HomeLink is enabled. HomeLink does not trigger when the vehicle is already in the area.
Auto-Close: HomeLink triggers when the Model 3 shifts from Park into Reverse, and moves at least 23 feet (seven meters) in Reverse.
NOTE: Changing gears multiple times while in the specified distance may interfere with Auto-close.
In situations where you don’t want the device to automatically open or close, touch Skip Auto-Open or Skip Auto-Close at any time during the count-down message.
NOTE: Do not rely on HomeLink to ensure the device fully closes.
Resetting the Location of the HomeLink Device
If you experience situations in which you sometimes drive up to your HomeLink device and it doesn’t open, or the touchscreen does not display a notification as you approach a programmed device, you may need to reset the device’s location. To do so, park as close as possible to the HomeLink device (garage door, gate, etc.) and display the HomeLink settings page by touching the HomeLink icon at the top of the Controls screen. Touch the name of the device you want to reset, then touch Reset Location.
Deleting a Device
To delete a HomeLink device, touch the HomeLink icon at the top of the Controls screen, then touch HomeLink Settings.
Touch the name of the device you want to delete, then touch
Delete.
NOTE: You can also perform a factory reset to erase your HomeLink settings, along with all other personal data (saved addresses, music favorites, imported contacts, etc.). See Erasing Personal Data with a Factory Reset on page 302.
NOTE: For security reasons, delete your HomeLink devices if you sell your Model 3.
Troubleshooting HomeLink
Standard Mode
In Standard Mode, Model 3 records the RF signal from your HomeLink device’s remote control. The touchscreen instructs you to stand in front of the vehicle, point the device’s remote control at the front bumper, and press and hold the button until the headlights flash. When the headlights flash, Model 3 has learned the remote control and you can touch Continue on the touchscreen. If the headlights do not flash:
-
-
- Check the batteries in the remote control. It is a good idea to replace the batteries before you start programming.
- Ensure you are standing in front of Model 3 with the device’s remote control positioned within two inches (five cm) of the Tesla emblem.
- Press and hold the button on your device’s remote control until the headlights flash. In some cases you must hold the button on the remote control for up to three minutes.
-
NOTE: Some HomeLink remote controls require multiple short presses (approximately one second each press) instead of one long duration press. If you are unsuccessful after multiple attempts of using long presses, try repeated presses of one second each.
D-Mode and UR-Mode
In D-Mode and UR-Mode, the device’s receiver learns Model
- The touchscreen instructs you to press the “Learn” button (may also be called “Program” or “Smart”) on the device’s receiver. If this does not work, refer to the following guidelines:
- Park Model 3 with its bumper as close as possible to the garage door, gate, etc. that you are trying to program.
- Make sure you are pressing the receiver’s Learn/Program/ Smart button. For instructions on how to put the receiver into learning mode, refer to the product details provided with your RF device that you are trying to program.
- If you see a screen called “Train the receiver” while programming the device, remember that this is a time- sensitive step. After pressing the Learn/Program/Smart button on the device’s remote control or receiver, you only have approximately 30 seconds to return to your vehicle, press Continue, then press the trained HomeLink device name twice. Consider having someone assist you with this step.
- Most devices stay in learning mode for only three to five minutes. Immediately after pressing the device’s Learn/ Program/Smart button, follow the instructions displayed on the vehicle’s touchscreen.
For additional assistance or compatibility questions, contact HomeLink (www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515).
Starting
When you open a door to enter Model 3, the touchscreen powers on and you can operate all controls. To shift Model 3, press the brake pedal and swipe up for Drive or down for Reverse on the touchscreen’s drive mode strip (see Shifting on page 70).
If Auto Shift out of Park is enabled, Model 3 automatically selects Drive or Reverse based on the detected surroundings . Pressing the brake pedal shifts the vehicle into the selected drive mode displayed on the touchscreen’s drive mode strip (provided the driver’s door is closed and the driver’s seat belt is buckled), and pressing the accelerator moves the vehicle in that direction.
NOTE: To turn Auto Shift out of Park on or off, touch Controls
> Dynamics > Auto Shift out of Park.
Before accelerating when Auto Shift out of Park is enabled, check the touchscreen to make sure that Model 3 has shifted into the drive mode you want (Drive or Reverse). If the selection is not correct, or if Auto Shift out of Park is not enabled, swipe up for Drive or down for Reverse on the touchscreen’s drive mode strip to choose a new drive mode. See Shifting on page 70.
NOTE: If PIN to Drive is enabled (see PIN to Drive on page 145), you must enter a valid PIN on the touchscreen before you can drive Model 3.
Everything you need to know when driving Model 3 displays on the touchscreen.
Drive Disabled – Requires Authentication
If Model 3 does not detect a key when you press the brake (a phone key is not detected or two minutes have passed since you used the key card), the touchscreen displays a message telling you that driving requires authentication.
If you see this message, place the key card in either phone dock where the RFID transmitter can read it. The two-minute authentication period restarts and you can start Model 3 by pressing the brake pedal.
A number of factors can affect whether Model 3 can detect a phone key (for example, the device’s battery is low or dead and is no longer able to communicate using Bluetooth).
Always keep your phone key or a key card with you. After driving, your key is needed to restart Model 3. And when you leave the vehicle, you must bring your key with you to lock Model 3, either manually or automatically.
Powering Off
When you finish driving and shift into Park, simply exit the vehicle. When you leave Model 3 with your phone key and key fob, it powers off automatically, turning off the touchscreen.
Model 3 also powers off automatically after being in Park for 30 minutes, even if you are sitting in the driver’s seat.
Although usually not needed, you can power off Model 3 while sitting in the driver’s seat, provided the vehicle is not moving. Touch Controls > Safety > Power Off. Model 3 automatically powers back on after a short period if you press the brake pedal or open the driver side door. If necessary, exit the vehicle and then re-enter.
NOTE: Model 3 automatically shifts into Park whenever it determines that you are exiting the vehicle (for example, the driver’s seat belt is unbuckled and the vehicle is almost at a standstill). If you shift into Neutral, your vehicle shifts into Park when you open the door to exit. To keep your vehicle in Neutral, you will need to activate Tow Mode (see Instructions for Transporters on page 226).
Power Cycling the Vehicle
You can power cycle Model 3 if it demonstrates unusual behavior or displays a nondescript alert.
NOTE: If the touchscreen is unresponsive or demonstrates unusual behavior, reboot it before you power cycle the vehicle (see Restarting the Touchscreen on page 9).
- Shift into Park.
- On the touchscreen, touch Controls > Safety > Power Off.
- Wait for at least two minutes without interacting with the vehicle. Do not open the doors, touch the brake pedal, touch the touchscreen, etc.
- After two minutes, press the brake pedal or open the door to wake the vehicle.
Adjusting the Steering Wheel Position
WARNING: Do not make steering wheel adjustments while driving.
Using the Touchscreen
Applies only to vehicles that do not have a lever under the steering wheel column.
To adjust the steering wheel, touch Controls and touch the
Steering icon.
Use the left scroll button on the steering wheel to move the steering wheel to the desired position:
- To adjust the height/tilt angle of the steering wheel, roll the left scroll button up or down.
- To move the steering wheel closer to you, or further away from you, press the left scroll button to the left or right.
Using the Adjustment Lever
Applies only to vehicles that have an adjustment lever under the steering column.
To adjust the steering wheel, pull the lever under the steering column and manually reposition the steering wheel as desired.
Once you are done adjusting the steering wheel, push the lever back into the steering column to lock it into position.
WARNING: Ensure that the lever is fully locked before driving Model 3.
Adjusting Steering Weight
NOTE: Depending on trim, configuration, and date of manufacture, your vehicle may not be equipped with the option to adjust the steering weight.
You can adjust the feel and sensitivity of the steering system to suit your personal preference:
- On the touchscreen, touch Controls > Dynamics >
Steering Weight.
- Choose a steering option:
- Light – Reduces the effort required to turn the steering wheel. In town, Model 3 feels easier to drive and park.
- Standard – Tesla believes that this setting offers the best handling and response in most conditions.
- Heavy – Increases the effort required to turn the steering wheel. When driving at higher speeds, Model 3 feels more responsive.
Steering Wheel Overview
The steering wheel design may vary but the function is the same.
-
-
- Turn stalk (if equipped) (see Turn Signals Using the Turn Stalk on page 75)
- Wipers (see Wipers and Washers on page 76)
- High beam headlights (see High Beam Headlights on page 73)
- Left scroll wheel (see #unique_257 on page )
- Multifunction icon (non-functional)
- Horn (see Horn on page 67)
- Cruise control icon (non-functional)
- Right scroll wheel (see #unique_258 unique_258_Connect_42_GUID-55ADFD36-231B-4F1A-9145-073BFBFB273E on page )
- Rear-facing camera button
- Voice commands (see Voice Commands on page 16)
-
Scroll Wheels
The scroll wheel on the left side of the steering wheel controls functions such as mirror adjustment, volume control, and wiper speed. The right scroll wheel controls Autopilot features, such as Autosteer initiation and max speed limit.
Left Scroll Wheel (Multifunction)
|
Mode |
Action |
Function |
More Information |
|
Normal |
Press |
Play/pause media |
|
|
Tilt left/right |
Next/previous track |
||
|
Scroll up/down |
Adjust volume |
||
|
Wipers* |
Press |
Confirm speed |
|
|
Scroll |
Select wiper speed |
||
|
Multifunction |
Long press |
Activate/set function |
|
|
Tilt left/right |
Navigate list |
||
|
Scroll |
Select function |
||
|
Phone call |
Tilt left/right |
Answer/decline a phone call |
|
|
In a call, tilt left |
Mute/unmute |
||
|
In a call, tilt right |
End a call |
* First press the wiper button on steering wheel to activate.
Left Scroll Wheel Customization
Choose from a list to create quick access to a function by touching Controls > Display > Scroll Wheel Function. Selecting a function sets the default action when you long press the left scroll button, unless you select Ask each time.
Right Scroll Wheel (Autopilot)
|
Mode |
Action |
Function |
More Information |
|
Single Click* |
Press |
Activate Autosteer |
|
|
Tilt left/right |
Adjust follow distance |
||
|
Scroll up/down |
Adjust max speed |
||
|
Double Click* |
Press |
Activate Traffic-Aware Cruise Control |
|
|
Double press |
Activate Autosteer |
||
|
Tilt left/right |
Adjust follow distance |
||
|
Scroll |
Adjust max speed |
||
|
Full Self-Driving (Supervised) ** |
Press* |
Activate Full Self-Driving (Supervised) |
|
|
Grok (Beta) |
Long press |
Talk to Grok |
* Choose how you want Autopilot features to be enabled by touching Controls > Autopilot > Autopilot Activation.
** First enable Full Self-Driving (Supervised) by touching Controls > Autopilot > Full Self-Driving (Supervised).
|
Mode |
Action |
Function |
More Information |
|
Normal |
Press both briefly |
Activate secondary drive mode selector (P, R, N, D) |
|
|
Press both and hold |
Restart the touchscreen |
Heated Steering Wheel
NOTE: Depending on trim, configuration, and date of manufacture, your vehicle may not be equipped with a heated steering wheel.
To warm up the steering wheel (if equipped), touch the fan icon on the touchscreen to display climate controls (see Adjusting Climate Control Settings on page 151), then touch the steering wheel icon. When on, radiant heat keeps the steering wheel at a comfortable temperature.
Horn
To sound the horn, press and hold the center pad on the steering wheel.
Adjusting Exterior Mirrors
Adjust the exterior mirrors by touching Controls > Mirrors. Press the left scroll button on the steering wheel to choose whether you are adjusting the Left or Right mirror. Then use the left scroll button as follows to adjust the selected mirror to its desired position:
- To move the mirror up or down, roll the left scroll button up or down.
- To move the mirror inward or outward, press the left scroll button to the left or right.
The steering wheel design may vary but the function is the same.
Auto Dim and Auto Tilt (If Equipped)
NOTE: Availability of Mirror Auto Dim, Mirror Auto Tilt, and mirror heaters depends on configuration, market region, and date of manufacture.
Both exterior mirrors can tilt downward when the vehicle is shifted into Reverse. To turn this feature on or off, touch Controls > Mirrors > Mirror Auto Tilt. To adjust the auto-tilt position, touch Adjust Tilted Position and make mirror adjustments as needed. After adjusting the tilted position and touching Save, mirrors will automatically tilt to the configured position whenever you shift into Reverse. When you shift out of Reverse, mirrors tilt back to their normal (upward) position. Mirror Auto Tilt must be enabled to adjust tilted position.
To reduce glare when driving at night, the rear view mirror and exterior side mirrors dim automatically. To enable or disable this feature, touch Controls > Mirrors > Mirror Auto Dim.
NOTE: Both exterior mirrors have heaters (if equipped) that turn on and off with the rear window defroster.
Folding Mirrors (If Equipped)
NOTE: Depending on trim, configuration, and date of manufacture, your vehicle may not be equipped with folding mirrors.
To manually fold and unfold exterior mirrors (for example, parking in a narrow garage, tight space, etc.), touch Controls
> Fold/Unfold Mirrors. You can also fold and unfold mirrors using the multifunction capabilities on your left scroll button (see Left Scroll Wheel Customization on page 66).
When you manually fold the mirrors, they remain folded until your driving speed reaches 31 mph (50 km/h) (or until you manually unfold them by touching Controls > Unfold Mirrors).
NOTE: You cannot fold a mirror when driving over 31 mph (50 km/h).
To set the mirrors to fold automatically whenever you exit and lock Model 3 touch Controls > Mirrors > Mirror Auto Fold. The mirrors unfold automatically when you unlock Model 3.
You can also set mirrors to fold automatically whenever you arrive at a specific location, which saves you from having to manually fold them each time you arrive at a frequented place. To set up, stop at the location you want to save (or drive at less than 3 mph (6 km/h)), and fold the mirrors.
Touch Save Location when it appears briefly on the Fold Mirrors control.
If you no longer want mirrors to automatically fold, touch Controls > Unfold Mirrors when they fold at the saved location and then touch Remove Location.
When you leave the saved location, mirrors unfold when your driving speed reaches 3 mph (6 km/h), or when you touch Controls > Unfold Mirrors.
NOTE: Mirrors can automatically fold if you return to a saved location and are driving below 31 mph (50 km/h).
NOTE: You can override the automatic folding/unfolding of mirrors at any time (for example, Model 3 has no power) by pushing the mirror assembly away from you to unfold, or pulling it toward you to fold.
NOTE: If you expect ice to accumulate when Model 3 is parked, turn off Mirror Auto Fold. Accumulation of ice can prevent exterior side mirrors from folding or unfolding. See Cold Weather Best Practices on page 158 for information on how to ensure your mirrors function properly in cold weather.
You can integrate auto-folding mirrors with HomeLink (see Smart Garage on page 59). To enable, go to HomeLink > Auto-Fold Mirrors when Nearby.
Interior Mirrors
Rear View Mirror
Adjust the rear view mirror manually. When in Drive or Neutral, the rear view mirror automatically dims in low lighting conditions based on the time of day (for example, when driving at night).
Vanity Mirrors
To expose and illuminate the vanity mirror, fold the sun visor downwards, then use the tab to lower the mirror cover. After closing the mirror cover, the light turns off.
Shift Using the Touchscreen
When you press the brake pedal when parked, the drive mode strip displays on one side of the touchscreen. Use the drive mode strip to shift Model 3: Swipe up for Drive, swipe down for Reverse, or press the drive mode strip for Park. A chime sounds whenever you shift gears.
To shift into Neutral, open Controls, then press and hold the
Neutral icon until Model 3 engages Neutral.
The touchscreen always shows which gear Model 3 is in, but the drive mode strip is hidden when driving at highway speeds. To show the drive mode strip at any time, swipe from the edge of the touchscreen towards the passenger.
NOTE: To shift from Drive into Reverse or vice versa, the driving speed must be less than 5 mph (8 km/h).
The touchscreen’s drive mode strip displays Park at all times. To shift into Park when driving below 5 mph (8 km/h), touch the button on the drive mode strip while pressing the brake pedal. In emergency situations when driving above 5 mph (8 km/h), press and hold the Park button to slowly bring the vehicle to a stop.
The touchscreen is the preferred method to manually shift. However, in the unlikely situation in which the touchscreen is unavailable and therefore can’t be used, the drive mode selector on the overhead console automatically activates and must be used to shift (see Shift Using the Overhead Console on page 70).
If you try to shift when it is prohibited by the current driving speed, the touchscreen displays an alert, a chime sounds, and the drive mode does not change.
Shift Using the Overhead Console
In addition to manually shifting on the touchscreen, you can shift by pressing P, R, N or D located on the overhead console. In most situations, these buttons are not available until you press the brake and touch one of the buttons to activate it. When active, the LEDs associated with each button illuminate and when you select P, R, N or D, the associated LED illuminates amber.
In situations where the touchscreen is unavailable (for example, experiencing a technical issue), or Model 3 is in Valet or Tow Mode, the drive mode selector on the overhead console activates automatically and there is no need to touch it.
NOTE: You can also activate the drive mode selector on the overhead console by simultaneously and briefly pressing both scroll buttons on the steering wheel. However, if you press and hold both buttons simultaneously, the drive mode selector activates and the touchscreen restarts (see Restarting the Touchscreen on page 9).
NOTE: The front trunk must be closed to shift using the overhead console.
- Park
- Reverse
- Neutral
- Drive
NOTE: When the touchscreen is available for shifting and you have manually activated the drive mode selector on the overhead console, the overhead console automatically deactivates if you don’t shift within one minute.
Auto Shift (Beta)
NOTE: Auto Shift is a Beta feature and is disabled by default.
NOTE: Depending on market region, vehicle configuration, options purchased, and software version, your vehicle may not be equipped with Auto Shift (Beta) or the features may not operate exactly as described.
Auto Shift (Beta) can shift between Drive and Reverse, or out of Park, to assist with actions such as turns, parking, or reversing out of a parking spot. To enable, touch Controls > Dynamics > Auto Shift (Beta), where you can select between On or from Park.
When On, Auto Shift (Beta) lets you shift without using the touchscreen based on your surroundings. This assists with multi-point turns, reversing out of a parking spot, parallel parking, and similar driving maneuvers. When the vehicle assists with shifting, a readiness indicator appears on the touchscreen .
With from Park, Model 3 is designed to select Drive or Reverse when shifting out of Park (such as pulling out of a parking spot). Model 3 selects a drive mode when:
- Auto Shift (Beta) is enabled.
- Model 3 is in Park (for from Park) or in Drive or Reverse (for On).
- The driver’s seat belt is fastened.
- The brake pedal is pressed.
- All doors and trunks are closed.
- The drive mode selector on the center console is not activated.
Auto Shift (Beta) is designed to enhance your driving experience and may only appear in certain circumstances, such as requiring a vehicle or object in the front and/or rear to begin the maneuver. Confirm the drive mode selection and follow the instructions on the touchscreen before you press the accelerator.
To override the selection, press the brake pedal and use the drive mode strip on the touchscreen to manually shift into your desired Drive Mode. Once you override, you’ll need to shift gears again for Auto Shift (Beta) to reappear. If Auto Shift (Beta) is unavailable, the touchscreen displays a message.
NOTE: Model 3 does not allow Auto Shift (Beta) in certain modes and driving situations, including but not limited to: Valet Mode, Track Mode, Creep, Trailer Mode, etc.
WARNING: Never rely on Auto Shift (Beta) without confirming the selection before proceeding. Always remain attentive, monitor your surroundings, and
maneuver safely.
Park
To manually shift into Park, press the brake pedal and touch the Park button on the touchscreen’s drive mode strip. If the touchscreen is unavailable, press Park on the drive mode selector located on the overhead console.
Model 3 automatically shifts into Park to prevent roll-away while driving in low speeds. This happens whenever you connect a charge cable, unbuckle your seat belt, or open the door while in Drive, Reverse, or Neutral. Ensure the charge cable is removed, buckle your seat belt, and close the door before shifting out of Park.
Attempting to engage the parking brake above 5 mph (8 km/h) will result in emergency braking (see Braking and Stopping on page 77).
NOTE: In emergency situations, if the brakes are not functioning properly, you can press and hold the Park button on the touchscreen’s drive mode strip to bring Model 3 to a stop. Do not use this method to stop the vehicle unless absolutely necessary.
NOTE: You must always press the brake pedal to shift from
Park.
CAUTION: Model 3 will not shift from Park if a charge cable is plugged in, or if the charge port is unable to determine whether a charging cable is plugged in. In
situations when Model 3 does not shift from Park, check the touchscreen for instructions on how to proceed.
WARNING: It is the driver’s responsibility to always ensure the vehicle is in Park before exiting. Never rely on Model 3 to automatically shift into Park for you.
Drive
To manually shift into Drive, swipe up on the drive mode strip located on the touchscreen or, if the touchscreen is unavailable, press D on the drive mode selector located on the overhead console. You can shift into Drive when Model 3 is stopped or moving less than 5 mph (8 km/h) in Reverse.
Reverse
To manually shift into Reverse, swipe down on the drive mode strip located on the touchscreen or, if the touchscreen is unavailable, press R on the drive mode selector located on the overhead console. You can shift into Reverse when Model 3 is stopped or moving less than 5 mph (8 km/h) in Drive. You can manually close the park assist view on the touchscreen by touching the X in the upper corner.
Neutral
Neutral allows Model 3 to roll freely when you are not pressing the brake pedal. To shift into Neutral, do any of the following:
-
- Open Controls, then press and hold the Neutral icon until Model 3 engages Neutral.
- Choose Neutral from the drive mode selector on the overhead console.
NOTE: You must press the brake pedal to shift out of Neutral if Model 3 is moving slower than approximately 5 mph (8 km/h).
Model 3 automatically shifts into Park when you open the driver’s door to exit the vehicle unless the vehicle is in certain modes such as Tow or Car Wash Mode which allows the vehicle to stay in Neutral even when you leave.
Keeping Your Vehicle in Neutral (Tow Mode)
To keep Model 3 in Neutral when you exit, allowing it to roll freely (for example, pulling onto a flatbed truck), you must activate Tow Mode:
- Shift into Park.
- Press the brake pedal.
- Touch Controls > Service > Towing. The touchscreen displays a message reminding you how to properly transport Model 3.
- Touch Enter Tow Mode. Model 3 is now free-rolling and can be rolled slowly (no faster than walking speed) for short distances or winched (for example, onto a flatbed truck).
For more information on Tow Mode, see Activate Tow Mode on page 226.
NOTE: In Tow Mode, Model 3 does not shift into a drive mode. You must first cancel Tow Mode by touching Exit Tow Mode. Tow Mode also cancels if you use the touchscreen to shift into Park.
Controlling Lights
|
|
Touch Controls > Lights to control the lights. |
NOTE: You can also access an abbreviated lights menu while driving by touching the High Beam button on the steering wheel. A lights menu displays on the touchscreen, providing quick access to headlight controls.
In addition to the lights that you can control from the touchscreen, Model 3 has convenience lights that turn on and off automatically based on what you are doing. For example, interior lights, marker lights, tail lights, and puddle lights turn on when you unlock Model 3, when you open a door, and when you shift into Park. They turn off automatically after a minute or two or when you shift or lock Model 3.
Exterior Lights
Exterior lights (headlights, tail lights, side marker lights, parking lights, and license plate lights) are set to Auto each time you start Model 3.
When set to Auto, exterior lights automatically turn on when driving in low lighting conditions, or whenever the wipers are active. If you change to a different setting, lights always revert to Auto on your next drive.
Touch one of these options to change and retain the exterior light setting until adjusted again or the next time you drive:
- Off: Exterior lights turn off. When driving, daytime running lights may remain on based on regulations in various market regions.
- Parking: Parking lights, side marker lights, tail lights and license plate lights turn on.
- On: Low beam headlights, side marker lights, parking lights, tail lights, and license plate lights turn on.
CAUTION: Ensure the headlights and rear lights are on during low visibility conditions (for example, when it is dark, foggy, snowy, or the road is wet, etc.). The rear
tail lights are off while daytime running lights are on. Failure to do so can cause damage or serious injury.
Dome Lights
Turn the interior dome (map) lights on or off. If set to Auto, all interior dome lights turn on when you unlock Model 3, open a door upon exiting, or shift into Park.
You can also manually turn an individual dome light on or off by touching its lens. If you turn a dome light on, it turns off when Model 3 powers off. If Model 3 was already powered off when you manually turned the light on, it turns off after 60 minutes.
Accent Lights (If Equipped)
Enable or disable the accent lights and customize the brightness and color to your preferences. If set to Night Only, the accent lights will automatically illuminate when dim conditions are detected outside your vehicle, or when convenience lights are on. You can also turn the footwell lights on or off.
Headlights after Exit
When you stop driving and park Model 3 in low lighting conditions, exterior lights temporarily remain illuminated. They automatically turn off after one minute or when you lock Model 3 whichever comes first.
NOTE: If you lock Model 3 using the Tesla mobile app, the headlights immediately turn off. However, if the vehicle locks because Walk-Away Door Lock is enabled (see Walk-Away Door Lock on page 25), the headlights automatically turn off after one minute.
To turn this feature on and off, touch Controls > Lights > Headlights After Exit. When Headlights After Exit is off, the headlights turn off immediately when you engage Park and open a door.
High Beam Headlights
Use the high beam headlight button on the left side of the steering wheel to control the headlights:
-
- Press and quickly release to flash high beam headlights.
- Press and hold to turn on high beam headlights – touchscreen displays a brief timer and you must hold for the duration of the timer to latch the high beam headlights to the on position. When headlights are on, press the button a second time to turn them off.
The following indicator lights are visible on the touchscreen to show the status of the headlights:
|
|
Low beam headlights are on. |
|
|
Illuminates when high beams are on but the Adaptive Headlights setting is turned off or if the Adaptive Headlights setting is turned on but is temporarily unavailable. |
|
|
High beams are currently turned on, and Adaptive Headlights is ready automatically adjust based on whether or not Model 3 detects a vehicle approaching from the opposite direction. |
|
|
Adaptive Headlights is enabled but the high beams are not on. This may be because light detected in front of Model 3, or because Model 3 is traveling at low speeds or in bright ambient environments (for example in daylight or in a well-lit area at night such as a parking lot). Adaptive Headlights is also disabled in |
,
heavy traffic.
Adaptive Headlights
NOTE: Depending on market region, vehicle configuration, options purchased, and software version, your vehicle may not be equipped with Adaptive Headlights, or the feature may not operate exactly as described.
When Adaptive Headlights is enabled, the beam of the headlights adjusts automatically to improve your driving view. For example, when traffic is approaching Model 3 and the high beam headlights are on, individual pixels of the high beam headlights dim to reduce glare.
The headlights also adjust to curves on the road ahead to provide greater visibility at night.
When Adaptive Headlights is enabled, it is automatically turned on at the beginning of each drive. Adaptive Headlights is enabled by default and, if disabled, is enabled automatically whenever you engage Autosteer or Full Self- Driving (Supervised). To disable it, touch Controls > Lights > Adaptive Headlights, or use the lights popup that displays on the touchscreen when you press the high beam headlight button on the left side of the steering wheel.
WARNING: Adaptive Headlights is a convenience feature only and is subject to limitations. It is the driver’s responsibility to make sure that headlights are
always appropriately adjusted for weather conditions and driving circumstances.
Headlight Adjustments
To adjust the angle of the headlights, touch Controls > Service > Adjust Headlights, then follow the onscreen instructions. You can choose which headlight you would like to adjust by selecting it on the touchscreen.
NOTE: Headlights do not require adjustments when temporarily driving into a region where the traffic direction is different (for example, driving in right-hand traffic region, and then driving into a region with left-hand traffic).
WARNING: Proceed with caution when adjusting headlights. Tesla has carefully calibrated the position of the headlights to be in an optimum position for most
driving scenarios. Tesla recommends that you do not adjust headlights unless you are familiar with how headlights should be adjusted. Once adjusted, you will be unable to automatically restore them to their originally calibrated position. Contact Tesla for assistance when adjusting headlights.
Turn Signals Using Buttons
To engage a turn signal, press the corresponding arrow button on the left side of the steering wheel. A turn signal cancels based on the angle of the steering wheel (for example, you finish making a turn). You can also cancel a turn signal by pressing the turn signal button a second time.
If Controls > Lights > Automatic Turn Signals is set to Auto Cancel, turn signals cancel automatically when Model 3 detects completion of a maneuver such as a merge, lane change, or a fork in the roadway. You can override automatic cancellation at any time (for example, you want the turn signal to remain on because you are making more than one lane change). To override, engage the turn signal by pressing and momentarily holding the turn signal button (instead of just pressing). Then, when the first maneuver is complete, the turn signal remains on. If Automatic Turn Signals is set to Off, you must cancel the turn signal manually by pressing the turn signal button after maneuvers such as a merge, lane change, or fork in the roadway.
|
|
When a turn signal is operating, the corresponding indicator lights up on the touchscreen and you can hear a clicking sound. |
Turn Signals Using the Turn Stalk
To engage a turn signal, press the turn signal stalk up or down.
|
|
The corresponding turn signal indicator lights up on the touchscreen when a turn signal is operating. Model 3 also emits a clicking sound. |
To cancel a turn signal, either press the stalk in the same direction once more or press it in the opposite direction. If the wheel is turned (for example, if you are signaling while navigating a roundabout), pressing the stalk in the opposite direction will instead engage the opposite turn signal.
Turn signals cancel automatically when Model 3 detects completion of a maneuver such as a merge, lane change, or a fork in the roadway.
You can override automatic cancellation at any time pressing and momentarily holding the turn signal stalk.
WARNING: When actively using Autosteer or Full Self- Driving (Supervised), engaging a turn signal directs Model 3 to change lanes (see Autosteer on page 106
and Full Self-Driving (Supervised) on page 120).
Hazard Warning Flashers
To turn on the hazard warning flashers, press the button on the drive mode selector located on the overhead center. All turn signals flash. Press again to turn off.
If a severe crash is detected by your vehicle, the hazard warning flashers will automatically turn on and flash quickly to increase visibility. Pressing the hazard warning flashers once will return the lights to their normal cadence. Pressing a second time turns all hazard warning flashers off.
NOTE: Hazard warning flashers operate even without a key nearby.
Condensation in Head or Tail Lights
Due to weather changes, humidity levels, or recent exposure to water (such as a car wash), condensation may occasionally accumulate in your vehicle’s head or tail lights. This is normal
- as the weather gets warmer and humidity decreases, condensation often disappears on its own. If you notice water buildup within the exterior lenses, or if the condensation affects the visibility of the exterior lights, contact Tesla Service.
Wipers and Washers
You can access wiper settings by touching the wiper button on the steering wheel.
-
- Press the wiper button to wipe the windshield. If the wiper is already operating at a wiper setting and is not set to Auto, pressing the wiper button cycles through speeds. Wiper speeds cycle as follows: I > II > III > IIII > III > II > I.
- Press and hold the wiper button to spray washer fluid onto the windshield. After releasing the button, the wipers perform two additional wipes then, depending on vehicle and environmental conditions, a third wipe a few seconds later. You can also press and hold the wiper button for a continuous spray of washer fluid—the wipers perform the wipes after you release.
You can also access wiper settings by touching Controls >
Wipers.
Whenever you press the wiper button on the steering wheel, the touchscreen displays the wiper menu, allowing you to adjust wiper settings. Roll the left scroll button on the steering wheel up or down to choose your desired setting.
- Turn the wipers off.
- Choose how you want the wipers to operate:
- IIII – Continuous, fast.
- III – Continuous, slow.
- II – Intermittent, fast.
- I – Intermittent, slow.
- Auto – Model 3 detects precipitation and adjusts the wiping speed and intensity. Pressing the wiper button while the wipers are set to Auto temporarily increases the sensitivity of the wipers.
NOTE: When you engage Autopilot the wipers are set to Auto. Although you can change the wiper setting from Auto while using Autopilot, the wipers once again default to Auto the next time you engage Autopilot.
NOTE: The Auto setting is currently in BETA. If uncertain about using the Auto setting while in the BETA phase, Tesla recommends operating the wipers manually, as necessary.
NOTE: You can also adjust the windshield wiper speed and frequency using voice commands (see Voice Commands on page 16).
Periodically check and clean the edge of the wiper blades. If a blade is damaged, replace it immediately. For details on checking and replacing wiper blades, see Windshield Wiper Blades, Jets and Fluid on page 203.
|
|
|
|
|
blades are not frozen or adhered to the windshield. |
CAUTION: To avoid damaging the hood, ensure that the hood is fully closed before activating the windshield wipers.
CAUTION: Remove ice from the windshield before turning the wipers on. Ice has sharp edges that can damage the rubber on the wiper blades.
CAUTION: In harsh climates, ensure that the wiperBraking Systems
WARNING: Properly functioning braking systems are critical to ensure safety. If you experience a problem with the brake pedal, brake calipers, or any component
of a Model 3 braking system, contact Tesla immediately.
Model 3 has an anti-lock braking system (ABS) that prevents the wheels from locking when you apply maximum brake pressure. This improves steering control during heavy braking in most road conditions.
During emergency braking conditions, the ABS constantly monitors the speed of each wheel and varies the brake pressure according to the grip available.
The alteration of brake pressure can be felt as a pulsing sensation through the brake pedal. This demonstrates that the ABS is operating and is not a cause for concern. Keep firm and steady pressure on the brake pedal while experiencing the pulsing.
NOTE: Depending on location of manufacture, vehicles in Mexico may show either the text or icon of the brake, ABS, and park indicator lights.
USA: The ABS indicator briefly flashes amber on the touchscreen when you first start Model
If this indicator lights up at any other time, an ABS fault has occurred and the ABS is not operating. Contact Tesla. The braking system remains fully operational and is not affected by an ABS failure. However, braking distances may increase. Drive cautiously and avoid heavy braking.
Canada: The ABS indicator briefly flashes amber on the touchscreen when you first start Model
3. If this indicator lights up at any other time, an ABS fault has occurred and the ABS is not operating. Contact Tesla. The braking system remains fully operational and is not affected by an ABS failure. However, braking distances may increase. Drive cautiously and avoid heavy braking.
USA: If the touchscreen displays this red brake indicator at any time other than briefly when you first start Model 3, a brake system fault is detected, or the level of the brake fluid is low. Contact Tesla immediately. Keep the brakes pressed firmly to bring the vehicle to a stop when safe to do so.
Canada: If the touchscreen displays this red brake
indicator at any time other than briefly when you first start Model 3, a brake system fault is detected, or the level of the brake fluid is low. Contact Tesla
immediately. Keep the brakes pressed firmly to bring the vehicle to a stop when safe to do so.
USA: The touchscreen displays this amber brake indicator if a brake booster fault is detected or regenerative braking is unavailable (see Regenerative Braking on page 78). Keep the brakes pressed firmly to bring the vehicle to a stop when safe to do so.
Hydraulic Boost Compensation may be active (see Hydraulic Boost Compensation on page 78).
Canada: The touchscreen displays this amber brake indicator if a brake booster fault is detected or regenerative braking is unavailable (see Regenerative Braking on page 78).Keep
the brakes pressed firmly to bring the vehicle to a stop when safe to do so. Hydraulic Boost Compensation may be active (see Hydraulic Boost Compensation on page 78).
Emergency Braking
In an emergency, fully press the brake pedal and maintain firm pressure, even on low traction surfaces. The ABS varies the braking pressure to each wheel according to the amount of traction available. This prevents wheels from locking and ensures that you stop as safely as possible.
If an alternative method is needed to bring the vehicle to a stop, press and hold the Park button on the touchscreen’s drive mode strip to apply the brakes and remove drive torque while the button is held. Swipe from the edge of the touchscreen towards the passenger, to bring up the drive mode strip.
WARNING: Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so interrupts operation of the ABS and can increase braking distance.
WARNING: Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you and be aware of hazardous driving conditions. While the ABS can improve
stopping distance, it cannot overcome the laws of physics. It also does not prevent the danger of hydroplaning (where a layer of water prevents direct contact between the tires and the road).
CAUTION: Automatic Emergency Braking (see Collision Avoidance Assist on page 137) may intervene to automatically brake in situations where a collision is
considered imminent. Automatic Emergency Braking is not designed to prevent a collision. At best, it can minimize the impact of a frontal collision by attempting to reduce your driving speed. Depending on Automatic Emergency Braking to avoid a collision can result in serious injury or death.
CAUTION: In emergency situations, if the brakes are not functioning properly, press and hold the Park button on the overhead console or touchscreen to
bring Model 3 to a stop. Do not use this method to stop the vehicle unless absolutely necessary.
Brake Disc Wiping
To ensure brakes remain responsive in cold or wet weather, Model 3 is equipped with brake disc wiping. When cold or wet weather is detected, this feature repeatedly applies an imperceptible amount of brake force to remove water from the surface of the brake discs.
Hydraulic Fade Compensation
Model 3 is equipped with hydraulic fade compensation. This assists in monitoring brake system pressure and ABS activity for instances of reduced brake performance. If reduced brake performance is detected (for example, as a result of brake fade, or cold or wet conditions), you may hear a sound, feel the brake pedal pull away from your foot, and notice a strong increase in braking. Brake as you normally would and continue to press the brake pedal without releasing or pumping the brakes.
CAUTION: In emergency situations, if the brakes are not functioning properly, press and hold the Park
button on the overhead console or touchscreen to bring Model 3 to a stop. Do not use this method to stop the vehicle unless absolutely necessary.
WARNING: Always maintain a safe driving distance from the vehicle in front of you and exercise caution
when driving conditions are hazardous. Brake disc wiping and hydraulic fade compensation is not a substitute for adequately applying the brakes.
Hydraulic Boost Compensation
Model 3 is equipped with a brake booster that activates the brakes when the brake pedal is pressed. Hydraulic boost compensation provides mechanical assistance if the brake booster fails. If a brake booster failure is detected, the brake pedal feels stiffer to press and you may hear a sound when you press the brake pedal. Drive cautiously and maintain a safe distance from other road users—brake pedal responsiveness and braking performance may be degraded. Braking distances may increase.
Regenerative Braking
Whenever Model 3 is moving and your foot is off the accelerator, regenerative braking slows down the vehicle and feeds any surplus power back to the Battery. By anticipating your stops and reducing or removing pressure from the accelerator pedal to slow down, you can take advantage of regenerative braking to increase driving range.
Vehicle deceleration due to regenerative braking may vary depending on the current state of the Battery. For example, regenerative braking may be limited if the Battery is cold or is already fully charged.
To experience the same amount of deceleration whenever you release the accelerator pedal, regardless of the state of the Battery, you can choose to have the regular braking system automatically engage whenever regenerative braking is limited. Touch Controls > Dynamics > Apply Brakes When Regenerative Braking is Limited.
WARNING: Apply Brakes When Regenerative Braking is Limited may not operate if the brakes are extremely hot.
NOTE: If Apply Brakes When Regenerative Braking is Limited is enabled and applying the brakes, the brake pedal may move and it may feel stiffer when pressed. This is expected and does not change your ability to slow down Model 3.
The power meter (a thin line in the touchscreen’s car status area) displays real-time power usage:
- Represents power being output by the Battery, such as that used to accelerate the vehicle. When you press the accelerator pedal, the top half of the power meter fills with black (or white if the display is dark).
- Represents power generated from regenerative braking, or power that is captured from slowing down the vehicle. Power being fed back to the Battery displays in green whereas power used by the regular braking system displays in gray.
NOTE: Installing winter tires with aggressive compound and tread design may result in temporarily-reduced regenerative braking power. However, your vehicle is designed to continuously recalibrate itself, and after changing tires it will increasingly restore regenerative braking power after some straight-line accelerations. For most drivers this occurs after a short period of normal driving, but drivers who normally accelerate lightly may need to use slightly harder accelerations while the recalibration is in progress. Touch Service > Wheel & Tire > Tires to select winter tires and quicken this process.
NOTE: If regenerative braking is aggressively slowing Model 3 (such as when your foot is completely off the accelerator pedal at highway speeds), the brake lights turn on to alert others that you are slowing down.
NOTE: Because Model 3 uses regenerative braking, the brake pads are typically used less frequently than those in traditional braking systems. Although Brake Disc Wiping (see Brake Disc Wiping on page 78) regularly applies an imperceptible amount of brake force to remove water from the surface of the brake discs, an accumulation of rust and corrosion still may occur (especially in regions where the roads are salted during winter). You can avoid such buildup by using the brake pedal regularly, or by burnishing the brakes as necessary (see “Burnishing the Brakes” in the Do It Yourself Guide).
|
WARNING: In snowy or icy conditions, Model 3 may experience loss of traction during regenerative braking. |
|
WARNING: Never rely on your vehicle to adequately decelerate or fully stop your vehicle. Many factors can contribute to a longer stopping distance, including downward slopes and reduced or limited regenerative braking. Always be prepared to use the brake pedal to adequately decelerate or stop. |
|
to do so can result in serious damage, injury, or death. |
|
wet or icy roads affect deceleration rate and the distance at which Model 3 will come to a stop. Drive attentively and always stay prepared to use the brake pedal to stop as appropriate based on traffic and road conditions. |
|
page 137). Do not rely on these features to warn you, or to prevent or reduce the impact of a collision. |
WARNING: Press the brake pedal if Model 3 moves when unsafe to do so. It is your responsibility to stay alert and be in control of the vehicle at all times. Failure
WARNING: Do not rely on regenerative braking to keep you and your vehicle safe. Various factors such as driving with a heavy vehicle load, on a steep hill, or on
WARNING: Forward Collision Warning and Automatic Emergency Braking do not operate when driving at very low speeds (see 
Parking Brake
To engage the parking brake, touch Controls > Safety, press the brake pedal and then touch Park Brake.
|
|
(USA) A red parking brake indicator lights up on the touchscreen when the parking brake is engaged. |
|
|
(Canada) A red parking brake indicator lights up on the touchscreen when the parking brake is engaged. |
The parking brake is released when the vehicle is shifted into another gear.
You can also engage the parking brake by touching and holding the Park button on the touchscreen’s drive mode strip.
|
|
(USA) If the parking brake experiences an electrical issue, the amber parking brake indicator lights up and a fault message displays on the touchscreen. |
|
|
(Canada) If the parking brake experiences an electrical issue, the amber parking brake indicator lights up and a fault message displays on the touchscreen. |
NOTE: The parking brake operates on the rear wheels only, and is independent of the pedal-operated brake system.
|
without first jump starting (see Jump Starting on page 233). |
|
from sliding down a slope, particularly if not using winter tires. Avoid parking on hills in snowy or icy conditions. You are always responsible for parking safely. |
|
guidance purposes only and are not a substitute for the driver’s judgment of safe parking conditions, including specific road or weather conditions. Do not depend on these alerts to determine whether or not it is safe to park at any location. You are always responsible for parking safely. |
CAUTION: In the unlikely event that Model 3 loses electrical power, you cannot access the touchscreen and are therefore unable to release the parking brake
WARNING: In snowy or icy conditions the rear wheels may not have sufficient traction to prevent Model 3
WARNING: Your Model 3 may display an alert if the road is too steep to safely park on, or if the parking brakes are not properly engaged. These alerts are forBrake Wear
Model 3 brake pads are equipped with wear indicators. A wear indicator is a thin metal strip attached to the brake pad that squeals as it rubs against the rotor when the pad wears down. This squealing sound indicates that the brake pads have reached the end of their service life and require replacement. To replace the brake pads, contact Tesla Service.
Brakes must be periodically inspected visually by removing the tire and wheel. For detailed specifications and service limits for rotors and brake pads, see Subsystems on page
217. Additionally, Tesla recommends cleaning and lubricating the brake calipers every year or 12,500 miles (20,000 km) if in an area where roads are salted during winter months.
WARNING: Neglecting to replace worn brake pads damages the braking system and can result in a braking hazard.
Model 3 is designed to detect the presence of objects. When driving slowly (for example, when parking), the vehicle alerts you if an object is detected in close proximity of your Model
- The vehicle alerts you when objects are detected in front of Model 3 when you are in Drive, and behind Model 3 when you are in Reverse.
WARNING: You may not be alerted if Model 3 rolls freely in the opposite direction (for example, Park Assist does not display an alert if Model 3 rolls
backwards down a hill while in Drive).
WARNING: Never depend on Park Assist to inform you if an area you are approaching is free of objects and/or people. Several external factors can reduce the
performance of Park Assist, causing either no readings or false readings (see Limitations and False Warnings on page 81). Therefore, depending on Park Assist to determine if Model 3 is approaching an obstruction can result in damage to the vehicle and/or objects, and can potentially cause serious injury. Always inspect the area with your own eyes. When reversing, perform shoulder checks and use all mirrors. Park assist does not detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, or objects that are moving, protruding, located too far above or below the cameras, or too close or too far from the cameras. Park Assist is for guidance purposes only and is not intended to replace your own direct visual checks. It is not a substitute for careful driving.
Tesla Vision Park Assist
NOTE: Depending on market region, vehicle configuration, options purchased, and software version, your vehicle may not be equipped with Tesla Vision Park Assist.
Your vehicle uses the cameras mounted on the front, rear, and sides of Model 3 to create a high-fidelity reproduction of surrounding objects on the touchscreen.
The colors on the visualization correspond to the distance between Model 3 and the object shown. Red is closer to Model 3, and yellow is farther from Model 3.
Visual and Audio Feedback
When you shift to Reverse, the Park Assist view displays on the touchscreen, showing objects that are in close proximity to the front and rear of Model 3. This view closes when you shift into Drive unless an object is detected close to the front of Model 3, in which case the Park Assist view closes automatically when you start driving faster than the speed at which Park Assist operates. When reversing, visual feedback also displays on the touchscreen (see Rear Facing Camera(s) on page 93). You can manually close the park assist view on the touchscreen by touching the X.
When driving at low speeds with the Camera app displayed on the touchscreen, you can switch to the Park Assist view by touching the button located in the upper left corner of the Camera app screen. This is useful if you need assistance with parallel parking.
If chimes are turned on (see Controlling Audible Feedback on page 81), an audible beep sounds as you approach an
object.
NOTE: If Park Assist is unable to provide feedback, the touchscreen displays an alert message.
CAUTION: Keep cameras clean from dirt, debris, snow, and ice. Avoid using a high pressure power washer on the cameras, and do not clean a camera with a sharp or
abrasive object that can scratch or damage its surface.
CAUTION: Do not install accessories or stickers on or near the cameras.
Controlling Audible Feedback
You can use Park Assist with or without audible feedback. To turn chimes on or off, touch Controls > Safety > Park Assist Chimes.
Limitations and False Warnings
Park Assist may not function correctly in these situations:
- One or more of the sensors (if equipped) or cameras is damaged, dirty, or obstructed (such as by mud, ice, or snow, or by a vehicle bra, excessive paint, or adhesive products such as wraps, stickers, rubber coating, etc.).
- The object is located below approximately 8 inches (20 cm) (such as a curb or low barrier).
CAUTION: Shorter objects that are detected (such as curbs or low barriers) can move into a blind spot. Model 3 cannot alert you about an object while it is
in a blind spot.
- Weather conditions (heavy rain, snow, or fog).
- The object is thin (such as a sign post).
- Park Assist’s operating range has been exceeded.
- The object is sound-absorbing or soft (such as powder snow).
- The object is sloped (such as a sloped embankment).
- Model 3 has been parked in, or being driven in, extremely hot or cold temperatures.
- The object is located too close to the bumper.
- A bumper is misaligned or damaged.
- An object that is mounted to Model 3 is interfering with and/or obstructing Park Assist (such as a bike rack or bumper sticker).
- Model 3 rolls freely in the opposite direction you selected (for example, Park Assist does not display an alert if Model 3 rolls backwards down a hill while in Drive).
Other Parking Aids
In addition to Park Assist, when shifted into Reverse, the backup camera displays a view of the area behind Model 3 (see Rear Facing Camera(s) on page 93).
When Model 3 is stopped, Vehicle Hold can continue to apply the brakes even after you remove your foot from the brake pedal.
|
|
This indicator displays on the touchscreen whenever Vehicle Hold is actively braking Model 3. |
To disengage Vehicle Hold, press the accelerator pedal or press and release the brake pedal.
NOTE: Shifting into Neutral also disengages Vehicle Hold.
NOTE: After actively braking Model 3 for approximately ten minutes, Model 3 shifts into Park and Vehicle Hold cancels. Model 3 also shifts into Park if it detects that the driver has left the vehicle.
What It Is
The traction control system constantly monitors the speed of the front and rear wheels. If Model 3 experiences a loss of traction, the system minimizes wheel spin by controlling brake pressure and motor power. By default, the traction control system is on. Under normal conditions, it should remain on to ensure maximum safety.
|
|
This yellow indicator flashes on the touchscreen whenever the traction control system is actively controlling brake pressure and motor power to minimize wheel spin. If the indicator stays on, a fault is detected with the traction control system. Contact Tesla Service. |
WARNING: Traction control cannot prevent collisions caused by driving dangerously or turning too sharply at high speeds.
Allowing Wheel Slip
To allow the wheels to spin at a limited speed, you can enable Slip Start. Slip Start can be enabled at any speed, however it is less effective at higher speeds.
Under normal conditions, Slip Start should not be enabled. Enable it only in circumstances where you deliberately want the wheels to spin, such as:
- Starting on a loose surface, such as gravel or snow.
- Driving in deep snow, sand or mud.
- Rocking out of a hole or deep rut.
To allow the wheels to spin, touch Controls > Dynamics > Slip Start.
|
|
The touchscreen displays an alert message when Slip Start is enabled. |
Although Slip Start is automatically disabled the next time you start Model 3, it is strongly recommended that you disable it immediately after the circumstances that required you to enable it have passed.
NOTE: Slip Start cannot be enabled when you are actively using cruise control.
Touch Controls > Dynamics > Acceleration to adjust the amount of acceleration you experience when driving Model 3:
- Chill: Limits acceleration for a smooth and gentle ride. When selected, Chill displays on the touchscreen above the driving speed.
- Standard: (Non-Performance vehicles) Provides the normal level of acceleration.
- Insane: (Performance vehicles) Provides the maximum level of acceleration immediately available.
NOTE: Using the increased torque and power available in
Insane can reduce range and efficiency.
NOTE: Insane strives to keep the Battery within an optimal temperature range. In addition to heating the Battery, these settings also cool the Battery when necessary (for example, while driving at high speeds, during rapid acceleration, driving for long periods, etc.).
You can improve the efficiency of the cabin heating by reducing your selected acceleration mode. This allows the heat pump system to take more heat from the Battery to efficiently heat the cabin, instead of maintaining the Battery’s ability to provide peak acceleration performance. This helps to maximize driving efficiency in colder weather. Note that when subsequently increasing the acceleration mode, the Battery requires time to warm up before the increased level of acceleration is available.
Available on Performance vehicles only, touch Controls > Dynamics > Ride & Handling for settings that provide real- time adjustments to the suspension system to optimize both ride and handling. Choose from:
- Standard– Adjusts to a wide range of roads and driving styles, providing a fluid yet well controlled ride.
- Sport– Provides a firmer, more controlled ride that increases driver engagement and connection to the road.
You can also automatically adjust suspension settings while Autopilot is active to enable a more comfortable ride. Touch Controls > Dynamics and enable Use Standard Ride & Handling in Autopilot.
NOTE: Settings for Ride & Handling are disabled when Track Mode (if equipped) is engaged. Track Mode automatically optimizes adaptive damping settings to support aggressive driving on a closed circuit driving course (see Track Mode on page 87).
Track Mode, available only on Performance Model 3 vehicles, is designed to modify the stability control, traction control, regenerative braking, and cooling systems to increase performance and handling while driving on closed circuit courses. Track Mode improves cornering ability by intelligently using the motors, and regenerative and traditional braking systems. When enabled, the cooling system runs at an increased level before, during, and after aggressive driving sessions to allow your vehicle’s systems to withstand the surplus heat.
NOTE: Track Mode is designed and calibrated for a Performance Model 3 equipped with performance brakes and tires. Vehicles without performance brakes and tires may experience comparatively lower performance and endurance.
WARNING: Track Mode is designed for use on closed circuit driving courses only. It is the driver’s responsibility to drive safely and ensure others are not
endangered.
WARNING: Track Mode is designed for use by experienced track drivers familiar with the course. Do not use on public roads. It is the driver’s responsibility
to be in control of the vehicle at all times, including on the track. Because vehicle behavior (including traction and stability control) differs when using Track Mode, always use caution.
Using Track Mode
Track Mode is always disabled when you start Model 3. To enable Track Mode for your current drive, shift into Park and follow these steps:
- Touch Controls > Dynamics > Track Mode.
When enabled, TRACK displays on the touchscreen above the driving speed, and a Track Mode pop up window appears on the map. The car status area of the touchscreen displays a color-coded image of your Model 3 that provides you with important at-a-glance status information about the Battery, the motors, the tires and the brakes. See Monitoring Vehicle Health on page 88.
- If desired, customize the Track Mode settings by touching Track Mode Settings on the Track Mode pop up window (see Customizing Track Mode on page 87). You can also access the Track Mode settings by touching Controls > Dynamics, then touching Customize next to the Track Mode setting.
NOTE: For optimum performance, wait for the battery and motor temperatures to reduce if highlighted in yellow or red.
- If you want to use the Lap Timer, follow the onscreen instructions to drop a pin on the map to define the lap’s start/finish location. You will then need to press START on the Lap Timer to begin your driving session. Once started, the Lap Timer starts counting when you drive Model 3 past the lap’s start/finish location where you dropped the pin. See Using the Lap Timer on page 88.
- Shift and GO!
If you started the Lap Timer, each time you pass the start/ finish location, the timer resets for the next lap. See Using the Lap Timer on page 88.
You can also view a real-time accelerometer (G-meter) by swiping the Cards area of the touchscreen. See G-Meter on page 89.
When Track Mode is on:
-
- Autopilot features are unavailable.
- The Slip Start setting is overridden.
- Energy usage increases.
- Entertainment features are unavailable.
Use the touchscreen setting to turn Track Mode off at any time. Powering off Model 3 also turns off Track Mode (although it may still appear on the touchscreen if Post- Drive cooling is in progress). When Track Mode is off, all settings return to their previous state and all features return to their normal operating state.
CAUTION: Driver assistance features are automatically disabled when Track Mode is On. It is the driver’s responsibility to drive safely and be in
control of the vehicle at all times. Driver assistance features automatically re-enable when Track Mode is turned Off.
Customizing Track Mode
To customize Track Mode, touch Track Mode Settings on the Track Mode popup window that appears on the map when you enable Track Mode. You can also access the Track Mode settings by touching Controls > Dynamics, then touching Customize next to the Track Mode setting. Choose an existing Track Mode setting from the list of pre-defined profiles provided by Tesla. Or create a new settings profile by touching Add New Settings, entering a name for the settings profile, then adjusting these settings to suit your preferences or driving scenario, or customize for a specific track:
- Handling Balance – Drag the slider to customize the balance of Model 3 in a turn. Balance is customized by redistributing torque between the front and rear axles. If Model 3 is too loose, you can choose a front-biased under-steering setup. Difficult to get the vehicle through a turn? Try a rear-biased setup to increase rotation. You can select any value between -10 (for more torque to the front axle while cornering – used for under-steering) and
+10 (for more torque to the rear axle while cornering – used for over-steering). Changes to Handling Balance do not affect straight line acceleration.
- Stability Assist – Choose the level at which the stability control systems assist in controlling the vehicle. Stability Assist modifies motor torque and selectively applies the brakes to each wheel to make the vehicle more stable and help the driver maintain control.
WARNING: Drive with caution when customizing Stability Assist. If you lose control of Model 3, less stability control intervention will be applied and the
vehicle may not stabilize itself. Use only if you have advance experience driving beyond grip limits.
-
- Reduced: Provides the maximum amount of stability control intervention while in track mode. Stability control is reduced compared to on-road mode.
- Minimal: Provides minimal amount of stability control intervention.
- Off: Oversteer support is completely disabled and traction control is limited to allow wheel spin.
- Powertrain Endurance – You can configure Track Mode to improve thermal management of the vehicle over long distances by reducing drive power output as speed increases. Reducing power output improves thermal management, which helps to reduce the rate at which the Battery and motors overheat. Reducing power output leads to slower lap times, but provides more consistent performance and times over multiple laps.
NOTE: Powertrain Endurance does not actively prevent the Battery and motors from overheating.
-
- Standard: Standard level of power output in Track Mode with no limiting of power output. Enables you to achieve the fastest initial lap times, but your performance may become thermally limited more quickly, which can lead to inconsistent lap times over multiple laps.
- Increased: Slight reduction in power output as your speed increases. Provides steadier performance for multiple laps, which is ideal for intermediate driving distances.
- Maximum: Reduces initial lap times, but provides consistent power output and performance over multiple laps.
- Regenerative Braking – Drag the slider to choose how much regenerative braking is available. You can choose any value, in 5% increments, between 0 and 100%. Tesla recommends the 100% setting to prevent overheating the brakes.
- Post-Drive Cooling – Enable if you want the cooling systems to continue cooling the vehicle’s components even after you leave the vehicle. Cooling stops automatically when the components are sufficiently cool, or when you power Model 3 off and back on again. Post- Drive Cooling is useful if you want to quickly cool the components between driving sessions. If Post-Drive Cooling is set to OFF, the components eventually cool, but it takes longer.
- Save Dashcam for Laps – Enable if you want to save a video and data on a USB flash drive when using the Lap Timer. A USB flash drive must be set up and inserted as described (see USB Drive Requirements for Recording Videos on page 150). The USB flash drive must contain a folder named TeslaTrackMode. When enabled, Track Mode stores a video and associated data for each lap. Track Mode also stores the car status and telemetry data with details about the vehicle’s position, speed,
acceleration, use of accelerator, etc. You can then view the video recordings and analyze this data, which is saved as a .CSV file on the USB flash drive, to determine where time is being lost or gained.
NOTE: For some vehicles manufactured after approximately November 1, 2021, the center console USB ports may only support charging devices. Use the USB port inside the glove box for all other functions.
Track Mode allows you to save up to 20 settings profiles. To delete a chosen profile, touch Delete at the bottom of the settings screen.
NOTE: You can not change or delete a pre-defined profile provided by Tesla.
Using the Lap Timer
When you enable Track Mode, the map displays a Lap Timer. Follow the onscreen instructions to place a start/finish pin on the map. Once the pins are placed, press START to initiate the driving (lapping) session. When you drive Model 3 through the start/finish location, the Lap Timer automatically starts timing the duration of the lap, resetting the timer whenever you pass the start/finish location, and displaying the real-time delta between the current lap and the fastest lap so far in the driving session. The map highlights the track in blue.
At the completion of each lap, the Lap Timer displays the duration of the lap. It also displays the times associated with the previous and best laps in the driving session.
If Save Dashcam for Laps is on (see Customizing Track Mode on page 87), and a properly formatted USB flash drive is inserted in a front USB port, Track Mode saves a video of the driving session (as recorded by the front cameras), along with a .CSV file that provides detailed information about the lap.
NOTE: To stop the timer at the end of your driving session, touch STOP on the Lap Timer popup window.
Monitoring Vehicle Health
You can easily monitor the health of Model 3 when using Track Mode by glancing at the car status area of the touchscreen. The colors indicate the status of the various components, allowing you to determine the current operating state and make decisions accordingly. The components are displayed in green when operating within their ideal temperature range. Colors change as follows:
- The Battery displays blue when cold and red when hot.
- A brake displays blue when cold and red when hot (an early warning for overheating brakes).
- A motor displays blue when it’s cold or red when it’s hot.
- Dynamic readings of the tire pressures displays on the touchscreen. A tire displays blue when under-used or red when the peak grip is exceeded.
NOTE: A component displayed in red may indicate a need to stop driving and allow the component to cool.
CAUTION: Any vehicle damage or injuries caused by using Track Mode is the driver’s responsibility. The vehicle warranty does not cover damage caused by
excessive overuse of vehicle components. It also does not cover racing, autocross, or driving in competition.
G-Meter
In Track Mode, a real-time G-Meter displays on the touchscreen. The G-Meter graphically displays peak lateral, acceleration, and deceleration values in the form of a circular meter. The history of your drive is represented in the shaded area. The G-Meter resets at the start of each driving session.
NOTE: You can swipe the G-Meter card to display a different card. However, the G-Meter displays as the default card whenever you engage Track Mode.
When you first adjust the driver’s seat, steering wheel position, or exterior side mirrors, the touchscreen prompts you to create a driver profile to save these adjustments. Your profile also saves various preferences you make while customizing Model 3.
To save your profile settings to the cloud and access them across multiple Tesla vehicles, set up a Tesla Profile (see Using Tesla Profiles on page 90).
|
|
To add a new driver profile, touch the driver profile icon at the top of the touchscreen. Then touch Driver Profile Settings > Add New Driver, type the driver’s name and touch Create Profile. Follow the onscreen instructions to save mirror and steering wheel position to the driver profile. |
Check the Use Easy Entry checkbox if you want to save (or use existing) Easy Entry settings in which the driver’s seat and the steering wheel are automatically adjusted to make it easy to enter and exit Model 3.
If you change the position of the driver’s seat, steering wheel, or exterior side mirrors after you have saved or chosen a driver profile, the touchscreen prompts you to Save the new position or Restore the previously saved position (other settings are automatically saved). To change a setting without saving or restoring, just ignore the prompt.
To delete a driver profile, touch the driver profile icon at the top of the touchscreen, touch Driver Profile Settings and select the driver profile you want to remove. Once selected, Delete the driver profile.
NOTE: Valet mode is a built-in driver profile that limits speed and restricts access to some Model 3 features (see Valet Mode on page 91).
NOTE: To stop automatic adjustments that are in process based on a driver’s profile, touch Stop on the Driver Profile dropdown menu. Automatic adjustments also stop if you manually adjust a seat, mirror, or the steering wheel.
Selecting Between Driver Profiles
|
|
To adjust Model 3 based on a driver’s profile, touch the driver profile icon at the top of the Controls screen. Then choose the driver, and Model 3 is adjusted based on the settings that have been saved to the chosen driver profile. See Using Tesla Profiles on page 90 to learn more about saving profile settings to the cloud for easy access across multiple Tesla vehicles. |
NOTE: Your preferred Stopping Mode setting does not sync to your driver profile. For more information, see Braking and Stopping on page 77.
Using Tesla Profiles
(If equipped) Driver profile settings, such as seat adjustments, temperature preferences, navigation Recents and Favorites, media settings, and data sharing preferences can be saved into a Tesla Profile that is synced to every supported vehicle under your Tesla Account. This provides convenient access to your profile settings and preferences across all your Tesla supported vehicles.
To set up your Tesla Profile, navigate to Driver Profile Settings and select your Tesla Account name. You can choose to set it up as a New Profile or copy the settings from an existing driver profile that you were previously using.
To set up a Tesla Profile for additional drivers, share your vehicle with them from the mobile app and navigate to Security & Drivers > Manage Drivers > Add Driver. Their Tesla Profile will appear in the Driver Profile settings after accepting the invitation from their Tesla Account. If you remove their access to the vehicle, it also removes their Tesla Profile. For more information on granting mobile app access, see Granting Access to a Second Driver on page 53. In addition, you can change your profile picture from your Tesla Mobile App.
NOTE: Some vehicle settings are synced only between similar vehicle models. If the seat, steering, and mirror positions do not restore as expected, touch Controls > Service > Driver Seat, Steering, & Mirrors Calibration on the affected vehicles. If the setting for Autopilot Activation does not restore as expected, touch Controls > Autopilot > Autopilot Activation (see Autopilot Settings on page 105).
NOTE: Tesla Profiles are supported on vehicles with software versions 2022.24 or higher.
To remove your Tesla Profile from a vehicle, remove that vehicle from your Tesla account:
- In the Tesla mobile app, touch the profile icon in the top- right corner.
- Touch Add/Remove Products.
- Touch Remove.
- Select the vehicle you’d like to remove.
Saved Settings
A subset of the settings that you choose to customize your Model 3 are automatically saved to your driver’s profile. Once saved, a green check mark appears next to the driver profile icon on the touchscreen. Examples of automatically saved driver profile settings are:
-
- Navigation, temperature, lights and display settings.
- Autopilot and driving preferences.
Linking a Driver Profile to a Key
You can link a driver profile to a key (or keys) to allow Model 3 to automatically select the correct driver profile when the linked key is detected as you approach the vehicle and open the driver’s door. To link a driver profile to a key, first ensure you are using your desired driver profile, then touch Controls
> Locks > Keys. You can toggle the driver icon to link or delete a key to the desired driver profile. The name of the driver profile appears under the key to show that it is linked.
NOTE: Model 3 supports up to 10 driver profiles. You can link multiple keys to a driver profile, but you cannot link multiple driver profiles to a single key.
Easy Entry
You can define an Easy Entry setting that moves the steering wheel and driver’s seat to make it easy to enter and exit Model 3. Any driver can use the Easy Entry setting by associating it with their driver profile. When the Easy Entry setting is associated with a driver profile, the steering wheel and driver’s seat automatically adjust when in Park and the driver’s seat belt is unbuckled, allowing an easy exit from (and next entrance into) Model 3. When returning to the vehicle and stepping on the brake pedal, settings automatically adjust back to the settings used by the most recent driver profile (or based on the key if it’s linked to a driver profile).
To use Easy Entry with a driver profile, ensure the Use Easy Entry box is checked.
WARNING: Never use Easy Entry to move the driver’s seat to the full rearward position when a child safety seat is installed on a rear seat located behind the
driver’s seat. With reduced clearance, the movement of the seat may impact a child’s legs, cause injury, or dislodge the seat.
Valet Mode
When Model 3 is in Valet mode, the following restrictions apply:
- Key card must be used to access and drive Model 3.
- Speed is limited to 70 mph (113 km/h).
- Maximum acceleration and power are limited.
- Front trunk and glovebox are locked.
- Home and Work locations are not available in the navigation system.
- Voice commands are disabled.
- Text messages are not displayed.
- Autopilot convenience features are disabled.
- The Allow Mobile Access setting cannot be changed.
- HomeLink (if available in your market region) is not accessible.
- Driver Profiles are not accessible.
- Some apps, such as Toybox and Theater, are not accessible.
- The touchscreen does not display the list of keys that can access Model 3 (see Managing Keys on page 22).
- Wi-Fi and Bluetooth are disabled. When Model 3 is in Valet mode, you cannot pair new Bluetooth devices or view or delete existing paired devices. However, if a Bluetooth-paired device or a known Wi-Fi network is within range, Model 3 connects to it.
Starting Valet Mode
With Model 3 in Park, touch Controls > Safety > Valet Mode, or touch the driver profile icon at the top of the Controls screen, then touch Valet Mode.
The first time you enter Valet mode, the touchscreen prompts you to create a 4-digit PIN you will use to cancel Valet mode.
When Valet mode is active, the touchscreen displays the word Valet while the driver profile changes to Valet Mode on the touchscreen.
You can also use the mobile app to start and cancel Valet mode (if Model 3 is in Park). When using the mobile app, you do not need to enter a PIN because you are already required to log into the app using your Tesla Account credentials.
NOTE: If PIN to Drive is enabled (see PIN to Drive on page 145), you must enter the driving PIN before you can define or enter a Valet PIN. Once in Valet mode, Model 3 can be driven without the valet needing to enter the driving PIN.
NOTE: The PIN to Drive setting is not available when Valet mode is active.
If you forget your valet PIN, reset it from inside Model 3 by entering your Tesla Account credentials (which also cancels Valet mode). You can also reset your PIN using the mobile app.
Canceling Valet Mode
With Model 3 in Park, touch the Valet Mode driver profile icon at the top of the Controls screen, and enter your 4-digit PIN.
When you cancel Valet mode, all settings associated with the most recently used driver profile and climate control settings are restored, and all features are available.
NOTE: You do not need to enter a PIN to cancel Valet mode from the mobile app.
Displaying Trip Information
Trip information displays on the touchscreen in the cards area on the car status display, or when you touch Controls > Trips. For the current trip, you can display distance, duration and average energy usage. You can also show distance and total and average energy used since your last charge and for additional trips.
To name or rename a trip, touch the trip’s name, enter a new name for the trip, then press Save. To reset a particular trip meter, touch its associated Reset button.
Odometer
To display the odometer and view vehicle mileage, do either of the following:
- Touch Controls > Software.
- Touch Controls > Trips.
- Open the mobile app and scroll down to the bottom of the main screen.
Camera Location
Model 3 is equipped with a rear view camera located.
Whenever you shift into Reverse, the touchscreen displays the view from the camera. Lines show your driving path based on the position of the steering wheel. These lines adjust as you move the steering wheel.
A vertical red bar appears over the rear view camera feed if Model 3 detects an object (such as another vehicle or a pedestrian) about to cross behind the vehicle. For more information, see Rear Cross-Traffic Alert on page 138.
Model 3 also displays images from the side cameras (if equipped). Simply swipe up or down to hide or show the side camera views.
NOTE: Visual feedback from Park Assist also appears on the touchscreen (see Park Assist on page 81).
|
|
To display the view from the rear view cameras at any time, open the app launcher and touch the Camera app. |
If a black screen appears on the touchscreen instead of the rear view camera feed when in Reverse, use the rear view mirrors and ensure your surroundings are safe before continuing to Reverse. If inoperability of the rear view camera persists, use the mobile app to schedule a service appointment.
WARNING: Never depend on the cameras to inform you if the area behind you is free of objects and/or people. The cameras may not detect objects or barriers that
can potentially cause damage or injury. In addition, several external factors can reduce the performance of the cameras, including a dirty or obstructed lens.
Therefore, depending on the cameras to determine if Model 3 is approaching an obstruction can result in damage to the vehicle and/or objects and can potentially cause serious injury. Always inspect the area with your own eyes. When reversing, perform shoulder checks and use all mirrors. Use the cameras for guidance purposes only. It is not intended to replace your own direct visual checks and is not a substitute for careful driving.
To ensure a clear picture, the camera lens must be clean and free of obstructions. See Cleaning on page 199.
The Pedestrian Warning System causes Model 3 to emit sound when driving below approximately 25 mph (40 km/h) or while driving in reverse. Electric vehicles operate quietly and this sound helps to alert pedestrians of your oncoming vehicle. The sound, which activates whenever Model 3 is shifted out of Park, gets louder as speed increases.
WARNING: If sound cannot be heard, pedestrians may not be aware of your oncoming vehicle, which may increase the likelihood of a collision resulting in serious
injury or death. Never rely on the Pedestrian Warning System to make sure that pedestrians are aware of your vehicle. If the Pedestrian Warning System is not operating, schedule a service appointment.
Carrying Capacity- Accessories
The towing package allows you to tow a trailer or carry an accessory (bicycles, skis, snowboards, etc.) with your Model 3.
The tow package includes a 2″ x 2″ (50 mm x 50 mm) hitch receiver that can support an accessory carrier. When carrying accessories, the adapter is designed to support vertical loads of up to 121 lbs (55 kg). When carrying bicycles, skis, or other items on the hitch, always check to ensure that the maximum weight is not exceeded.
When calculating weight, remember to include the weight of the accessory carrier. For example, assuming the carrier weighs 40 lbs (18 kg), the weight threshold is sufficient for carrying two items weighing approximately 40 lbs (18 kg) each. Maximum weight capacity for the tow hitch depends on the number of occupants in the vehicle:
|
18 or 19″ Tires |
|
|
Five occupants in the vehicle. |
121 lbs (55 kg) |
|
Two or fewer rear occupants in the vehicle. |
121 lbs (55 kg) |
NOTE: The weights shown previously are for Tesla-recommended accessory carriers. They are based on measuring the vertical and horizontal distances between the accessory carrier’s center of gravity and the ball of the hitch (see the example image in Non-Tesla Approved Accessory Carriers on page 95 for reference).
CAUTION: Exceeding the maximum weight the Model 3 hitch is designed to support (as previously described) can cause significant damage.
CAUTION: Do not attempt to install an accessory carrier on Model 3 that is not equipped with the towing package. Doing so can cause significant damage.
Non-Tesla Approved Accessory Carriers
In addition to calculating the weight, it is important to ensure your accessory’s overall load does not exceed the specified weight and distance from the ball on the hitch. This distance is calculated based on the center of gravity of the accessory carrier and the items mounted to it. For non-Tesla approved carriers, measure the vertical and horizontal distances from the ball on the tow hitch to the accessory’s center of gravity.
NOTE: Consult the product details of your accessory carrier for more information, such as additional weight or load limits. Damage caused by non-Tesla approved accessories is not covered by the warranty.
Installing and Using a Carrier
To install and use an accessory carrier, the tow hitch must be connected (see Connecting the Tow Hitch on page 99). Then, follow the instructions provided by your accessory carrier. Observe all regulations and legal requirements in your state or region that apply to carrying accessories.
The Model 3 towing package includes the wiring necessary for using an accessory carrier equipped with lights (see Electrical Connections on page 101). The package also includes Trailer Mode software compatibility (see Trailer Mode on page 98).
|
|
When you connect an accessory carrier’s wiring harness, Model 3 detects a connection for trailer lights and this indicator illuminates on the touchscreen to show that Trailer Mode is disabled. |
NOTE: Go to http://www.tesla.com to purchase accessories for your Model 3. Although third-party products are available, Tesla recommends and supports only Tesla-approved products (see Parts and Accessories on page 206). The accessory products available for your vehicle vary based on market region. Before attempting to install a non-Tesla recommended carrier, review the product information to ensure compatibility.
NOTE: When not in use, the hitch should be removed and stored in a dry location to prevent dust and corrosion. Keep the dust cover over the hitch housing to prevent dirt and debris from entering (see Disconnecting the Tow Hitch on page 100).
CAUTION: A carrier may obscure your view from the rear view mirror, the rear camera(s), and/or the rear ultrasonic sensors. In addition, some Autopilot features may not function as expected.
NOTE: Tesla assumes no responsibility for damage or injuries resulting from installing and using an accessory carrier, for any omissions in the instructions accompanying an accessory carrier, or for your failure to follow the instructions. Damage caused by using an accessory carrier is not covered by the warranty.
Carrying Capacity- Trailer Towing
|
Trailer brakes |
Towing Capacity |
|
Without trailer brakes |
1,650 lbs (750 kg) |
|
With trailer brakes |
2,200 lbs (1,000 kg) |
Refer to the Certificate of Conformity (provided at the time of your vehicle’s purchase), statutory plate (see Vehicle Loading on page 213) or tow hitch label for the total trailer weight—including all cargo and additional equipment—and the trailer tongue weight Model 3 can safely carry. In addition to the maximum total trailer weight and trailer tongue weight, observe the following guidelines:
- Carefully follow the instructions provided by the trailer brake manufacturer to ensure that trailer brakes are properly installed, adjusted, and maintained.
- The tongue weight is the downward force that the weight of the trailer exerts on the hitch. It must be at least 4% of the total trailer load. The maximum tongue weight (or technically permissible mass at the coupling point) is 200 lbs (100 kg). Carrying a significant amount of equipment, passengers, or cargo in the tow vehicle can reduce the tongue weight it can handle, which also reduces the maximum towing capacity. Maximum towing capacity is calculated assuming the GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) is not exceeded (See Vehicle Loading on page 213).
NOTE: If the information in the Certificate of Conformity, hitch label, or Statutory Plate conflicts with the information provided in this owner’s manual, the former documents take precedence.
|
|
|
|
|
|
CAUTION: You should only use Model 3 to tow if you have experience and knowledge of how towing affects the vehicle and are able to safely load, secure, and maneuver the vehicle and cargo. Tesla’s instructions are not all-inclusive of the knowledge and skills necessary for safe towing. Damage caused by towing a trailer is not covered by the warranty.
WARNING: Do not overload the vehicle or trailer. Doing so can cause poor performance, vehicle damage and loss of vehicle control, resulting in serious injury.
WARNING: Do not use the trailer hitch to transport Model 3 (see Tire Pressures when Towing
When towing a trailer, tire pressures must be adjusted to accommodate the additional load. 18″ or 19″ tires are acceptable to use for towing. Keep tires inflated to the pressures shown below (if different, these pressures override the pressures that are provided on the Tire and Loading information label):
|
Front Tires |
Rear Tires |
Cold Tire Inflation Pressure |
|
235/45R18 |
235/45R18 |
42 psi (290 kPa) |
|
Front Tires |
Rear Tires |
Cold Tire Inflation Pressure |
|
235/40R19 |
235/40R19 |
42 psi (290 kPa) |
NOTE: For information on towing with winter tires, contact Tesla Service.
|
|
|
recommended cold tire pressures. A hot tire at or below the recommended cold tire inflation pressure may be dangerously under-inflated. |
|
temporarily repaired tire can result in tire failure and loss of vehicle stability. |
CAUTION: Do not use Model 3 for towing if equipped with tires that are not listed above.
WARNING: Check tire pressures using an accurate pressure gauge when tires are cold. Driving warms the tires sufficiently to affect tire pressures. Parking the vehicle in direct sunlight or in hot weather can also affect tire pressures. If you must check warm tires, expect increased pressures. Do not let air out of warm tires in an attempt to match
WARNING: Never attempt to tow a trailer when a Model 3 tire is faulty or has been temporarily repaired (for example, using a tire repair kit). A temporarily repaired tire is not designed to sustain the towing load. Towing using a faulty orBefore Towing a Trailer
Before towing a trailer, you must do the following:
- Inflate tires to the cold tire inflation pressure specified in Tire Care and Maintenance on page 192.
- Observe all regulations and legal requirements that apply to trailer towing. Failure to comply with regulations can compromise your safety.
- Adjust side mirrors to provide a clear rear view without a significant blind spot.
- Engage Trailer Mode (see Trailer Mode on page 98 ).
Confirm the following:
- Model 3 rests horizontally with the trailer attached. If the vehicle is tipped up at the front, and down at the rear, check that you are not exceeding the maximum towing capacity and tongue loads provided in Carrying Capacity- Trailer Towing on page 96.
- All trailer hitch parts and attachments, safety chains, and electrical connectors (including reverse and fog lights, if equipped) are in good condition and are properly connected. If any problems are apparent, do not tow the trailer.
- Trailer lights (brake lights, turn signal lights, and marker lights) are working properly.
NOTE: If Model 3 is in Trailer Mode or has detected a connection for trailer lights, and Model 3 detects an electrical fault in the trailer turn signals, the turn signals for the affected side(s) will flash faster than normal.(see Trailer Mode on page 98).
- The trailer tongue is securely connected to the hitch ball.
- Safety chains are properly connected between the trailer and the tow vehicle. Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer to help prevent the tongue from contacting the road if it separates from the hitch. Leave enough slack in the safety chains to allow for turns and ensure that the chains do not drag on the ground.
- All cargo is secured.
- Wheel chocks are available.
- The trailer load is evenly distributed such that the trailer tongue weight is approximately 4-10% of the total trailer weight, without exceeding the maximum tongue weights provided in Carrying Capacity- Trailer Towing on page 96.
CAUTION: Loads that are balanced over the wheels or heavier in the rear can cause trailer sway, resulting in loss of vehicle control.
WARNING: Always ensure that cargo is secured in the trailer and will not shift. Dynamic load shifts can cause loss of vehicle control, resulting in serious injury.
Towing Guidelines
Model 3 is designed primarily as a passenger-carrying vehicle. Towing a trailer puts additional load on the motor(s), drive train, brakes, tires, and suspension and significantly decreases range. If you decide to tow a trailer, proceed with caution and follow these general guidelines:
- Reduce your driving speed and avoid sudden maneuvers. Keep in mind that when towing a trailer, steering, stability, turning radius, stopping distance and braking performance are different when compared to driving without a trailer.
- Increase your following distance by maintaining at least twice the distance from the vehicle ahead. This helps to avoid situations that require heavy braking. Sudden braking may result in skidding or jack-knifing, and loss of control.
- Avoid sharp turns. Sharp turns can cause the trailer to contact the vehicle and cause damage. Keep in mind that the trailer wheels are closer to the inside of the turn than the vehicle’s wheels. Therefore, make wider turns to prevent the trailer from hitting curbs, road signs, trees or other objects.
- Periodically check the trailer lights and turn signals to confirm that the bulbs are still working.
- Periodically confirm the cargo is secure.
- Avoid parking on a grade (see Parking with a Trailer on page 99).
- Regularly confirm that all towing components are securely tightened.
|
potentially cause heavy braking. Failure to do so can result in a collision. |
|
compromise your safety. |
|
vehicle and the trailer, and can cause the braking system to malfunction, resulting in serious injury. |
WARNING: Towing requires you to increase your stopping distance. When towing, increase your following distance and avoid situations that could
WARNING: Observe all regulations and legal requirements in your jurisdiction that apply specifically to trailer towing. Failure to comply with regulations can
WARNING: Do not connect trailer brakes to the vehicle braking system. Doing so can cause damage to theTrailer Mode
Trailer Mode must always be active when towing a trailer. When you connect a trailer’s electrical connection while the vehicle is in Park, Model 3 automatically engages Trailer Mode. When you disconnect the trailer’s electrical connection, Trailer Mode does not disengage automatically. To manually engage or disengage Trailer Mode, touch Controls > Dynamics > Trailer Mode on the touchscreen. One of the following indicators display on the touchscreen:
ection for trailer lights led. It is likely that a been connected.
|
|
Trailer Mode is Active. |
|
|
Model 3 detects a conn but Trailer Mode is disab carrying accessory has |
|
|
Model 3 detects a faulty for the trailer lights. Som may not be functioning. safety permits and inspe faulty cabling or conne |
electrical connection e, or all, trailer lights Pull over as soon as ct the trailer lights for
ctions. If the issues are resolved and the red icon still persists, turn Trailer Mode off and on once more. If you are finished towing and have disconnected the trailer electrical connector, manually disengage Trailer Mode to clear the red icon.
If Model 3 is in Trailer Mode or has detected a connection for trailer lights, and the vehicle detects an electrical fault in the trailer turn signals, the turn signals for the affected side(s) will flash faster than normal. If you are finished towing and have disconnected the trailer electrical connector, the turn signals will flash faster than normal and the red trailer indicator will display on the touchscreen until Trailer Mode has been manually disengaged.
Some Autopilot features may not be available when Trailer Mode is enabled. In addition, these features operate differently:
- Traffic-Aware Cruise Control increases the following distance from the vehicle in front of you.
- Side collision warnings are active but automatic steering interventions are disabled.
- The braking force provided by Automatic Emergency Braking (see Collision Avoidance Assist on page 137) may be limited.
WARNING: Do not rely on Model 3 to detect the trailer and automatically engage Trailer Mode. Always check to ensure that Trailer Mode is engaged before towing a
trailer.
WARNING: Under no circumstances should you exit Trailer Mode when towing a trailer. Doing so can cause serious injury.
Parking with a Trailer
Whenever possible, avoid parking on a grade. However, if parking on a grade is absolutely necessary, place wheel chocks under the trailer wheels. Consider having someone help you with these steps:
- One person presses and holds the brake pedal.
- A second person places the wheel chocks under the wheels on the downgrade side of the vehicle’s tires.
- When the chocks are in place, release the brake pedal and ensure the chocks hold the weight of the vehicle and trailer.
NOTE: When testing chocks, ensure that Vehicle Hold (see Vehicle Hold on page 83) is not engaged. If Vehicle Hold is braking Model 3, the Vehicle Hold indicator light displays on the touchscreen. To disengage Vehicle Hold, press and release the brake pedal.
- Place the vehicle in Park.
WARNING: If parking on a grade is necessary, always ensure that all trailer wheels have been securely chocked. Failure to do so can result in serious damage
or injury.
Connecting the Tow Hitch
The Model 3 towing package includes a weight-carrying hitch with a 2″ x 2″ (50 mm x 50 mm) hitch receiver. When not in use, the hitch should be removed and stored in a dry location to prevent rust and corrosion. Keep the dust cover over the hitch housing to prevent dirt and debris from entering.
WARNING: You must use the Model 3 trailer hitch when towing a trailer. Never attempt to attach a different type of trailer hitch.
NOTE: Always attach safety chains when towing. Cross the chains under the trailer tongue and attach to the trailer eyelets to ensure the security of the trailer load.
NOTE: The maximum permissible rear overhang for the coupling point is 42 in. (1,070 mm).
To install the trailer hitch:
- Model 3 has 2 push clips that secure the dust cover to the vehicle. Use a thin object, such as a flat screwdriver, to twist and pry the clips open. Remove the dust cover and store it in a safe location.
- Insert the key into the locking cylinder on the hitch, and turn the cylinder so the top of the key is aligned with the “Open” position.
- Pull the locking cylinder out of the adapter approximately
0.2 in. (0.5 cm), and turn clockwise until the Unlock icon is fixated at the top of the locking cylinder.
CAUTION: Be careful when turning the locking cylinder. If it does not lock into the “Open” position, it automatically retracts into its original “Closed”
position and can pinch your fingers.
- Firmly grasp the hitch from the bottom and align with the corresponding cutouts in the hitch housing.
NOTE: Do not grasp the locking cylinder because it needs to rotate freely.
- Push the hitch into the hitch housing until the locking cylinder quickly rotates counter-clockwise and automatically locks into the “Closed” position.
- Check to confirm that the hitch is fully inserted into the housing by pulling down on the hitch. The hitch should not drop when you pull down.
NOTE: If the hitch does not lock into the housing, it falls out when you pull down on the hitch.
- Turn the key so the arrows align with the Lock icon on the locking cylinder.
- Remove the key and store it in a safe place (preferably inside the vehicle).
NOTE: The key can be removed only if the hitch is locked. This indicates a proper connection. Do not use the hitch if the key is not removed.
NOTE: Tesla recommends making a note of the key code. You need this key code if you lose the keys and need to order a replacement.
NOTE: The trailer hitch is attached to the body of the vehicle with 6 bolts.
NOTE: When driving through high waters, the dust cover may unclasp to relieve pressure. When parked in a safe location, simply re-clasp the dust cover back onto the vehicle.
Attaching and Removing the Ball Mount
The towing package does not include a ball mount. You must purchase a ball mount suitable for the type of trailer you are towing. The hitch receiver supports a ball mount up to 8.0″ (203 mm) with a rise of up to 0/75″ (19 mm). Do not use any type of drop ball mount.
To attach a ball mount:
- If necessary, remove the cotter pin from the locking bolt and slide the locking bolt out of the hitch assembly.
- Slide the ball holder into the hitch assembly.
- Align the hole in the ball holder with the one in the hitch assembly.
- Slide the locking bolt through the hitch assembly/ball holder.
- Insert the cotter pin in the hole at the end of the locking bolt.
To remove a ball mount:
- Remove the cotter pin from the locking bolt and slide the locking bolt out of the ball holder/hitch assembly.
- Pull the ball holder out of the hitch assembly.
Disconnecting the Tow Hitch
After towing, remove the hitch:
- Insert the key and turn to align the top of the key with the Unlock icon.
- While firmly holding the bottom of the hitch (to prevent it from dropping to the ground), pull the locking cylinder out approximately 0.2 in. (0.5 cm), and turn it clockwise until the Lock icon shifts to the top. At this point, the locking cylinder is unlocked in the “Open” position and the hitch drops out of the housing.
WARNING: Be careful when turning the locking cylinder. If it does not lock into the “Open” position, it automatically retracts into its original “Closed”
position and can pinch your fingers.
- Reinstall the dust cover on the hitch housing to prevent dirt from accumulating inside the housing by snapping in the push clips.
- Close the dust cover on the hitch’s locking cylinder and store the hitch in a secure location.
NOTE: To maintain the hitch, regularly grease its surface with non-resinous grease.
Electrical Connections
Regulations require all trailers to be equipped with tail lights, brake lights, side marker lights, and turn signals. To provide power for trailer lighting, a built-in 7-pin wiring connector is provided near the hitch support’s wiring plugs for most types of trailers. It is the driver’s responsibility to ensure that all electrical connections are working and all trailer lights are operating before and during towing. You must perform manual checks.
- Left Turn Signal
- Reverse Lights
- Ground
- Right Turn Signal
- Not supported
- Brake Light
- Tail Lamps
All pins have low voltage power. Loss of trailer lights when towing may be the result of a blown fuse. Model 3 does not provide a warning if the fuse is blown. Contact Tesla Service.
NOTE: Auxiliary power is not available at this time.
NOTE: Pin 5 is not supported at this time.
NOTE: If a trailer fog light is detected, Model 3 disables its rear fog light (if equipped).
CAUTION: Always ensure that the trailer electrical cable does not contact or drag on the ground and there is enough slack in the cable to allow for turns.
WARNING: Use only the electrical connections designed by Tesla. Do not attempt to directly splice or attempt to connect a trailer’s electrical wiring using
any other method. Doing so can damage the vehicle’s electrical system and cause malfunctions.
Impact on Range
Towing a trailer increases vehicle weight and drag. As a result, driving range can decrease significantly. Although Trip Planner attempts to adjust estimates based on Trailer Mode, actual energy consumption may vary. Plan trip length and charging destinations accordingly.
Autopilot refers to a suite of advanced driver assistance features that are intended to make driving more convenient and less stressful. None of these features make Model 3 fully autonomous or replace you as the driver.
All Tesla vehicles are equipped with Traffic-Aware Cruise Control. Traffic-Aware Cruise Control maintains your speed and an adjustable following distance from the vehicle in front of you, if there is one (see Traffic-Aware Cruise Control on page 105).
In addition, the following Autopilot features may be available for your vehicle. The specific features enabled depend on market region, date of manufacture, software version, and vehicle configuration. For information that is customized to your vehicle, view the Owner’s Manual on your vehicle’s touchscreen by touching the app launcher and then selecting the Manual app.
- Autosteer: Maintains your speed and distance from a leading vehicle while also intelligently keeping Model 3 in its lane (see Autosteer on page 106). Autosteer includes Auto Lane Change (Auto Lane Change on page 106) and Navigate on Autopilot (see Navigate on Autopilot on page 107).
- Autopark: Parks Model 3, either parallel or perpendicularly (see Autopark on page 124).
- Summon: Allows you to park and retrieve Model 3 using the Tesla mobile app while you are standing outside of your vehicle (see Summon on page 126).
- Traffic Light and Stop Sign Control: Maintains your speed, keeps a following distance, and keeps Model 3 in its lane while also slowing down and stopping for traffic lights and stop signs (see Traffic Light and Stop Sign Control on page 113).
- Full Self-Driving (Supervised): Attempts to drive to your destination by following curves in the road; stopping at and negotiating intersections, stop signs, and roundabouts; making left and right turns; and entering/ exiting highways (see Full Self-Driving (Supervised) on page 120).
When Autopilot is engaged, Model 3 shows a series of escalating warnings reminding you to keep your hands on the wheel and pay attention to the road. If there is no response, Autopilot disengages and is unavailable for the remainder of the drive.
Model 3 may also be equipped with a cabin camera, mounted in the rear-view mirror, that monitors driver attentiveness.
It is your responsibility to familiarize yourself with the limitations of Autopilot, and to keep your hands on the wheel, pay attention to the road, and be ready to take immediate action at any time. For more limitations, cautions, and warnings, see Limitations and Warnings on page 130.
WARNING: Autopilot is a hands-on feature. Keep your hands on the steering wheel at all times and be mindful of road conditions, surrounding traffic, and other road
users (such as pedestrians and cyclists). Always be prepared to take immediate action. Failure to follow these instructions could cause damage, serious injury, or death.
WARNING: Autopilot is not a collision warning or avoidance system. It is your responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
Never depend on Autopilot to adequately slow down Model 3. Always watch the road in front of you and be prepared to take corrective action at all times. Failure to do so can result in serious injury or death.
How It Works
Autopilot uses the cameras on Model 3. There are cameras mounted on the front, rear, left, and right sides of Model 3 (see Cameras on page 18).
Model 3 may also be equipped with a cabin camera, mounted in the rear-view mirror, that monitors driver attentiveness. It is your responsibility to keep your hands on the wheel, pay attention to the road, and be ready to take immediate action at any time.
When Autopilot is engaged, Model 3 shows a series of escalating warnings reminding you to keep your hands on the wheel and pay attention to the road. If there is no response, Autopilot disengages and is unavailable for the remainder of the drive.
WARNING: Autopilot is not a collision warning or avoidance system. It is your responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
Never depend on Autopilot to adequately slow down Model 3. Always watch the road in front of you and be prepared to take corrective action at all times. Failure to do so can result in serious injury or death.
It is your responsibility to familiarize yourself with the limitations of Autopilot and be ready to take control at all times. For more limitations, cautions, and warnings, see Limitations and Warnings on page 130.
Autopilot Conditions
Ensure all cameras are clean and free of obstructions before each drive and before using Autopilot features (see Cleaning a Camera on page 199). Dirty cameras and sensors (if equipped), as well as environmental conditions such as rain and faded lane markings, can affect Autopilot performance. If a camera is obstructed or blinded, Model 3 displays a message on the touchscreen and Autopilot features may not be available.
Before you can use Autopilot features, and after some Service visits, you must drive a short distance to calibrate cameras. For more information, see Drive to Calibrate Cameras on page 18.
In addition, these features may not work as intended when:
- The road has sharp curves or significant changes in elevation.
- Road signs and signals are unclear, ambiguous, or poorly maintained.
- Visibility is poor (due to heavy rain, snow, hail, etc. or poorly lit roadways at night)
- You are driving in a tunnel or next to a highway divider that interferes with the view of the camera(s)
- Bright light (such as from oncoming headlights or direct sunlight) interferes with the view of the camera(s).
The list above does not represent an exhaustive list of situations that may interfere with proper operation of Autopilot features. For more information, see Limitations and Warnings on page 130.
|
Autopilot Feature |
Available When |
|
Traffic-Aware Cruise Control |
NOTE: You can activate Traffic-Aware Cruise Control at lower speeds if there is a vehicle detected at least 5 feet (1.5 meters) ahead of Model 3. |
|
Autosteer |
NOTE: You can activate Autosteer at lower speeds if there is a vehicle detected at least 5 feet (1.5 meters) ahead of Model 3. NOTE: On a residential road, a road without a center divider, or a road that is not controlled access, the maximum allowed cruising speed is limited and the touchscreen displays a message. The restricted speed will be the speed limit of the road plus 5 mph (10 km/h).
|
|
Navigate on Autopilot |
NOTE: You can activate Navigate on Autopilot at lower speeds if there is a vehicle detected at least 5 feet (1.5 meters) ahead of Model 3.
|
|
Full Self- Driving (Supervised) |
NOTE: You can activate Full Self-Driving (Supervised) at lower speeds, including when Model 3 is at a standstill, whether or not there is a vehicle detected in front of Model 3. |
|
Autopilot Feature |
Available When |
|
Controlling Lights
|
|
Touch Controls > Lights to control the lights. |
NOTE: You can also access an abbreviated lights menu while driving by touching the High Beam button on the steering wheel. A lights menu displays on the touchscreen, providing quick access to headlight controls.
In addition to the lights that you can control from the touchscreen, Model 3 has convenience lights that turn on and off automatically based on what you are doing. For example, interior lights, marker lights, tail lights, and puddle lights turn on when you unlock Model 3, when you open a door, and when you shift into Park. They turn off automatically after a minute or two or when you shift or lock Model 3.
Exterior Lights
Exterior lights (headlights, tail lights, side marker lights, parking lights, and license plate lights) are set to Auto each time you start Model 3.
When set to Auto, exterior lights automatically turn on when driving in low lighting conditions, or whenever the wipers are active. If you change to a different setting, lights always revert to Auto on your next drive.
Touch one of these options to change and retain the exterior light setting until adjusted again or the next time you drive:
- Off: Exterior lights turn off. When driving, daytime running lights may remain on based on regulations in various market regions.
- Parking: Parking lights, side marker lights, tail lights and license plate lights turn on.
- On: Low beam headlights, side marker lights, parking lights, tail lights, and license plate lights turn on.
CAUTION: Ensure the headlights and rear lights are on during low visibility conditions (for example, when it is dark, foggy, snowy, or the road is wet, etc.). The rear
tail lights are off while daytime running lights are on. Failure to do so can cause damage or serious injury.
Dome Lights
Turn the interior dome (map) lights on or off. If set to Auto, all interior dome lights turn on when you unlock Model 3, open a door upon exiting, or shift into Park.
You can also manually turn an individual dome light on or off by touching its lens. If you turn a dome light on, it turns off when Model 3 powers off. If Model 3 was already powered off when you manually turned the light on, it turns off after 60 minutes.
Accent Lights (If Equipped)
Enable or disable the accent lights and customize the brightness and color to your preferences. If set to Night Only, the accent lights will automatically illuminate when dim conditions are detected outside your vehicle, or when convenience lights are on. You can also turn the footwell lights on or off.
Headlights after Exit
When you stop driving and park Model 3 in low lighting conditions, exterior lights temporarily remain illuminated. They automatically turn off after one minute or when you lock Model 3 whichever comes first.
NOTE: If you lock Model 3 using the Tesla mobile app, the headlights immediately turn off. However, if the vehicle locks because Walk-Away Door Lock is enabled (see Walk-Away Door Lock on page 25), the headlights automatically turn off after one minute.
To turn this feature on and off, touch Controls > Lights > Headlights After Exit. When Headlights After Exit is off, the headlights turn off immediately when you engage Park and open a door.
High Beam Headlights
Use the high beam headlight button on the left side of the steering wheel to control the headlights:
-
- Press and quickly release to flash high beam headlights.
- Press and hold to turn on high beam headlights – touchscreen displays a brief timer and you must hold for the duration of the timer to latch the high beam headlights to the on position. When headlights are on, press the button a second time to turn them off.
The following indicator lights are visible on the touchscreen to show the status of the headlights:
|
|
Low beam headlights are on. |
|
|
Illuminates when high beams are on but the Adaptive Headlights setting is turned off or if the Adaptive Headlights setting is turned on but is temporarily unavailable. |
|
|
High beams are currently turned on, and Adaptive Headlights is ready automatically adjust based on whether or not Model 3 detects a vehicle approaching from the opposite direction. |
|
|
Adaptive Headlights is enabled but the high beams are not on. This may be because light detected in front of Model 3, or because Model 3 is traveling at low speeds or in bright ambient environments (for example in daylight or in a well-lit area at night such as a parking lot). Adaptive Headlights is also disabled in |
,
heavy traffic.
Adaptive Headlights
NOTE: Depending on market region, vehicle configuration, options purchased, and software version, your vehicle may not be equipped with Adaptive Headlights, or the feature may not operate exactly as described.
When Adaptive Headlights is enabled, the beam of the headlights adjusts automatically to improve your driving view. For example, when traffic is approaching Model 3 and the high beam headlights are on, individual pixels of the high beam headlights dim to reduce glare.
The headlights also adjust to curves on the road ahead to provide greater visibility at night.
When Adaptive Headlights is enabled, it is automatically turned on at the beginning of each drive. Adaptive Headlights is enabled by default and, if disabled, is enabled automatically whenever you engage Autosteer or Full Self- Driving (Supervised). To disable it, touch Controls > Lights > Adaptive Headlights, or use the lights popup that displays on the touchscreen when you press the high beam headlight button on the left side of the steering wheel.
WARNING: Adaptive Headlights is a convenience feature only and is subject to limitations. It is the driver’s responsibility to make sure that headlights are
always appropriately adjusted for weather conditions and driving circumstances.
Headlight Adjustments
To adjust the angle of the headlights, touch Controls > Service > Adjust Headlights, then follow the onscreen instructions. You can choose which headlight you would like to adjust by selecting it on the touchscreen.
NOTE: Headlights do not require adjustments when temporarily driving into a region where the traffic direction is different (for example, driving in right-hand traffic region, and then driving into a region with left-hand traffic).
WARNING: Proceed with caution when adjusting headlights. Tesla has carefully calibrated the position of the headlights to be in an optimum position for most
driving scenarios. Tesla recommends that you do not adjust headlights unless you are familiar with how headlights should be adjusted. Once adjusted, you will be unable to automatically restore them to their originally calibrated position. Contact Tesla for assistance when adjusting headlights.
Turn Signals Using Buttons
To engage a turn signal, press the corresponding arrow button on the left side of the steering wheel. A turn signal cancels based on the angle of the steering wheel (for example, you finish making a turn). You can also cancel a turn signal by pressing the turn signal button a second time.
If Controls > Lights > Automatic Turn Signals is set to Auto Cancel, turn signals cancel automatically when Model 3 detects completion of a maneuver such as a merge, lane change, or a fork in the roadway. You can override automatic cancellation at any time (for example, you want the turn signal to remain on because you are making more than one lane change). To override, engage the turn signal by pressing and momentarily holding the turn signal button (instead of just pressing). Then, when the first maneuver is complete, the turn signal remains on. If Automatic Turn Signals is set to Off, you must cancel the turn signal manually by pressing the turn signal button after maneuvers such as a merge, lane change, or fork in the roadway.
|
|
When a turn signal is operating, the corresponding indicator lights up on the touchscreen and you can hear a clicking sound. |
Turn Signals Using the Turn Stalk
To engage a turn signal, press the turn signal stalk up or down.
|
|
The corresponding turn signal indicator lights up on the touchscreen when a turn signal is operating. Model 3 also emits a clicking sound. |
To cancel a turn signal, either press the stalk in the same direction once more or press it in the opposite direction. If the wheel is turned (for example, if you are signaling while navigating a roundabout), pressing the stalk in the opposite direction will instead engage the opposite turn signal.
Turn signals cancel automatically when Model 3 detects completion of a maneuver such as a merge, lane change, or a fork in the roadway.
You can override automatic cancellation at any time pressing and momentarily holding the turn signal stalk.
WARNING: When actively using Autosteer or Full Self- Driving (Supervised), engaging a turn signal directs Model 3 to change lanes (see Autosteer on page 106
and Full Self-Driving (Supervised) on page 120).
Hazard Warning Flashers
To turn on the hazard warning flashers, press the button on the drive mode selector located on the overhead center. All turn signals flash. Press again to turn off.
If a severe crash is detected by your vehicle, the hazard warning flashers will automatically turn on and flash quickly to increase visibility. Pressing the hazard warning flashers once will return the lights to their normal cadence. Pressing a second time turns all hazard warning flashers off.
NOTE: Hazard warning flashers operate even without a key nearby.
Condensation in Head or Tail Lights
Due to weather changes, humidity levels, or recent exposure to water (such as a car wash), condensation may occasionally accumulate in your vehicle’s head or tail lights. This is normal
- as the weather gets warmer and humidity decreases, condensation often disappears on its own. If you notice water buildup within the exterior lenses, or if the condensation affects the visibility of the exterior lights, contact Tesla Service.
Wipers and Washers
You can access wiper settings by touching the wiper button on the steering wheel.
-
- Press the wiper button to wipe the windshield. If the wiper is already operating at a wiper setting and is not set to Auto, pressing the wiper button cycles through speeds. Wiper speeds cycle as follows: I > II > III > IIII > III > II > I.
- Press and hold the wiper button to spray washer fluid onto the windshield. After releasing the button, the wipers perform two additional wipes then, depending on vehicle and environmental conditions, a third wipe a few seconds later. You can also press and hold the wiper button for a continuous spray of washer fluid—the wipers perform the wipes after you release.
You can also access wiper settings by touching Controls >
Wipers.
Whenever you press the wiper button on the steering wheel, the touchscreen displays the wiper menu, allowing you to adjust wiper settings. Roll the left scroll button on the steering wheel up or down to choose your desired setting.
- Turn the wipers off.
- Choose how you want the wipers to operate:
- IIII – Continuous, fast.
- III – Continuous, slow.
- II – Intermittent, fast.
- I – Intermittent, slow.
- Auto – Model 3 detects precipitation and adjusts the wiping speed and intensity. Pressing the wiper button while the wipers are set to Auto temporarily increases the sensitivity of the wipers.
NOTE: When you engage Autopilot the wipers are set to Auto. Although you can change the wiper setting from Auto while using Autopilot, the wipers once again default to Auto the next time you engage Autopilot.
NOTE: The Auto setting is currently in BETA. If uncertain about using the Auto setting while in the BETA phase, Tesla recommends operating the wipers manually, as necessary.
NOTE: You can also adjust the windshield wiper speed and frequency using voice commands (see Voice Commands on page 16).
Periodically check and clean the edge of the wiper blades. If a blade is damaged, replace it immediately. For details on checking and replacing wiper blades, see Windshield Wiper Blades, Jets and Fluid on page 203.
|
|
|
|
|
blades are not frozen or adhered to the windshield. |
CAUTION: To avoid damaging the hood, ensure that the hood is fully closed before activating the windshield wipers.
CAUTION: Remove ice from the windshield before turning the wipers on. Ice has sharp edges that can damage the rubber on the wiper blades.
CAUTION: In harsh climates, ensure that the wiperBraking Systems
WARNING: Properly functioning braking systems are critical to ensure safety. If you experience a problem with the brake pedal, brake calipers, or any component
of a Model 3 braking system, contact Tesla immediately.
Model 3 has an anti-lock braking system (ABS) that prevents the wheels from locking when you apply maximum brake pressure. This improves steering control during heavy braking in most road conditions.
During emergency braking conditions, the ABS constantly monitors the speed of each wheel and varies the brake pressure according to the grip available.
The alteration of brake pressure can be felt as a pulsing sensation through the brake pedal. This demonstrates that the ABS is operating and is not a cause for concern. Keep firm and steady pressure on the brake pedal while experiencing the pulsing.
NOTE: Depending on location of manufacture, vehicles in Mexico may show either the text or icon of the brake, ABS, and park indicator lights.
USA: The ABS indicator briefly flashes amber on the touchscreen when you first start Model
If this indicator lights up at any other time, an ABS fault has occurred and the ABS is not operating. Contact Tesla. The braking system remains fully operational and is not affected by an ABS failure. However, braking distances may increase. Drive cautiously and avoid heavy braking.
Canada: The ABS indicator briefly flashes amber on the touchscreen when you first start Model
3. If this indicator lights up at any other time, an ABS fault has occurred and the ABS is not operating. Contact Tesla. The braking system remains fully operational and is not affected by an ABS failure. However, braking distances may increase. Drive cautiously and avoid heavy braking.
USA: If the touchscreen displays this red brake indicator at any time other than briefly when you first start Model 3, a brake system fault is detected, or the level of the brake fluid is low. Contact Tesla immediately. Keep the brakes pressed firmly to bring the vehicle to a stop when safe to do so.
Canada: If the touchscreen displays this red brake
indicator at any time other than briefly when you first start Model 3, a brake system fault is detected, or the level of the brake fluid is low. Contact Tesla
immediately. Keep the brakes pressed firmly to bring the vehicle to a stop when safe to do so.
USA: The touchscreen displays this amber brake indicator if a brake booster fault is detected or regenerative braking is unavailable (see Regenerative Braking on page 78). Keep the brakes pressed firmly to bring the vehicle to a stop when safe to do so.
Hydraulic Boost Compensation may be active (see Hydraulic Boost Compensation on page 78).
Canada: The touchscreen displays this amber brake indicator if a brake booster fault is detected or regenerative braking is unavailable (see Regenerative Braking on page 78).Keep
the brakes pressed firmly to bring the vehicle to a stop when safe to do so. Hydraulic Boost Compensation may be active (see Hydraulic Boost Compensation on page 78).
Emergency Braking
In an emergency, fully press the brake pedal and maintain firm pressure, even on low traction surfaces. The ABS varies the braking pressure to each wheel according to the amount of traction available. This prevents wheels from locking and ensures that you stop as safely as possible.
If an alternative method is needed to bring the vehicle to a stop, press and hold the Park button on the touchscreen’s drive mode strip to apply the brakes and remove drive torque while the button is held. Swipe from the edge of the touchscreen towards the passenger, to bring up the drive mode strip.
WARNING: Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so interrupts operation of the ABS and can increase braking distance.
WARNING: Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you and be aware of hazardous driving conditions. While the ABS can improve
stopping distance, it cannot overcome the laws of physics. It also does not prevent the danger of hydroplaning (where a layer of water prevents direct contact between the tires and the road).
CAUTION: Automatic Emergency Braking (see Collision Avoidance Assist on page 137) may intervene to automatically brake in situations where a collision is
considered imminent. Automatic Emergency Braking is not designed to prevent a collision. At best, it can minimize the impact of a frontal collision by attempting to reduce your driving speed. Depending on Automatic Emergency Braking to avoid a collision can result in serious injury or death.
CAUTION: In emergency situations, if the brakes are not functioning properly, press and hold the Park button on the overhead console or touchscreen to
bring Model 3 to a stop. Do not use this method to stop the vehicle unless absolutely necessary.
Brake Disc Wiping
To ensure brakes remain responsive in cold or wet weather, Model 3 is equipped with brake disc wiping. When cold or wet weather is detected, this feature repeatedly applies an imperceptible amount of brake force to remove water from the surface of the brake discs.
Hydraulic Fade Compensation
Model 3 is equipped with hydraulic fade compensation. This assists in monitoring brake system pressure and ABS activity for instances of reduced brake performance. If reduced brake performance is detected (for example, as a result of brake fade, or cold or wet conditions), you may hear a sound, feel the brake pedal pull away from your foot, and notice a strong increase in braking. Brake as you normally would and continue to press the brake pedal without releasing or pumping the brakes.
CAUTION: In emergency situations, if the brakes are not functioning properly, press and hold the Park
button on the overhead console or touchscreen to bring Model 3 to a stop. Do not use this method to stop the vehicle unless absolutely necessary.
WARNING: Always maintain a safe driving distance from the vehicle in front of you and exercise caution
when driving conditions are hazardous. Brake disc wiping and hydraulic fade compensation is not a substitute for adequately applying the brakes.
Hydraulic Boost Compensation
Model 3 is equipped with a brake booster that activates the brakes when the brake pedal is pressed. Hydraulic boost compensation provides mechanical assistance if the brake booster fails. If a brake booster failure is detected, the brake pedal feels stiffer to press and you may hear a sound when you press the brake pedal. Drive cautiously and maintain a safe distance from other road users—brake pedal responsiveness and braking performance may be degraded. Braking distances may increase.
Regenerative Braking
Whenever Model 3 is moving and your foot is off the accelerator, regenerative braking slows down the vehicle and feeds any surplus power back to the Battery. By anticipating your stops and reducing or removing pressure from the accelerator pedal to slow down, you can take advantage of regenerative braking to increase driving range.
Vehicle deceleration due to regenerative braking may vary depending on the current state of the Battery. For example, regenerative braking may be limited if the Battery is cold or is already fully charged.
To experience the same amount of deceleration whenever you release the accelerator pedal, regardless of the state of the Battery, you can choose to have the regular braking system automatically engage whenever regenerative braking is limited. Touch Controls > Dynamics > Apply Brakes When Regenerative Braking is Limited.
WARNING: Apply Brakes When Regenerative Braking is Limited may not operate if the brakes are extremely hot.
NOTE: If Apply Brakes When Regenerative Braking is Limited is enabled and applying the brakes, the brake pedal may move and it may feel stiffer when pressed. This is expected and does not change your ability to slow down Model 3.
The power meter (a thin line in the touchscreen’s car status area) displays real-time power usage:
- Represents power being output by the Battery, such as that used to accelerate the vehicle. When you press the accelerator pedal, the top half of the power meter fills with black (or white if the display is dark).
- Represents power generated from regenerative braking, or power that is captured from slowing down the vehicle. Power being fed back to the Battery displays in green whereas power used by the regular braking system displays in gray.
NOTE: Installing winter tires with aggressive compound and tread design may result in temporarily-reduced regenerative braking power. However, your vehicle is designed to continuously recalibrate itself, and after changing tires it will increasingly restore regenerative braking power after some straight-line accelerations. For most drivers this occurs after a short period of normal driving, but drivers who normally accelerate lightly may need to use slightly harder accelerations while the recalibration is in progress. Touch Service > Wheel & Tire > Tires to select winter tires and quicken this process.
NOTE: If regenerative braking is aggressively slowing Model 3 (such as when your foot is completely off the accelerator pedal at highway speeds), the brake lights turn on to alert others that you are slowing down.
NOTE: Because Model 3 uses regenerative braking, the brake pads are typically used less frequently than those in traditional braking systems. Although Brake Disc Wiping (see Brake Disc Wiping on page 78) regularly applies an imperceptible amount of brake force to remove water from the surface of the brake discs, an accumulation of rust and corrosion still may occur (especially in regions where the roads are salted during winter). You can avoid such buildup by using the brake pedal regularly, or by burnishing the brakes as necessary (see “Burnishing the Brakes” in the Do It Yourself Guide).
|
WARNING: In snowy or icy conditions, Model 3 may experience loss of traction during regenerative braking. |
|
WARNING: Never rely on your vehicle to adequately decelerate or fully stop your vehicle. Many factors can contribute to a longer stopping distance, including downward slopes and reduced or limited regenerative braking. Always be prepared to use the brake pedal to adequately decelerate or stop. |
|
to do so can result in serious damage, injury, or death. |
|
wet or icy roads affect deceleration rate and the distance at which Model 3 will come to a stop. Drive attentively and always stay prepared to use the brake pedal to stop as appropriate based on traffic and road conditions. |
|
page 137). Do not rely on these features to warn you, or to prevent or reduce the impact of a collision. |
WARNING: Press the brake pedal if Model 3 moves when unsafe to do so. It is your responsibility to stay alert and be in control of the vehicle at all times. Failure
WARNING: Do not rely on regenerative braking to keep you and your vehicle safe. Various factors such as driving with a heavy vehicle load, on a steep hill, or on
WARNING: Forward Collision Warning and Automatic Emergency Braking do not operate when driving at very low speeds (see 
Parking Brake
To engage the parking brake, touch Controls > Safety, press the brake pedal and then touch Park Brake.
|
|
(USA) A red parking brake indicator lights up on the touchscreen when the parking brake is engaged. |
|
|
(Canada) A red parking brake indicator lights up on the touchscreen when the parking brake is engaged. |
The parking brake is released when the vehicle is shifted into another gear.
You can also engage the parking brake by touching and holding the Park button on the touchscreen’s drive mode strip.
|
|
(USA) If the parking brake experiences an electrical issue, the amber parking brake indicator lights up and a fault message displays on the touchscreen. |
|
|
(Canada) If the parking brake experiences an electrical issue, the amber parking brake indicator lights up and a fault message displays on the touchscreen. |
NOTE: The parking brake operates on the rear wheels only, and is independent of the pedal-operated brake system.
|
without first jump starting (see Jump Starting on page 233). |
|
from sliding down a slope, particularly if not using winter tires. Avoid parking on hills in snowy or icy conditions. You are always responsible for parking safely. |
|
guidance purposes only and are not a substitute for the driver’s judgment of safe parking conditions, including specific road or weather conditions. Do not depend on these alerts to determine whether or not it is safe to park at any location. You are always responsible for parking safely. |
CAUTION: In the unlikely event that Model 3 loses electrical power, you cannot access the touchscreen and are therefore unable to release the parking brake
WARNING: In snowy or icy conditions the rear wheels may not have sufficient traction to prevent Model 3
WARNING: Your Model 3 may display an alert if the road is too steep to safely park on, or if the parking brakes are not properly engaged. These alerts are forBrake Wear
Model 3 brake pads are equipped with wear indicators. A wear indicator is a thin metal strip attached to the brake pad that squeals as it rubs against the rotor when the pad wears down. This squealing sound indicates that the brake pads have reached the end of their service life and require replacement. To replace the brake pads, contact Tesla Service.
Brakes must be periodically inspected visually by removing the tire and wheel. For detailed specifications and service limits for rotors and brake pads, see Subsystems on page
217. Additionally, Tesla recommends cleaning and lubricating the brake calipers every year or 12,500 miles (20,000 km) if in an area where roads are salted during winter months.
WARNING: Neglecting to replace worn brake pads damages the braking system and can result in a braking hazard.
Model 3 is designed to detect the presence of objects. When driving slowly (for example, when parking), the vehicle alerts you if an object is detected in close proximity of your Model
- The vehicle alerts you when objects are detected in front of Model 3 when you are in Drive, and behind Model 3 when you are in Reverse.
WARNING: You may not be alerted if Model 3 rolls freely in the opposite direction (for example, Park Assist does not display an alert if Model 3 rolls
backwards down a hill while in Drive).
WARNING: Never depend on Park Assist to inform you if an area you are approaching is free of objects and/or people. Several external factors can reduce the
performance of Park Assist, causing either no readings or false readings (see Limitations and False Warnings on page 81). Therefore, depending on Park Assist to determine if Model 3 is approaching an obstruction can result in damage to the vehicle and/or objects, and can potentially cause serious injury. Always inspect the area with your own eyes. When reversing, perform shoulder checks and use all mirrors. Park assist does not detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, or objects that are moving, protruding, located too far above or below the cameras, or too close or too far from the cameras. Park Assist is for guidance purposes only and is not intended to replace your own direct visual checks. It is not a substitute for careful driving.
Tesla Vision Park Assist
NOTE: Depending on market region, vehicle configuration, options purchased, and software version, your vehicle may not be equipped with Tesla Vision Park Assist.
Your vehicle uses the cameras mounted on the front, rear, and sides of Model 3 to create a high-fidelity reproduction of surrounding objects on the touchscreen.
The colors on the visualization correspond to the distance between Model 3 and the object shown. Red is closer to Model 3, and yellow is farther from Model 3.
Visual and Audio Feedback
When you shift to Reverse, the Park Assist view displays on the touchscreen, showing objects that are in close proximity to the front and rear of Model 3. This view closes when you shift into Drive unless an object is detected close to the front of Model 3, in which case the Park Assist view closes automatically when you start driving faster than the speed at which Park Assist operates. When reversing, visual feedback also displays on the touchscreen (see Rear Facing Camera(s) on page 93). You can manually close the park assist view on the touchscreen by touching the X.
When driving at low speeds with the Camera app displayed on the touchscreen, you can switch to the Park Assist view by touching the button located in the upper left corner of the Camera app screen. This is useful if you need assistance with parallel parking.
If chimes are turned on (see Controlling Audible Feedback on page 81), an audible beep sounds as you approach an
object.
NOTE: If Park Assist is unable to provide feedback, the touchscreen displays an alert message.
CAUTION: Keep cameras clean from dirt, debris, snow, and ice. Avoid using a high pressure power washer on the cameras, and do not clean a camera with a sharp or
abrasive object that can scratch or damage its surface.
CAUTION: Do not install accessories or stickers on or near the cameras.
Controlling Audible Feedback
You can use Park Assist with or without audible feedback. To turn chimes on or off, touch Controls > Safety > Park Assist Chimes.
Limitations and False Warnings
Park Assist may not function correctly in these situations:
- One or more of the sensors (if equipped) or cameras is damaged, dirty, or obstructed (such as by mud, ice, or snow, or by a vehicle bra, excessive paint, or adhesive products such as wraps, stickers, rubber coating, etc.).
- The object is located below approximately 8 inches (20 cm) (such as a curb or low barrier).
CAUTION: Shorter objects that are detected (such as curbs or low barriers) can move into a blind spot. Model 3 cannot alert you about an object while it is
in a blind spot.
- Weather conditions (heavy rain, snow, or fog).
- The object is thin (such as a sign post).
- Park Assist’s operating range has been exceeded.
- The object is sound-absorbing or soft (such as powder snow).
- The object is sloped (such as a sloped embankment).
- Model 3 has been parked in, or being driven in, extremely hot or cold temperatures.
- The object is located too close to the bumper.
- A bumper is misaligned or damaged.
- An object that is mounted to Model 3 is interfering with and/or obstructing Park Assist (such as a bike rack or bumper sticker).
- Model 3 rolls freely in the opposite direction you selected (for example, Park Assist does not display an alert if Model 3 rolls backwards down a hill while in Drive).
Other Parking Aids
In addition to Park Assist, when shifted into Reverse, the backup camera displays a view of the area behind Model 3 (see Rear Facing Camera(s) on page 93).
When Model 3 is stopped, Vehicle Hold can continue to apply the brakes even after you remove your foot from the brake pedal.
|
|
This indicator displays on the touchscreen whenever Vehicle Hold is actively braking Model 3. |
To disengage Vehicle Hold, press the accelerator pedal or press and release the brake pedal.
NOTE: Shifting into Neutral also disengages Vehicle Hold.
NOTE: After actively braking Model 3 for approximately ten minutes, Model 3 shifts into Park and Vehicle Hold cancels. Model 3 also shifts into Park if it detects that the driver has left the vehicle.
What It Is
The traction control system constantly monitors the speed of the front and rear wheels. If Model 3 experiences a loss of traction, the system minimizes wheel spin by controlling brake pressure and motor power. By default, the traction control system is on. Under normal conditions, it should remain on to ensure maximum safety.
|
|
This yellow indicator flashes on the touchscreen whenever the traction control system is actively controlling brake pressure and motor power to minimize wheel spin. If the indicator stays on, a fault is detected with the traction control system. Contact Tesla Service. |
WARNING: Traction control cannot prevent collisions caused by driving dangerously or turning too sharply at high speeds.
Allowing Wheel Slip
To allow the wheels to spin at a limited speed, you can enable Slip Start. Slip Start can be enabled at any speed, however it is less effective at higher speeds.
Under normal conditions, Slip Start should not be enabled. Enable it only in circumstances where you deliberately want the wheels to spin, such as:
- Starting on a loose surface, such as gravel or snow.
- Driving in deep snow, sand or mud.
- Rocking out of a hole or deep rut.
To allow the wheels to spin, touch Controls > Dynamics > Slip Start.
|
|
The touchscreen displays an alert message when Slip Start is enabled. |
Although Slip Start is automatically disabled the next time you start Model 3, it is strongly recommended that you disable it immediately after the circumstances that required you to enable it have passed.
NOTE: Slip Start cannot be enabled when you are actively using cruise control.
Touch Controls > Dynamics > Acceleration to adjust the amount of acceleration you experience when driving Model 3:
- Chill: Limits acceleration for a smooth and gentle ride. When selected, Chill displays on the touchscreen above the driving speed.
- Standard: (Non-Performance vehicles) Provides the normal level of acceleration.
- Insane: (Performance vehicles) Provides the maximum level of acceleration immediately available.
NOTE: Using the increased torque and power available in
Insane can reduce range and efficiency.
NOTE: Insane strives to keep the Battery within an optimal temperature range. In addition to heating the Battery, these settings also cool the Battery when necessary (for example, while driving at high speeds, during rapid acceleration, driving for long periods, etc.).
You can improve the efficiency of the cabin heating by reducing your selected acceleration mode. This allows the heat pump system to take more heat from the Battery to efficiently heat the cabin, instead of maintaining the Battery’s ability to provide peak acceleration performance. This helps to maximize driving efficiency in colder weather. Note that when subsequently increasing the acceleration mode, the Battery requires time to warm up before the increased level of acceleration is available.
Available on Performance vehicles only, touch Controls > Dynamics > Ride & Handling for settings that provide real- time adjustments to the suspension system to optimize both ride and handling. Choose from:
- Standard– Adjusts to a wide range of roads and driving styles, providing a fluid yet well controlled ride.
- Sport– Provides a firmer, more controlled ride that increases driver engagement and connection to the road.
You can also automatically adjust suspension settings while Autopilot is active to enable a more comfortable ride. Touch Controls > Dynamics and enable Use Standard Ride & Handling in Autopilot.
NOTE: Settings for Ride & Handling are disabled when Track Mode (if equipped) is engaged. Track Mode automatically optimizes adaptive damping settings to support aggressive driving on a closed circuit driving course (see Track Mode on page 87).
Track Mode, available only on Performance Model 3 vehicles, is designed to modify the stability control, traction control, regenerative braking, and cooling systems to increase performance and handling while driving on closed circuit courses. Track Mode improves cornering ability by intelligently using the motors, and regenerative and traditional braking systems. When enabled, the cooling system runs at an increased level before, during, and after aggressive driving sessions to allow your vehicle’s systems to withstand the surplus heat.
NOTE: Track Mode is designed and calibrated for a Performance Model 3 equipped with performance brakes and tires. Vehicles without performance brakes and tires may experience comparatively lower performance and endurance.
WARNING: Track Mode is designed for use on closed circuit driving courses only. It is the driver’s responsibility to drive safely and ensure others are not
endangered.
WARNING: Track Mode is designed for use by experienced track drivers familiar with the course. Do not use on public roads. It is the driver’s responsibility
to be in control of the vehicle at all times, including on the track. Because vehicle behavior (including traction and stability control) differs when using Track Mode, always use caution.
Using Track Mode
Track Mode is always disabled when you start Model 3. To enable Track Mode for your current drive, shift into Park and follow these steps:
- Touch Controls > Dynamics > Track Mode.
When enabled, TRACK displays on the touchscreen above the driving speed, and a Track Mode pop up window appears on the map. The car status area of the touchscreen displays a color-coded image of your Model 3 that provides you with important at-a-glance status information about the Battery, the motors, the tires and the brakes. See Monitoring Vehicle Health on page 88.
- If desired, customize the Track Mode settings by touching Track Mode Settings on the Track Mode pop up window (see Customizing Track Mode on page 87). You can also access the Track Mode settings by touching Controls > Dynamics, then touching Customize next to the Track Mode setting.
NOTE: For optimum performance, wait for the battery and motor temperatures to reduce if highlighted in yellow or red.
- If you want to use the Lap Timer, follow the onscreen instructions to drop a pin on the map to define the lap’s start/finish location. You will then need to press START on the Lap Timer to begin your driving session. Once started, the Lap Timer starts counting when you drive Model 3 past the lap’s start/finish location where you dropped the pin. See Using the Lap Timer on page 88.
- Shift and GO!
If you started the Lap Timer, each time you pass the start/ finish location, the timer resets for the next lap. See Using the Lap Timer on page 88.
You can also view a real-time accelerometer (G-meter) by swiping the Cards area of the touchscreen. See G-Meter on page 89.
When Track Mode is on:
-
- Autopilot features are unavailable.
- The Slip Start setting is overridden.
- Energy usage increases.
- Entertainment features are unavailable.
Use the touchscreen setting to turn Track Mode off at any time. Powering off Model 3 also turns off Track Mode (although it may still appear on the touchscreen if Post- Drive cooling is in progress). When Track Mode is off, all settings return to their previous state and all features return to their normal operating state.
CAUTION: Driver assistance features are automatically disabled when Track Mode is On. It is the driver’s responsibility to drive safely and be in
control of the vehicle at all times. Driver assistance features automatically re-enable when Track Mode is turned Off.
Customizing Track Mode
To customize Track Mode, touch Track Mode Settings on the Track Mode popup window that appears on the map when you enable Track Mode. You can also access the Track Mode settings by touching Controls > Dynamics, then touching Customize next to the Track Mode setting. Choose an existing Track Mode setting from the list of pre-defined profiles provided by Tesla. Or create a new settings profile by touching Add New Settings, entering a name for the settings profile, then adjusting these settings to suit your preferences or driving scenario, or customize for a specific track:
- Handling Balance – Drag the slider to customize the balance of Model 3 in a turn. Balance is customized by redistributing torque between the front and rear axles. If Model 3 is too loose, you can choose a front-biased under-steering setup. Difficult to get the vehicle through a turn? Try a rear-biased setup to increase rotation. You can select any value between -10 (for more torque to the front axle while cornering – used for under-steering) and
+10 (for more torque to the rear axle while cornering – used for over-steering). Changes to Handling Balance do not affect straight line acceleration.
- Stability Assist – Choose the level at which the stability control systems assist in controlling the vehicle. Stability Assist modifies motor torque and selectively applies the brakes to each wheel to make the vehicle more stable and help the driver maintain control.
WARNING: Drive with caution when customizing Stability Assist. If you lose control of Model 3, less stability control intervention will be applied and the
vehicle may not stabilize itself. Use only if you have advance experience driving beyond grip limits.
-
- Reduced: Provides the maximum amount of stability control intervention while in track mode. Stability control is reduced compared to on-road mode.
- Minimal: Provides minimal amount of stability control intervention.
- Off: Oversteer support is completely disabled and traction control is limited to allow wheel spin.
- Powertrain Endurance – You can configure Track Mode to improve thermal management of the vehicle over long distances by reducing drive power output as speed increases. Reducing power output improves thermal management, which helps to reduce the rate at which the Battery and motors overheat. Reducing power output leads to slower lap times, but provides more consistent performance and times over multiple laps.
NOTE: Powertrain Endurance does not actively prevent the Battery and motors from overheating.
-
- Standard: Standard level of power output in Track Mode with no limiting of power output. Enables you to achieve the fastest initial lap times, but your performance may become thermally limited more quickly, which can lead to inconsistent lap times over multiple laps.
- Increased: Slight reduction in power output as your speed increases. Provides steadier performance for multiple laps, which is ideal for intermediate driving distances.
- Maximum: Reduces initial lap times, but provides consistent power output and performance over multiple laps.
- Regenerative Braking – Drag the slider to choose how much regenerative braking is available. You can choose any value, in 5% increments, between 0 and 100%. Tesla recommends the 100% setting to prevent overheating the brakes.
- Post-Drive Cooling – Enable if you want the cooling systems to continue cooling the vehicle’s components even after you leave the vehicle. Cooling stops automatically when the components are sufficiently cool, or when you power Model 3 off and back on again. Post- Drive Cooling is useful if you want to quickly cool the components between driving sessions. If Post-Drive Cooling is set to OFF, the components eventually cool, but it takes longer.
- Save Dashcam for Laps – Enable if you want to save a video and data on a USB flash drive when using the Lap Timer. A USB flash drive must be set up and inserted as described (see USB Drive Requirements for Recording Videos on page 150). The USB flash drive must contain a folder named TeslaTrackMode. When enabled, Track Mode stores a video and associated data for each lap. Track Mode also stores the car status and telemetry data with details about the vehicle’s position, speed,
acceleration, use of accelerator, etc. You can then view the video recordings and analyze this data, which is saved as a .CSV file on the USB flash drive, to determine where time is being lost or gained.
NOTE: For some vehicles manufactured after approximately November 1, 2021, the center console USB ports may only support charging devices. Use the USB port inside the glove box for all other functions.
Track Mode allows you to save up to 20 settings profiles. To delete a chosen profile, touch Delete at the bottom of the settings screen.
NOTE: You can not change or delete a pre-defined profile provided by Tesla.
Using the Lap Timer
When you enable Track Mode, the map displays a Lap Timer. Follow the onscreen instructions to place a start/finish pin on the map. Once the pins are placed, press START to initiate the driving (lapping) session. When you drive Model 3 through the start/finish location, the Lap Timer automatically starts timing the duration of the lap, resetting the timer whenever you pass the start/finish location, and displaying the real-time delta between the current lap and the fastest lap so far in the driving session. The map highlights the track in blue.
At the completion of each lap, the Lap Timer displays the duration of the lap. It also displays the times associated with the previous and best laps in the driving session.
If Save Dashcam for Laps is on (see Customizing Track Mode on page 87), and a properly formatted USB flash drive is inserted in a front USB port, Track Mode saves a video of the driving session (as recorded by the front cameras), along with a .CSV file that provides detailed information about the lap.
NOTE: To stop the timer at the end of your driving session, touch STOP on the Lap Timer popup window.
Monitoring Vehicle Health
You can easily monitor the health of Model 3 when using Track Mode by glancing at the car status area of the touchscreen. The colors indicate the status of the various components, allowing you to determine the current operating state and make decisions accordingly. The components are displayed in green when operating within their ideal temperature range. Colors change as follows:
- The Battery displays blue when cold and red when hot.
- A brake displays blue when cold and red when hot (an early warning for overheating brakes).
- A motor displays blue when it’s cold or red when it’s hot.
- Dynamic readings of the tire pressures displays on the touchscreen. A tire displays blue when under-used or red when the peak grip is exceeded.
NOTE: A component displayed in red may indicate a need to stop driving and allow the component to cool.
CAUTION: Any vehicle damage or injuries caused by using Track Mode is the driver’s responsibility. The vehicle warranty does not cover damage caused by
excessive overuse of vehicle components. It also does not cover racing, autocross, or driving in competition.
G-Meter
In Track Mode, a real-time G-Meter displays on the touchscreen. The G-Meter graphically displays peak lateral, acceleration, and deceleration values in the form of a circular meter. The history of your drive is represented in the shaded area. The G-Meter resets at the start of each driving session.
NOTE: You can swipe the G-Meter card to display a different card. However, the G-Meter displays as the default card whenever you engage Track Mode.
When you first adjust the driver’s seat, steering wheel position, or exterior side mirrors, the touchscreen prompts you to create a driver profile to save these adjustments. Your profile also saves various preferences you make while customizing Model 3.
To save your profile settings to the cloud and access them across multiple Tesla vehicles, set up a Tesla Profile (see Using Tesla Profiles on page 90).
|
|
To add a new driver profile, touch the driver profile icon at the top of the touchscreen. Then touch Driver Profile Settings > Add New Driver, type the driver’s name and touch Create Profile. Follow the onscreen instructions to save mirror and steering wheel position to the driver profile. |
Check the Use Easy Entry checkbox if you want to save (or use existing) Easy Entry settings in which the driver’s seat and the steering wheel are automatically adjusted to make it easy to enter and exit Model 3.
If you change the position of the driver’s seat, steering wheel, or exterior side mirrors after you have saved or chosen a driver profile, the touchscreen prompts you to Save the new position or Restore the previously saved position (other settings are automatically saved). To change a setting without saving or restoring, just ignore the prompt.
To delete a driver profile, touch the driver profile icon at the top of the touchscreen, touch Driver Profile Settings and select the driver profile you want to remove. Once selected, Delete the driver profile.
NOTE: Valet mode is a built-in driver profile that limits speed and restricts access to some Model 3 features (see Valet Mode on page 91).
NOTE: To stop automatic adjustments that are in process based on a driver’s profile, touch Stop on the Driver Profile dropdown menu. Automatic adjustments also stop if you manually adjust a seat, mirror, or the steering wheel.
Selecting Between Driver Profiles
|
|
To adjust Model 3 based on a driver’s profile, touch the driver profile icon at the top of the Controls screen. Then choose the driver, and Model 3 is adjusted based on the settings that have been saved to the chosen driver profile. See Using Tesla Profiles on page 90 to learn more about saving profile settings to the cloud for easy access across multiple Tesla vehicles. |
NOTE: Your preferred Stopping Mode setting does not sync to your driver profile. For more information, see Braking and Stopping on page 77.
Using Tesla Profiles
(If equipped) Driver profile settings, such as seat adjustments, temperature preferences, navigation Recents and Favorites, media settings, and data sharing preferences can be saved into a Tesla Profile that is synced to every supported vehicle under your Tesla Account. This provides convenient access to your profile settings and preferences across all your Tesla supported vehicles.
To set up your Tesla Profile, navigate to Driver Profile Settings and select your Tesla Account name. You can choose to set it up as a New Profile or copy the settings from an existing driver profile that you were previously using.
To set up a Tesla Profile for additional drivers, share your vehicle with them from the mobile app and navigate to Security & Drivers > Manage Drivers > Add Driver. Their Tesla Profile will appear in the Driver Profile settings after accepting the invitation from their Tesla Account. If you remove their access to the vehicle, it also removes their Tesla Profile. For more information on granting mobile app access, see Granting Access to a Second Driver on page 53. In addition, you can change your profile picture from your Tesla Mobile App.
NOTE: Some vehicle settings are synced only between similar vehicle models. If the seat, steering, and mirror positions do not restore as expected, touch Controls > Service > Driver Seat, Steering, & Mirrors Calibration on the affected vehicles. If the setting for Autopilot Activation does not restore as expected, touch Controls > Autopilot > Autopilot Activation (see Autopilot Settings on page 105).
NOTE: Tesla Profiles are supported on vehicles with software versions 2022.24 or higher.
To remove your Tesla Profile from a vehicle, remove that vehicle from your Tesla account:
- In the Tesla mobile app, touch the profile icon in the top- right corner.
- Touch Add/Remove Products.
- Touch Remove.
- Select the vehicle you’d like to remove.
Saved Settings
A subset of the settings that you choose to customize your Model 3 are automatically saved to your driver’s profile. Once saved, a green check mark appears next to the driver profile icon on the touchscreen. Examples of automatically saved driver profile settings are:
-
- Navigation, temperature, lights and display settings.
- Autopilot and driving preferences.
Linking a Driver Profile to a Key
You can link a driver profile to a key (or keys) to allow Model 3 to automatically select the correct driver profile when the linked key is detected as you approach the vehicle and open the driver’s door. To link a driver profile to a key, first ensure you are using your desired driver profile, then touch Controls
> Locks > Keys. You can toggle the driver icon to link or delete a key to the desired driver profile. The name of the driver profile appears under the key to show that it is linked.
NOTE: Model 3 supports up to 10 driver profiles. You can link multiple keys to a driver profile, but you cannot link multiple driver profiles to a single key.
Easy Entry
You can define an Easy Entry setting that moves the steering wheel and driver’s seat to make it easy to enter and exit Model 3. Any driver can use the Easy Entry setting by associating it with their driver profile. When the Easy Entry setting is associated with a driver profile, the steering wheel and driver’s seat automatically adjust when in Park and the driver’s seat belt is unbuckled, allowing an easy exit from (and next entrance into) Model 3. When returning to the vehicle and stepping on the brake pedal, settings automatically adjust back to the settings used by the most recent driver profile (or based on the key if it’s linked to a driver profile).
To use Easy Entry with a driver profile, ensure the Use Easy Entry box is checked.
WARNING: Never use Easy Entry to move the driver’s seat to the full rearward position when a child safety seat is installed on a rear seat located behind the
driver’s seat. With reduced clearance, the movement of the seat may impact a child’s legs, cause injury, or dislodge the seat.
Valet Mode
When Model 3 is in Valet mode, the following restrictions apply:
- Key card must be used to access and drive Model 3.
- Speed is limited to 70 mph (113 km/h).
- Maximum acceleration and power are limited.
- Front trunk and glovebox are locked.
- Home and Work locations are not available in the navigation system.
- Voice commands are disabled.
- Text messages are not displayed.
- Autopilot convenience features are disabled.
- The Allow Mobile Access setting cannot be changed.
- HomeLink (if available in your market region) is not accessible.
- Driver Profiles are not accessible.
- Some apps, such as Toybox and Theater, are not accessible.
- The touchscreen does not display the list of keys that can access Model 3 (see Managing Keys on page 22).
- Wi-Fi and Bluetooth are disabled. When Model 3 is in Valet mode, you cannot pair new Bluetooth devices or view or delete existing paired devices. However, if a Bluetooth-paired device or a known Wi-Fi network is within range, Model 3 connects to it.
Starting Valet Mode
With Model 3 in Park, touch Controls > Safety > Valet Mode, or touch the driver profile icon at the top of the Controls screen, then touch Valet Mode.
The first time you enter Valet mode, the touchscreen prompts you to create a 4-digit PIN you will use to cancel Valet mode.
When Valet mode is active, the touchscreen displays the word Valet while the driver profile changes to Valet Mode on the touchscreen.
You can also use the mobile app to start and cancel Valet mode (if Model 3 is in Park). When using the mobile app, you do not need to enter a PIN because you are already required to log into the app using your Tesla Account credentials.
NOTE: If PIN to Drive is enabled (see PIN to Drive on page 145), you must enter the driving PIN before you can define or enter a Valet PIN. Once in Valet mode, Model 3 can be driven without the valet needing to enter the driving PIN.
NOTE: The PIN to Drive setting is not available when Valet mode is active.
If you forget your valet PIN, reset it from inside Model 3 by entering your Tesla Account credentials (which also cancels Valet mode). You can also reset your PIN using the mobile app.
Canceling Valet Mode
With Model 3 in Park, touch the Valet Mode driver profile icon at the top of the Controls screen, and enter your 4-digit PIN.
When you cancel Valet mode, all settings associated with the most recently used driver profile and climate control settings are restored, and all features are available.
NOTE: You do not need to enter a PIN to cancel Valet mode from the mobile app.
Displaying Trip Information
Trip information displays on the touchscreen in the cards area on the car status display, or when you touch Controls > Trips. For the current trip, you can display distance, duration and average energy usage. You can also show distance and total and average energy used since your last charge and for additional trips.
To name or rename a trip, touch the trip’s name, enter a new name for the trip, then press Save. To reset a particular trip meter, touch its associated Reset button.
Odometer
To display the odometer and view vehicle mileage, do either of the following:
- Touch Controls > Software.
- Touch Controls > Trips.
- Open the mobile app and scroll down to the bottom of the main screen.
Camera Location
Model 3 is equipped with a rear view camera located.
Whenever you shift into Reverse, the touchscreen displays the view from the camera. Lines show your driving path based on the position of the steering wheel. These lines adjust as you move the steering wheel.
A vertical red bar appears over the rear view camera feed if Model 3 detects an object (such as another vehicle or a pedestrian) about to cross behind the vehicle. For more information, see Rear Cross-Traffic Alert on page 138.
Model 3 also displays images from the side cameras (if equipped). Simply swipe up or down to hide or show the side camera views.
NOTE: Visual feedback from Park Assist also appears on the touchscreen (see Park Assist on page 81).
|
|
To display the view from the rear view cameras at any time, open the app launcher and touch the Camera app. |
If a black screen appears on the touchscreen instead of the rear view camera feed when in Reverse, use the rear view mirrors and ensure your surroundings are safe before continuing to Reverse. If inoperability of the rear view camera persists, use the mobile app to schedule a service appointment.
WARNING: Never depend on the cameras to inform you if the area behind you is free of objects and/or people. The cameras may not detect objects or barriers that
can potentially cause damage or injury. In addition, several external factors can reduce the performance of the cameras, including a dirty or obstructed lens.
Therefore, depending on the cameras to determine if Model 3 is approaching an obstruction can result in damage to the vehicle and/or objects and can potentially cause serious injury. Always inspect the area with your own eyes. When reversing, perform shoulder checks and use all mirrors. Use the cameras for guidance purposes only. It is not intended to replace your own direct visual checks and is not a substitute for careful driving.
To ensure a clear picture, the camera lens must be clean and free of obstructions. See Cleaning on page 199.
The Pedestrian Warning System causes Model 3 to emit sound when driving below approximately 25 mph (40 km/h) or while driving in reverse. Electric vehicles operate quietly and this sound helps to alert pedestrians of your oncoming vehicle. The sound, which activates whenever Model 3 is shifted out of Park, gets louder as speed increases.
WARNING: If sound cannot be heard, pedestrians may not be aware of your oncoming vehicle, which may increase the likelihood of a collision resulting in serious
injury or death. Never rely on the Pedestrian Warning System to make sure that pedestrians are aware of your vehicle. If the Pedestrian Warning System is not operating, schedule a service appointment.
Carrying Capacity- Accessories
The towing package allows you to tow a trailer or carry an accessory (bicycles, skis, snowboards, etc.) with your Model 3.
The tow package includes a 2″ x 2″ (50 mm x 50 mm) hitch receiver that can support an accessory carrier. When carrying accessories, the adapter is designed to support vertical loads of up to 121 lbs (55 kg). When carrying bicycles, skis, or other items on the hitch, always check to ensure that the maximum weight is not exceeded.
When calculating weight, remember to include the weight of the accessory carrier. For example, assuming the carrier weighs 40 lbs (18 kg), the weight threshold is sufficient for carrying two items weighing approximately 40 lbs (18 kg) each. Maximum weight capacity for the tow hitch depends on the number of occupants in the vehicle:
|
18 or 19″ Tires |
|
|
Five occupants in the vehicle. |
121 lbs (55 kg) |
|
Two or fewer rear occupants in the vehicle. |
121 lbs (55 kg) |
NOTE: The weights shown previously are for Tesla-recommended accessory carriers. They are based on measuring the vertical and horizontal distances between the accessory carrier’s center of gravity and the ball of the hitch (see the example image in Non-Tesla Approved Accessory Carriers on page 95 for reference).
CAUTION: Exceeding the maximum weight the Model 3 hitch is designed to support (as previously described) can cause significant damage.
CAUTION: Do not attempt to install an accessory carrier on Model 3 that is not equipped with the towing package. Doing so can cause significant damage.
Non-Tesla Approved Accessory Carriers
In addition to calculating the weight, it is important to ensure your accessory’s overall load does not exceed the specified weight and distance from the ball on the hitch. This distance is calculated based on the center of gravity of the accessory carrier and the items mounted to it. For non-Tesla approved carriers, measure the vertical and horizontal distances from the ball on the tow hitch to the accessory’s center of gravity.
NOTE: Consult the product details of your accessory carrier for more information, such as additional weight or load limits. Damage caused by non-Tesla approved accessories is not covered by the warranty.
Installing and Using a Carrier
To install and use an accessory carrier, the tow hitch must be connected (see Connecting the Tow Hitch on page 99). Then, follow the instructions provided by your accessory carrier. Observe all regulations and legal requirements in your state or region that apply to carrying accessories.
The Model 3 towing package includes the wiring necessary for using an accessory carrier equipped with lights (see Electrical Connections on page 101). The package also includes Trailer Mode software compatibility (see Trailer Mode on page 98).
|
|
When you connect an accessory carrier’s wiring harness, Model 3 detects a connection for trailer lights and this indicator illuminates on the touchscreen to show that Trailer Mode is disabled. |
NOTE: Go to http://www.tesla.com to purchase accessories for your Model 3. Although third-party products are available, Tesla recommends and supports only Tesla-approved products (see Parts and Accessories on page 206). The accessory products available for your vehicle vary based on market region. Before attempting to install a non-Tesla recommended carrier, review the product information to ensure compatibility.
NOTE: When not in use, the hitch should be removed and stored in a dry location to prevent dust and corrosion. Keep the dust cover over the hitch housing to prevent dirt and debris from entering (see Disconnecting the Tow Hitch on page 100).
CAUTION: A carrier may obscure your view from the rear view mirror, the rear camera(s), and/or the rear ultrasonic sensors. In addition, some Autopilot features may not function as expected.
NOTE: Tesla assumes no responsibility for damage or injuries resulting from installing and using an accessory carrier, for any omissions in the instructions accompanying an accessory carrier, or for your failure to follow the instructions. Damage caused by using an accessory carrier is not covered by the warranty.
Carrying Capacity- Trailer Towing
|
Trailer brakes |
Towing Capacity |
|
Without trailer brakes |
1,650 lbs (750 kg) |
|
With trailer brakes |
2,200 lbs (1,000 kg) |
Refer to the Certificate of Conformity (provided at the time of your vehicle’s purchase), statutory plate (see Vehicle Loading on page 213) or tow hitch label for the total trailer weight—including all cargo and additional equipment—and the trailer tongue weight Model 3 can safely carry. In addition to the maximum total trailer weight and trailer tongue weight, observe the following guidelines:
- Carefully follow the instructions provided by the trailer brake manufacturer to ensure that trailer brakes are properly installed, adjusted, and maintained.
- The tongue weight is the downward force that the weight of the trailer exerts on the hitch. It must be at least 4% of the total trailer load. The maximum tongue weight (or technically permissible mass at the coupling point) is 200 lbs (100 kg). Carrying a significant amount of equipment, passengers, or cargo in the tow vehicle can reduce the tongue weight it can handle, which also reduces the maximum towing capacity. Maximum towing capacity is calculated assuming the GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) is not exceeded (See Vehicle Loading on page 213).
NOTE: If the information in the Certificate of Conformity, hitch label, or Statutory Plate conflicts with the information provided in this owner’s manual, the former documents take precedence.
|
|
|
|
|
|
CAUTION: You should only use Model 3 to tow if you have experience and knowledge of how towing affects the vehicle and are able to safely load, secure, and maneuver the vehicle and cargo. Tesla’s instructions are not all-inclusive of the knowledge and skills necessary for safe towing. Damage caused by towing a trailer is not covered by the warranty.
WARNING: Do not overload the vehicle or trailer. Doing so can cause poor performance, vehicle damage and loss of vehicle control, resulting in serious injury.
WARNING: Do not use the trailer hitch to transport Model 3 (see Tire Pressures when Towing
When towing a trailer, tire pressures must be adjusted to accommodate the additional load. 18″ or 19″ tires are acceptable to use for towing. Keep tires inflated to the pressures shown below (if different, these pressures override the pressures that are provided on the Tire and Loading information label):
|
Front Tires |
Rear Tires |
Cold Tire Inflation Pressure |
|
235/45R18 |
235/45R18 |
42 psi (290 kPa) |
|
Front Tires |
Rear Tires |
Cold Tire Inflation Pressure |
|
235/40R19 |
235/40R19 |
42 psi (290 kPa) |
NOTE: For information on towing with winter tires, contact Tesla Service.
|
|
|
recommended cold tire pressures. A hot tire at or below the recommended cold tire inflation pressure may be dangerously under-inflated. |
|
temporarily repaired tire can result in tire failure and loss of vehicle stability. |
CAUTION: Do not use Model 3 for towing if equipped with tires that are not listed above.
WARNING: Check tire pressures using an accurate pressure gauge when tires are cold. Driving warms the tires sufficiently to affect tire pressures. Parking the vehicle in direct sunlight or in hot weather can also affect tire pressures. If you must check warm tires, expect increased pressures. Do not let air out of warm tires in an attempt to match
WARNING: Never attempt to tow a trailer when a Model 3 tire is faulty or has been temporarily repaired (for example, using a tire repair kit). A temporarily repaired tire is not designed to sustain the towing load. Towing using a faulty orBefore Towing a Trailer
Before towing a trailer, you must do the following:
- Inflate tires to the cold tire inflation pressure specified in Tire Care and Maintenance on page 192.
- Observe all regulations and legal requirements that apply to trailer towing. Failure to comply with regulations can compromise your safety.
- Adjust side mirrors to provide a clear rear view without a significant blind spot.
- Engage Trailer Mode (see Trailer Mode on page 98 ).
Confirm the following:
- Model 3 rests horizontally with the trailer attached. If the vehicle is tipped up at the front, and down at the rear, check that you are not exceeding the maximum towing capacity and tongue loads provided in Carrying Capacity- Trailer Towing on page 96.
- All trailer hitch parts and attachments, safety chains, and electrical connectors (including reverse and fog lights, if equipped) are in good condition and are properly connected. If any problems are apparent, do not tow the trailer.
- Trailer lights (brake lights, turn signal lights, and marker lights) are working properly.
NOTE: If Model 3 is in Trailer Mode or has detected a connection for trailer lights, and Model 3 detects an electrical fault in the trailer turn signals, the turn signals for the affected side(s) will flash faster than normal.(see Trailer Mode on page 98).
- The trailer tongue is securely connected to the hitch ball.
- Safety chains are properly connected between the trailer and the tow vehicle. Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer to help prevent the tongue from contacting the road if it separates from the hitch. Leave enough slack in the safety chains to allow for turns and ensure that the chains do not drag on the ground.
- All cargo is secured.
- Wheel chocks are available.
- The trailer load is evenly distributed such that the trailer tongue weight is approximately 4-10% of the total trailer weight, without exceeding the maximum tongue weights provided in Carrying Capacity- Trailer Towing on page 96.
CAUTION: Loads that are balanced over the wheels or heavier in the rear can cause trailer sway, resulting in loss of vehicle control.
WARNING: Always ensure that cargo is secured in the trailer and will not shift. Dynamic load shifts can cause loss of vehicle control, resulting in serious injury.
Towing Guidelines
Model 3 is designed primarily as a passenger-carrying vehicle. Towing a trailer puts additional load on the motor(s), drive train, brakes, tires, and suspension and significantly decreases range. If you decide to tow a trailer, proceed with caution and follow these general guidelines:
- Reduce your driving speed and avoid sudden maneuvers. Keep in mind that when towing a trailer, steering, stability, turning radius, stopping distance and braking performance are different when compared to driving without a trailer.
- Increase your following distance by maintaining at least twice the distance from the vehicle ahead. This helps to avoid situations that require heavy braking. Sudden braking may result in skidding or jack-knifing, and loss of control.
- Avoid sharp turns. Sharp turns can cause the trailer to contact the vehicle and cause damage. Keep in mind that the trailer wheels are closer to the inside of the turn than the vehicle’s wheels. Therefore, make wider turns to prevent the trailer from hitting curbs, road signs, trees or other objects.
- Periodically check the trailer lights and turn signals to confirm that the bulbs are still working.
- Periodically confirm the cargo is secure.
- Avoid parking on a grade (see Parking with a Trailer on page 99).
- Regularly confirm that all towing components are securely tightened.
|
potentially cause heavy braking. Failure to do so can result in a collision. |
|
compromise your safety. |
|
vehicle and the trailer, and can cause the braking system to malfunction, resulting in serious injury. |
WARNING: Towing requires you to increase your stopping distance. When towing, increase your following distance and avoid situations that could
WARNING: Observe all regulations and legal requirements in your jurisdiction that apply specifically to trailer towing. Failure to comply with regulations can
WARNING: Do not connect trailer brakes to the vehicle braking system. Doing so can cause damage to theTrailer Mode
Trailer Mode must always be active when towing a trailer. When you connect a trailer’s electrical connection while the vehicle is in Park, Model 3 automatically engages Trailer Mode. When you disconnect the trailer’s electrical connection, Trailer Mode does not disengage automatically. To manually engage or disengage Trailer Mode, touch Controls > Dynamics > Trailer Mode on the touchscreen. One of the following indicators display on the touchscreen:
ection for trailer lights led. It is likely that a been connected.
|
|
Trailer Mode is Active. |
|
|
Model 3 detects a conn but Trailer Mode is disab carrying accessory has |
|
|
Model 3 detects a faulty for the trailer lights. Som may not be functioning. safety permits and inspe faulty cabling or conne |
electrical connection e, or all, trailer lights Pull over as soon as ct the trailer lights for
ctions. If the issues are resolved and the red icon still persists, turn Trailer Mode off and on once more. If you are finished towing and have disconnected the trailer electrical connector, manually disengage Trailer Mode to clear the red icon.
If Model 3 is in Trailer Mode or has detected a connection for trailer lights, and the vehicle detects an electrical fault in the trailer turn signals, the turn signals for the affected side(s) will flash faster than normal. If you are finished towing and have disconnected the trailer electrical connector, the turn signals will flash faster than normal and the red trailer indicator will display on the touchscreen until Trailer Mode has been manually disengaged.
Some Autopilot features may not be available when Trailer Mode is enabled. In addition, these features operate differently:
- Traffic-Aware Cruise Control increases the following distance from the vehicle in front of you.
- Side collision warnings are active but automatic steering interventions are disabled.
- The braking force provided by Automatic Emergency Braking (see Collision Avoidance Assist on page 137) may be limited.
WARNING: Do not rely on Model 3 to detect the trailer and automatically engage Trailer Mode. Always check to ensure that Trailer Mode is engaged before towing a
trailer.
WARNING: Under no circumstances should you exit Trailer Mode when towing a trailer. Doing so can cause serious injury.
Parking with a Trailer
Whenever possible, avoid parking on a grade. However, if parking on a grade is absolutely necessary, place wheel chocks under the trailer wheels. Consider having someone help you with these steps:
- One person presses and holds the brake pedal.
- A second person places the wheel chocks under the wheels on the downgrade side of the vehicle’s tires.
- When the chocks are in place, release the brake pedal and ensure the chocks hold the weight of the vehicle and trailer.
NOTE: When testing chocks, ensure that Vehicle Hold (see Vehicle Hold on page 83) is not engaged. If Vehicle Hold is braking Model 3, the Vehicle Hold indicator light displays on the touchscreen. To disengage Vehicle Hold, press and release the brake pedal.
- Place the vehicle in Park.
WARNING: If parking on a grade is necessary, always ensure that all trailer wheels have been securely chocked. Failure to do so can result in serious damage
or injury.
Connecting the Tow Hitch
The Model 3 towing package includes a weight-carrying hitch with a 2″ x 2″ (50 mm x 50 mm) hitch receiver. When not in use, the hitch should be removed and stored in a dry location to prevent rust and corrosion. Keep the dust cover over the hitch housing to prevent dirt and debris from entering.
WARNING: You must use the Model 3 trailer hitch when towing a trailer. Never attempt to attach a different type of trailer hitch.
NOTE: Always attach safety chains when towing. Cross the chains under the trailer tongue and attach to the trailer eyelets to ensure the security of the trailer load.
NOTE: The maximum permissible rear overhang for the coupling point is 42 in. (1,070 mm).
To install the trailer hitch:
- Model 3 has 2 push clips that secure the dust cover to the vehicle. Use a thin object, such as a flat screwdriver, to twist and pry the clips open. Remove the dust cover and store it in a safe location.
- Insert the key into the locking cylinder on the hitch, and turn the cylinder so the top of the key is aligned with the “Open” position.
- Pull the locking cylinder out of the adapter approximately
0.2 in. (0.5 cm), and turn clockwise until the Unlock icon is fixated at the top of the locking cylinder.
CAUTION: Be careful when turning the locking cylinder. If it does not lock into the “Open” position, it automatically retracts into its original “Closed”
position and can pinch your fingers.
- Firmly grasp the hitch from the bottom and align with the corresponding cutouts in the hitch housing.
NOTE: Do not grasp the locking cylinder because it needs to rotate freely.
- Push the hitch into the hitch housing until the locking cylinder quickly rotates counter-clockwise and automatically locks into the “Closed” position.
- Check to confirm that the hitch is fully inserted into the housing by pulling down on the hitch. The hitch should not drop when you pull down.
NOTE: If the hitch does not lock into the housing, it falls out when you pull down on the hitch.
- Turn the key so the arrows align with the Lock icon on the locking cylinder.
- Remove the key and store it in a safe place (preferably inside the vehicle).
NOTE: The key can be removed only if the hitch is locked. This indicates a proper connection. Do not use the hitch if the key is not removed.
NOTE: Tesla recommends making a note of the key code. You need this key code if you lose the keys and need to order a replacement.
NOTE: The trailer hitch is attached to the body of the vehicle with 6 bolts.
NOTE: When driving through high waters, the dust cover may unclasp to relieve pressure. When parked in a safe location, simply re-clasp the dust cover back onto the vehicle.
Attaching and Removing the Ball Mount
The towing package does not include a ball mount. You must purchase a ball mount suitable for the type of trailer you are towing. The hitch receiver supports a ball mount up to 8.0″ (203 mm) with a rise of up to 0/75″ (19 mm). Do not use any type of drop ball mount.
To attach a ball mount:
- If necessary, remove the cotter pin from the locking bolt and slide the locking bolt out of the hitch assembly.
- Slide the ball holder into the hitch assembly.
- Align the hole in the ball holder with the one in the hitch assembly.
- Slide the locking bolt through the hitch assembly/ball holder.
- Insert the cotter pin in the hole at the end of the locking bolt.
To remove a ball mount:
- Remove the cotter pin from the locking bolt and slide the locking bolt out of the ball holder/hitch assembly.
- Pull the ball holder out of the hitch assembly.
Disconnecting the Tow Hitch
After towing, remove the hitch:
- Insert the key and turn to align the top of the key with the Unlock icon.
- While firmly holding the bottom of the hitch (to prevent it from dropping to the ground), pull the locking cylinder out approximately 0.2 in. (0.5 cm), and turn it clockwise until the Lock icon shifts to the top. At this point, the locking cylinder is unlocked in the “Open” position and the hitch drops out of the housing.
WARNING: Be careful when turning the locking cylinder. If it does not lock into the “Open” position, it automatically retracts into its original “Closed”
position and can pinch your fingers.
- Reinstall the dust cover on the hitch housing to prevent dirt from accumulating inside the housing by snapping in the push clips.
- Close the dust cover on the hitch’s locking cylinder and store the hitch in a secure location.
NOTE: To maintain the hitch, regularly grease its surface with non-resinous grease.
Electrical Connections
Regulations require all trailers to be equipped with tail lights, brake lights, side marker lights, and turn signals. To provide power for trailer lighting, a built-in 7-pin wiring connector is provided near the hitch support’s wiring plugs for most types of trailers. It is the driver’s responsibility to ensure that all electrical connections are working and all trailer lights are operating before and during towing. You must perform manual checks.
- Left Turn Signal
- Reverse Lights
- Ground
- Right Turn Signal
- Not supported
- Brake Light
- Tail Lamps
All pins have low voltage power. Loss of trailer lights when towing may be the result of a blown fuse. Model 3 does not provide a warning if the fuse is blown. Contact Tesla Service.
NOTE: Auxiliary power is not available at this time.
NOTE: Pin 5 is not supported at this time.
NOTE: If a trailer fog light is detected, Model 3 disables its rear fog light (if equipped).
CAUTION: Always ensure that the trailer electrical cable does not contact or drag on the ground and there is enough slack in the cable to allow for turns.
WARNING: Use only the electrical connections designed by Tesla. Do not attempt to directly splice or attempt to connect a trailer’s electrical wiring using
any other method. Doing so can damage the vehicle’s electrical system and cause malfunctions.
Impact on Range
Towing a trailer increases vehicle weight and drag. As a result, driving range can decrease significantly. Although Trip Planner attempts to adjust estimates based on Trailer Mode, actual energy consumption may vary. Plan trip length and charging destinations accordingly.
Autopilot refers to a suite of advanced driver assistance features that are intended to make driving more convenient and less stressful. None of these features make Model 3 fully autonomous or replace you as the driver.
All Tesla vehicles are equipped with Traffic-Aware Cruise Control. Traffic-Aware Cruise Control maintains your speed and an adjustable following distance from the vehicle in front of you, if there is one (see Traffic-Aware Cruise Control on page 105).
In addition, the following Autopilot features may be available for your vehicle. The specific features enabled depend on market region, date of manufacture, software version, and vehicle configuration. For information that is customized to your vehicle, view the Owner’s Manual on your vehicle’s touchscreen by touching the app launcher and then selecting the Manual app.
- Autosteer: Maintains your speed and distance from a leading vehicle while also intelligently keeping Model 3 in its lane (see Autosteer on page 106). Autosteer includes Auto Lane Change (Auto Lane Change on page 106) and Navigate on Autopilot (see Navigate on Autopilot on page 107).
- Autopark: Parks Model 3, either parallel or perpendicularly (see Autopark on page 124).
- Summon: Allows you to park and retrieve Model 3 using the Tesla mobile app while you are standing outside of your vehicle (see Summon on page 126).
- Traffic Light and Stop Sign Control: Maintains your speed, keeps a following distance, and keeps Model 3 in its lane while also slowing down and stopping for traffic lights and stop signs (see Traffic Light and Stop Sign Control on page 113).
- Full Self-Driving (Supervised): Attempts to drive to your destination by following curves in the road; stopping at and negotiating intersections, stop signs, and roundabouts; making left and right turns; and entering/ exiting highways (see Full Self-Driving (Supervised) on page 120).
When Autopilot is engaged, Model 3 shows a series of escalating warnings reminding you to keep your hands on the wheel and pay attention to the road. If there is no response, Autopilot disengages and is unavailable for the remainder of the drive.
Model 3 may also be equipped with a cabin camera, mounted in the rear-view mirror, that monitors driver attentiveness.
It is your responsibility to familiarize yourself with the limitations of Autopilot, and to keep your hands on the wheel, pay attention to the road, and be ready to take immediate action at any time. For more limitations, cautions, and warnings, see Limitations and Warnings on page 130.
WARNING: Autopilot is a hands-on feature. Keep your hands on the steering wheel at all times and be mindful of road conditions, surrounding traffic, and other road
users (such as pedestrians and cyclists). Always be prepared to take immediate action. Failure to follow these instructions could cause damage, serious injury, or death.
WARNING: Autopilot is not a collision warning or avoidance system. It is your responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
Never depend on Autopilot to adequately slow down Model 3. Always watch the road in front of you and be prepared to take corrective action at all times. Failure to do so can result in serious injury or death.
How It Works
Autopilot uses the cameras on Model 3. There are cameras mounted on the front, rear, left, and right sides of Model 3 (see Cameras on page 18).
Model 3 may also be equipped with a cabin camera, mounted in the rear-view mirror, that monitors driver attentiveness. It is your responsibility to keep your hands on the wheel, pay attention to the road, and be ready to take immediate action at any time.
When Autopilot is engaged, Model 3 shows a series of escalating warnings reminding you to keep your hands on the wheel and pay attention to the road. If there is no response, Autopilot disengages and is unavailable for the remainder of the drive.
WARNING: Autopilot is not a collision warning or avoidance system. It is your responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
Never depend on Autopilot to adequately slow down Model 3. Always watch the road in front of you and be prepared to take corrective action at all times. Failure to do so can result in serious injury or death.
It is your responsibility to familiarize yourself with the limitations of Autopilot and be ready to take control at all times. For more limitations, cautions, and warnings, see Limitations and Warnings on page 130.
Autopilot Conditions
Ensure all cameras are clean and free of obstructions before each drive and before using Autopilot features (see Cleaning a Camera on page 199). Dirty cameras and sensors (if equipped), as well as environmental conditions such as rain and faded lane markings, can affect Autopilot performance. If a camera is obstructed or blinded, Model 3 displays a message on the touchscreen and Autopilot features may not be available.
Before you can use Autopilot features, and after some Service visits, you must drive a short distance to calibrate cameras. For more information, see Drive to Calibrate Cameras on page 18.
In addition, these features may not work as intended when:
- The road has sharp curves or significant changes in elevation.
- Road signs and signals are unclear, ambiguous, or poorly maintained.
- Visibility is poor (due to heavy rain, snow, hail, etc. or poorly lit roadways at night)
- You are driving in a tunnel or next to a highway divider that interferes with the view of the camera(s)
- Bright light (such as from oncoming headlights or direct sunlight) interferes with the view of the camera(s).
The list above does not represent an exhaustive list of situations that may interfere with proper operation of Autopilot features. For more information, see Limitations and Warnings on page 130.
|
Autopilot Feature |
Available When |
|
Traffic-Aware Cruise Control |
NOTE: You can activate Traffic-Aware Cruise Control at lower speeds if there is a vehicle detected at least 5 feet (1.5 meters) ahead of Model 3. |
|
Autosteer |
NOTE: You can activate Autosteer at lower speeds if there is a vehicle detected at least 5 feet (1.5 meters) ahead of Model 3. NOTE: On a residential road, a road without a center divider, or a road that is not controlled access, the maximum allowed cruising speed is limited and the touchscreen displays a message. The restricted speed will be the speed limit of the road plus 5 mph (10 km/h).
|
|
Navigate on Autopilot |
NOTE: You can activate Navigate on Autopilot at lower speeds if there is a vehicle detected at least 5 feet (1.5 meters) ahead of Model 3.
|
|
Full Self- Driving (Supervised) |
NOTE: You can activate Full Self-Driving (Supervised) at lower speeds, including when Model 3 is at a standstill, whether or not there is a vehicle detected in front of Model 3. |
|
Autopilot Feature |
Available When |
|
This topic describes how to enable and use the following driver assistance features.
NOTE: Depending on options purchased, date of manufacture, software version, and vehicle configuration, your vehicle may not be equipped with the following features, or a feature may not operate exactly as described.
- Traffic-Aware Cruise Control: Like traditional cruise control, Traffic-Aware Cruise Control maintains a set driving speed. However, Traffic-Aware Cruise Control also slows down or accelerates Model 3 as needed to maintain the following distance from the vehicle in front of you. While Traffic-Aware Cruise Control is engaged, you are still responsible for steering Model 3 (see Traffic-Aware Cruise Control on page 105).
- Autosteer: Like Traffic-Aware Cruise Control, Autosteer maintains a set speed (if there is not a vehicle in front of you) or a set following distance (if there is a vehicle in front of you). In addition, Autosteer detects lane markings, road edges, and the presence of vehicles and objects to intelligently keep Model 3 in its driving lane (see Autosteer on page 106).
NOTE: Autosteer is a BETA feature.
- Auto Lane Change: When you engage a turn signal while Autosteer is active, Auto Lane Change moves Model 3 into the adjacent lane in the direction indicated by the turn signal (see Auto Lane Change on page 106).
- Navigate on Autopilot: Navigate on Autopilot builds on the features of Traffic-Aware Cruise Control and Autosteer. While Autosteer is active, Navigate on Autopilot allows Model 3 to suggest and, if configured, automatically change lanes to pass other vehicles and follow the navigation route (see Navigate on Autopilot on page 107).
NOTE: Navigate on Autopilot is a BETA feature.
These features use information from the cameras on Model 3 to detect lane markings, road edges, and other vehicles and road users around Model 3.
CAUTION: Ensure all cameras are clean and free of obstructions before each drive and before using Autopilot features (see Cleaning a Camera on page
199). Dirty cameras and sensors (if equipped), as well as environmental conditions such as rain and faded lane markings, can affect Autopilot performance. If a camera is obstructed or blinded, Model 3 displays a message on the touchscreen and Autopilot features may not be available.
CAUTION: It is your responsibility to familiarize yourself with the limitations of Autopilot and the situations in
which driver intervention may be needed. For more information, see Limitations and Warnings on page 130.
Autopilot Settings
Before you use Autopilot features, customize how they work by touching Controls > Autopilot.
- Set Speed: Choose whether Autopilot engages at the currently detected speed limit or your current driving speed. Touch Controls > Autopilot and choose either Speed Limit or Current Speed.
- Offset: If you choose Speed Limit, you can specify an offset by touching Set Speed Offset. You can choose Fixed (the cruising speed adjusts by a specific amount on all roads) or Percentage (the cruising speed is adjusted as a percentage of the road’s detected speed limit).
- Autopilot Activation: Choose how to activate Autopilot. If set to Single Click, both Traffic-Aware Cruise Control and Autosteer engage when you single-press the right scroll button. If set to Double Click, you must double-press the right scroll button to engage Autosteer.
NOTE: Autopilot Activation must be set to Double Click if you want to use Traffic-Aware Cruise Control independently of Autosteer.
- Green Traffic Light Chime: In Canada and U.S.: If on, a chime will sound when you are waiting at a red traffic light and the light turns green. If you are not actively using Traffic-Aware Cruise Control and are waiting at a red light with a car in front of you, the chime sounds when the car ahead of you advances.
Traffic-Aware Cruise Control
To enable Traffic-Aware Cruise Control, touch Controls > Autopilot > Traffic-Aware Cruise Control. Or, select Autosteer and ensure that Autopilot Activation is set to Double Click.
NOTE: Traffic-Aware Cruise Control is unavailable when Autosteer is enabled and Autopilot Activation is set to Single Click. Traffic-Aware Cruise Control is also unavailable when Full Self-Driving (Supervised) is enabled (see Full Self- Driving (Supervised) on page 120).
To use Traffic-Aware Cruise Control:
- Press the right scroll button, then release the accelerator pedal to allow Traffic-Aware Cruise Control to maintain the cruising speed. A chime sounds to indicate that Traffic-Aware Cruise Control is now active.
- To change the set speed, roll the right scroll wheel up to increase, or down to decrease. You can apply the accelerator at any time to temporarily override the set cruising speed. For more information, see While Using Autopilot on page 109.
- To cancel Traffic-Aware Cruise Control, press the right scroll button or press the brake pedal. For more information, see Canceling Autopilot on page 108.
|
|
When Traffic-Aware Cruise Control is available but not engaged, the touchscreen displays the cruising speed in gray. The number shown represents the speed that will be set when you engage Traffic-Aware Cruise Control. |
WARNING: Traffic-Aware Cruise Control is designed for your driving comfort and convenience and is not a collision warning or avoidance system. It is your
|
|
When Traffic-Aware Cruise Control is actively cruising at a set speed, the speed is highlighted with blue text. |
responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, and be in control of the vehicle at all times. Never depend on Traffic-Aware Cruise Control to adequately slow down Model 3. Always watch the road in front of you and be prepared to take corrective action at all times. Failure to do so can result in serious injury or death. For more information, see Limitations and Warnings on page 130.
Autosteer
NOTE: Depending on market region, vehicle configuration, options purchased, and software version, your vehicle may not be equipped with Autosteer, or the feature may not operate exactly as described.
To enable Autosteer:
- Touch Controls > Autopilot > Autosteer (Beta).
- After carefully reading and understanding the popup window, touch Yes.
To use Autosteer:
- Press the right scroll button.
NOTE: If the setting for Autopilot Activation is set to Double Click, you must double-press the right scroll button to engage Autosteer (see Autopilot Settings on page 105).
- To change the set speed, roll the right scroll wheel up to increase, or down to decrease. For more information, see While Using Autopilot on page 109.
- To cancel Autosteer, press the right scroll button or press the brake pedal. For more information, see Canceling Autopilot on page 108.
When you engage Autosteer, Model 3 confirms activation with an audible chime and briefly displays a message on the touchscreen reminding you to pay attention to the road and be ready to take over at any time.
|
|
To indicate that Autosteer is available (but not actively steering Model 3), the top corner of the touchscreen displays a gray Autosteer icon next to the driving gear. In situations where Autosteer is temporarily unavailable, the Autosteer icon disappears. (For example, if your driving speed is not within the speed required for Autosteer to operate.) |
|
|
To indicate that Autosteer is active, the touchscreen displays the Autosteer icon in blue. |
When Autosteer is able to detect lane markings, it displays the edges of the driving lane in blue on the touchscreen.
Whenever Autosteer is active, Traffic-Aware Cruise Control is active as well.
In situations where the speed limit cannot be detected when Autosteer is engaged, Autosteer reduces your driving speed and limits the set cruising speed to 45 mph (70 km/h).
Although you can manually accelerate to exceed the limited speed, Model 3 will not brake for detected obstacles as long as you are applying the accelerator pedal. Autosteer slows down to the limited speed when you release the accelerator pedal. When you leave the road or disengage Autosteer by using the steering wheel, you can increase your set speed again, if desired.
WARNING: Autosteer is a hands-on assistance feature. Keep your hands on the steering wheel at all times, be
mindful of road conditions and surrounding traffic, and always be prepared to take immediate action. Failure to follow these instructions could cause damage, serious injury or death. It is your responsibility to familiarize yourself with the limitations of Autosteer and the situations in which it may not work as expected. For more information, see Limitations and Warnings on page 130.
Auto Lane Change
NOTE: Depending on market region, vehicle configuration, options purchased, and software version, your vehicle may not be equipped with Auto Lane Change, or the feature may not operate exactly as described.
If you engage a turn signal while Autosteer is active, Model 3 moves into the adjacent lane in the direction indicated by the turn signal, provided the following conditions are met:
- The turn signal is engaged.
- Lane markings indicate that a lane change is permitted.
- Midway through the lane change, Model 3 must detect the target lane’s outside lane marking. If this lane marking is not detected, the lane change is aborted and Model 3 returns to its original driving lane.
- The view of the camera(s) is not obstructed.
- Model 3 does not detect a vehicle in its blind spot, or a vehicle or obstacle up to the center of the target lane. If a vehicle or other obstacle is detected in the target lane, it is shown in red in the visualization on the touchscreen and Model 3 does not complete the lane change until it is safe to do so.
WARNING: Although Autopilot is designed to detect vehicles and obstacles in adjacent lanes, it is your
responsibility to always perform visual checks to make sure it is safe and appropriate to move into the target lane. If Autopilot cannot change lanes due to inadequate data, the touchscreen displays a series of warnings. Therefore, when using Auto Lane Change, always pay attention to the touchscreen and be prepared to manually steer Model 3.
The minimum speed at which Autopilot changes lanes may vary depending on region, adjacent lane speeds, and other factors. Always be ready to manually steer and change lanes as necessary. When an automatic lane change is in progress, Overtake Acceleration is activated, allowing Model 3 to accelerate closer to a vehicle in front (see Overtake Acceleration on page 111).
When you engage a turn signal, Autopilot moves Model 3 one lane at a time. Moving into an additional lane requires you to engage the turn signal a second time after the first lane change is complete.
As Model 3 changes lanes, it is important to monitor its performance by watching the driving path in front of you and the surrounding area. Stay prepared to take over steering at any time. As you are crossing over into the adjacent lane, the touchscreen displays the location in the lane that Model 3 is moving into.
Navigate on Autopilot
NOTE: Depending on market region, vehicle configuration, options purchased, and software version, your vehicle may not be equipped with Navigate on Autopilot, or the feature may not operate exactly as described.
To enable Navigate on Autopilot, touch Controls > Autopilot > Navigate on Autopilot (Beta). Then, to customize how you want Navigate on Autopilot to operate, touch Customize Navigate on Autopilot:
-
- Enable at Start of Every Trip: Choose whether to automatically enable Navigate on Autopilot for every navigation route. When enabled, the Navigate on Autopilot button on the turn-by-turn direction list is already enabled at the start of every trip.
- Speed Based Lane Changes: Navigate on Autopilot is designed to perform both route-based and speed-based lane changes. Speed-based lanes changes are optional. You can use this setting to disable speed-based lane changes or to specify how assertively you want Navigate on Autopilot to change lanes to achieve the set cruising speed (Mild, Average, or Mad Max).
- Exit Passing Lane: Choose whether you want Navigate on Autopilot to maneuver out of a passing lane when navigating to a destination. In addition to route-based and speed-based lane changes, Navigate on Autopilot requests a lane change out of a passing lane as a reminder to stay in a slower lane when you are not passing other vehicles. Choose No to disable this and keep Model 3 in a passing lane except when needed to stay on the navigation route.
- Require Lane Change Confirmation: (if equipped) By default, Navigate on Autopilot requires your confirmation before proceeding with a lane change by engaging the appropriate turn signal. If you do not confirm the lane change within 3 seconds, a chime sounds to remind you that Navigate on Autopilot requires your confirmation to change lanes.
- Lane Change Notification: You can specify if or how you want to be notified of lane changes (Off, Chime, Vibrate, or Both).
If Enable at Start of Every Trip is turned on, Navigate on Autopilot engages automatically when:
-
- Autosteer is active.
- You are navigating to a destination.
- You are on a controlled-access highway.
Once enabled, the Navigate on Autopilot button appears on the map’s turn-by-turn direction list whenever a navigation route is active and the route includes at least one controlled- access highway.
If Enable at Start of Every Trip is turned off, touch the Navigate on Autopilot button above the turn-by-turn directions to enable it. Once the Navigate on Autopilot is selected, it will engage whenever you engage Autosteer.
|
|
The Navigate on Autopilot icon shows in the turn-by-turn direction list when you are navigating to a destination and Navigate on Autopilot is available but not active. |
|
|
If Navigate on Autopilot is active, the icon is blue. If Enable at Start of Every Trip is turned on, the Navigate on Autopilot icon is selected whenever you start navigation. Touch the icon to cancel Navigate on Autopilot and revert to Autosteer. |
Whenever Navigate on Autopilot is active, the Navigate on Autopilot button is blue and the touchscreen displays the driving lane as a single blue line in front of Model 3:
The turn-by-turn directions display the Autosteer icon next to the maneuvers (such as off-ramps) that Navigate on Autopilot will handle.
When Navigate on Autopilot is engaged Model 3 automatically makes both speed-based and route-based lane changes.
-
-
- Speed Based Lane Changes: Navigate on Autopilot changes lanes to reduce driving time to your destination. For example, if Model 3 is behind a vehicle going below the set cruising speed, Navigate on Autopilot will move into the passing lane to pass it. Speed-based lanes changes are optional.
- Route Based Lane Changes: Navigate on Autopilot changes lanes to route you to your destination. For example, Navigate on Autopilot will move into the exit lane as Model 3 approaches the off-ramp specified by the navigation route.
-
If you ignore a route-based lane change suggestion (for example, you are driving in the left lane while approaching an off-ramp on the right side of the highway), Navigate on Autopilot is unable to maneuver onto the off-ramp and as a result, you are re-routed to your destination.
NOTE: When determining navigation routes, and maneuvers at interchanges, Navigate on Autopilot considers whether or not you want to use High Occupancy Vehicle (HOV) lanes. Therefore, ensure the Use HOV Lanes setting is appropriate for your circumstances (see Maps and Navigation on page 162). If the setting is off, Navigate on Autopilot never uses a HOV lane, regardless of time of day. If the setting is on, Navigate on Autopilot uses HOV lanes, whenever applicable.
CAUTION: Navigate on Autopilot may not always attempt to exit at an off-ramp or change lanes, even when an exit or lane change is determined by the
navigation route. Always remain alert and be prepared to manually steer onto an off-ramp, or make a lane change to prepare for, or to exit at, an off-ramp or interchange.
Navigate on Autopilot activates and deactivates based on the type of road you are driving on. When Navigate on Autopilot is active and you approach an off-ramp or interchange along your navigation route, the appropriate turn signal engages and Autosteer maneuvers Model 3 onto the off-ramp or interchange.
When you leave a controlled-access highway Navigate on Autopilot reverts to Autosteer—a chime sounds and the touchscreen displays the driving lane lines in blue (instead of the single blue in front of Model 3). When Navigate on Autopilot deactivates, Autosteer remains active. Always be prepared to take appropriate action.
NOTE: Navigate on Autopilot is a hands-on feature. Keep your hands on the steering wheel at all times, be mindful of road conditions and surrounding traffic, and always be prepared to take immediate action. Failure to follow these instructions could cause damage, serious injury or death. It is your responsibility to familiarize yourself with the limitations of Navigate on Autopilot and the situations in which it may not work as expected. For more information, see Limitations and Warnings on page 130.
Canceling Autopilot
Traffic-Aware Cruise Control cancels when:
-
- You press the right scroll button on the steering wheel.
- You press the brake pedal.
- You exceed 85 mph (140 km/h).
- You shift into Reverse, Park, or Neutral.
- A door is opened.
- An Automatic Emergency Braking event occurs (see Collision Avoidance Assist on page 137).
- The driver’s seatbelt is released, and/or the driver gets out of their seat.
When Traffic-Aware Cruise Control cancels, the cruising speed icon on the touchscreen turns gray to indicate that Traffic-Aware Cruise Control is no longer active.
Autosteer cancels when any of the above actions are taken. In addition, Autosteer cancels when:
WARNING: If Autopilot Activation is set to Double Click and Autosteer cancels because you started steering manually, Traffic-Aware Cruise Control
remains active. If Autopilot Activation is set to Single Click and Autosteer cancels because you started steering manually, Traffic-Aware Cruise Control also cancels.
-
-
- You do not respond to repeated reminders to keep your hands on the wheel and subsequent messages on the touchscreen .
-
When Autosteer cancels, a chime sounds and the Autosteer icon either turns gray to indicate that Autosteer is no longer active, or disappears to indicate that it is not currently available.
Navigate on Autopilot cancels when Autosteer cancels, as described above. In addition, Navigate on Autopilot cancels when:
-
-
- You touch the Navigate on Autopilot button on the map’s turn-by-turn direction list. In this case, Autosteer is still active.
- You leave a controlled-access highway. When this happens, Autosteer is still active.
-
When Navigate on Autopilot cancels but Autosteer remains active, a chime sounds and the visualization goes from a single blue line in the driving lane to two blue lines on either side of the lane.
When Traffic-Aware Cruise Control or Autosteer cancels, Model 3 does not coast. Instead, regenerative braking slows down Model 3 in the same way as when you move your foot off the accelerator when driving without Traffic-Aware Cruise Control (see Regenerative Braking on page 78).
While Using Autopilot
When Traffic-Aware Cruise Control is active and Autopilot is maintaining a set speed, the speed is highlighted with blue text on the touchscreen.
When Autosteer is active, the steering wheel icon is blue and the lane markings are highlighted in blue on the visualization.
If unable to detect lane markings, Autosteer may determine the driving lane based on a vehicle you are following. In most cases, Autosteer attempts to center Model 3 in the driving lane. However, there may be situations in which Autosteer follows a driving path that is offset from the center of the lane (for example, if guard rails are detected).
Maintaining the Set Speed
When Autopilot is active, Model 3 maintains your set cruising speed whenever a vehicle is not detected in front of it. When cruising behind a vehicle, Model 3 accelerates and decelerates as needed to maintain a chosen following distance (see Adjusting the Following Distance on page
109), up to the set speed.
You can manually accelerate at any time by pressing the accelerator pedal, but when you release the pedal Model 3 resumes cruising at the set speed.
Model 3 also adjusts the cruising speed when entering and exiting curves.
When Model 3 is actively slowing down to maintain the selected distance from the vehicle ahead, brake lights turn on. You may notice slight movement of the brake pedal.
However, when Model 3 is accelerating, the accelerator pedal does not move.
Changing the Set Speed
Roll the right scroll wheel up to increase, or down to decrease, the set speed.
To change the cruising speed to the current speed limit (including any offset you’ve specified), press the speed limit sign on the touchscreen.
It may take a few seconds for Model 3 to reach the new cruising speed.
Adjusting the Following Distance
To adjust the following distance you want to maintain between Model 3 and a vehicle traveling ahead of you, press the steering wheel’s right scroll button to the left or right.
NOTE: If Full Self-Driving (Supervised) is active, pressing the steering wheel’s right scroll button to the left or right changes the Full Self-Driving (Supervised) profile (see Full Self-Driving (Supervised) on page 120).
The closest following distance is 2.
NOTE: The steering wheel design may vary but the function is the same.
Each setting corresponds to a time-based distance that represents how long it takes for Model 3, from its current location, to reach the location of the rear bumper of the vehicle ahead of you. Autopilot retains your setting until you change it again.
As you adjust the following distance, the touchscreen displays the current setting.
Stopping and Slowdowns
When moving significantly faster than vehicles in adjacent lanes, Model 3 automatically reduces the driving speed. This is especially helpful in heavy traffic situations or when vehicles are constantly merging into different lanes. When Model 3 detects other vehicles driving significantly slower, the touchscreen highlights the adjacent lanes with arrows and detected vehicles in gray, and Model 3 reduces the driving speed as appropriate. To temporarily override this feature, press the accelerator pedal.
When following a vehicle, Autopilot remains active at low speeds, even when Model 3 comes to a full stop. For example, Autopilot remains active even if Model 3 slows down to a complete or near-complete stop in heavy, stop- and-go traffic on a highway. When traffic starts moving more rapidly, Autopilot again accelerates up to the set speed.
Sometimes when Model 3 is at a full stop, Autopilot goes into a HOLD state. If this happens, briefly press the accelerator pedal to resume cruising.
|
|
When the HOLD status is active, the touchscreen displays the HOLD icon and a message that indicates that you need to resume cruise control. |
Model 3 goes into HOLD state while Autopilot is active in the following circumstances:
- Model 3 has been at a standstill for 5 minutes.
- Model 3 detects a pedestrian (the HOLD state may clear when the pedestrian is no longer detected).
- Model 3 suddenly loses visibility of the vehicle in front of you.
- An obstacle is detected in front of Model 3.
Cruising Near or On Exits
When you are cruising near an exit on a controlled-access highway and engage the turn signal toward the off-ramp, Autopilot assumes you are exiting and begins to slow down Model 3. If you do not drive onto the off-ramp, Autopilot resumes cruising at the set speed.
In a region with right hand traffic, this occurs only when you engage the right turn signal when driving in the right-most lane within 164 ft. (50 meters) of an exit. Likewise in regions with left hand traffic, this occurs when engaging the left turn signal when driving in the left-most lane within 164 ft. (50 meters) of an exit.
NOTE: If Navigate on Autopilot is active, Model 3 will perform a route-based lane change to enter the exit lane and take the off-ramp as necessary to follow the navigation route.
When enabled while on a highway interchange or off-ramp, Traffic-Aware Cruise Control may reduce your set speed in
5 mph (5 km/h) increments – to as slow as 25 mph (40 km/h) – to better match the reported speeds of other Tesla vehicles that have driven at that specific location. To override this and continue cruising at your set speed, tap the accelerator pedal. The new set speed is maintained for the duration of the interchange or off-ramp (unless you override it or cancel Autopilot). After the interchange or off-ramp, the set speed may revert or change as necessary based on the new location. For example, if you merged onto a different highway, the set cruising speed reverts to what it was before driving on the interchange.
WARNING: In some cases (such as having insufficient data), Traffic-Aware Cruise Control may not automatically reduce the set speed on the highway
interchange or off-ramp. Do not rely on Traffic-Aware Cruise Control to determine an appropriate driving speed. Tesla recommends driving at a speed that is safe for road conditions and within posted speed limits.
When cruising onto an on-ramp to a controlled-access highway, Autopilot automatically adjusts the set cruising speed to the speed limit of the highway, plus any offset you have specified. If Navigate on Autopilot is engaged, it disengages as you leave the controlled-access highway (see Canceling Autopilot on page 108). In this case, Autosteer remains active.
Overtake Acceleration
Engage the turn signal momentarily to accelerate Model 3 towards the vehicle ahead of it. By momentarily holding the turn signal, you can quickly accelerate up to your set speed without having to press the accelerator pedal as long as:
- Traffic-Aware Cruise Control is operating and detects a vehicle in front of you.
- No obstacles or vehicles are detected in the target lane.
- Model 3 is traveling below the set speed, but over 45 mph (72 km/h).
NOTE: If Autosteer is active and you fully engage the turn signal, Model 3 will change lanes automatically (see Auto Lane Change on page 106).
Model 3 stops accelerating when you reach your set cruising speed, if changing lanes takes too long, or if Model 3 gets too close the vehicle ahead. Model 3 also stops accelerating if you disengage the turn signal.
Stop Light and Stop Sign Warning
While Autopilot is in use, Model 3 displays a warning on the touchscreen and sounds a chime if it detects that you are likely to run through a red stop light or stop sign. If this happens, TAKE IMMEDIATE CORRECTIVE ACTION!
The visual and audible warnings cancel after a few seconds or when you press the brake pedal, whichever comes first.
Stop Light and Stop Sign Warning provides warnings only. It does not slow down or stop Model 3 at red traffic lights, stop signs, road markings, etc. If equipped with Traffic Light and Stop Sign Control, you can enable this feature to automatically stop Model 3 at traffic lights and stop signs (see Traffic Light and Stop Sign Control on page 113).
Emergency Vehicles
If available in your market region, Model 3 automatically reduces driving speed when lights from an emergency vehicle are detected when using Autopilot at night on a high speed road. When this happens, the touchscreen displays a message informing you of the slowdown. You will also hear a chime, and see a reminder to keep your hands on the steering wheel. When the light detections pass by or cease to appear, Autopilot resumes your cruising speed. Alternatively, you may tap the accelerator to resume your cruising speed.
Never depend on Autopilot features to determine the presence of emergency vehicles. Model 3 may not detect lights from emergency vehicles. Keep your eyes on your driving path and always be prepared to take immediate action.
Take Over Immediately
In situations where Autopilot is unable to steer Model 3, a warning chime sounds and the touchscreen displays the following message.
|
|
Take over immediately |
When you see this message, take over steering immediately.
Driver Attentiveness
Autopilot features require that the driver pay attention to the road, their surroundings, and other road users.
The cabin camera monitors continued driver attentiveness when Autopilot is engaged. This system cannot be disabled. The cabin camera does not require full visibility of the driver’s eyes in order to monitor attentiveness. The system is still active, for example, if the driver is wearing sunglasses.
|
|
Please pay attention to the road |
If the cabin camera does not have clear visibility of the driver’s hand and arm locations, the touchscreen periodically displays a message reminding the driver to apply slight force to the steering wheel.
|
|
When the cabin camera is actively monitoring driver attentiveness, a green indicator appears in the status bar. |
If the driver repeatedly looks away from the road, the touchscreen displays a warning. The warning is dismissed once the driver begins paying attention to the road again.
If the driver repeatedly ignore prompts to apply slight force to the steering wheel or to pay attention, Autopilot displays a series of escalating warnings and, if those warnings are ignored, disables for the rest of the drive and displays the following message.
Autopilot unavailable for current drive. Autopilot Strikeout – Attention warnings ignored.
If the driver does not resume manual steering, Model 3 sounds a continuous chime, turns on the warning flashers, and slows to a complete stop.
WARNING: Do not use handheld devices while using Autopilot features. If the cabin camera detects a
handheld device while Autopilot is engaged, the touchscreen displays a message reminding you to pay attention.
WARNING: The use of devices designed to circumvent driver attentiveness is a violation of the terms of use
for Autopilot and may result in the feature being permanently disabled on your vehicle and a ban on future use of the feature.
Autopilot Suspension
Use of Autopilot features will be suspended if improper usage is detected.
Use of Autosteer and Full Self-Driving (Supervised) is suspended for a week when you or another driver of your vehicle receives five Autopilot “strikeouts.” A strikeout is when the Autopilot system disengages for the remainder of a trip after the driver receives several audio and visual warnings for inattentiveness.
You can see how many strikeouts are remaining before Autopilot access is suspended by touching Controls > Autopilot .
A strikeout is forgiven after half a week (3.5 days), as long as you don’t receive another strikeout in that time.
NOTE: If your access to Autosteer and Full Self-Driving (Supervised) is suspended, you can still use Traffic-Aware Cruise Control and all active safety features are still enabled.
There may be occasions where driver intervention is required and you must take over immediately to maintain safe driving. Driver-initiated disengagements do not count as improper usage and are expected from the driver.
NOTE: Depending on market region, vehicle configuration, options purchased, and software version, your vehicle may not be equipped with Traffic Light and Stop Sign Control, or the feature may not operate exactly as described.
NOTE: Traffic Light and Stop Sign Control is a BETA feature and works best on roads that are frequently driven by Tesla vehicles. Traffic Light and Stop Sign Control attempts to stop at all traffic lights and may also stop at green lights.
Traffic Light and Stop Sign Control is designed to recognize and respond to traffic lights and stop signs, slowing Model 3 to a stop when using Traffic-Aware cruise control or Autosteer. This feature uses the vehicle’s forward-facing cameras, in addition to GPS data, and slows the car for all detected traffic lights, including green, blinking yellow, and off lights in addition to stop signs and some road markings. As Model 3 approaches an intersection, the touchscreen displays a notification indicating the intention to slow down. You must confirm that you want to continue or Model 3 stops at the red line displayed on the touchscreen’s driving visualization.
WARNING: NEVER make assumptions and predict when and where Traffic Light and Stop Sign Control will stop or continue through an intersection or road marking.
From a driver’s perspective, the behavior of Traffic Light and Stop Sign Control may appear inconsistent. Always pay attention to the roadway and be prepared to take immediate action. It is the driver’s responsibility to determine whether to stop or continue through an intersection. Never depend on Traffic Light and Stop Sign Control to determine when it is safe and/or appropriate to stop or continue through an intersection.
Before Using
Before using Traffic Light and Stop Sign Control, you must:
- Ensure that forward-facing cameras are unobstructed (see ) and calibrated (see Drive to Calibrate Cameras on page 18). Traffic Light and Stop Sign Control depends on the ability of the cameras to detect traffic lights, stop signs, and road markings.
- Ensure that the latest version of maps has been downloaded to Model 3. Although Traffic Light and Stop Sign Control primarily uses visual data received from the vehicle’s cameras, greater accuracy is achieved when using the most recent map data. To check which version of maps is currently downloaded, touch Controls > Software. You must connect to a Wi-Fi network to receive updated maps (see Map Updates on page 167).
- Enable the feature. With the vehicle in Park, touch Controls > Autopilot and then touch Traffic Light and Stop Sign Control. Once enabled, Traffic Light and Stop Sign Control operates whenever Traffic-Aware Cruise Control or Autosteer is active.
How it Works
When Traffic Light and Stop Sign Control is enabled and you are using Autosteer, Full Self-Driving (Supervised), or Traffic-Aware Cruise Control, the touchscreen displays a popup message to inform you that an upcoming traffic light, stop sign, or road marking has been detected. As it approaches the stop location, even at an intersection where the traffic light is green, Model 3 slows down and displays a red line to indicate where Model 3 will stop. To continue through the intersection—even if the traffic light is green — you must briefly press the accelerator pedal to give the vehicle permission to proceed. When you’ve confirmed that you want to proceed, the red stop line turns gray and Model 3 continues through the intersection and resumes your set cruising speed.
NOTE: If Model 3 is approaching a green light and detects that a vehicle in front of you is continuing through the intersection, Model 3 continues through the intersection without requiring your confirmation, provided you are not in a turning lane and the vehicle can detect that your hands are on the steering wheel.
NOTE: If, after you briefly press the accelerator pedal to confirm that you want to continue through the intersection, the traffic signal changes before you enter the intersection (for example, the light changes from green to yellow or from yellow to red), Model 3 may determine that it is not appropriate to proceed. Therefore, Model 3 stops and you must press the accelerator to proceed. At all times, it is your responsibility to ensure the vehicle stops or accelerates appropriately and safely.
WARNING: Traffic Light and Stop Sign Control DOES NOT turn Model 3 through an intersection unless Full Self-Driving (Supervised) is engaged. When in a
turning lane, Model 3 stops at the red stop line. To proceed, briefly press the accelerator pedal—Model 3 continues straight through the intersection (even when in a turning lane), so you MUST manually steer Model 3 through the intersection (which cancels Autosteer).
Traffic Light and Stop Sign Control is designed to operate as described only when the following conditions are met:
- Autosteer, Full Self-Driving (Supervised), or Traffic- Aware Cruise Control is engaged.
- The cameras can detect an upcoming traffic light, stop sign or road marking (for example, cameras are unobstructed and have a clear line-of-sight to the traffic light, stop sign, or road marking).
- The touchscreen on Model 3 is displaying an upcoming traffic light in “bold” format. Model 3 does not acknowledge traffic lights that the touchscreen shows as faded. If a traffic light is not directly ahead of the camera (for example, it is located at an angle of the camera’s view, or located in an adjacent lane) the touchscreen displays it as faded and Model 3 does not slow down and stop for it.
|
pay attention to upcoming intersections and monitor traffic conditions to determine when and if the vehicle should stop and then to take appropriate action as needed. |
|
watching the road and paying attention to the roadway, upcoming intersections, traffic conditions, crosswalks, and other road users. It is always the driver’s responsibility to determine whether to stop or proceed. Be prepared to take immediate action. Failure to do so can result in injury or death. |
|
Be prepared to take immediate action at all times. |
|
light. If you do not confirm, Model 3 stops at the red stop line displayed on the touchscreen, even if stopping may be inappropriate. Stopping at a green light may confuse other drivers and may result in a collision, injury or death. Therefore, always pay attention to upcoming intersections and be prepared to manually brake or accelerate in response to surroundings. |
|
complex intersection, or an intersection in which a traffic light or sign is partially obstructed, etc.) means that Model 3 can also see it and respond appropriately. |
|
Traffic Light and Stop Sign Control relies heavily on the ability of the cameras to detect traffic lights, stop signs, road markings, etc. As a result, Model 3 may ignore an intersection that is blocked from the camera’s view (for example, obstructed by a tree or a large vehicle or object, or located near a steep hill or sharp curve). |
|
substitute for attentive driving and sound judgment. |
WARNING: If the touchscreen is not displaying a red stop line at an upcoming intersection, Model 3 does not slow down or stop. It is the driver’s responsibility to
WARNING: Never depend on Traffic Light and Stop Sign Control to determine whether to stop at, or proceed through, an intersection. Drive attentively by
WARNING: In some situations, Traffic Light and Stop Sign Control may inaccurately detect a traffic light or stop sign, causing Model 3 to slow down unexpectedly.
WARNING: You must briefly press the accelerator pedal to confirm that you want to proceed through an intersection, regardless of the status of the traffic
WARNING: Never assume that your ability to see a traffic light, stop sign, or road marking (especially at a
WARNING: Even the most recent map data does not include all traffic lights and stop signs. Therefore,
WARNING: Traffic Light and Stop Sign Control is not aTraffic Lights
When driving with Autosteer or Traffic-Aware Cruise Control engaged, and Traffic Light and Stop Sign Control enabled, Model 3 is designed to respond as follows when approaching intersections controlled by a traffic light:
|
Type of Traffic Light |
Vehicle Intended Response |
|
|
At a solid green traffic light, or at a traffic light that is currently off (not illuminated), Model 3 slows down. If you are following a car in front of you that continues through the intersection, the touchscreen displays a green stop line and provided your hands are detected on the steering wheel, Model 3 also continues. If a car is not in front of you, the touchscreen displays a red stop line. You must confirm that you want to continue through the intersection by briefly pressing the accelerator pedal. If you don’t confirm, Model 3 stops at the red stop line displayed on the touchscreen. NOTE: Model 3 resumes the set cruising speed when it continues through the intersection, taking into consideration the speed of a vehicle in front of you. |
|
|
Model 3 slows down and comes to a complete stop at the red stop line displayed on the touchscreen. When you want to continue through the intersection (for example, the light turns green again, or once Model 3 has come to a complete stop), you must briefly press the accelerator pedal. |
|
|
Model 3 slows down and comes to a complete stop at the red stop line displayed on the touchscreen. When you want to proceed through the intersection (for example, the light turns green again), you must briefly press the accelerator pedal. NOTE: If the traffic light changes after you’ve confirmed that you want to proceed (for example, a green traffic light turns yellow), Model 3 may stop instead of continuing, especially if Model 3 determines that it can safely stop before entering the intersection. NOTE: Model 3 is not designed to proceed through an intersection when the traffic light is red or if the light turns yellow in situations when there is adequate distance to safely stop before entering the intersection. NOTE: You can take over driving at any time by manually braking to cancel Autosteer or Traffic-Aware Cruise Control. |
|
Type of Traffic Light |
Vehicle Intended Response |
|
|
|
|
|
Model 3 slows down. To proceed, you must briefly press the accelerator pedal. If you don’t, Model 3 stops at the red stop line displayed on the touchscreen. NOTE: To prevent Model 3 from stopping, and to minimize how much it slows down as it approaches, you can confirm that you want to proceed by briefly pressing the accelerator pedal at any time after the touchscreen displays the red stop line. Model 3 resumes your set cruising speed immediately after you confirm (taking into consideration the speed of a vehicle in front of you).
|
|
|
Model 3 slows down and comes to a complete stop at the red stop line displayed on the touchscreen. When you want to proceed through the intersection (for example, traffic laws and conditions indicate it is safe and legal to proceed), you must briefly press the accelerator pedal. |
WARNING: Approach attentively and be prepared to press the brake pedal to slow down or stop.
Stop Signs and Road Markings
When driving with Autosteer or Traffic-Aware Cruise Control engaged, and Traffic Light and Stop Sign Control enabled, Model 3 is designed to respond as follows when approaching intersections controlled by stop signs, stop lines, or road markings:
|
Type of Intersection |
Vehicle Intended Response |
|
No Traffic Control
Arm of T-junction |
Model 3 assumes the right of way and continues straight without slowing down or stopping. |
|
End of T-junction |
If Model 3 detects a T-junction based on the map data, Model 3 slows down and comes to a complete stop at the red stop line displayed on the touchscreen. When you want to proceed, you must take over steering and acceleration.
|
|
Stop Sign |
Model 3 slows down and comes to a complete stop at the red stop line displayed on the touchscreen. When you want to proceed through the intersection, you must briefly press the accelerator pedal. NOTE: If you confirm that you want to proceed through an intersection controlled by a stop sign by briefly pressing the accelerator pedal before Model 3 has stopped, your confirmation is ignored. Model 3 is not designed to proceed through a stop sign without stopping. NOTE: Even when using Autosteer, and even if you have engaged a turn signal, you must turn the steering wheel yourself (which cancels Autosteer) to complete a turn at an intersection. |
WARNING: Model 3 may not stop at a T-junction that does not have a stop sign or stop line, or if the T-junction is not included in the map data. Drive attentively and be prepared to stop (when necessary and/or appropriate).
|
Type of Intersection |
Vehicle Intended Response |
|
Stop Sign and Road Marking
Road Marking |
WARNING: Model 3 also slows down and stops at a roundabout. You must take over steering (which cancels Autosteer) and briefly press the accelerator pedal to confirm that you want to continue through the roundabout.
WARNING: At crosswalks, Model 3 may slow down and may stop, depending on whether the crosswalk is controlled by a traffic light and whether the cameras detect pedestrians, bicyclists, etc. in the crosswalk. Pay particular attention at crosswalks and be prepared to take over at any time. Failure to do so can result in injury or death.
Limitations
Depending on many different circumstances and environmental conditions, Traffic Light and Stop Sign Control may or may not
stop at:
- Railroad crossings.
- Keep-out zones.
- Toll booths.
- Crosswalk systems.
- Yield signs or temporary traffic lights and stop signs (such as at construction areas).
- Miscellaneous traffic U-turn lights, bicycle and pedestrian crossing lights, lane availability lights, etc.
In addition, Traffic Light and Stop Sign Control is particularly unlikely to operate as intended, can disengage, or may not operate, when one or more of the following conditions are present:
- Driving through consecutive light-controlled intersections that are very close to each other.
- Visibility is poor (heavy rain, snow, fog, etc.) or weather conditions are interfering with camera or sensor operation.
- Bright light (such as direct sunlight) is interfering with the view of the camera(s).
- A camera is obstructed, covered, damaged, or not properly calibrated.
- Driving on a hill or on a road that has sharp curves on which the cameras are unable to see upcoming traffic lights or stop signs.
- A traffic light, stop sign, or road marking is obstructed (for example, a tree, a large vehicle, etc.).
- Model 3 is being driven very close to a vehicle in front of it, which is blocking the view of a camera.
WARNING: The limitations listed above are not an exhaustive list of reasons why Model 3 may not operate as expected. Many unforeseen circumstances can adversely impact the accurate operation of Traffic Light and Stop Sign Control. Using this feature does not reduce or eliminate the need to drive attentively and responsibly. You must be prepared to
take appropriate and immediate action at all times.
NOTE: Depending on market region, vehicle configuration, options purchased, and software version, your vehicle may not be equipped with Full Self-Driving (Supervised), or the feature may not operate exactly as described.
When Full Self-Driving (Supervised) is engaged, Model 3 attempts to drive to your destination by following curves in the road, stopping at and negotiating intersections, making left and right turns, navigating roundabouts, and entering/ exiting highways.
Unlike Traffic-Aware Cruise Control, Autosteer, and Navigate on Autopilot, which are intended for use on multi-lane roadways with clear lane markings, Full Self-Driving (Supervised) is meant to work in a variety of driving scenarios. You can use Full Self-Driving (Supervised) on any type of roadway, including residential and city streets.
WARNING: Driver intervention may be required in certain situations, such as on narrow roads with
oncoming cars, in construction zones, or while going through complex intersections. For more examples of scenarios in which driver intervention might be required, see Limitations and Warnings on page 130.
Full Self-Driving (Supervised) uses inputs from cameras mounted at the front, rear, left, and right of Model 3 to build a model of the area surrounding Model 3 (see Cameras on page 18). The Full Self-Driving computer installed in Model 3 is designed to use this input, rapidly process neural networks, and make decisions to safely guide you to your destination.
NOTE: As Tesla’s Full Self-Driving (Supervised) capabilities evolve, Model 3 is upgraded through over-the-air software updates. Download updates as soon as they become available.
Like other Autopilot features, Full Self-Driving (Supervised) requires a fully attentive driver and will display a series of escalating warnings requiring driver response. You must remain attentive and be ready to take over at all times while Full Self-Driving (Supervised) is engaged. While Full Self- Driving (Supervised) is engaged, the cabin camera monitors driver attentiveness (see Driver Attentiveness on page 123).
WARNING: Full Self-Driving (Supervised) requires you to pay attention to the road and be ready to take over
at all times. Remain attentive, be mindful of road conditions and surrounding traffic, pay attention to pedestrians and cyclists, and always be prepared to take immediate action (especially around blind corners, crossing intersections, and in narrow driving situations). Failure to follow these instructions could cause damage, serious injury or death. It is your responsibility to familiarize yourself with the limitations of Full Self-Driving (Supervised) and the situations in which it may not work as expected. For more information, see Limitations and Warnings on page 130.
CAUTION: Use of Full Self-Driving (Supervised) will be suspended if improper usage is detected. For more information, see Autopilot Suspension on page 123.
CAUTION: As Full Self-Driving (Supervised) deployment expands, Tesla will gradually make it available to eligible customers in select countries
outside of the United States and Canada. Because every country contains unique infrastructure, driving behaviors, and traffic patterns that Full Self-Driving (Supervised) must adapt to over time, it is essential for drivers using Full Self-Driving (Supervised) in newly eligible countries to be extra attentive and overly cautious. You must be ready to take over safely at any time.
Before Using Full Self-Driving (Supervised)
- Enable Full Self-Driving (Supervised). While Model 3 is parked, touch Controls > Autopilot > Full Self-Driving (Supervised) and then, after carefully reading and understanding the popup window, touch Yes.
NOTE: Model 3 must be in Park for you to enable Full Self- Driving (Supervised), or to disable it and instead enable Autosteer or Traffic-Aware Cruise Control.
- (Optional) Customize Full Self-Driving (Supervised) settings.
- Full Self-Driving (Supervised) Profile: If desired, change the default setting of Standard to Chill or Hurry. Chill provides a more relaxed driving style with minimal lane changes and Hurry drives with more urgency. While Full Self-Driving (Supervised) is engaged, tilting the right scroll button to the right or
left changes the Full Self-Driving (Supervised) profile.
-
- Max Speed Offset: Set the percentage offset over the currently detected speed limit that Full Self-Driving (Supervised) can drive if it is necessary to drive faster than the speed limit to match the flow of traffic.
WARNING: You are responsible for the speed of the vehicle at all times, whether Autopilot is engaged or not.
-
- Use HOV Lanes: Choose whether Full Self-Driving (Supervised) uses High Occupancy Vehicle (HOV) lanes on your route.
NOTE: When Full Self-Driving (Supervised) is enabled, the setting for Autopilot Activation is set to Single Click and Traffic-Aware Cruise Control and Autosteer are unavailable.
- Ensure that the cameras on Model 3 are unobstructed and calibrated (see Cameras on page 18). Full Self-Driving (Supervised) depends on the ability of the cameras to detect traffic lights, stop signs, and road markings.
WARNING: Do not use Full Self-Driving (Supervised) if anything, such as a ball hitch, bike rack, or trailer, is attached to the rear of your
vehicle. If Model 3 detects that a camera is blocked (for example, by a rear-mounted bike rack), the touchscreen displays an alert and Full Self-Driving (Supervised) performance may be degraded or, in some cases, the feature is unavailable.
- Ensure that the latest version of maps has been downloaded to Model 3 (see Map Updates on page 167). Although Full Self-Driving (Supervised) primarily uses visual data received from the vehicle’s cameras, greater accuracy is achieved when using the most recent map data.
To Use Full Self-Driving (Supervised)
As long as Full Self-Driving (Supervised) is enabled and available, you can activate it at any speed less than 85 mph (140 km/h) (including when Model 3 is at a standstill) by pressing the right scroll button.
If you do not choose a destination, Model 3 chooses the most probable driving path or suggests a destination based on your driving.
NOTE: You can override Full Self-Driving (Supervised) at any time if you are uncomfortable or uncertain about the system’s intended course of action. You are driving Model 3 at all times.
Start Full Self-Driving (Supervised)
from Park
You can also activate Full Self-Driving (Supervised) when Model 3 is in Park.
- First, enable this feature by touching Controls > Start FSD (Supervised) from Park.
Brake Confirm is enabled by default. When Brake Confirm is enabled, you will need to briefly press the brake pedal to confirm each time you start Full Self-Driving (Supervised) from Park.
- (Optional) Enter a destination. If you do not choose a destination, Model 3 chooses the most probable driving path or suggests a destination based on your driving.
- Touch and hold Start FSD (Supervised) on the touchscreen and, if prompted, press the brake pedal to continue. Model 3 shifts into Drive or Reverse as necessary, pulls out of the parking space, and begins navigating to your destination.
|
|
To indicate that Full Self-Driving (Supervised) is available but not engaged, the top corner of the touchscreen displays a gray steering wheel icon next to the driving gear. |
|
|
When Full Self-Driving (Supervised) is engaged, the steering wheel icon, Full Self- Driving (Supervised) profile, and the max speed are shown in blue (see Changing the Max Speed on page 122). |
To cancel Full Self-Driving (Supervised) once Model 3 has begun the trip, tap the brake pedal or use any of the methods listed in Canceling Full Self-Driving (Supervised) on page 122.
When Full Self-Driving (Supervised) is engaged, the touchscreen displays a visualization of the environment surrounding Model 3, including the roadway and detected objects such as vehicles, pedestrians, curbs, bicyclists, and more. Objects that are highlighted on the visualization represent priorities that Full Self-Driving (Supervised) is actively controlling for at a given time.
NOTE: The Full Self-Driving (Supervised) visualization may not be a holistic representation of the objects, road markings, road signals, and other variables that Full Self-Driving (Supervised) takes into account as it attempts to drive to your destination. While Full Self-Driving (Supervised) is engaged, it uses data from the cameras on Model 3 that may not be represented in the visualization (see Cameras on page 18).
You can widen the visualization area to fullscreen. Enable the setting by touching Controls > Autopilot and then touching Expanded Full Self-Driving Visualization. Then on the touchscreen, swipe the visualization window handle to fill the entire screen.
CAUTION: Start FSD (Supervised) from Park is available as long as Full Self-Driving (Supervised) is enabled and available and Model 3 detects that a suitable driver is present. Start FSD (Supervised) from Park may be unavailable for a number of reasons, including (but not limited to):
-
Model 3 detects that there is no suitable driver in the driver’s seat.- Model 3 detects that the driver’s seat belt is not buckled.
- A door, the trunk, or the frunk is open.
- A charge cable is connected to the vehicle.
- Model 3 is in Valet Mode, Track Mode, or any other mode that restricts Autopilot usage.
CAUTION: The use of devices designed to circumvent occupancy detection is a violation of the terms of use for Full Self-Driving (Supervised) and may result in the feature being permanently disabled on your vehicle and a ban on future use of the feature.
While Using Full Self-Driving (Supervised)
Full Self-Driving (Supervised) changes lanes, makes left and right turns, follows on- and off-ramps, and takes forks in the road as necessary to reach the destination.
WARNING: NEVER make assumptions and predict when and where Full Self-Driving (Supervised) will
stop or continue through an intersection or road marking. From a driver’s perspective, the behavior of Full Self-Driving (Supervised) may appear inconsistent. Always pay attention to the roadway and be prepared to take immediate action. It is the driver’s responsibility to determine whether to stop or continue through an intersection. Never depend on Full Self-Driving (Supervised) to determine when it is safe and/or appropriate to stop or continue through an intersection.
Like Autosteer and Traffic-Aware Cruise Control, Full Self- Driving (Supervised) maintains your speed and following distance from the vehicle ahead of Model 3, if there is one. Full Self-Driving (Supervised) also slows down and stops at traffic lights and stop signs as necessary, and reacts to pedestrians, cyclists, and other vehicles on the road.
For example, if you are driving on a residential street and another vehicle backs out of a driveway ahead of Model 3, Full Self-Driving (Supervised) slows down or stops as appropriate. If the other vehicle stops backing out while partially blocking the driving lane, Full Self-Driving (Supervised) slows down and maneuvers around the other vehicle if the width of the lane allows it.
When the traffic in front of you is slowing down, Full Self- Driving (Supervised) shows blue arrows in the driving lane and slows down to maintain an appropriate following distance from the vehicle ahead of you. When you are driving on the highway, Full Self-Driving (Supervised) displays a message on the touchscreen to inform you when an action (such as a lane change) is being taken.
WARNING: In rare cases, Full Self-Driving (Supervised) may not appropriately slow down, come to a stop, or
resume control for a stop sign or traffic light. You may assist the system by lightly applying the accelerator, or can override Full Self-Driving (Supervised) at any time.
Changing the Max Speed
The touchscreen displays the max speed in blue. When Full Self-Driving (Supervised) is engaged, Autopilot sets the max speed based on the currently detected speed limit, the Full Self-Driving (Supervised) profile, and other factors (such as the speed of surrounding traffic).
Roll the right scroll wheel up to increase, or down to decrease, the max speed.
The max speed limits how fast Model 3 drives while Full Self- Driving (Supervised) is active, but does not determine how quickly Full Self-Driving (Supervised) drives your vehicle.
To have Full Self-Driving (Supervised) drive Model 3 with more urgency, change the Full Self-Driving (Supervised) profile by pressing the right scroll wheel to the left or right. You can also press the accelerator pedal to manually increase the speed.
Changing Lanes
To tell Full Self-Driving (Supervised) to change lanes while on a multi-lane roadway, engage the right or left turn signal. On city or residential streets, engaging the right or left turn signal tells Full Self-Driving (Supervised) to make a right or left turn, respectively.
Unlike Navigate on Autopilot, Full Self-Driving (Supervised) does not require confirmation before a lane change. To cancel a lane change or turn, cancel the turn signal or intervene with the steering wheel or other vehicle controls.
Arriving at Your Destination
If a suitable parking space is detected, Full Self-Driving (Supervised) parks Model 3 once you reach your destination. Otherwise, Full Self-Driving (Supervised) stops Model 3 and displays a message indicating that navigation is complete.
Canceling Full Self-Driving (Supervised)
To disengage Full Self-Driving (Supervised), do any of the following:
- Press the brake pedal.
- Press the right scroll wheel on the steering wheel.
- Take over and steer manually.
In addition, Full Self-Driving (Supervised) will disengage if any of the following occurs:
- You shift out of Drive.
- A door or the trunk is opened.
- There is an Automatic Emergency Braking event (see Collision Avoidance Assist on page 137).
- The driver’s seat belt is released, and/or the driver gets out of their seat.
- You do not respond to repeated reminders to pay attention and subsequent messages on the touchscreen.
- Full Self-Driving (Supervised) becomes unavailable. This can happen for a number of reasons (for example, if a camera becomes obscured). If Full Self-Driving (Supervised) disengages, an alert will appear on the touchscreen to notify you and a chime will sound. If this happens, take control of steering immediately.
When driver intervention is required, it is best to safely disengage as soon as possible. It is recommended to practice disengaging from Full Self-Driving (Supervised) in a safe environment without other road users so you may become familiar with the process.
Driver Attentiveness
Autopilot features require that the driver pay attention to the road, their surroundings, and other road users.
The cabin camera monitors continued driver attentiveness when Autopilot is engaged. This system cannot be disabled. The cabin camera does not require full visibility of the driver’s eyes in order to monitor attentiveness. The system is still active, for example, if the driver is wearing sunglasses.
|
|
Please pay attention to the road |
If the cabin camera does not have clear visibility of the driver’s hand and arm locations, the touchscreen periodically displays a message reminding the driver to apply slight force to the steering wheel.
|
|
When the cabin camera is actively monitoring driver attentiveness, a green indicator appears in the status bar. |
If the driver repeatedly looks away from the road, the touchscreen displays a warning. The warning is dismissed once the driver begins paying attention to the road again.
If the driver repeatedly ignore prompts to apply slight force to the steering wheel or to pay attention, Autopilot displays a series of escalating warnings and, if those warnings are ignored, disables for the rest of the drive and displays the following message.
Autopilot unavailable for current drive. Autopilot Strikeout – Attention warnings ignored.
If the driver does not resume manual steering, Model 3 sounds a continuous chime, turns on the warning flashers, and slows to a complete stop.
WARNING: Do not use handheld devices while using Autopilot features. If the cabin camera detects a handheld device while Autopilot is engaged, the
touchscreen displays a message reminding you to pay attention.
WARNING: The use of devices designed to circumvent driver attentiveness is a violation of the terms of use for Autopilot and may result in the feature being
permanently disabled on your vehicle and a ban on future use of the feature.
Autopilot Suspension
Use of Autopilot features will be suspended if improper usage is detected.
Use of Autosteer and Full Self-Driving (Supervised) is suspended for a week when you or another driver of your vehicle receives five Autopilot “strikeouts.” A strikeout is when the Autopilot system disengages for the remainder of a trip after the driver receives several audio and visual warnings for inattentiveness.
You can see how many strikeouts are remaining before Autopilot access is suspended by touching Controls > Autopilot .
A strikeout is forgiven after half a week (3.5 days), as long as you don’t receive another strikeout in that time.
NOTE: If your access to Autosteer and Full Self-Driving (Supervised) is suspended, you can still use Traffic-Aware Cruise Control and all active safety features are still enabled.
There may be occasions where driver intervention is required and you must take over immediately to maintain safe driving. Driver-initiated disengagements do not count as improper usage and are expected from the driver.
Take Over Immediately
In situations where Autopilot is unable to steer Model 3, a warning chime sounds and the touchscreen displays the following message.
|
|
Take over immediately |
When you see this message, take over steering immediately.
NOTE: Depending on market region, vehicle configuration, options purchased, and software version, your vehicle may not be equipped with Autopark.
Autopark uses data to simplify parking on public roads by maneuvering Model 3 into parallel and perpendicular parking spaces.
NOTE: Autopark is unavailable when Traffic-Aware Cruise Control is enabled. To use Autopark, enable Autosteer or Full Self-Driving (Supervised) by touching Controls > Autopilot.
If your access to Autosteer and Full Self-Driving (Supervised) is suspended, you also lose access to Autopark. For more information, see Autopilot Suspension on page 112.
|
more information, see Limitations and Warnings on page 130. |
|
between or in front of other vehicles. |
|
proximity to curbs, objects, and other vehicles. Ensure all cameras are clean and free of obstructions before each drive and before using Autopilot features (see Cleaning a Camera on page 199). Dirty cameras and sensors (if equipped), as well as environmental conditions such as rain and faded lane markings, can affect Autopilot performance. If a camera is obstructed or blinded, Model 3 displays a message on the touchscreen and Autopilot features may not be available. |
WARNING: It is your responsibility to familiarize yourself with the limitations of Autopark and the situations in which it may not work as expected. For
CAUTION: Do not use Autopark if anything, such as a ball hitch, bike rack, or trailer, is attached to the tow hitch. Autopark may not stop for hitches when parking
CAUTION: Autopark’s performance depends on the ability of the cameras to determine the vehicle’sParameters
Autopark detects potential parking spaces based on the following parameters:
Perpendicular Parking
-
- Your driving speed must be below 8 mph (13 km/h). If driving too fast, Autopark may not be able to accurately detect your desired parking space.
- The parking space must be at least as wide as your vehicle.
- The parking space must have at least three visible lines for the vehicle to park into, such as parking lines, road markings, or distinct curbs. Autopark may not work in a garage, for example, without three visible parking lines.
- Autopark may not work with textured road surfaces such as cobblestone or brick.
Parallel Parking
- Your driving speed must be below 8 mph (13 km/h). If driving too fast, Autopark may not be able to accurately detect your desired parking space.
- There must be a vehicle in front of or behind the space you want to park in.
NOTE: Autopark does not operate on angled parking spaces.
To Use Autopark
When driving, follow these steps to allow Autopark to maneuver Model 3 into a parking space:
- While driving slowly, monitor the touchscreen (after making sure that it is safe to do so) to see potential parking spaces detected by Autopilot.
NOTE: The detected parking spaces appear only if the vehicle’s position and/or the circumstances of the surrounding area are such that Autopark can determine an appropriate driving path. If Autopark cannot determine an appropriate path (for example, when driving on a narrow street where moving into the parking space causes the front of the vehicle to extend into the adjacent lane), you can either reposition the vehicle, find a different parking space, or park manually.
- Choose a spot, then release the steering wheel and touch
Start on the touchscreen.
- Autopark displays a message when parking is complete.
If you press the brake pedal when Autopark is actively parking Model 3, the parking process cancels.
|
cancels if you exceed 6 mph (10 km/h). |
|
not always detect objects in the parking space. Always perform visual checks to confirm that a parking space is appropriate and safe. |
|
|
CAUTION: Model 3 does not brake if you choose to override the current speed by pressing the accelerator pedal while Autopark is active. In this case, Autopark
WARNING: Never depend on Autopark to find a parking space that is legal, suitable, and safe. Autopark may
WARNING: When Autopark is actively steering Model 3:To Cancel Parking
Autopark cancels the parking sequence when:
-
- You manually move the steering wheel.
- You shift.
- You press the brake pedal.
- You press the right scroll button on the steering wheel.
- The parking sequence exceeds seven moves.
Take Over Immediately
In situations where Autopark is unable to steer Model 3, Autopark sounds a warning chime and displays the message Take Over Immediately.
This happens when:
-
- Model 3 detects that a door is opened or that the driver is exiting the vehicle.
- One or more of the cameras is damaged, dirty, obstructed (such as by mud, ice, or snow, or by adhesive products such as wraps, stickers, etc.), or has poor visibility (due to heavy rain, snow, hail, etc. or poor lighting).
- Your speed exceeds 6 mph (10 km/h).
- An Automatic Emergency Braking event occurs (see Collision Avoidance Assist on page 137).
When you see this message, take over immediately.
NOTE: Depending on market region, vehicle configuration, options purchased, and software version, your vehicle may not be equipped with Actually Smart Summon and Dumb Summon, or the features may not operate exactly as described.
Summon allows you to park and retrieve Model 3 using the Tesla mobile app while you are standing outside of your vehicle.
Summon includes both Dumb Summon and Actually Smart Summon (ASS).
Dumb Summon moves Model 3 straight forward and reverse into, or out of, a parking spot.
Actually Smart Summon is designed to move Model 3 to your location (using your phone’s GPS as a target destination) or to a location of your choice, maneuvering around and stopping for objects as necessary.
While Summon is active, it is recommended that you maintain clear line of sight between you and Model 3. Closely monitor the vehicle and its surroundings at all times and familiarize yourself with the Limitations and Warnings on page 128.
Before Using Summon
- Enable Dumb Summon and Actually Smart Summon by touching Controls > Autopilot > ASS (Actually Smart Summon). After carefully reading and understanding the pop-up window, touch Yes.
- (Optional) Customize Summon settings.
- Completion Sound: Select a sound to be played externally upon Model 3 reaching its destination. Requires a Pedestrian Warning System (see Pedestrian Warning System on page 94).
- Emissions on Abort: When enabled, Model 3 performs an emissions system test if your Summon session is aborted. Requires a Pedestrian Warning System (see Pedestrian Warning System on page 94).
- Bumper Clearance (Dumb Summon only): Set the distance that you want Dumb Summon to stop from a detected object. Note that this distance applies only to objects that Dumb Summon detects directly in front of Model 3 when moving forward, or directly behind Model 3 when reversing.
- Require Continuous Press (Dumb Summon only): Requires that you press and hold a button on the mobile app to continue moving Model 3. Model 3 stops when the button is released.
NOTE: Require Continuous Press is always enabled.
- (Optional) Enable Standby Mode: To keep Model 3 ready to summon and reduce the time it takes to warm up, turn on Standby Mode. Additional battery power may be consumed while Standby Mode is active. When Standby Mode is turned on, you can conserve Battery energy by disabling Standby Mode at these locations (see Home, Work, and Favorite Destinations on page 165):
- Exclude Home – Disables Standby Mode at the location you set as Home in your Favorites list.
- Exclude Work – Disables Standby Mode at the location you set as Work in your Favorites list.
- Exclude Favorites – Disables Standby Mode at any location in your Favorites list.
To conserve energy, Summon automatically exits Standby Mode from midnight to 6:00 am and when Model 3 is in Low Power Mode (see Low Power Mode on page 187).
During these hours, a delay occurs as Summon starts up.
If Model 3 remains in Park for over 24 hours, Standby Mode disables until the vehicle is next driven.
- Download the latest version of the Tesla mobile app.
Summon requires Tesla mobile app version 4.38.0 or later.
- Ensure that:
- Your phone is connected to Model 3 and that you are located within approximately 279 ft. (85 meters) (see Operating Range on page 126).
- You are on private property. Summon is designed and intended for use only on parking lots and driveways located on private property where the surrounding area is familiar and predictable.
- The vehicle’s cameras are fully calibrated (see Drive to Calibrate Cameras on page 18).
- You have a clear line of sight to Model 3.
- Model 3 is in Park, not charging, and all doors and trunks are closed.
- All four tire pressures are 34 PSI or higher, as reported by the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). For more information about checking and maintaining tire pressures, see Tire Care and Maintenance on page 192.
Operating Range
To use Summon, your phone must be connected to Model 3 and within 279 ft. (85 meters) of the vehicle.
If Summon moves Model 3 more than 279 ft. (85 meters) away from the connected phone while Summon is active, vehicle speed is limited to 3 mph (5 km/h).
If Model 3 is more than 328 ft. (100 meters) away from the connected phone, Summon pauses, and if Model 3 is over 345 ft. (105 meters) away, Summon comes to a stop and completes.
In any of the cases above, the Tesla mobile app provides haptic feedback and displays a message informing you that Model 3 is close to, or has exceeded, the operating range of the feature. If moving the vehicle to a destination away from you, you may need to follow the car to stay within the operating distance.
NOTE: If Summon is operating for more than 7.5 minutes continuously, Summon aborts and Model 3 shifts into Park.
Using Summon
Follow these steps to use Summon to park or retrieve your Model 3.
The following steps describe how to operate both Dumb Summon, which moves Model 3 straight into or out of a parking space, and Actually Smart Summon, which allows Model 3 to navigate around obstacles to come to you or to location of your choosing.
- (Dumb Summon only) Align Model 3 with the parking space so that Model 3 can follow a straight path into or out of the space in either Drive or Reverse.
- Open the Tesla mobile app and press Summon.
The mobile app displays live camera feeds from Model 3 to assist you in determining if the vehicle’s surroundings are clear.
NOTE: In order to view live camera feeds, your mobile device must be set up as a phone key to Model 3 (see Keys on page 20). Whenever you are viewing the camera feeds in the Tesla mobile app, the headlights flash periodically. If your vehicle is equipped with Premium Connectivity, the live camera feed shares the same time limit as the View Live Camera feature of Sentry Mode, which is 1 hour (or 15 minutes for some regions) of cumulative usage per day (see Sentry Mode on page 148). If your vehicle is not equipped with Premium Connectivity, the camera stream is limited to 2 minutes. However, there is no limit to the camera stream when Summon is actively moving Model 3, regardless of whether or not Model 3 is equipped with Premium Connectivity.
- (Actually Smart Summon only) Come to Me: Position yourself anywhere within the blue circle where you have a clear line of sight to Model 3.
|
|
Touch to select Come to Me mode. When selected, the icon is blue. |
- (Actually Smart Summon only) Go to Target: Touch the crosshair icon, then drag the map to position the pin on a chosen destination. To subsequently change the location, lift your finger, reposition the map, then press and hold Go to Target again.
|
|
Touch to select Go to Target mode. When selected, the icon is blue. |
- Initiate Summon by pressing and holding:
- Forward or Reverse (Dumb Summon).
- Come to Me (Actually Smart Summon).
- Go to Target (Actually Smart Summon).
- Model 3 shifts into Drive or Reverse, then moves slowly straight forward or in reverse (if you are using Dumb Summon), to your location (Come to Me), or to the selected location (Go to Target). In addition, headlights (as well as dome lights and, if equipped, fog lights) are set to On and wipers are set to Auto.
If you are using Come to Me or Go to Target, Model 3 navigates obstacles as needed. If you are using Dumb Summon, Model 3 attempts to avoid obstacles while staying very close to its original path. Dumb Summon is not designed to steer around obstacles significantly blocking its path. If Model 3 is unable to steer around an obstacle, Dumb Summon comes to a stop and completes.
The mobile app will show you some of the camera feeds from Model 3 for better supervision. Still, it is recommended to have a direct line of sight to the vehicle while summoning.
- To stop Model 3 at any time, simply release the Forward or
Reverse button, or the Come to Me or Go to Target button.
To resume Dumb Summon, once again hold down the
Forward or Reverse button in the Tesla mobile app.
Likewise, to resume an Actually Smart Summon session, simply press the Come to Me or Go to Target button again.
- (Dumb Summon only) When Model 3 is in the desired position, release the Forward or Reverse button. When you release the button, Model 3 stops moving immediately and will shift into Park after several seconds.
- (Actually Smart Summon only) When Model 3 has arrived at your location (in Come to Me mode) or to the chosen location (in Go to Target mode), the hazard warning lights flash for several seconds, Model 3 shifts into Park, and the mobile app displays a message indicating that Summon has completed.
WARNING: When you release the button to stop Model 3, a slight delay occurs before the vehicle stops. Therefore, it is critical that you pay close
attention to the vehicle’s driving path at all times and proactively anticipate obstacles that the vehicle may be unable to detect.
Summon cancels, and requires you to restart it, when:
-
- A door handle is engaged or a door is opened.
- You interact with the steering wheel, brake pedal, accelerator pedal, or shift.
- The driving path is blocked.
- Model 3 has moved the maximum distance of 1,558 ft. (475 meters), or has been moving for more than 7.5 minutes, since the start of the Summon session.
NOTE: If Summon moves Model 3 forward 6 ft. (2 meters) and then backwards 3 ft. (1 meters), this is considered 9 ft. (3 meters) of travel.
-
-
- Your phone enters sleep mode or loses connectivity to Model 3.
- Model 3 detects a safety risk.
-
Limitations and Warnings
Summon is disabled when:
-
-
- Model 3 is in Valet Mode (see Valet Mode on page 91).
- Model 3 is in Dog Mode (see Keep Climate On, Dog, and Camp on page 153).
- Model 3 is in Drag Strip Mode (if equipped) (see Track Mode on page 87).
-
In addition, Actually Smart Summon is disabled on public roads. Actually Smart Summon is designed and intended for use only on parking lots and driveways located on private property where the surrounding area is familiar and predictable.
WARNING: It is still possible to use Dumb Summon on public roads. Use Dumb Summon on public roads only
with extreme caution. Do not use Dumb Summon to enter the roadway.
Summon’s performance depends on the ability of the cameras to determine the vehicle’s proximity to objects, people, animals, and other vehicles. Summon is unlikely to operate as intended, and/or may abort, in the following types of situations:
-
-
- There is an accessory such as a roof rack, trailer hitch, body kit, etc. mounted on or otherwise attached to Model
-
3. When Summon is steering Model 3 to avoid detected obstacles, it does not account for accessories that extend beyond Model 3.
-
-
- A raised edge is detected. Summon does not move Model 3 over steep edges.
- Weather conditions (heavy rain, snow, fog, or extremely hot or cold temperatures) are interfering with camera operation.
- Model 3 is in Trailer Mode or an accessory is attached.
- GPS data is unavailable or there is poor cellular coverage.
- The driving surface is unpaved.
- The driving path has a slope of greater than 20%. Summon is designed to operate only on flat or gently sloped roads (up to 20% grade). When Summon is moving Model 3 on a grade higher than 10%, vehicle speed is limted to 3 mph (5 km/h). Summon may not operate at grades above 10% if conditions are poor.
-
WARNING: The list above does not represent an exhaustive list of situations that may interfere with proper operation of Summon. It is the driver’s
responsibility to remain in control of Model 3 at all times. Pay close attention whenever Summon is actively moving Model 3 and stay prepared to take immediate action. Failure to do so can result in serious property damage, injury, or death.
NOTE: Ensure all cameras are clean and free of obstructions before each drive and before using Autopilot features (see Cleaning a Camera on page 199). Dirty cameras and sensors (if equipped), as well as environmental conditions such as rain and faded lane markings, can affect Autopilot performance. If a camera is obstructed or blinded, Model 3 displays a message on the touchscreen and Autopilot features may not be available.
WARNING: Summon is a supervised feature. You must continually monitor the vehicle and its surroundings and stay prepared to take immediate action at any time.
It is the driver’s responsibility to use Actually Smart Summon and Dumb Summon safely, responsibly, and as intended. Summon is designed and intended for use only on parking lots and driveways located on private property where the surrounding area is familiar and predictable. Do not use Actually Smart Summon on public roads. Only use Dumb Summon on public roads with extreme caution. It is your responsibility to familiarize yourself with the limitations of Summon (see Limitations and Warnings on page 128).
WARNING: Actually Smart Summon can abort at any time. If Actually Smart Summon aborts for a safety- related reason, Model 3 may stop suddenly or without
warning.
|
delay between when you release the button and when the car stops. |
|
animals are present. |
|
not react to all oncoming or side traffic. Model 3 cannot detect obstacles that are located in the cameras’ blind spots near the vehicle’s front fenders. Pay attention and be ready to stop Model 3 at all times |
WARNING: Always anticipate when you need to stop Model 3. Depending on the quality of the connectivity between the phone and Model 3, there may be a slight
WARNING: Use extreme caution when using Summon in environments where movement of obstacles can be unpredictable. For example, where people, children or
WARNING: Actually Smart Summon may not stop for all objects (especially very low objects such as some curbs, or very high objects such as a shelf) and mayby releasing the button on the mobile app.
WARNING: Summon may not operate as intended when there is an accessory such as a roof rack, trailer hitch, body kit, etc. mounted on or otherwise attached to
Model 3. When Summon is steering Model 3 to avoid detected obstacles, it does not account for accessories that extend beyond Model 3. Pay attention and be ready to stop Model 3 at all times by releasing the button on the mobile app.
WARNING: Model 3 cannot detect obstacles that are located in the cameras’ blind spots near the vehicle’s front fenders, are very narrow, or are hanging from a ceiling (for example, bicycles). In addition, many unforeseen circumstances can impair Summon’s ability to move in or out of a parking space and, as a result, Summon may not move Model 3 appropriately.
Therefore, you must continually monitor the vehicle’s movement and its surroundings and remain prepared to stop Model 3 at any time.
This topic includes warnings, cautions, and limitations pertaining to the following Autopilot features.
NOTE: Depending on market region, vehicle configuration, options purchased, and software version, your vehicle may not be equipped with all features listed above, or a feature may not operate as described.
WARNING: Read the following warnings and limitations carefully before using Autopilot. Failure to follow all warnings and instructions can result in property
damage, serious injury, or death.
NOTE: Ensure all cameras are clean and free of obstructions before each drive and before using Autopilot features (see Cleaning a Camera on page 199). Dirty cameras and sensors (if equipped), as well as environmental conditions such as rain and faded lane markings, can affect Autopilot performance. If a camera is obstructed or blinded, Model 3 displays a message on the touchscreen and Autopilot features may not be available.
Traffic-Aware Cruise Control
While using Traffic-Aware Cruise Control, it is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, and be in control of the vehicle at all times. Always keep your eyes on the road when driving and be prepared to take corrective action as needed.
In addition, it is the driver’s responsibility to cruise at a safe speed and maintain a safe following distance based on road conditions and applicable speed limits. Be aware of the following limitations while Traffic-Aware Cruise Control is active.
-
-
- There may be situations where the cruising speed may not change when the speed limit changes.
- Traffic-Aware Cruise Control does not adapt driving speed based on road and driving conditions. Do not use Traffic-Aware Cruise Control on winding roads with sharp curves, on icy or slippery road surfaces, or when weather conditions (such as heavy rain, snow, fog, etc.) make it inappropriate to drive at a consistent speed.
- Do not rely on Traffic-Aware Cruise Control to maintain an accurate or appropriate following distance.
- Traffic-Aware Cruise Control may be unable to provide adequate speed control because of limited braking capability and hills. It can also misjudge the distance from a vehicle ahead. Driving downhill can increase driving speed, causing Model 3 to exceed your set speed (and potentially the road’s speed limit).
- Traffic-Aware Cruise Control may occasionally cause Model 3 to brake when not required or when you are not expecting it. This can be caused by closely following a vehicle ahead, detecting vehicles or objects in adjacent lanes (especially on curves), etc.
- Due to limitations inherent in the onboard GPS (Global Positioning System), you may experience situations in which Model 3 slows down, especially near exits or off- ramps where a curve is detected and/or you are navigating to a destination and not following the route.
- In some cases (such as having insufficient data), Traffic- Aware Cruise Control may not automatically reduce the set speed on the highway interchange or off-ramp.
- Traffic-Aware Cruise Control may not detect all objects and, especially when cruising over 50 mph (80 km/h), may not brake/decelerate when a vehicle or object is only partially in the driving lane or when a vehicle you are following moves out of your driving path and a stationary or slow-moving vehicle or object is in front of you.
- Traffic-Aware Cruise Control may react to vehicles or objects that either do not exist, or are not in your lane of travel, causing Model 3 to slow down unnecessarily or inappropriately.
-
WARNING: Traffic-Aware Cruise Control is particularly unlikely to operate as intended in the following types of situations:
-
-
- The road has sharp curves or significant changes in elevation.
- Road signs and signals are unclear, ambiguous, or poorly maintained.
- Visibility is poor (due to heavy rain, snow, hail, etc. or poorly lit roadways at night)
- You are driving in a tunnel or next to a highway divider that interferes with the view of the camera(s)
- Bright light (such as from oncoming headlights or direct sunlight) interferes with the view of the camera(s).
-
WARNING: The list above does not represent an exhaustive list of situations that may interfere with proper operation of Traffic-Aware Cruise Control.
Traffic-Aware Cruise Control can cancel unexpectedly at any time for unforeseen reasons. Always watch the road in front of you and stay prepared to take appropriate action. It is the driver’s responsibility to be in control of Model 3 at all times.
WARNING: Traffic-Aware Cruise Control is designed for your driving comfort and convenience and is not a
collision warning or avoidance system. Never depend on Traffic-Aware Cruise Control to adequately slow down Model 3. Always watch the road in front of you and be prepared to take corrective action at all times. Failure to do so can result in serious injury or death.
WARNING: Although Traffic-Aware Cruise Control is capable of detecting pedestrians and cyclists, never depend on Traffic-Aware Cruise Control to adequately
slow Model 3 down for them. Failure to do so can result in serious injury or death.
Autosteer
WARNING: Autosteer is a hands-on feature. Keep your hands on the steering wheel at all times, be mindful of road conditions and surrounding traffic, and always be
prepared to take immediate action. Failure to follow these instructions could cause damage, serious injury or death.
WARNING: Autosteer is intended for use on controlled-access highways with a fully attentive driver. Do not use Autosteer in construction zones, or
in areas where bicyclists or pedestrians may be present.
WARNING: Never depend on Autosteer to determine an appropriate driving path.
CAUTION: Autosteer and its associated functions are particularly unlikely to operate as intended when:
- Autosteer is unable to accurately determine lane markings. For example, lane markings are excessively worn, have visible previous markings, have been adjusted due to road construction, are changing quickly (lanes branching off, crossing over, or merging), objects or landscape features are casting strong shadows on the lane markings, or the road surface contains pavement seams or other high-contrast lines.
- Visibility is poor (heavy rain, snow, fog, etc.) or weather conditions are interfering with sensor operation.
- A camera(s) or sensor(s) is obstructed, covered, or damaged.
- Driving on hills.
- Approaching a toll booth.
- Driving on a road that has sharp curves or is excessively rough.
- Bright light (such as direct sunlight) is interfering with the view of the camera(s).
- The sensors (if equipped) are affected by other electrical equipment or devices that generate ultrasonic waves.
- A vehicle is detected in your blind spot when you engage the turn signal.
- Model 3 is being driven very close to a vehicle in front of it, which is blocking the view of the camera(s).
WARNING: Many unforeseen circumstances can impair the operation of Autosteer. Always keep this in mind and remember that as a result, Autosteer may not steer
Model 3 appropriately. Always drive attentively and be prepared to take immediate action.
WARNING: Autosteer is not designed to, and will not, steer Model 3 around objects partially in a driving lane and in some cases, may not stop for objects that are
completely blocking the driving lane. Always watch the road in front of you and stay prepared to take immediate action. It is the driver’s responsibility to be in control of Model 3 at all times.
Auto Lane Change
CAUTION: When changing lanes using Auto Lane Change, It is the driver’s responsibility to determine whether a lane change is safe and appropriate.
Therefore, before initiating a lane change, always check blind spots, lane markings, and the surrounding roadway to confirm it is safe and appropriate to move into the target lane.
CAUTION: Be aware of the following limitations while using Auto Lane Change.
-
-
- Never depend on Auto Lane Change to determine an appropriate driving path. Drive attentively by watching the road and traffic ahead of you, checking the surrounding area, and monitoring the touchscreen for warnings. Always be prepared to take immediate action.
- Do not use Auto Lane Change on roads where traffic conditions are constantly changing and where bicycles and pedestrians are present.
- The performance of Auto Lane Change depends on the ability of the camera(s) to recognize lane markings.
- Do not use Auto Lane Change on winding roads with sharp curves, on icy or slippery roads, or when weather conditions (such as heavy rain, snow, fog, etc.) may be obstructing the view from the camera(s) or sensors (if equipped).
- Overtake Acceleration can cancel for many unforeseen reasons in addition to those listed above (for example, lack of GPS data). Stay alert and never depend on Overtake Acceleration to increase your driving speed.
- Overtake Acceleration increases your driving speed whenever the appropriate turn signal is engaged, and accelerates Model 3 closer to the vehicle ahead. Although Traffic-Aware Cruise Control continues to maintain distance from the vehicle ahead, it is important to be aware that your selected following distance is reduced when Overtake Acceleration is active, particularly in cases where it may not be your intention to overtake the vehicle you are following.
-
Stop Light and Stop Sign Warning
|
stop sign exists at a location. In some cases, map data is inaccurate or outdated and may not include all stop lights or stop signs. Therefore, Stop Light and Stop Sign Warning may not detect all stop lights and stop signs. |
|
Stop Light and Stop Sign Warning is designed for guidance purposes only and is not a substitute for attentive driving and sound judgment. Keep your eyes on the road when driving and never depend on Stop Light and Stop Sign Warning to warn you of a stop light or stop sign. |
|
traffic light. It may not warn you of intersections with flashing lights and it does not warn you of yield signs or temporary stop and yield signs (such as those used in construction areas). Additionally, Stop Light and Stop Sign Warning does not warn you of approaching stop lights or stop signs when you are pressing the accelerator pedal or brake pedal (which disables Autosteer). |
WARNING: Stop Light and Stop Sign Warning requires on-board maps to know that a particular stop light or
WARNING: The Stop Light and Stop Sign Warning feature does not apply the brakes or decelerate Model 3 and may not detect all stop lights and stop signs.
WARNING: Stop Light and Stop Sign Warning is designed to warn you only when approaching a visible red stop sign, solid red or later portion of a yellowNavigate on Autopilot
Full Self-Driving (Supervised) (Autosteer on City Streets)
|
WARNING: Always remember that Full Self-Driving (Supervised) (also known as Autosteer on City Streets) does not make Model 3 autonomous and requires a fully attentive driver who is ready to take immediate action at all times. |
|
WARNING: Full Self-Driving (Supervised) requires you to pay attention to the road and be ready to take over at all times. Remain attentive, be mindful of road conditions and surrounding traffic, pay attention to pedestrians and cyclists, and always be prepared to take immediate action (especially around blind corners, crossing intersections, and in narrow driving situations). Failure to follow these instructions could cause damage, serious injury or death. It is your responsibility to familiarize yourself with the limitations of Full Self-Driving (Supervised) and the situations in which it may not work as expected. For more information, see Limitations and Warnings on page 130. |
|
WARNING: Failure to follow all warnings and instructions can result in property damage, serious injury or death. |
|
CAUTION: Full Self-Driving (Supervised) and its associated functions may not operate as intended and there are numerous situations in which driver intervention may be needed. Examples include (but are not limited to):
Visibility is critical for Full Self-Driving (Supervised) to operate. Low visibility, such as low light or poor weather conditions (rain, snow, direct sun, fog, etc.) can significantly degrade performance. |
|
alert and perform visual checks to ensure that the driving lane is safe and appropriate. |
|
upcoming lane changes and off-ramps, but it remains your responsibility to monitor the environment and maintain control of Model 3 at all times. Lane changes can occur quickly and suddenly. Always keep your hands on the wheel and your eyes on the driving path in front of you. |
|
road, keep your hands on the steering wheel at all times, and remain aware of your navigation route. |
|
and at any time. |
|
bikes, carpools, emergency vehicles, etc. Remain alert at all times and be prepared to take immediate action. Failure to do so can cause damage, injury or death. |
WARNING: Never depend on Navigate on Autopilot to determine an appropriate lane at an off-ramp. Stay
WARNING: If you turn off Require Lane Change Confirmation, Navigate on Autopilot notifies you of
WARNING: Navigate on Autopilot does not make driving autonomous. You must pay attention to the
WARNING: As is the case with normal driving, be extra careful around blind corners, interchanges, and on- ramps and off-ramps – obstacles can appear quickly
WARNING: Navigate on Autopilot may not recognize or detect oncoming vehicles, stationary objects, and special-use lanes such as those used exclusively for
WARNING: Model 3 may quickly and suddenly make unexpected maneuvers or mistakes that require immediate driver intervention.
The list above represents only a fraction of the possible scenarios that can cause Full Self-Driving (Supervised) to make sudden maneuvers and behave unexpectedly. In fact, Model 3 can suddenly swerve even when driving conditions appear normal and straight-forward. Stay alert and always pay attention to the roadway so you can anticipate the need to take corrective action as early as possible. Remember that this is an early access feature that must be used with extra caution.
CAUTION: As Full Self-Driving (Supervised) deployment expands, Tesla will gradually make it available to eligible customers in select countries
outside the United States. Because every country contains unique infrastructure, driving behaviors, and traffic patterns that Full Self-Driving (Supervised) must adapt to over time, it is essential for drivers using Full Self-Driving (Supervised) in newly eligible countries to be extra attentive and overly cautious. You must be ready to take over safely at any time.
Autopark
CAUTION: Autopark’s performance depends on the ability of the cameras and sensors (if equipped) to
determine the vehicle’s proximity to curbs, objects, and other vehicles. Be aware of the following warnings before and while using Autopark:
- Do not use Autopark if anything, such as a ball hitch, bike rack, or trailer, is attached to the tow hitch. Autopark may not stop for hitches when parking between or in front of other vehicles.
- Never depend on Autopark to find a parking space that is legal, suitable, and safe. Autopark may not always detect objects in the parking space. Always perform visual checks to confirm that a parking space is appropriate and safe.
- When Autopark is actively steering Model 3, the steering wheel moves in accordance with Autopark’s adjustments. Do not interfere with the movement of the steering wheel. Doing so cancels Autopark.
- During the parking sequence, continually check your surroundings. Be prepared to apply the brakes to avoid vehicles, pedestrians, or objects.
- When Autopark is active, monitor the touchscreen to ensure that you are aware of the instructions that Autopark is providing.
CAUTION:
Autopark is particularly unlikely to operate as intended in these situations:
- The road is sloped. Autopark is designed to operate on flat roads only.
- Visibility is poor (due to heavy rain, snow, fog, etc.).
- The curb is constructed of material other than stone, or the curb cannot be detected.
- The target parking space is directly adjacent to a wall or pillar (for example, the last parking space of a row in an underground parking structure).
- One or more of the sensors (if equipped) or cameras is damaged, dirty, or obstructed (such as by mud, ice, or snow, or by a vehicle bra, excessive paint, or adhesive products such as wraps, stickers, rubber coating, etc.).
- Weather conditions (heavy rain, snow, fog, or extremely hot or cold temperatures) are interfering with sensor (if equipped) operation.
- The sensors (if equipped) are affected by other electrical equipment or electrical interference.
WARNING: Many unforeseen circumstances can impair Autopark’s ability to park Model 3. Keep this in mind and remember that as a result, Autopark may not steer Model 3 appropriately. Pay attention when parking Model 3 and stay prepared to immediately take control.
Model 3 monitors the markers on the lane you are driving in as well as the surrounding areas for the presence of vehicles or other objects.
|
199). Dirty cameras and sensors (if equipped), as well as environmental conditions such as rain and faded lane markings, can affect Autopilot performance. If a camera is obstructed or blinded, Model 3 displays a message on the touchscreen and Autopilot features may not be available. |
|
own direct visual checks. Before changing lanes, always use side mirrors and perform the appropriate shoulder checks to visually determine if it is safe and appropriate to change lanes. |
|
your blind spot. Several external factors can reduce the performance of Lane Assist (see Limitations and Inaccuracies on page 135). It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert and pay attention to the driving lane and other road users. Failure to do so can result in serious injury or death. |
WARNING: Ensure all cameras are clean and free of obstructions before each drive and before using Autopilot features (see 
WARNING: Lane Assist features are for guidance purposes only and are not intended to replace your
WARNING: Never depend on Lane Assist to inform you if you unintentionally drive outside of the driving lane, or to inform you that there is a vehicle beside you or inSteering Interventions
Lane Assist provides steering interventions if Model 3 drifts into (or close to) an adjacent lane in which an object, such as a vehicle, is detected. In these situations, Model 3 automatically steers to a safer position in the driving lane.
This steering is applied only when Model 3 is traveling between 30 and 85 mph (48 and 140 km/h) on major roads with clearly visible lane markings. When a steering intervention is applied, the touchscreen briefly displays a warning message.
Lane Departure Avoidance
Lane Departure Avoidance is designed to warn you if Model 3 is drifting out of, or nears the edge of, your driving lane.
Lane Departure Avoidance operates when driving between 40 and 90 mph (64 and 145 km/h) on roads with clearly visible lane markings. You can choose if and how you want Lane Departure Warning to operate by touching Controls > Autopilot and then touching Lane Departure Avoidance and selecting between these options:
- Off: You are not warned of lane departures or potential collisions with a vehicle in an adjacent lane.
- Warning: If a front wheel passes over a lane marking, a blue indicator line appears on the touchscreen and the steering wheel vibrates. (For vehicles equipped with Full Self-Driving (Supervised): if a front wheel passes over a lane marking, the steering wheel vibrates.)
- Assist: A blue indicator line, corresponding to the line being crossed by the vehicle, appears on the touchscreen. Corrective steering is applied to keep Model 3 in a safe position if Model 3 drifts into an adjacent lane or near the edge of the road.
When Lane Departure Avoidance is enabled and Traffic- Aware Cruise Control is active, if Model 3 drifts out of the driving lane when the associated turn signal is off, Lane Assist also checks to see whether your hands are on the steering wheel. If hands are not detected, the touchscreen displays a series of alerts, similar to those that are used when driving with Autosteer. If hands are repeatedly not detected Model 3 gradually slows down to 15 mph (25 km/h) below the detected speed limit, or below the set cruising speed, and the hazard lights start flashing.
NOTE: Lane Departure Avoidance does not warn you of lane departures, or provide steering interventions, if the associated turn signal is on, which indicates an intentional lane change.
|
attentive and in control. |
|
|
|
collisions. |
WARNING: Lane Departure Avoidance is intended to help keep you safe, but it does not work in every situation and does not replace the need to remain
WARNING: Keep your hands on the steering wheel and drive attentively at all times.
WARNING: Steering interventions are minimal and are not designed to move Model 3 out of its driving lane. Do not rely on steering interventions to avoid sideEmergency Lane Departure Avoidance
Emergency Lane Departure Avoidance automatically applies steering to avoid a potential collision in situations where:
- Model 3 is departing a lane and may collide with a vehicle traveling in the same direction in the adjacent lane (regardless of the status of the turn signal).
- Model 3 is departing a lane into an oncoming lane, the turn signal is off, and an oncoming vehicle is detected.
- Model 3 is departing the road and the turn signal is off (for example, very close to the edge of the road and a collision may occur).
To turn this feature on or off, touch Controls > Autopilot and then touch Emergency Lane Departure Avoidance.
When Emergency Lane Departure Avoidance applies steering, a chime sounds and the touchscreen displays a warning and highlights the lane marking in red.
Emergency Lane Departure Avoidance operates when Model 3 is traveling between 30 and 90 mph (48 and 145 km/h) on a road with clearly visible lane markings, curbs, etc.
WARNING: Emergency Lane Departure Avoidance is not a substitute for attentive driving and sound judgment. Keep your eyes on the road when driving
and never depend on Emergency Lane Departure Avoidance to prevent a collision. Several factors can reduce or impair performance. Depending on Emergency Lane Departure Avoidance to prevent a potential collision can result in serious injury or death.
Blind Spot Assist
Automatic Blind Spot Camera
You can turn it on/off by touching Controls >
SafetyAutomatic Blind Spot Camera on the touchscreen.
Once enabled, when the turn signal is engaged, the touchscreen displays the image from the corresponding side repeater camera. When a vehicle is detected in your blind spot in an adjacent lane, a vertical red bar appears on the image to warn you. For example, when the left turn signal is engaged and a vehicle is detected, a vertical red bar appears on the left side of the image. You can move the image to a different location on the touchscreen. To do so, touch and drag the image to the new location (valid locations are indicated by shaded areas that display when you touch and hold the image).
WARNING: Automatic Blind Spot Camera does not eliminate the need to drive attentively and manually perform shoulder checks when changing lanes.
Blind Spot Collision Warning Chime
If you want a chime to sound when a vehicle is in your blind spot and a possible collision is detected, touch Controls > Safety > Blind Spot Collision Warning Chime.
WARNING: Blind Spot Camera does not eliminate the need to drive attentively and manually perform shoulder checks when changing lanes.
WARNING: Blind Spot Collision Warning Chime cannot detect every collision. It is the driver’s responsibility to remain alert and perform the appropriate shoulder
checks when changing lanes.
Blind Spot Warning Light
Both front door pillars are equipped with a blind spot warning light in the upper speaker grille. You can enable or disable the indicators by touching Controls > Safety > Blind Spot Warning Light. When an object is detected in your blind spot in an adjacent lane a red light appears in the upper speaker grille.
-
- A solid red light indicates that an object has been detected in your blind spot.
- A blinking red light indicates that an object is in your blind spot while the turn signal is indicating your intent to turn that direction.
- A rapid blinking red light indicates that an object is detected and immediate corrective action is required to avoid a collision.
If you attempt to open a door when an approaching object is detected in your blind spot (for example, if Model 3 is parked and there is a bicyclist approaching from behind), the blind spot warning light blinks, an alert displays on the touchscreen, and your door will not open upon initial button press. Wait a short time and press the button a second time to override the alert if the object is still detected.
WARNING: Do not rely on Blind Spot Warning Light to detect objects in your blind spot. Do not assume that the door will be locked if there is an approaching
object detected in your blind spot while Model 3 is in Park. Always visually confirm that a lane is free from obstacles, vehicles, and pedestrians before exiting your lane or opening a door.
Limitations and Inaccuracies
Lane Assist features cannot always detect lane markings and you may experience unnecessary or invalid warnings when:
- Visibility is poor and lane markings are not clearly visible (due to heavy rain, snow, fog, etc.).
- Bright light (such as from oncoming headlights or direct sunlight) is interfering with the view of the camera(s).
- A vehicle in front of Model 3 is blocking the view of the camera(s).
- The windshield is obstructing the view of the camera(s) (fogged over, dirty, covered by a sticker, etc.).
- Lane markings are excessively worn, have visible previous markings, have been adjusted due to road construction, or are changing quickly (for example, lanes branching off, crossing over, or merging).
- The road is narrow or winding.
- Objects or landscape features are casting strong shadows on lane markers.
Lane Assist may not provide warnings, or may apply inappropriate warnings, when:
-
- One or more of the sensors (if equipped), or cameras is damaged, dirty, or obstructed (by mud, ice, or snow, or by a vehicle bra, excessive paint, or adhesive products such as wraps, stickers, rubber coatings, etc.).
- Weather conditions (heavy rain, snow, fog, or extremely hot or cold temperatures) are interfering with sensor operation.
- The sensors (if equipped) are affected by other electrical equipment or devices that generate ultrasonic waves.
- An object that is mounted to Model 3 is interfering with and/or obstructing a sensor (such as a bike rack or a bumper sticker).
In addition, Lane Assist may not steer Model 3 away from an adjacent vehicle, or may apply unnecessary or inappropriate steering, in these situations:
-
- You are driving Model 3 on sharp corners or on a curve at a relatively high speed.
- Bright light (such as from oncoming headlights or direct sunlight) is interfering with the view of the camera(s).
- You are drifting into another lane but an object (such as a vehicle) is not present.
- A vehicle in another lane cuts in front of you or drifts into your driving lane.
- Model 3 is not traveling within the speeds at which the Lane Assist feature is designed to operate.
- One or more of the sensors (if equipped) is damaged, dirty, or obstructed (such as by mud, ice, or snow, or by a vehicle bra, excessive paint, or adhesive products such as wraps, stickers, rubber coating, etc.).
- Weather conditions (heavy rain, snow, fog, or extremely hot or cold temperatures) are interfering with sensor operation.
- The sensors (if equipped) are affected by other electrical equipment or devices that generate ultrasonic waves.
- An object mounted to Model 3 (such as a bike rack or a bumper sticker) is interfering with or obstructing a sensor.
- Visibility is poor and lane markings are not clearly visible (due to heavy rain, snow, fog, etc.).
- Lane markings are excessively worn, have visible previous markings, have been adjusted due to road construction or are changing quickly (for example, lanes branching off, crossing over, or merging).
CAUTION: Driver assistance features are automatically disabled when Track Mode is On. It is the driver’s responsibility to drive safely and be in control of the
vehicle at all times, including on track. Driver Assistance features automatically re-enable when Track Mode is turned Off.
WARNING: The lists above do not represent every possible situation that may interfere with Lane Assist features. There are many reasons why Lane Assist may not operate as intended. To avoid a collision, stay alert and always pay attention to the road so you can anticipate the need to take corrective action as early as possible.
The following collision avoidance features are designed to increase the safety of you and your passengers:
- Forward Collision Warning – provides visual and audible warnings in situations when Model 3 detects that there is a high risk of a frontal collision (see Forward Collision Warning on page 137).
- Automatic Emergency Braking – automatically applies braking to reduce the impact of a collision (see Automatic Emergency Braking on page 138).
- Obstacle-Aware Acceleration – reduces acceleration if Model 3 detects an object in its immediate driving path (see Obstacle-Aware Acceleration on page 139).
|
199). Dirty cameras and sensors (if equipped), as well as environmental conditions such as rain and faded lane markings, can affect Autopilot performance. If a camera is obstructed or blinded, Model 3 displays a message on the touchscreen and Autopilot features may not be available. |
|
road when driving and never depend on Forward Collision Warning to warn you of a potential collision. Several factors can reduce or impair performance, causing either unnecessary, invalid, inaccurate, or missed warnings. Depending on Forward Collision Warning to warn you of a potential collision can result in serious injury or death. |
|
to reduce your driving speed. Depending on Automatic Emergency Braking to avoid a collision can result in serious injury or death. |
|
Obstacle-Aware Acceleration to avoid a collision can result in serious injury or death. |
CAUTION: Ensure all cameras are clean and free of obstructions before each drive and before using Autopilot features (see 
WARNING: Forward Collision Warning is for guidance purposes only and is not a substitute for attentive driving and sound judgment. Keep your eyes on the
WARNING: Automatic Emergency Braking is not designed to prevent all collisions. In certain situations, it can minimize the impact of a collision by attempting
WARNING: Obstacle-Aware Acceleration is not designed to prevent a collision. In certain situations, it can minimize the impact of a collision. Depending onForward Collision Warning
Model 3 monitors the area in front of it for the presence of an object such as a vehicle, motorcycle, bicycle, or pedestrian. If a collision is considered likely unless you take immediate corrective action, Forward Collision Warning is designed to sound a chime and highlight the vehicle in front of you in red on the touchscreen. If this happens, TAKE IMMEDIATE CORRECTIVE ACTION!
Visual and audible warnings cancel automatically when the risk of a collision has been reduced (for example, you have decelerated or stopped Model 3, or the object in front of your vehicle has moved out of your driving path).
If immediate action is not taken when Model 3 issues a Forward Collision Warning, Automatic Emergency Braking (if enabled) may automatically apply the brakes if a collision is considered imminent (see Automatic Emergency Braking on page 138).
By default, Forward Collision Warning is turned on. To turn off or adjust sensitivity, touch Controls > Autopilot and then select Forward Collision Warning. Instead of the default warning level of Medium, you can turn the warning Off, or you can choose to be warned Late or Early.
NOTE: Your chosen setting is retained until you manually change it.
|
WARNING: The camera(s) and sensors (if equipped) associated with Forward Collision Warning are designed to monitor an approximate area of up to 525 feet (160 meters) in your driving path. The area being monitored by Forward Collision Warning can be adversely affected by road and weather conditions. Use appropriate caution when driving. |
|
WARNING: Forward Collision Warning is designed only to provide visual and audible alerts. It does not attempt to apply the brakes or decelerate Model 3. When seeing and/or hearing a warning, it is the driver’s responsibility to take immediate corrective action. |
|
the area in front of Model 3 so you can anticipate whether any action is required. |
WARNING: Forward Collision Warning may provide a warning in situations where the likelihood of collision may not exist. Stay alert and always pay attention to
Forward Collision Warning operates only when driving between approximately 3 mph (5 km/h) and 124 mph (200 km/h).
WARNING: Forward Collision Warning does not provide a warning when the driver is already applying the brake.
Automatic Emergency Braking
Model 3 is designed to determine the distance from detected objects. When a collision is considered unavoidable, Automatic Emergency Braking is designed to apply the brakes to reduce the vehicle’s speed and therefore, the severity of the impact. The amount of speed that is reduced depends on many factors, including driving speed and environment.
When Automatic Emergency Braking applies the brakes, the touchscreen displays a visual warning and sounds a chime. You may also notice abrupt downward movement of the brake pedal. The brake lights turn on to alert other road users that you are slowing down.
|
|
Emergency braking in progress |
Automatic Emergency Braking operates only when driving between approximately 3 mph (5 km/h) and 124 mph (200 km/h).
Automatic Emergency Braking does not apply the brakes, or stops applying the brakes, when:
- You turn the steering wheel sharply.
- You press and release the brake pedal while Automatic Emergency Braking is applying the brakes.
- You accelerate hard while Automatic Emergency Braking is applying the brakes.
- The vehicle, motorcycle, bicycle, or pedestrian is no longer detected in the front or rear of the vehicle.
Automatic Emergency Braking is always enabled when you start Model 3. To disable for your current drive, shift into Park, touch Controls > Autopilot, then touch Automatic Emergency Braking. Even if you disable Automatic Emergency Braking, your vehicle may still apply the brakes after detecting an initial collision to reduce further impact (see Multi-Collision Braking on page 138). When disabled, the touchscreen displays a visual message.
|
|
Automatic Emergency Braking is disabled |
WARNING: It is strongly recommended that you do not disable Automatic Emergency Braking. If you disable it, Model 3 does not automatically apply the brakes in
situations where a collision is considered likely.
NOTE: Automatic Emergency Braking is designed to reduce the impact of frontal collisions only.
NOTE: Automatic Emergency Braking is designed to reduce the impact of frontal and reverse collisions with limited functionality while in Reverse.
In the event Automatic Emergency Braking is unavailable, the touchscreen displays a visual warning.
Automatic Emergency Braking is not available
|
|
|
when a vehicle is partially in the path of travel or there is road debris. It is the driver’s responsibility to drive safely and remain in control of the vehicle at all times. Never depend on Automatic Emergency Braking to avoid or reduce the impact of a collision. |
|
|
|
under or on top of the driver’s floor mat (including an additional mat) and always ensure that the driver’s floor mat is properly secured. Failure to do so can impede the ability of the brake pedal to move freely. |
WARNING: Automatic Emergency Braking is designed to reduce the severity of an impact. It is not designed to avoid a collision.
WARNING: Several factors can affect the performance of Automatic Emergency Braking, causing either no braking or inappropriate or untimely braking, such as
WARNING: Automatic Emergency Braking is not a substitute for maintaining a safe traveling distance between you and the vehicle in front of you.
WARNING: The brake pedal moves downward abruptly during automatic braking events. Always ensure that the brake pedal can move freely. Do not place materialMulti-Collision Braking
In addition to Automatic Emergency Braking, Model 3 may apply the brakes to prevent or mitigate a subsequent impact after an initial collision if airbag deployment is detected. The brakes may be applied regardless of driving speed.
Rear Cross-Traffic Alert
When Model 3 is in Reverse and the touchscreen is displaying the rear view camera feed, a vertical red bar appears when Model 3 detects that an object (such as another vehicle or a pedestrian) is about to cross behind Model 3.
For example, if you are backing out of a parking space and another vehicle is approaching from your left, a red bar appears on the left side of the camera view. If there are objects approaching from both sides of Model 3, red bars appear on both sides of the camera view.
If you would like a chime to sound when Rear Cross-Traffic Alert detects an object approaching while Model 3 is reversing, touch Controls > Safety > Rear Cross-Traffic Chime.
If Rear Cross-Traffic Chime is enabled, a chime sounds only when all of the following conditions are met:
- Model 3 is in Reverse.
- Model 3 is in motion (at any speed).
- Model 3 detects cross traffic.
A chime does not sound when Model 3 is in Reverse but at a standstill, even if cross traffic is detected.
When Model 3 is reversing and cross traffic is detected, Automatic Emergency Braking or Obstacle-Aware Acceleration may apply the brakes to attempt to avoid a collision. Do not rely on Automatic Emergency Braking or Obstacle-Aware Acceleration to prevent a collision. For more information, see Automatic Emergency Braking on page 138 and Obstacle-Aware Acceleration on page 139.
WARNING: Never depend on Rear Cross-Traffic Alert to inform you if the area surrounding your vehicle is
free of objects and/or people. The cameras may not detect objects or barriers that can potentially cause damage or injury, especially objects very low to the ground. In addition, several external factors can reduce the performance of the cameras, including a dirty or obstructed lens. Always inspect the area with your own eyes. When reversing, perform shoulder checks and use all mirrors. Use the cameras for guidance purposes only. Rear Cross-Traffic Alert is not intended to replace your own direct visual checks and is not a substitute for careful driving.
Obstacle-Aware Acceleration
Obstacle-Aware Acceleration is designed to reduce the impact of a collision by reducing motor torque and in some cases applying the brakes, if Model 3 detects an object in its driving path. The touchscreen displays a visual warning and sounds a chime when the brakes are automatically applied. For example, Model 3, while parked in front of a closed garage door with Drive engaged, detects that you have pressed hard on the accelerator pedal. Although Model 3 still accelerates and hits the garage door, the reduced torque may result in less damage.
Obstacle-Aware Acceleration is designed to operate only when all of these conditions are simultaneously met:
- Drive or Reverse is engaged.
- Model 3 is stopped or traveling less than 10 mph (16 km/h).
- Model 3 detects an object in its immediate driving path.
To disable Obstacle-Aware Acceleration, touch Controls >
Autopilot and then touch Obstacle-Aware Acceleration.
|
|
|
environmental conditions, distance from an obstacle, and a driver’s actions, can limit, delay, or inhibit Obstacle-Aware Acceleration. |
|
test Obstacle-Aware Acceleration. Doing so can result in serious property damage, injury, or death. |
|
is the driver’s responsibility to drive safely and remain in control of Model 3 at all times. |
WARNING: Obstacle-Aware Acceleration is designed to reduce the severity of an impact. It is not designed to avoid a collision.
WARNING: Obstacle-Aware Acceleration may not limit torque in all situations, such as performing a sharp turn into a parking space. Several factors, including
WARNING: Do not rely on Obstacle-Aware Acceleration to control acceleration or to avoid, or limit, the severity of a collision, and do not attempt to
WARNING: Several factors can affect the performance of Obstacle-Aware Acceleration, causing an inappropriate or untimely reduction in motor torque. ItLimitations and Inaccuracies
Collision Avoidance features cannot always detect all objects, vehicles, bikes, or pedestrians, and you may experience unnecessary, inaccurate, invalid, or missed warnings for many reasons, particularly if:
- The road has sharp curves.
- Visibility is poor (due to heavy rain, snow, fog, etc.).
- Bright light (such as from oncoming headlights or direct sunlight) is interfering with the view of the camera(s).
- A camera or sensor is obstructed (dirty, covered, fogged over, covered by a sticker, etc.).
- One or more of the sensors (if equipped) is damaged, dirty, or obstructed (such as by mud, ice, or snow, or by a vehicle bra, excessive paint, or adhesive products such as wraps, stickers, rubber coating, etc.).
- Weather conditions (heavy rain, snow, fog, or extremely hot or cold temperatures) are interfering with sensor operation.
- The sensors (if equipped) are affected by other electrical equipment or devices that generate ultrasonic waves.
CAUTION: If a fault occurs with a Collision Avoidance Assist feature, Model 3 displays an alert. Contact Tesla Service.
CAUTION: Driver assistance features are automatically disabled when Track Mode is On. It is the driver’s responsibility to drive safely and be in control of the
vehicle at all times, including on track. Driver Assistance features automatically re-enable when Track Mode is turned Off.
WARNING: The limitations previously described do not represent an exhaustive list of situations that may interfere with proper operation of Collision Avoidance Assist features. These features may fail to provide their intended function for many other reasons. It is the driver’s responsibility to avoid collisions by staying alert, paying attention, and taking corrective action as early as possible.
How Speed Assist Works
Model 3 displays a speed limit on the touchscreen and you can choose if and how you are warned when you exceed the speed limit. In addition, a blue outline may appear around the speed limit icon to notify that you are above the speed limit.
Instead of using the detected speed limit, you can base warnings on an arbitrary speed limit that you enter manually.
NOTE: When using Traffic-Aware Cruise Control, you can touch this speed limit sign to change your set cruising speed to the detected speed limit (including any offsets that you have set).
In situations where Model 3 is unable to determine a speed limit, or if Speed Assist is uncertain that an acquired speed limit is accurate, the touchscreen may not display a speed limit sign and warnings do not take effect.
NOTE: Speed limit warnings go away after ten seconds, or when Model 3 slows down below the specified limit.
WARNING: Do not rely on Speed Assist to determine the appropriate speed limit or driving speed. Always drive at a safe speed based on traffic and road
conditions.
Controlling Speed Assist
To adjust the Speed Limit Warning setting, touch Controls > Autopilot, touch Speed Limit Warning, then choose one of these options:
- Off – Speed limit warnings do not display and chimes are not sounded.
- Display – Speed limit signs display on the touchscreen and the sign increases in size when you exceed the determined limit.
- Chime – In addition to the visual display, a chime is sounded when you exceed the determined speed limit.
You can also specify how the speed limit is determined:
- Relative – You can set a speed limit offset (+ or –) if you want to be alerted only when you exceed the offset speed limit by a specified amount. For example, you can increase the offset to +10 mph (10 km/h) if you only want to be warned when you exceed the speed limit by 10 mph (10 km/h).
- Absolute – Manually specify any speed limit between 20 and 140 mph (30 and 240 km/h).
NOTE: Speed Assist is not always accurate. In some situations, the location of a road can be miscalculated and Speed Assist can display a speed for a directly adjacent road that may have a different speed limit. For example, Speed Assist can assume Model 3 is on a controlled-access highway when it is actually on a nearby surface street, and vice versa.
NOTE: Your chosen setting is retained until you manually change it.
Limitations and Inaccuracies
Speed Assist may not be fully functional or may provide inaccurate information in these situations:
- Visibility is poor and speed limit signs are not clearly visible (due to heavy rain, snow, fog, etc.).
- Bright light (such as from oncoming headlights or direct sunlight) is interfering with the view of the camera(s).
- Model 3 is being driven very close to a vehicle in front of it which is blocking the view of the camera(s).
- The windshield is obstructing the view of the camera(s) (fogged over, dirty, covered by a sticker, etc.).
- Speed limit signs are concealed by objects.
- The speed limits stored in the map database are incorrect or outdated.
- Model 3 is being driven in an area where GPS or map data is not available or where speed limit signs can not be detected.
- Traffic signs that do not conform to standard recognizable formats, such as digital or temporary speed signs.
- A road or a speed limit has recently changed.
WARNING: The list above does not represent an exhaustive list of situations that may interfere with
proper operation of Speed Assist. Speed Assist may fail to provide warnings for many other reasons.
Your Model 3 is equipped with a cabin camera located above the rear view mirror.
The cabin camera can determine driver inattentiveness and provide you with audible alerts, to remind you to keep your eyes on the road when Autopilot is engaged.
By default, images and video from the camera do not leave the vehicle itself and are not transmitted to anyone, including Tesla, unless you enable data sharing. If you enable data sharing and a safety critical event occurs (such as a collision), Model 3 shares short cabin camera video clips with Tesla to help us develop future safety enhancements and continuously improve the intelligence of features that rely on the cabin camera. Data may also be shared if diagnostics are required on cabin camera functionality. Cabin camera does not perform facial recognition or any other method of identity verification. To protect your privacy, cabin camera data is not associated with your vehicle identification number.
To adjust your data sharing preferences touch Controls > Software > Data Sharing > Allow Cabin Camera Analytics. You can change your data sharing settings at any time. To view features currently enabled that use cabin camera, touch Controls > Software > Cabin Camera.
NOTE: Keep the camera lens clean and free of obstructions. Remove any buildup of dirt or dust by occasionally wiping the camera lens with a clean cloth.
CAUTION: Do not use chemical-based or abrasive cleaners. Doing so can damage the surface of the camera lens.
NOTE: Depending on market region, delivery year, and software version, your vehicle may not be equipped with cabin radar or the features may not operate exactly as described.
Your vehicle is equipped with cabin radar located above the front row dome lights.
Cabin radar can detect the presence of people inside the vehicle and use the measurements to determine occupancy. Cabin radar supports certain vehicle and safety features, including driver detection, seat occupancy, and auto parking brake engagement.
WARNING: DO NOT BLOCK OR OBSTRUCT THE
DEVICE. Obstructions and after-market add-ons such
as sunglass holders can cause inaccurate readings for critical safety features used for driver detection.
NOTE: Cabin radar cannot perform any identity verification and therefore does not transmit or retain any personally identifiable information.
About the Security System
If Model 3 does not detect an authenticated phone or key and a locked door or trunk is opened, an alarm sounds. The headlights and turn signals also flash. To deactivate the alarm, press any button on the mobile app or tap your key card against the card reader located just below the Autopilot camera on the driver’s side door pillar.
To manually enable or disable the alarm system, touch Controls > Safety > Security Alarm. When enabled, Model 3 activates its alarm one minute after you exit, the doors lock, and a recognized key is no longer detected.
A battery-backed siren (if equipped) sounds in situations where a locked door or trunk is opened and Model 3 does not detect a key nearby. If you also want this siren to sound in situations where the vehicle detects motion inside the cabin, enable Tilt/Intrusion (see Tilt/Intrusion (if equipped) on page 144).
NOTE: If Model 3 is in Sentry Mode (see How to Use Sentry Mode (With a USB Flash Drive) on page 148), the Security Alarm setting is not available.
Tilt/Intrusion (if equipped)
Depending on configuration, market region, and date of manufacture, your vehicle may not be equipped with this feature.
The Security Alarm must be on to enable Tilt/Intrusion.
Tilt/Intrusion sounds the alarm in your vehicle if Model 3 detects motion inside the cabin, or is moved or tilted (for example, with a tow truck or jack). To enable, touch Controls
> Safety > Tilt/Intrusion.
The intrusion sensor automatically disables in situations where the climate control system is operating when you leave your vehicle. To override, you can manually turn the Tilt/ Intrusion Sensor on again after choosing Keep Climate On, Dog, or Camp Mode.
The tilt/intrusion sensor automatically re-enables at the start of every drive cycle.
NOTE: The Tilt/Intrusion alarm must be turned off to use Cabin Overheat Protection (see Cabin Overheat Protection on page 154).
NOTE: If you plan to leave something that moves inside your locked vehicle, remember to turn off Tilt/Intrusion. If this setting is on, any motion detected inside Model 3 activates the intrusion alarm.
NOTE: If Model 3 is in Sentry Mode (see How to Use Sentry Mode (With a USB Flash Drive) on page 148), the Tilt/ Intrusion setting is not available.
Parental Controls
Parental controls enable you to limit the capabilities of Model 3 and ensure that safety settings are enabled and cannot be changed.
NOTE: You can also access parental controls from the Tesla mobile app (version 4.34.5 or higher required).
NOTE: You cannot enable parental controls if Speed Limit Mode is enabled.
When you enable Require Safety Features, Model 3 enables or configures these vehicle settings:
NOTE: Depending on market region, vehicle configuration, options purchased, and software version, your vehicle may not be equipped with the listed features.
- Automatic Emergency Braking
- Obstacle-Aware Acceleration
- Automatic Blind Spot Camera
- Blind Spot Collision Warning Chime
- United States only: Automatic 911 Call
Allow Mobile Access
- Park Assist Chimes
- Lane Departure Avoidance: Set to Assist.
- Speed Limit Warning: Set to Chime.
- Speed Limit: Set to Relative.
- Offset: Set to +5 mph (8 km/h).
- Forward Collision Warning: Set to Early.
If you want to enable parental controls:
- With your vehicle in Park, touch Controls > Safety >
Parental Controls on the touchscreen.
- Enable or configure the parental controls you want to use:
- Limit Speed: Caps the speed at which Model 3 can drive.
- Reduce Acceleration: Limits the vehicle Acceleration to
Chill.
-
- Require Safety Features: Enables various safety features in the vehicle (if equipped). Drivers cannot change these settings while parental controls are active.
- Send Curfew Notifications: Turns on curfew notifications from 11 PM to 4 AM. When someone shifts the vehicle to Drive after the start of curfew, a notification is sent through the Tesla mobile app to all phone keys paired with the vehicle, notifying users that Model 3 is in use.
- Touch Confirm.
- Enter a PIN.
If you want to disable parental controls:
- While the vehicle is in park, touch Controls > Safety on the touchscreen.
- Navigate to Parental Controls.
- Touch Off.
- Re-enter the PIN you created when enabling parental controls.
NOTE: If you forget your Parental Controls PIN or wish to change it, touch the Enter your Tesla Account credentials link on your vehicle touchscreen and then follow the instructions. You cannot disable parental controls from your mobile device.
PIN to Drive
For an added layer of security, prevent Model 3 from being driven until a 4-digit PIN (Personal Identification Number) is entered. To enable this setting, touch Controls > Safety > PIN to Drive and follow the on-screen prompts to create a driving PIN.
When enabled, in addition to entering the 4-digit driving PIN to drive, you must also use it to enter Valet mode for the first time and create the 4-digit valet PIN to enter and exit Valet mode. In Valet mode, Model 3 can be driven without the need for the valet to enter a driving PIN. The PIN to Drive setting is disabled whenever Valet mode is active.
If you forget your driving PIN, touch the link to enter your Tesla login credentials on the PIN to Drive popup, then follow the instructions on the touchscreen.
NOTE: In the unlikely event that your touchscreen is unresponsive, you may be unable to enter the PIN. In this case, first try to restart the touchscreen (see Restarting the Touchscreen on page 9). If the touchscreen is still unresponsive, you can still bypass PIN to Drive in the Tesla mobile app by touching Security & Drivers > Clear PIN. You are able to clear the PIN only if you are the vehicle owner.
Glovebox PIN
Protect the contents in your glovebox with a 4-digit PIN (not related to PIN to Drive). To enable, touch Controls > Safety > Glovebox PIN and follow the directions on the touchscreen. When enabled, you are prompted to enter the PIN to open the glovebox. Select the toggle to disable and then enter the PIN to remove this added security protection.
If you forget your glovebox PIN, reset it by entering your Tesla login credentials, then follow the directions on the touchscreen.
NOTE: Using a Glovebox PIN allows the glovebox to be opened even when Model 3 is in Valet mode.
Speed Limit Mode
Speed Limit Mode allows you to limit acceleration and maximum driving speed to a chosen value between 50 and 120 mph (80 and 193 km/h). The first time you use this feature, you must create a 4-digit PIN that you must use to enable and disable Speed Limit Mode. When enabled and the driving speed approaches within approximately 3 mph (5 km/h) of the maximum speed, a chime sounds, the touchscreen displays a message, and Model 3 sends a notification to the mobile app. You can also touch Security > Speed Limit Mode to enable from the Tesla mobile app. To enable Speed Limit Mode:
- Ensure Model 3 is in Park.
- Touch Controls > Safety > Speed Limit Mode on the touchscreen.
- Select the maximum driving speed.
- Drag the slider to the On position.
- Enter the 4-digit PIN that you want to use to enable and disable Speed Limit Mode.
NOTE: If you forget the PIN, you can disable Speed Limit Mode by entering login credentials for your Tesla account.
NOTE: While Speed Limit Mode is enabled, the acceleration setting automatically sets to Chill.
WARNING: Driving downhill can increase driving speed and cause Model 3 to exceed your chosen maximum speed.
WARNING: Speed Limit Mode is not a replacement for good judgment, driver training, and the need to closely
monitor speed limits and driving conditions. Accidents occur at any speed and it is your responsibility to drive safely.
Clear Browser Data
You can clear your vehicle’s browser data (like you would on a computer or smartphone) by navigating to Controls > Service
> Clear Browser Data. This is useful for many situations, such erasing settings or searches from another driver.
Check the boxes on the touchscreen popup to exclude bookmarks and/or history for your convenience.
NOTE: Depending on market region, vehicle configuration, options purchased, and software version, your vehicle may not be equipped with Dashcam or the features may not operate exactly as described. It is your sole responsibility to consult and comply with all local regulations and property restrictions regarding the use of cameras.
Dashcam records video footage of your vehicle’s surroundings while driving. Use Dashcam to record driving incidents or other notable events, like you would for an external dashcam on other vehicles.
The Dashcam icon is located in the app launcher. You can add the Dashcam app to the bottom bar for easy access (see Customizing My Apps on page 7). When Model 3 is in Park, touching the Dashcam icon displays the Viewer (see Viewing Video Recordings on page 150).
NOTE: Several factors determine whether Dashcam automatically saves a recording of a safety-critical event (for example, amount of force, whether or not airbags deploy, etc.). Do not rely on Dashcam to automatically record all safety-critical events.
- Manual: You must manually touch the Dashcam icon to save a recording of the most recent ten minutes of footage.
- On Honk: When you press the horn, Dashcam saves a recording of the most recent ten minutes of footage. You can enable this along with Auto or Manual simultaneously.
- Once enabled, the Dashcam icon indicates when footage is saved. You can also view the status of the Dashcam icon in Controls.
To protect your privacy, video recordings are saved locally to a formatted USB flash drive’s onboard memory. Recordings are not sent to Tesla. Model 3 does not record videos when Dashcam is Off.
How to Use Dashcam
-
- Format a USB flash drive. Dashcam requires a properly formatted USB drive inserted in your vehicle’s USB port to store and retrieve footage. Vehicles manufactured beginning approximately 2020 are equipped with a pre- formatted USB flash drive in the glove box. There are two ways to format the flash drive if needed:
- Format the flash drive with Model 3. Insert the flash drive into the USB port and navigate to Controls > Safety > Format USB Drive.
- Format the flash drive on a computer. See USB Drive Requirements for Recording Videos on page 150 for more information.
- Insert the USB flash drive into your vehicle’s USB port, preferably the one in the glovebox (if equipped).
- Format a USB flash drive. Dashcam requires a properly formatted USB drive inserted in your vehicle’s USB port to store and retrieve footage. Vehicles manufactured beginning approximately 2020 are equipped with a pre- formatted USB flash drive in the glove box. There are two ways to format the flash drive if needed:
NOTE: For some vehicles manufactured after approximately November 1, 2021, the center console USB ports may only support charging devices. Use the USB
The icon changes to show the status of Dashcam:
.
|
|
RECORDING: Dashcam is recording. To save video footage, touch the icon. To pause recording, press and hold the icon |
|
|
AVAILABLE: Dashcam Is available but not actively recording. Touch the dashcam ic to start recording footage. |
|
|
PAUSED: Dashcam is paused. To resume recording, touch the icon. To avoid losing video footage, pause Dashcam before removing the flash drive. |
|
|
BUSY: Dashcam is in the process of loading, saving, or overwriting footage. While dashcam is busy, footage is not be captured and recorded. |
|
|
SAVED: Footage is saved. You can also save Dashcam clips by touching the Dashcam icon in the app launcher while Driving. |
on
ing
port inside the glove box for all other functions.
-
- Enable Dashcam by touching Controls > Safety > Dashcam. Dashcam allows you to choose how and when footage is saved. You can choose between:
- Auto: Dashcam automatically saves a recording to the USB drive when Model 3 detects a safety-critical event, such as a collision or airbag deployment. When Auto is selected, detection can vary and is subject to your vehicle’s power, sleep, and Autopilot state.
- Enable Dashcam by touching Controls > Safety > Dashcam. Dashcam allows you to choose how and when footage is saved. You can choose between:
- When your desired footage is saved, view the clips on the touchscreen or a computer:
- Touchscreen: Ensure Model 3 is in Park and touch the Dashcam icon in the app launcher. Videos are organized by timestamp. See Viewing Video Recordings on page 150 for more information.
- Computer: Insert the USB flash drive into a computer and navigate to the TeslaCam folder. Videos are organized by timestamp. See Viewing Video Recordings on page 150 for more information.
- Alternatively, you can view and share footage from the mobile app by navigating to Security > Dashcam Viewer (View Live Camera from Mobile App must be enabled on the touchscreen).
NOTE: Requires Premium Connectivity. For iOS devices, requires Tesla mobile app version 4.39.5 or newer. For Android devices, requires Tesla mobile app version 4.43.5 or newer.
- To turn Dashcam off, navigate to Controls > Safety > Dashcam > Off. If set to Auto, Manual, or On Honk, Dashcam automatically enables (but may not be actively saving footage, depending on your preferences) every time you drive.
NOTE: Depending on market region, vehicle configuration, options purchased, and software version, your vehicle may not be equipped with Sentry Mode or the features may not operate exactly as described. It is your sole responsibility to consult and comply with all local regulations and property restrictions regarding the use of cameras.
When enabled, your vehicle’s cameras and sensors (if equipped) remain powered on and ready to record suspicious activity around your vehicle when Model 3 is locked and in Park. Think of Sentry Mode as an intelligent vehicle security system that alerts you when it detects possible threats nearby.
If a threat is detected or the vehicle sensors determine there is a lot of jerky movement like when getting towed or shaken, Sentry Mode:
- Pulses the headlights.
- Sounds the alarm.
- Displays a message on the touchscreen that indicates cameras may be recording to inform individuals outside of the vehicles.
- Alerts you of the alarm on the mobile app.
- Saves footage of the event to a USB drive (if installed).
Sentry Mode is disabled by default. You can use voice commands or the Tesla mobile app to easily enable or disable Sentry Mode. To enable Sentry Mode using voice commands, say “Keep Tesla safe,” “Keep my car safe,” “Sentry on,” or “Enable Sentry” (see Voice Commands on page 16).
NOTE: For some vehicles manufactured after approximately November 1, 2021, the center console USB ports may only support charging devices. Use the USB port inside the glove box for all other functions.
Sentry Mode is not available in Low Power Mode (see Low Power Mode on page 187). If Model 3 enters Low Power Mode, Sentry Mode turns off and the mobile app sends you a notification. Power consumption may increase when Sentry Mode is active.
NOTE: When Sentry Mode is enabled, the Security Alarm settings (Controls > Safety > Security Alarm) are not available.
CAUTION: Do not rely on Sentry Mode to protect Model 3 from all possible security threats. Sentry Mode uses many factors to determine whether to
activate the security alarm. All impacts may not be detected and the alarm may not activate in all situations. While it may help deter some threats, no security system can prevent all attacks.
NOTE: Sentry Mode only sends notifications to the mobile app when the alarm is triggered, when someone attempts to open a door or trunk, or sudden jerky motions are detected by the vehicle. If Sentry Mode doesn’t consider an event a clear threat, the vehicle records footage but doesn’t trigger the alarm.
How to Use Sentry Mode (With a USB Flash Drive)
- Sentry Mode requires a properly formatted USB drive inserted in your vehicle’s USB port. Vehicles manufactured beginning approximately 2020 are equipped with a pre-formatted USB flash drive in the glove box. There are two ways to format the USB drive:
- Insert the USB drive into the USB port and navigate to Controls > Format USB Drive. Your vehicle automatically formats the USB drive for you.
- Format the USB drive on a computer. See USB Drive Requirements for Recording Videos on page 150 for more information.
- Insert the USB drive into the vehicle’s USB port, preferrable the one in the glove box (if equipped).
- With your vehicle in Park, enable Dashcam by navigating to Controls > Safety > Dashcam (Dashcam must be enabled for Sentry Mode to work).
- Touch Controls > Sentry Mode > On. Once enabled, the Sentry Mode icon in Controls turns red.
NOTE: Rear camera recordings are available only on vehicles manufactured after approximately February 2018.
When enabled, Sentry Mode is idle, ready to sound the alarm and save a recording of the security event if triggered. See Viewing Video Recordings on page 150 for information on viewing footage.
- To silence the security alarm and audio system when the alarm is triggered, navigate to Controls > Safety > Disable Sentry Sounds. When enabled, Sentry Mode still sends a notification through the mobile app and saves the last 10 minutes footage.
- To manually enable/disable Sentry Mode until the next drive, touch the Sentry Mode icon. Sentry Mode is Off when the icon is no longer red.
Turn Sentry Mode Off in Controls > Safety > Sentry Mode
to disable for more than one drive cycle.
How to Use Sentry Mode (Without a USB Flash Drive)
When Sentry mode is enabled and a security event is detected but without a USB drive plugged into a USB port, your vehicle alerts you through the mobile app, without any camera recordings.
Sentry Mode Settings
Exclude specific locations
In Controls > Safety > Sentry Mode, you can determine if you want Sentry Mode to not enable in certain locations (see Home, Work, and Favorite Destinations on page 165 for more information):
-
- Exclude Home: Sentry Mode does not automatically enable at the location set as Home in your Favorites list.
- Exclude Work: Sentry Mode does not automatically enable at the location set as Work in your Favorites list.
- Exclude Favorites: Sentry Mode does not automatically enable at any location in your Favorites list.
NOTE: To recognize a location listed as Home, Work, or a Favorite, Model 3 must be parked within approximately 1,640 feet (500 meters) of the saved location.
To set up your Home or Work location, touch Navigate > Set Home/Set Work. To set up a Favorite, touch the star when viewing an address on the map. Manually turning Sentry Mode on or off using the touchscreen or the mobile app overrides your Home, Work, or Favorite exclusion preferences until your next drive.
Set Camera-Based Detection
When Camera-Based Detection is enabled, Sentry Mode uses the vehicle’s external cameras in addition to vehicle sensors to detect a security event while parked. If disabled, your vehicle only saves clips to the USB drive if a physical threat is detected. To adjust, touch Controls > Safety > Sentry Mode > Camera-Based Detection.
View Live Camera
NOTE: View Live Camera requires premium connectivity and version 4.2.1 (or newer) of the Tesla mobile app installed on a phone that has been paired as a key to Model 3.
When Sentry Mode is enabled, use the mobile app to remotely view the area surrounding Model 3 as seen through the exterior cameras. To enable, touch Controls > Safety > Sentry Mode > View Live Camera via Mobile App on the touchscreen to see what Sentry Mode records in
real-time. Ensure there are no occupants in the vehicle and all doors are locked. Then, on the mobile app, navigate to Safety > Sentry Mode > View Live Camera.
When View Live Camera is actively in use, Model 3 periodically flashes its exterior lights and displays a message on the touchscreen to notify others that the area surrounding the vehicle is being viewed through the cameras.
View Live Camera is limited to approximately one hour (or 15 minutes for some regions) of cumulative usage per day.
If Model 3 is equipped with a pedestrian warning speaker (see Pedestrian Warning System on page 94), you can press and hold the microphone button on the mobile app to transmit your voice through this speaker.
You can also enable Dog Mode at the same time and switch the live camera view to see through the interior camera on the mobile app. See Keep Climate On, Dog, and Camp on page 153 for more information. This feature is not supported in vehicles with Autopilot computer 2.0 or 2.5. Touch Controls > Software and look at Autopilot Computer to find out which computer your vehicle has.
NOTE: If Dog and Sentry are enabled at the same time, Sentry defaults to Disable Sentry Sounds to protect your pet.
NOTE: Video quality can vary depending on network connectivity. No audio is captured.
NOTE: The live camera feed is fully encrypted and cannot be accessed by Tesla.
See Viewing Video Recordings on page 150 for more information on viewing Sentry Mode footage.
NOTE: When the internal storage reaches full capacity, new recordings overwrite the older recordings.
Some features require you to use a USB drive (for example, Dashcam, Sentry Mode and Track Mode, if equipped,) that meet these requirements:
- Minimum storage capacity of 64 GB. Use a USB drive with as much available storage as possible. Video footage can occupy a large amount of space.
- A sustained write speed of at least 4 MB/s. Note that sustained write speed differs from peak write speed.
- USB 2.0 compatible. If using a USB 3.0 drive, it must also support USB 2.0.
- Properly formatted (either automatically or manually on page 150).
NOTE: The USB-C ports in the center console and below the rear touchscreen do not support the ability to format, save, and view video footage. For any of these functions, use the USB-A port in the glovebox (see Interior Electronics on page 11).
NOTE: In some market regions you can purchase recommended USB drives on http://www.tesla.com.
Automatically Formatting a USB Drive
Insert the USB drive into a front USB port that supports the ability to format, save, and view video footage (see Interior Electronics on page 11). Then, touch Controls > Safety > Format USB Drive. This automatically formats the USB drive as exFAT and creates folders for TeslaCam and TeslaTrackMode (if equipped). The USB drive is now ready to record and save video footage.
Format USB Drive is available only when a USB drive (with one or fewer partitions) is inserted into a front USB port.
Choosing Format USB Drive erases any existing content on the USB drive. Before using this feature, move any content you want to keep to a different device.
Manually Formatting a USB Drive
If Model 3 is unable to format the USB drive, format it using a computer:
- Format the USB drive as exFAT, MS-DOS FAT (for Mac), ext3, or ext4 (NTFS is currently not supported).
- Create a base-level folder titled TeslaCam. For Track Mode (if equipped), create another base-level folder called TeslaTrackMode. You can use one USB drive for Dashcam, Sentry Mode, Track Mode (if equipped), and audio files, but you must create separate partitions or folders on the exFAT USB drive.
- Once formatted, insert the USB drive into the glovebox USB port (if equipped), otherwise use a front USB port in the center console. Do not use a rear USB port because they can only charge devices. It may take a few seconds for Model 3 to recognize the USB drive.
- Once recognized, ensure icons for Dashcam and Sentry Mode are available when you touch Controls. Model 3 is now ready to record videos.
NOTE: You may need to first enable Sentry Mode (if equipped) by touching Controls > Sentry.
Viewing Video Recordings
If footage is saved, you can view the clips on the touchscreen or a computer.
When the USB drive runs out of storage space, video footage can no longer be saved. To prevent the USB drive from getting full, regularly move saved videos to another device and delete them from the USB drive.
When enabled, Dashcam and Sentry Mode records footage in cycles. Footage is continuously overwritten unless you save it. You must save your desired footage to view it, otherwise the footage is erased and overwritten. See Sentry Mode on page 148 and Dashcam on page 146 for information on saving footage. Four videos are recorded for each saved clip, one from each camera (front, rear, left, and right).
NOTE: Rear camera recordings are only available on vehicles manufactured after approximately February 2018.
Viewing on the Touchscreen
You can view recorded footage on the touchscreen when Model 3 is in Park. Touch the Dashcam icon located in the app launcher.
The list of video clips is organized by location and timestamp. You can pause, rewind, and fast forward clips as needed. To delete clips touch More Options (the three dots) at the top of the list and select clips to delete.
Navigate to Controls > Safety > Delete Dashcam Clips to delete all Dashcam and Sentry Mode footage.
NOTE: Dashcam recording pauses when you launch the Viewer.
Viewing on a Computer
Insert the USB drive into a computer and navigate to the TeslaCam or TeslaTrackMode (if equipped) folder.
The TeslaCam folder contains these sub-folders:
- RecentClips: Contains up to 60 minutes of recorded content.
- SavedClips: Contains all recordings that are saved and renamed from the RecentClips folder.
- SentryClips: Contains recordings from all Sentry Mode security events. If storage space on the USB drive becomes limited, the oldest Sentry Clips are deleted to provide space for new ones. Once deleted, you cannot retrieve them.
Overview of Climate Controls
Climate controls are available at the bottom of the touchscreen. By default, climate control is set to Auto, which maintains optimum comfort in all but the most severe weather conditions. When you adjust the cabin temperature while in the Auto setting, the system automatically adjusts the heating, air conditioning, air distribution, and fan speed to maintain the cabin at your selected temperature.
Touch the displayed temperature at the bottom of the touchscreen to access the main climate controls screen, where you can adjust your climate preferences. You can return to Auto at any time by touching Auto. Touch the power button on the main climate controls screen to toggle on or off. For quick access to common controls, touch < or > to display the climate popup.
While the cabin is warming up or cooling down, the fan speed may be reduced. The touchscreen displays Warming Up or
Cooling Down while getting to your preferred temperature.
NOTE: The climate control system is powered by the high voltage Battery. Therefore, prolonged use decreases driving range.
WARNING: To avoid burns resulting from prolonged use, individuals who have peripheral neuropathy, or whose capacity to feel pain is limited because of diabetes, age, neurological injury, or some other condition, should exercise caution when using the climate control system and seat heaters.
Adjusting Climate Control Settings
NOTE: Easily adjust your climate preferences, such as turning on the seat heater or changing the cabin temperature, hands- free by using voice commands (see Voice Commands on page 16).
NOTE: For one-touch access to seat heaters and defrosters, you can add these controls to My Apps. See Customizing My Apps on page 7.
- Touch to turn the climate control system on or off.
- Touch the driver’s side seat icon to adjust seat heaters for the driver. The seat operates at three levels from 3 (highest) to 1 (lowest). The seat icon displays twisting lines that turn red (heating) or blue (cooling) (if equipped) corresponding with the set level. Auto warms or cools the front seats based on cabin temperature. For one-touch access to seat heaters, you can add them to the touchscreen’s bottom bar (see Customizing My Apps on page 7).
- Touch to turn on the wiper defrosters (if equipped). Wipers defrost for 30 minutes then turn off automatically.
- Touch to control the heated steering wheel, if equipped. The icon displays red twisting lines that correspond to the set level. If set to Auto, the steering wheel is heated as needed based on cabin temperature, independent of the climate control system settings. For one-touch access, you can add this control to the touchscreen’s bottom bar (see Customizing My Apps on page 7).
- The windshield defroster distributes air flow to the windshield. Touch once to defog the windshield (the icon turns blue). Touch a second time to defrost the windshield. Touch a third time to turn off and restore the air distribution, heating, and fan to their previous settings.
- Touch to warm up the rear windshield. After 15 minutes, the rear window defroster automatically turns off. The exterior side mirrors and charge port are also heated whenever the rear window defroster is operating. See Cold Weather Best Practices on page 158 for more information on preparing for cold weather.
- Use the slider to adjust the fan speed. When in Auto, the fan speed levels change to Low/ Medium/ High.
NOTE: Adjusting the fan speed may change the selected setting for how air is drawn into Model 3 in order to increase or reduce air flow.
- Touch to control the flow of air inside the cabin. Air can be drawn into Model 3 from outside or air can be recirculated inside the cabin.
- Touch the passenger’s side seat icon to adjust seat heaters for the front passenger. The seat operates at three levels from 3 (highest) to 1 (lowest). The seat icon displays twisting lines that turn red (heating) or blue (cooling) (if equipped) corresponding with the set level. Auto warms or cools the front seats based on cabin temperature.
- Touch to adjust how air flows from the front vents. When the climate control system is operating, the passenger front vent can be turned off independently of driver’s vent by touching and holding the front passenger air wave on the touchscreen and following the instructions. See Adjusting the Front and Rear Vents on page 156.
- When Model 3 is in Park, touch Schedule to set a recurring daily time when you want Model 3 to be ready to drive by preconditioning the Battery and cabin climate and/or charging during off-peak hours (see Scheduled Precondition and Charge on page 184).
- Touch to adjust the climate settings for the front or rear cabin. If Auto is enabled for the rear cabin and a passenger is detected, the set temperature is maintained for the rear cabin (see Adjusting the Front and Rear Vents on page 156).
- When in Park, these settings display to allow you to keep the climate control system operating, even when you leave Model 3 (see Keep Climate On, Dog, and Camp on page 153).
- Choose where air flows into the front cabin (windshield, face-level, or foot-level vents). You can choose one or more vents.
- Touch to turn the air conditioning system on or off. Turning it off reduces cooling, but saves energy.
NOTE: Because Model 3 runs much quieter than a gasoline-powered vehicle, you may notice the sound of the air conditioning compressor as it is operating. To minimize noise, reduce the fan speed.
- Touch Auto to turn the Auto setting on or off.
NOTE: When Reduce Fan Speed During Calls is enabled and Auto is selected, the fan speed automatically lowers to reduce the sound of ambient noise while on a call. For more information, see Bluetooth on page 55.
NOTE: While using Full Self-Driving (Supervised), your vehicle may automatically switch to AUTO if there is a high likelihood of fogging for the windshields and cameras.
Climate Popup
Touch the temperature arrows on the bottom of the touchscreen to display a popup for easy access to some of the most common climate controls:
NOTE: For one-touch access to seat heaters and defrosters, you can add these controls to My Apps. See Customizing My Apps on page 7.
- Touch to access the main climate controls screen.
- Enable or disable heated or cooled front seats (if equipped).
- Enable or disable the front or rear windshield defrosters. When the rear defrost is enabled, the exterior side mirrors will also be heated. Heating for the exterior side mirrors will automatically turn off based on the ambient temperature.
- Modify the cabin temperature by dragging the slider. You can also enable temperature splitting which allows the driver and front passenger to customize their own climate preferences. The front passenger can touch the temperature icon on the bottom of the touchscreen or the main climate controls screen to adjust. Touch Split again to disable climate splitting.
Keep Climate On, Dog, and Camp
The Keep Climate On, Dog, and Camp settings allow you to keep the climate control system running when in Park, even after you’ve left Model 3 or choose to stay inside the vehicle. These settings are useful when it is important to maintain the cabin temperature in hot or cold weather conditions. For example, when leaving groceries in Model 3 on hot days, you may want to use Keep Climate On to prevent spoilage.
Dog is designed to maintain a comfortable cabin temperature for your pet while you actively and frequently monitor this temperature using the mobile app (which requires both your phone and the vehicle to have cellular connectivity). When in Dog, the touchscreen displays the current cabin temperature to inform people passing by that your pet is safe. This setting is not intended for people, and should only be used for short periods of time while you stay in close proximity should you need to return to the vehicle in situations where the temperature can no longer be maintained.
NOTE: To avoid accidentally pressing the window switch (such as your dog stepping on it), the windows cannot be rolled down while Dog is enabled.
NOTE: If Dog and Sentry are enabled at the same time, Sentry defaults to Disable Sentry Sounds to protect your pet. See Sentry Mode on page 148 for more information.
Live Camera view is now available if Sentry Mode or Dog Mode, or both, are enabled. When Sentry Mode is on, the cameras show a live view of the vehicle’s surroundings. When Dog Mode is on, the interior cabin camera shows the inside of the vehicle so you can check on your pet at any time. If both are enabled, switch the camera views by touching the gray circles or the interior icon that correspond to different cameras on the mobile app. See Sentry Mode on page 148 for more information.
NOTE: Enabling the interior cabin camera for Dog or Sentry Mode requires the mobile app version 4.15.0 or higher. This feature is not supported in vehicles with Autopilot computer
2.0 or 2.5. Touch Controls > Software and look at Autopilot
Computer to find out which computer your vehicle has.
NOTE: View Live Camera is limited to approximately one hour (or 15 minutes for some regions) of cumulative usage per day.
Camp allows you to power electronics through the USB ports and low voltage outlet in addition to maintaining the cabin temperature. The touchscreen remains on so you can play music, browse the internet, play games in the arcade, or watch shows in Tesla Theater. You can also control media and climate settings from a paired phone. Camp is ideal for remaining inside your vehicle, such as camping or staying with a child. While active, Sentry Mode and the vehicle alarm system are disabled. Walk-Away Door Lock is inactive.
To operate Keep Climate On, Dog, or Camp:
- Make sure Model 3 is not in Low Power Mode (see Low Power Mode on page 187).
- Engage Park. The Keep Climate On, Dog, and Camp
settings are available only when Model 3 is in Park.
- If necessary, adjust the climate settings.
- On the climate controls screen, touch Keep Climate On, Dog, or Camp.
NOTE: You can also control Dog and Camp from the mobile app, by swiping up from the gray bar on the Climate screen.
The climate control system attempts to maintain your climate settings until you shift out of Park or manually turn it off.
Avoid using Keep Climate On, Dog, or Camp when the Battery’s charge level is low.
Dog cannot be enabled if the cabin temperature is too hot, or if the vehicle detects an issue with the climate control system. Ensure that the cabin temperature is at a safe and comfortable level before enabling Dog.
If Keep Climate On, Dog, or Camp is on, the Tesla mobile app notifies you if the climate turns off for any reason. This includes when Model 3 enters Low Power Mode (for Keep Climate On or Camp mode) or the Battery’s charge level drops below 20% (for Dog mode), or if the vehicle detects an issue with the climate control system. The Tesla mobile app also notifies you if Dog mode is active and the cabin temperature changes significantly from the level initially set for Dog.
NOTE: Software updates cannot be performed when Keep Climate On, Dog, or Camp is active.
WARNING: Never leave a child unattended in your vehicle.
WARNING: Check local laws for any restrictions on leaving pets unattended in your vehicle.
WARNING: You are responsible for the safety of your dog or pet. Never leave them in Model 3 for long periods of time. Constantly monitor the vehicle
WARNING: In the unlikely event that your climate 
WARNING: You can adjust and monitor the climate control system remotely using the mobile app.Cabin Overheat Protection
Cabin Overheat Protection prevents the cabin from getting too hot in scorching ambient conditions. While not necessary to activate whenever you leave Model 3, the climate control system can reduce and maintain the temperature of your vehicle’s cabin. This can prevent the cabin from getting too hot after leaving it parked in the sun, making the vehicle more comfortable when you return. Cabin Overheat Protection may take up to 15 minutes to enable once you exit the vehicle. This feature is intended for passenger comfort and has no impact on the reliability of your vehicle’s components.
To turn on, touch Controls > Safety > Cabin Overheat Protection and choose:
- On: The air conditioning operates when the cabin temperature exceeds 105° F (40° C), or the selected temperature if available, on the touchscreen or mobile app. Customizing temperatures may require the most recent version of the mobile app.
- No A/C: Only the fan operates to prevent touch surfaces from getting too hot.
- Off: Disables Cabin Overheat Protection.
You can also enable Cabin Overheat Protection remotely through the mobile app by touching Climate. Swipe up on the bottom menu and select a setting under Cabin Overheat Protection (see Mobile App on page 51).
Cabin Overheat Protection operates until 12 hours has elapsed once you exit Model 3, or until the Battery energy drops below the threshold set for Low Power Mode (see Low Power Mode on page 187), whichever comes first. Using Cabin Overheat Protection requires energy from the Battery, which may decrease range.
WARNING: Due to automatic shut-off, extreme outside conditions, or other potential inability to maintain the selected temperature, the inside of the vehicle can
become dangerously hot, even when Cabin Overheat Protection is enabled. If you experience temperatures exceeding the selected temperature repeatedly, contact Tesla service.
WARNING: Never leave children or pets in the vehicle unattended. Due to automatic shut-off or extreme outside conditions, the inside of the vehicle can
become dangerously hot, even when Cabin Overheat Protection is enabled.
Climate Control Operating Tips
-
- When you use the mobile app to turn on the climate control system, it automatically turns off if two hours has passed. To cool or heat the cabin for a longer period of time, charge the vehicle and re-enable your climate control preference through the mobile app.
- You can improve the efficiency of the cabin heating by reducing your selected acceleration mode (see Acceleration Modes on page 85). This allows the heat pump system to take more heat from the Battery to efficiently heat the cabin, instead of maintaining the Battery’s ability to provide peak acceleration performance. This helps to maximize driving efficiency in colder weather. Note that when subsequently increasing the acceleration mode, the Battery requires time to warm up before the increased level of acceleration is available.
- Your charge port latch may freeze in extremely cold weather or icy conditions. In cases where you cannot remove or insert the charge cable, or your vehicle is not Supercharging due to the latch being frozen in place, enable Defrost Car in the mobile app. This helps thaw ice on the charge port latch so the charge cable can be removed or inserted. See Cold Weather Best Practices on page 158 for more information.
- If the climate control system is louder than you prefer, manually reduce the fan speed.
- In addition to cooling the interior, the air conditioning compressor also cools the Battery. Therefore, in hot weather, the air conditioning compressor can turn on even if you turned it off. This is normal because the system’s priority is to cool the Battery to ensure it stays within an optimum temperature range to support longevity and optimum performance.
- Even when not in use, you may hear Model 3 emit a whining noise or the sound of water circulating. These sounds are normal and occur when the internal cooling systems turn on to support various vehicle functions, such as maintaining the low voltage battery and balancing the temperature of the high voltage Battery.
- To ensure the climate control system operates efficiently, close all windows and ensure that the exterior grille in front of the windshield is free of ice, snow, leaves, and other debris.
- In very humid conditions, it is normal for the windshield to fog slightly when you first turn on the air conditioning.
- It is normal for a small pool of water to form under Model 3 when parked. Extra water produced by the dehumidifying process is drained underneath.
- Model 3 is designed to automatically maximize efficiency; therefore, your air conditioning compressor and external fan may run and make noise even when the outside temperature is cold and your vehicle is heating or supercharging.
- To reduce the temperature in the cabin in hot weather conditions, the fan may turn on to vent the cabin when the vehicle is parked. This occurs only if Model 3 is not in Low Power Mode.
Model 3 has a unique horizontal face-level vent that spans the width of the dashboard. It also has vents at the back of the center console for the rear cabin.
- Driver vents
- Driver controls
- Passenger controls
- Passenger vents
- Rear vents
- Rear controls (if equipped)
Using the touchscreens (if equipped), you can pinpoint exactly where you want to direct the air flowing from this vent when heating or cooling the cabin. When the face-level vent is on you can adjust the direction of the air flow from each vent. To adjust the direction of the air flow, touch and drag the radiating air waves from the corresponding vent on the touchscreen. The air flows in a single stream when centered or splits into mirrored air streams when air is directed outward or inward from the center of the vent.
NOTE: When you split a vent into two separate air flows, the air flow in each direction is not as strong as when all air is flowing in a single direction.
If your vehicle has no rear touchscreen, you can direct the flow of air in the rear cabin area by adjusting the vents at the rear of the center console.
NOTE: Outside air is drawn into Model 3 through the grill in front of the windshield. Keep the grill clear of obstructions, such as leaves and snow.
Cabin Air Filter(s)
Model 3 has one or more air filters to prevent pollen, industrial fallout, road dust and other particles from entering through the vents.
NOTE: Cabin air filter(s) require periodic replacement. See Service Intervals on page 190.
To ensure that Model 3 provides you with the best ownership experience possible in harsh cold weather conditions, follow these best practices.
Before Driving
When snow and ice accumulate on your vehicle, moving parts, such as the door handles, windows, mirrors, and wipers can freeze in place. To achieve maximum range and performance, it is helpful to warm the cabin and Battery before driving. There are several ways to do so:
- Touch Controls > Schedule (also available on both the charging and climate control screens) to set a time when you want your vehicle to be ready to drive (see Scheduled Precondition and Charge on page 184).
- In the mobile app, navigate to Climate to customize the temperature at which you want to heat the cabin. This also warms the high voltage Battery as needed.
- In the mobile app, navigate to Climate > Defrost Car to melt snow, ice, and frost on the windshield, charge port, windows, and mirrors. This also warms the high voltage Battery as needed.
NOTE: Tesla recommends activating climate settings at least 30-45 minutes before departure (see Operating Climate Controls on page 151). Preconditioning times depend on outside temperature and other factors. The mobile app will notify you once your vehicle has reached the desired preconditioning temperature.
Charge Port
If your charge port latch freezes in place and a charging cable becomes stuck in the charge port, touch Controls > Service > Inlet Heater. If this does not work after several minutes, try manually releasing the charge cable. See Manually Releasing Charge Cable on page 182.
In extremely cold weather or icy conditions, it is possible that your charge port latch may freeze in place. In these weather conditions, you can thaw ice on the charge port latch so the charge cable can be removed and inserted. To do so, enable Defrost Car using the mobile app.
You can also prevent the occurrence of a charge port latch freezing in place by using the Schedule settings (see Scheduled Precondition and Charge on page 184).
NOTE: If your charge port latch is frozen in place, it may not lock the charging cable in place when inserted, but it can still charge at a slow AC rate even if the latch is not engaged.
Charging
By using Trip Planner (if available) to navigate to a Tesla charging location, Model 3 pre-heats the high voltage Battery to ensure when you arrive at the charger, the temperature of the Battery is optimal and ready to charge. This reduces the amount of time it takes to charge. See (see Trip Planner on page 167).
NOTE: Tesla recommends using Trip Planner to navigate to a charging location for at least 30-45 minutes before arrival to ensure optimal Battery temperature and charging conditions. If the drive to the charging location is less than 30-45 minutes, consider preconditioning the Battery before driving (see Before Driving on page 158).
NOTE: The thermal system may produce steam under certain conditions for vehicles equipped with a heat pump (to determine if your vehicle has a heat pump, touch Controls > Software > Additional Vehicle Information). For example, odorless steam can come from the front of your vehicle while charging at a Supercharger in cold temperature. This is normal and not a cause for concern.
Windows
In the mobile app, go to Climate and select Defrost Car, which helps melt snow, ice, and frost on the windshield, windows, and mirrors.
In cold temperatures, the windows stop slightly below the vehicle trim when fully raised to prevent freezing and make it easier to open the doors.
NOTE: Always connect to an external, low voltage power supply before opening a door when the vehicle has no power to avoid breaking a window.
Use the mobile app to schedule a service appointment for Tesla to provide hydrophobic coating to the side and rear windows (not the front windshield) for a nominal fee.
Doors
In severe winter conditions, ice buildup can make it more difficult to open door handles. You can use the mobile app to pop open the driver door in this situation.
- In the mobile app, touch and hold any of the four quick control buttons and follow the instructions to customize quick controls with Unlatch Door.
- When you are next to your car, touch Unlatch Door to pop open the driver door.
In severe winter conditions, ice buildup within the door handle can prevent the door handle from opening. The process for freeing a Model 3 door handle is slightly different than others to remove ice buildup.
NOTE: Preemptively applying WD-40 to the door handle pivot pins can help prevent ice buildup inside your door handle.
CAUTION: Do not attempt to use tools or excessive force to release the door handle from ice buildup.
If your vehicle’s door handles are black: Perform the following to remove ice from the door handle:
- Forcefully press the frontmost part of the door handle. It will rock slightly inward to help break the ice.
- Press the rearmost part of the door handle to try to open as you normally would.
- Once the door handle is able to move, open and close it a few more times to release any remaining ice buildup. Make sure the door handle is fully pressed in (retracted) prior to entering the vehicle, and check that the door is fully closed before driving away.
If your vehicle’s door handles are silver: You can usually remove the ice with a few forceful bumps to the door handle using the bottom of your fist. Perform the following to remove ice from the door handle:
CAUTION: Remove any jewelry or objects that can damage the paint prior to performing the procedure, and do not attempt to use tools or excessive force.
- Forcefully press the rearmost part of the door handle to try to open the door handle.
- Working in a circular pattern around the perimeter of the door handle, use the bottom of your fist to forcefully bump the door handle to break and release the ice buildup.
- Aiming for the rearmost end of the wide part of the door handle, use the bottom of your fist to forcefully bump the door handle. Increase the intensity of the bumps as necessary, repeating steps 1 through 3 until the ice is removed and the door handle can be opened.
CAUTION: Never bump the vehicle so hard as to cause a dent; the force used should be similar to knocking on your neighbor’s front door.
- Once the door handle is able to move, open and close it a few more times to release any remaining ice buildup. Make sure the door handle is fully pressed in (retracted) prior to entering the vehicle, and check that the door is fully closed before driving away.
Mirrors
If ice buildup is expected when parking, turn off Auto-Fold Mirrors. Touch Controls > Auto-Fold. Ice can prevent exterior side mirrors from folding or unfolding.
NOTE: Side mirrors automatically heat as needed during preconditioning, or when the rear defroster is turned on.
Wipers
If you expect snow or ice to build up when parked, touch Controls > Service > Wiper Service Mode. This raises the wipers against the windshield so they can defrost when the windshield defrosts (see Wipers and Washers on page 76). You can also turn on wiper defrosters (if equipped). See Operating Climate Controls on page 151.
Tires and Tire Chains
Use winter tires to increase traction in snowy or icy conditions. You can purchase winter tires on the Tesla Shop (see Seasonal Tire Types on page 197).
Tire chains provide additional traction when driving in snowy or icy conditions. Check local regulations to determine if tire chains are recommended or required during winter months. See Using Tire Chains on page 198 for more information.
Your vehicle’s tire pressures will drop in cold ambient temperatures. If the TPMS indicator light appears, inflate the tires before driving. The tires will lose one PSI for every 10° F (6° C) drop in outside temperature (see Tire Care and Maintenance on page 192). Proper tire pressures help protect tires from potholes and improve range when properly inflated.
While Driving
Cold weather can increase energy consumption because more power is required for driving, cabin and Battery heating. Follow these suggestions to reduce energy consumption:
- Use seat heaters to keep warm. Seat heaters use less energy than the cabin heater. Lowering the cabin temperature and using seat heaters reduces energy consumption (see Operating Climate Controls on page 151).
- Slow down your driving and avoid frequent and rapid acceleration.
Regenerative Braking
Regenerative braking can be limited if the Battery is too cold. As you continue to drive, the Battery warms up and regenerative power increases (see Regenerative Braking on page 78).
NOTE: Limited regenerative braking can be avoided if you allow enough time to precondition your vehicle or if you use Schedule to precondition Model 3 before your departure time (see Scheduled Precondition and Charge on page 184).
NOTE: Installing winter tires can result in temporarily reduced regenerative braking power but after a short period of driving, Model 3 recalibrates to correct this. Touch Service > Wheel & Tire > Tires to select winter tires and quicken this process.
|
|
A blue snowflake icon appears on your touchscreen when some of the stored energy in the Battery is unavailable because the Battery is cold. This portion of unavailable energy displays in blue on the Battery meter. Regenerative braking, acceleration, and charging rates may be limited. The snowflake icon no longer displays when the Battery is sufficiently warm. |
After Driving
Leave Model 3 plugged in when not in use. This uses the charging system, rather than the Battery itself, to keep the Battery warm (see High Voltage Battery Information on page 176).
Scheduled Precondition
When parked, use the Controls > Schedule settings, available on both the charging and climate control screens, to set a time when you want to precondition Model 3 (see Scheduled Precondition and Charge on page 184). You can also use Schedule to prevent the charge port latch freezing in place. Your vehicle determines the appropriate time to begin preconditioning so that cabin and Battery are warm by your planned departure time.
Tesla recommends that you also schedule a charge with your precondition to ensure that your vehicle has sufficient energy for the trip. When Model 3 is not plugged in, preconditioning operates as long as Model 3 is not in Low Power Mode (see Low Power Mode on page 187).
Storage
If you leave Model 3 parked for an extended period of time, plug the vehicle into a charger to prevent normal range loss and to keep the Battery at an optimal temperature. Your vehicle is safe to stay plugged in for any length of time.
When not in use, Model 3 enters a sleep mode to conserve energy. Reduce the number of times you check your vehicle’s status on the mobile app, as this automatically wakes up your vehicle and starts normal energy consumption.
To ensure that Model 3 provides you with the best ownership experience possible in hot ambient conditions, follow these best practices.
Before Driving
There are several ways to prepare your vehicle for a drive, without having to get into an already hot vehicle:
- Precondition the cabin by moving the direction of air flow from the vents, and turn the seat heaters on or off. In the mobile app, navigate to Climate to customize the temperature at which you want to cool the cabin.
- Touch Schedule, available on both the Charging and Climate Control screens, to set a time when you want your vehicle to be ready to drive (see Scheduled Precondition and Charge on page 184).
- Enable Cabin Overheat Protection, which prevents the cabin from getting too warm in hot ambient conditions. You can choose whether you want the A/C or just the fan to run when the temperature in the cabin exceeds 105° F (40° C) or the selected temperature (if available).
- In the mobile app, navigate to Controls to vent the windows.
NOTE: Tesla recommends activating climate settings at least 30-45 minutes before departure (see Operating Climate Controls on page 151). Preconditioning times depend on outside temperature and other factors. The mobile app will notify you once your vehicle has reached the desired preconditioning temperature.
After Driving
Leave Model 3 plugged in when not in use, especially if using Preconditioning or Cabin Overheat Protection. This uses the charging system, rather than the battery itself, to maintain a comfortable temperature (see High Voltage Battery Information on page 176). In addition, there are several ways to minimize a hot cabin:
- Before leaving your vehicle (to run errands, for example), use Dog Mode to keep the cabin cool for pets or perishable goods. See Keep Climate On, Dog, and Camp on page 153 for more information.
- Tesla recommends turning the air conditioning off approximately 30 seconds before pressing Park to reduce puddling below the vehicle.
- Park in the shade to help reduce power consumption and maintain cooler cabin temperatures.
- Use a sun shade (available on the Tesla Shop) if you have to park outside in the sun.
- When parked, plug in Model 3 and Schedule your charging. Your vehicle determines the appropriate time to begin charging so it is complete during off-peak hours. The cabin and Battery are also prepared by your set departure time. For more information, see Scheduled Precondition and Charge on page 184.
Charging
When using Trip Planner or navigating to a Supercharger station, your vehicle automatically prepares the Battery for most efficient charging. In extreme heat, you may not see the message that the vehicle is preconditioning the Battery while navigating to a Supercharger, but it is still preparing the Battery for charging.
NOTE: Tesla recommends using Trip Planner to navigate to a charging location for at least 30-45 minutes before arrival to ensure optimal Battery temperature and charging conditions. If the drive to the charging location is less than 30-45 minutes, consider preconditioning the Battery before driving (see Before Driving on page 158).
If possible, leave your vehicle plugged into a charger whenever not in use, even in warm weather, especially if using Preconditioning or Cabin Overheat Protection.
Storage
If you leave Model 3 parked for an extended period of time, plug the vehicle into a charger to prevent normal range loss and to keep the Battery at an optimal temperature. Your vehicle is safe to stay plugged in for any length of time.
When not in use, Model 3 enters a sleep mode to conserve energy. Reduce the number of times you check your vehicle’s status on the mobile app, as this automatically wakes up your vehicle and starts normal energy consumption.
Map Overview
The touchscreen displays a map at all times (except when Model 3 is shifted into Reverse).
Use your finger(s) to interact with the map:
- To move the map in any direction, hold and drag a finger.
- To rotate the map in any direction, hold and turn two fingers.
- To zoom the map in or out, expand or pinch two fingers, respectively.
NOTE: When you rotate or move the map, your current location is no longer tracked. The message “Tracking Disabled” displays briefly next to the map orientation icon and the icon turns gray. To re-enable tracking, touch the map’s orientation icon and choose North Up or Heading Up.
NOTE: The map zooms in and out automatically when a navigation route is active.
To change the orientation of the map, toggle between these options:
|
|
North Up: North is always at the top of the screen. |
|
|
Heading Up: The direction you are driving is always at the top of the screen. The map rotates as you change direction. This icon has an integrated compass that indicates the direction you are driving. NOTE: Touching this icon while navigating to a destination displays the route overview. |
|
|
Route overview is available when you are navigating to a destination and displays when you expand the turn-by-turn direction list (by swiping it downward). When you collapse the turn-by-turn direction list by swiping it upward, the map displays your previously chosen orientation. |
NOTE: Your vehicle’s location on the map is determined by GPS. GPS accuracy can be affected by a number of external factors, including environmental factors (such as weather or building cover) as well as interference from other devices (such third-party dashcam devices, or other GPS devices within the vehicle).
Map Display
When Model 3 is in Park, the following icons display on the map to allow you to customize the type of information the map displays. To access these icons when driving, touch anywhere on the map (they disappear after a few seconds).
|
|
Satellite imagery (if equipped with premium connectivity). |
|
|
Traffic conditions (if equipped with premium connectivity). |
|
|
Map details (such as points of interest). |
In addition, you can touch 2D or 3D to choose how you would like the map to display.
NOTE: 3D maps are not available when satellite imagery is enabled.
Drop a pin anywhere on the map by pressing and holding your finger on a desired location. When you drop a pin, or touch an existing pin, the chosen location is centered on the map and a popup screen provides information about the location. From this popup, you can navigate to the location add or remove the location from your list of favorite destinations (see Home, Work, and Favorite Destinations on page 165).
|
|
Charging locations. Shows a popup list that includes the city and proximity of the corresponding stations on the map. Charging locations include Tesla Superchargers, destination charging sites, third-party fast chargers, and public chargers that you have used previously. See Charging Locations on page 165. Touch the lightning bolt icons in the popup list to filter by the types of chargers based on max power. NOTE: In some market regions, third-party fast chargers are also included on the map as dark gray pins when you display chargers. |
|
|
Weather overlay (if equipped with premium connectivity). Touch to overlay weather conditions on the map and show the movement of precipitation like rain and snow. Includes a timelapse that projects the changes in weather over the next 3 hours. |
Navigation Settings
NOTE: The navigation settings available can vary depending on region and vehicle configuration.
Touch the navigation settings icon to customize the navigation system to suit your preferences (the available settings vary depending on your market region and vehicle configuration):
- Navigation Guidance: Touch Voice to enable an audible reading for navigation instructions.
- Touch – or + to increase or decrease the volume of spoken navigation instructions. Decreasing all the way to the left or touching the speaker icon mutes the instructions. You can also mute/unmute navigation instructions by touching the speaker icon. This volume setting applies only to the navigation system’s spoken instructions. Volume for Media Player and Phone does not change.
NOTE: Volume may automatically be adjusted based on driving speed and climate settings.
NOTE: Navigation instructions are muted when the paired phone has an ongoing phone call.
- Enable Automatic Navigation if you want Model 3 to automatically initiate a navigation destination when you get in your vehicle. Destinations are predicted based on commonly driven routes, time of day, and calendar entries (see Automatic Navigation on page 164).
- Enable Trip Planner (if available in your market region) to add Supercharger stops as needed. Supercharging stops are added to navigation routes with the goal of minimizing the amount of time you spend driving and charging (see Trip Planner on page 167).
- Enable Online Routing to automatically route to avoid heavy traffic and to get real-time traffic conditions along navigation routes, if available in your region (see Online Routing on page 167).
- Touch Avoid Ferries to be automatically routed to avoid ferries.
- Touch Avoid Tolls to be automatically routed to avoid tolls, if possible.
- To display a route that does not include highways, enable
Avoid Highways.
- Touch Use HOV Lanes to include High Occupancy Vehicle (HOV) lanes on navigation routes. This is particularly useful when using Navigate on Autopilot (see Navigate on Autopilot on page 107).
Navigating to a Destination
To navigate to a location, touch the search bar in the corner of the map and enter a destination, send the destination from your phone, or use voice commands (see Voice Commands on page 16) for an address, landmark, business, etc. If the destination you choose has other destinations within it (such as terminals at an airport), you can also choose a sub- destination.
|
|
The navigation settings icon displays when you touch … once you start navigating to a destination. NOTE: You can also access navigation settings by touching Controls > Navigation. |
Touch the search bar for different options:
- Refresh a search when you zoom in or drag to a different area of the map by tapping Search this area when prompted (if available in your region).
- Choose a saved Home or Work location (see Home, Work, and Favorite Destinations on page 165).
- Select a Charging destination (see Charging Locations on page 165).
- Pick from Recent destination (the most recent destination is listed at the top).
- Choose a destination you have marked as a Favorite (see Home, Work, and Favorite Destinations on page 165).
- A popular restaurant when you’re feeling Hungry or a popular destination (such as museums and amusement parks) when you’re feeling Lucky (see Lucky and Hungry on page 165).
You can also navigate to a destination by:
- Touching Controls > Search on your vehicle’s touchscreen and entering a destination.
- Using the “share” functionality from your iOS® or Android device after allowing access to the Tesla mobile app.
NOTE: You can start navigation remotely from your IOS® or Android™ device using the “share” functionality on your device after allowing access to the Tesla mobile app.
When you specify a location, the touchscreen zooms out to provide an overview of the route you need to travel and displays a turn-by-turn direction list. Estimated arrival time, driving time, mid-point stops and destination weather conditions, and mileage displays at the bottom of the direction list. Note the following about the turn-by-turn direction list:
- After entering a destination, you can choose from Faster
or Fewer stops.
- The Battery icon on the turn list provides a visual representation showing an estimate of how much energy will remain when you reach your destination, and how much will remain if you make a round trip back to your current location. See Predicting Energy Usage on page 166.
- Select Set Arrival % (if available) and use the slider to determine how much energy you want upon arrival.
- If charging is needed to reach your destination and Trip Planner is enabled (and available in your market region), the navigation route automatically includes Supercharger stops (see Trip Planner on page 167).
- If you won’t have enough energy to reach your destination and there is no Supercharger on the route, an alert tells you that charging is needed to reach your destination.
- Each turn is preceded by the distance to the maneuver.
- To see the bottom of the list, you may need to drag the list upward.
- Touch the top of the list to minimize it.
After setting a destination, the search bar gives you the option to Search Along Route to add stops (see Adding Stops to a Route on page 164).
While navigating, the map tracks your location and displays the current leg of your trip. You can display the entire route at any time by swiping down to expand the turn-by-turn direction list or touching the route overview icon.
Below the turn-by-turn list, a progress bar shows how close you are to your destination or next stop. If online routing is enabled, the progress bar also shows live traffic conditions on your route (see Online Routing on page 167).
To stop navigating, touch Cancel, located in the bottom corner of the turn-by-turn direction list. Swipe right on the suggested location or press and hold the location to quickly delete certain recent navigation searches.
NOTE: If a data connection is not available, onboard maps allow you to navigate to any destination, but you must enter the exact and complete address.
|
|
If Navigate on Autopilot (if available in your market region) is enabled, you can turn it on for the navigation route by touching Navigate on Autopilot in the turn-by-turn direction list (when the feature is active, the icon is blue). Navigate on Autopilot automatically changes lanes and steers Model 3 on controlled-access roads (like highways and freeways), along a navigation route. For details, see Navigate on Autopilot on page 107. |
Selecting an Alternate Route
Depending on market region and vehicle configuration, this feature may not be available on your vehicle. Your vehicle must be equipped with Premium Connectivity.
After you have entered a destination with one stop, the map displays up to three alternate routes. This allows you to easily compare total travel time and traffic information for each route. If you do not select a preferred route within the timeout period, the fastest route is automatically selected.
Adding Stops to a Route
After entering a destination, edit your route by adding, deleting or reordering stops. Touch the three dots at the bottom of the turn-by-turn direction list to view options to edit your route.
add a stop by
|
|
Add Stop allows you to searching for a location Recent or Favorite dest search, locations near y along with the detour tim can also add a stop by t map and selecting Add |
|
|
Edit Stop allows you to by adding or deleting st Drag and drop stops by sign to reorder your trip |
or adding a Home, ination. When you our route are shown
e to reach them. You ouching any pin on the from the popup.
set up a complex trip ops on your route. touching the equal
.
You can also use the Tesla mobile app to edit your route (if available in your region). In the Tesla mobile app, go to Locations > Navigate and enter a destination, touch Edit Trip
> Add Stop to edit your route, then touch Send to Car to share the trip with your vehicle.
NOTE: Requires Tesla mobile app version 4.27.5 or newer.
Automatic Navigation
NOTE: Automatic Navigation may not be available in all market regions and on all vehicle configurations.
Automatic Navigation can predict a destination when you get in your vehicle. When your phone’s calendar is synced to Model 3, and the calendar includes an event that takes place within two hours of when you get in your vehicle to drive, Automatic Navigation suggests the location of the event (assuming a valid address is associated with the event).
In addition, if you are Home and drive on weekdays (Monday to Friday) from 5:00 AM to 11:00 AM, Automatic Navigation can automatically route you to your specified Work location (see Home, Work, and Favorite Destinations on page 165). Likewise, if you are at work on weekdays from 3:00 PM to 11:00 PM, Automatic Navigation can automatically route you to your specified Home location.
To enable Automatic Navigation, touch Controls > Navigation and then select Automatic Navigation. You must have your phone’s calendar synced to Model 3 and the event must include a uniquely specified and valid address (see Phone, Calendar, and Web Conferencing on page 57).
NOTE: Navigation instructions that you enter manually, or send to Model 3, override routes suggested by Automatic Navigation.
Lucky and Hungry
NOTE: Features may not be available in all market regions and on all vehicle configurations.
In addition to navigating to a destination of your choice, Model 3 can also suggest nearby locations based on whether you are feeling Hungry or Lucky. In the navigation search bar, touch Hungry or Lucky. Hungry suggests a list of popular restaurants, whereas Lucky suggests a list of popular destinations (such as museums and amusement parks). Once you discover an interesting destination, touch Navigate to proceed to the destination.
This feature requires the latest version of Navigation maps. To download, connect Model 3 to Wi-Fi and touch Controls > Software to check if an update is available (see Map Updates on page 167).
Home, Work, and Favorite Destinations
If you frequently drive to a destination, add it as a favorite to avoid entering the location’s name or address each time.
When you add a destination as a Favorite, you can easily navigate to it by touching the navigation search bar and then touching Favorites and choosing it from your list of favorite destinations.
|
|
To add a destination to your Favorites list, touch its pin on the map, then touch the star icon on the popup screen that appears. Enter a name (or leave as-is to accept the default name), then touch Add to Favorites. The star becomes solid and the destination is included on your Favorites list. |
To delete a Recent or Favorite destination, touch it on the destination list and hold it down briefly until the X appears. Then touch the X to delete it from the list.
Home and Work locations also display under the navigation search bar. Touch to set an address to the corresponding location. After entering the address, touch Save as Home or Save as Work. Then simply touch these shortcuts whenever you want to navigate home or to work.
To change or delete the corresponding address, press and hold the Home or Work icon. A popup allows you to enter a new address and Save as Home or Save as Work. Once a Home or Work location is saved, Model 3 may prompt you to navigate to your Work location in the mornings and to your Home location in the evenings and provide an estimated driving time based on current traffic conditions. See Automatic Navigation on page 164. Touch Clear Home or Clear Work to remove associated addresses entirely. Based on your usage patterns, Model 3 may prompt you to save a location as Home or Work.
For security reasons, if you sell , transfer ownership, or allow others to drive Model 3, it is recommended that you delete your Home and Work locations. You can delete these individually or you can perform a factory reset to erase all personal data (touch Controls > Service > Factory Reset).
Charging Locations
To display charging locations on the map, touch the map’s search bar, then touch Charging. Charging locations are shown in a list (with the closest charging location at the top of the list) and represented by corresponding pins on the map. Touch a pin to display more information, navigate to, or mark it as a favorite.
To show charging stations that are not owned and operated by Tesla on the charger list and map, touch Controls > Navigation > Third-Party Charging Stations. This option is disabled by default. Trip Planner will not automatically navigate to third-party charging stations, but you can add them to your route manually.
Your vehicle preconditions its high voltage Battery when navigating to Supercharger. This ensures you arrive with an optimal Battery temperature, reducing the amount of time it takes to charge. To precondition the Battery for a third-party fast charger, search for the fast charger in your vehicle’s navigation and select it to enter it as the destination. Your vehicle automatically recognizes the selected destination as a fast charger and preconditions its Battery accordingly.
Touch the lightning bolt icons to specify the types of charging locations you want the map to include (by default, the map displays only Superchargers):
|
|
Touch to include low power stations up to 70 kW, such as destination charging locations. |
|
|
Touch to include high power chargers above 70 kW. |
NOTE: In some market regions, third-party fast chargers are also included as dark gray pins when you choose to display all charging stations.
The appearance of a charging location’s pin reveals the predicted status about the location. Touch the pin to display details.
|
|
The Supercharger location is operational and the number displayed on the pin represents the predicted number of available Supercharger stalls upon arrival. NOTE: A Supercharger located on your current navigation route is colored black (or white, if the touchscreen is in night mode). |
Touch a charging location’s pin to display a popup from which you can:
|
|
The Supercharger location is predicting a high volume of users. You may need to wait before charging. |
|
|
The Supercharger location may be operating at a reduced capacity. |
|
|
The Supercharger location may be closed. |
|
|
The Supercharger location has no data available but should be operational. |
|
|
The location is either a destination charging location, a third-party fast charger, or a public charging station that you have previously used. Touch to display more information such as usage restrictions and available charge current. NOTE: When the map is zoomed out and more than one destination charging location is available in an area, the pin is round and displays the number of stations. Touch the pin to zoom in. Then you can touch an individual pin for details about a specific location. |
- Determine its exact location and approximate distance from your current location.
- Determine if a Supercharger location is trailer friendly. A trailer-friendly Supercharger location includes Supercharger stalls that allow you to pull through and charge while a trailer is attached to your vehicle.
NOTE: If Model 3 is in Trailer Mode (if equipped), the map displays trailer-friendly Supercharger locations at the top of the list.
- View a list of amenities within walking distance.
- On a Supercharger popup, touch an amenity icon to manually search the surrounding area, including restrooms, restaurants, lodging, shopping, and Wi-Fi.
- Touch the arrow icon to navigate to the charging location.
NOTE: When navigating to a Supercharger (or third-party fast charger in some regions), Model 3 preconditions the Battery to prepare for charging. In some circumstances (such as cold weather), it is normal for the motor(s) and components to make noise as they generates heat to warm the Battery (see Charging on page 158).
- View how busy a Supercharger location typically is during different times of the day, along with corresponding charging fees and idle fees (see Supercharger Fees on page 181).
Predicting Energy Usage
When navigating to a destination, Model 3 helps you anticipate your charging needs by calculating the amount of energy that remains when you reach your destination. When navigating, the map displays this calculation next to the Battery icon on the turn-by-turn direction list (see Navigating to a Destination on page 163). When the turn-by-turn direction list is compressed, touch the top of the list to expand it.
The calculation that predicts how much energy you will use is an estimate based on driving style (predicted speed, etc.) and environmental factors (wind speed and direction, ambient and forecasted temperatures, air density and humidity, etc.). As you drive, Model 3 continuously learns how much energy it uses, improving accuracy over time.
Model 3 predicts energy usage based on the driving style of the individual vehicle. For example, if you drive aggressively for a period of time, future range predictions will assume higher consumption. Some factors that contribute to predicted energy (such as forecasted temperatures and wind speed) are available only when Model 3 has internet connectivity.
NOTE: If you purchase a used Tesla vehicle, it is recommended that you perform a factory reset (Controls > Service > Factory Reset) to ensure the predicted energy is as accurate as possible.
Throughout your route, Model 3 monitors energy usage and updates the estimate of energy remaining at the end of your trip. A popup warning displays on the turn-by-turn direction list in these situations:
- A yellow warning displays when you have very little energy remaining to reach your destination, requiring you to drive slowly to conserve energy. For tips on conserving energy, see Getting Maximum Range on page 186.
- A red warning displays when you must charge to reach your destination.
To determine if you have enough energy for a round trip, touch the Battery icon on the turn-by-turn direction list to display an estimated calculation of your round trip energy usage. Or, when navigating to a destination, use Set Arrival % (if available) to determine how much energy your vehicle has upon arrival.
Online Routing
Model 3 detects real-time traffic conditions and automatically adjusts the estimated driving and arrival times. In situations where traffic conditions may delay your estimated time of arrival and an alternate route is available, the navigation system can reroute you to your destination. To decline the alternate route, tap the reroute notification on your touchscreen. You can also specify the minimum number of minutes that must be saved before you are rerouted. Turn this feature on or off by touching Controls > Navigation > Online Routing.
If available in your region and Online Routing is enabled, real- time traffic condition icons display along navigation routes when detected (Premium Connectivity required).
NOTE: Supported traffic icons vary by region.
Excluding France: Appears when a speed camera is detected. As you are approaching the speed camera, Model 3 can also sound a chime. To enable this feature, touch Controls > Navigation > Speed Camera Chime.
France only: May or may not contain one or more speed cameras or a range of other driving hazards. As you are approaching the speed camera, Model 3 can also sound a chime. To enable this feature, touch Controls > Navigation > Speed Camera Chime.
Displays stop signs and traffic lights.
Alerts you of the expected wait time until the traffic light changes.
Appears when there is construction along your route.
Indicates that a road is closed. The touchscreen notifies you if your route is altered to avoid closed roads.
Trip Planner
Trip Planner (if available in your region) helps you take longer road trips with confidence. If reaching your destination requires charging, Trip Planner routes you through the appropriate Supercharger locations. Trip Planner selects a route and provides charging times to minimize the amount of time you spend driving and charging. To enable Trip Planner, touch the map’s settings icon (see Navigation Settings on page 162), then touch Trip Planner.
When Trip Planner is enabled and charging is required to reach your destination, the turn-by-turn direction list includes Supercharger stops, recommended charging times at each Supercharger, and an estimate of how much energy will be available when you arrive at the Supercharger location.
To remove Supercharger stops and display directions only, touch Remove all charging stops at the bottom of the turn- by-turn direction list. If you remove charging stops, the turn- by-turn direction list may display an alert indicating that charging is needed to reach your destination. To add Supercharger stops back to the turn-by-turn direction list, touch Add charging stops.
While charging at a Supercharger, the charging screen displays the remaining charging time needed to drive to your next Supercharger stop or destination (if no further charging is needed). If you charge for a shorter or longer length of time, charging time at subsequent Supercharger stops is adjusted accordingly. You can also use the mobile app to monitor remaining charging time needed.
NOTE: When navigating to a Supercharger or, in some regions, a third-party fast charger using Trip Planner, Model 3 may allocate some energy to pre-heat the Battery to arrive at the Supercharger or third-party fast charger with an optimal Battery temperature. This reduces charging time (see Charging on page 158).
If Trip Planner estimates that you won’t have enough energy for your round trip, and there are no Superchargers available on your route, Trip Planner displays an alert at the top of the turn-by-turn direction list notifying you that charging is needed to reach your destination.
NOTE: If a Supercharger on your navigation route experiences an outage, Trip Planner displays a notification and attempts to reroute you to a different Supercharger location.
Map Updates
As updated maps become available, they are automatically sent to Model 3 over Wi-Fi. To ensure you receive them, periodically connect Model 3 to a Wi-Fi network (see Wi-Fi on page 54). The touchscreen displays a message informing you when new maps are installed.
Overview
NOTE: Media apps vary depending on market region, vehicle configuration, options purchased, and software version.
Some apps described may not be available in your market region, or may be replaced by different ones.
The Media Player displays on the touchscreen and is used to play various types of media. You can drag Media Player upward to expand it (allowing you to browse), and downward to minimize it so that just the Miniplayer displays. The convenient Miniplayer, which occupies the least amount of space on the touchscreen, displays what’s currently playing and provides only the basic functions associated with what’s playing.
When you play audio through the web browser and then minimize the browser, Model 3 continues the browser audio in the background. You can pause or play the browser audio through the media Miniplayer. If there was media playing before the browser audio began, the media resumes after you pause or end browser audio.
Streaming services are available only when a data connection is available (for example, Wi-Fi or Premium Connectivity). For some media services, you can use a default Tesla account.
For others, you may need to enter account credentials the first time you use it. If you pair a phone key with your vehicle, you can instead authenticate from the paired phone.
NOTE: Instead of launching a different media app, you can change the source from within the Media Player screen by choosing a source from the dropdown list.
|
|
Radio: Choose from a list of available radio stations or touch the numeric keypad to directly tune the radio to a specific frequency Touch the next or previous arrows to move from one frequency to the next (or previous). |
|
|
Bluetooth: Play audio from a bluetooth- connected phone or USB device (see Playing Media from Devices on page 169). |
|
|
Caraoke (if equipped): Sing along with various songs (see Caraoke on page 169). |
.
NOTE: You can show or hide any media app/source. See Media Settings on page 168.
Model 3 supports these media apps, if available in your region:
- Amazon Music
- Apple Music
- Apple Podcasts
- Audible
- LiveOne
- Spotify
- Tidal
- TuneIn
- YouTube Music
When listening to internet radio or a music streaming service, the options available on the Media Player screen vary depending on what you are listening to. Touch the next (or previous) arrows to play the next (and in some cases previous) available station, episode, or track. You can also play next/previous using the left scroll button on the steering wheel.
NOTE: You can use voice commands to adjust media settings and preferences, such as volume control, playing certain songs, or switching the media source (see Voice Commands on page 16).
Volume Controls
Volume can be controlled by:
- Roll the scroll button on the left side of the steering wheel up or down to increase or decrease volume respectively. This adjusts the volume for media, voice commands, and phone calls.
- Volume may be adjusted based on your driving speed and climate settings.
- Touch the <> arrows associated with the speaker icon on the bottom corner of the touchscreen.
- To pause media, press the left scroll button. Press again to unpause.
- Pressing the left scroll button during a phone call mutes both the sound and your microphone.
Media Settings
NOTE: The settings available vary depending on market region. Also, a setting may not be applicable to all audio sources.
|
|
To access audio settings, touch Controls > Audio or touch the settings icon above the volume controls at the bottom of the touchscreen. |
You can adjust these settings:
- Tone: Drag the sliders to adjust the subwoofer and any of the five frequency bands (Bass, Bass/Mid, Mid, Mid/ Treble, and Treble). Or, touch the dropdown list to select a preset. To create a preset, adjust the tone settings as desired and then touch Add To New Preset. To delete a custom preset, select it from the dropdown and then touch Delete Preset.
- Immersive Sound: If equipped with premium audio, you can adjust the level of sound immersion to make your music experience more engaging by dragging the slider according to your preferences. Or, select Auto for immersion to adapt automatically based on the media that is currently playing.
- Balance: Drag the center circle to the location in Model 3 where you want to focus the sound.
- Options: Set preferences for optional features. For example, you can turn DJ Commentary, Explicit Content and Allow Mobile Control on or off.
- Sources: Displays all available media sources and allows you to choose whether you want to show or hide each source. You may want to hide media sources that you never use. Once hidden, the media source does not appear on the drop down list in Media Player, nor will it appear in the app tray when you touch the App Launcher. You can re-display a hidden media source at any time by returning to this settings screen.
Searching Audio Content
|
|
Touch Media Player’s magnifying glass icon to search for a particular song, album, artist, podcast, or station. You can also use voice commands to search hands-free (see Voice Commands on page 16). If available, touch HD® to play high definition versions of the selected frequency. |
NOTE: Depending on vehicle configuration and market region, Caraoke may not be available on your vehicle. Caraoke requires premium connectivity.
Navigate to Media Player and select the drop down menu to change the media source to Caraoke. Or add Caraoke as an app in the app launcher. You can browse through various songs and select the song you want to sing. Touch the microphone icon to enable or disable the song’s main vocals. Disabling the microphone leaves only the song’s instrumentals and background vocals. Touch the lyrics icon (located next to the microphone icon) to enable or disable the song’s lyrics.
United States only: For a complete karaoke studio, microphones are available for purchase online at http:// www.tesla.com.
WARNING: Never read Caraoke lyrics while driving. You must always pay attention to the road and traffic conditions. When driving, the Caraoke lyrics are
intended only for use by a passenger.
Grok (Beta)
NOTE: Grok requires Premium Connectivity or a Wi-Fi connection.
You can now talk to Grok, an intelligent assistant built by xAI. You can choose Grok’s voice and personality, from Storyteller to Unhinged. From the App Launcher, touch Grok or long press the right scroll button on your Steering Wheel after logging in to Grok.
NOTE: Conversations are anonymous to Tesla and not associated with your vehicle.
NOTE: Grok is in early Beta and does not support voice commands for car controls like navigation or media. Existing voice commands for your vehicle remain unchanged.
Recents and Favorites
For most source content, recents and favorites display at the top for easy access.
|
|
To add a currently playing station, podcast, or audio file to your Favorites list, touch the Favorites icon on Media Player. |
|
|
To remove an item as a favorite, touch the highlighted Favorites icon. You can also remove multiple favorites by expanding Media Player to show all favorites for the applicable type of source content. Then press and hold any favorite. An X appears on all favorites and you can then touch the X to remove them from your Favorites list. |
|
|
Your recently played selections are updated continuously so you don’t need to remove them. |
NOTE: Selections you play on FM (if equipped) radio are not included in the Recents list.
Playing Media from Devices
USB Flash Drives
Insert a flash drive into a front USB port (see USB Ports on page 11). Touch Media Player > USB, then touch the name of the desired folder. To play media from a USB connection, Model 3 recognizes flash drives only. To play media from other types of devices (such as an iPod), you must connect the device using Bluetooth (see Bluetooth Connected Devices on page 170).
NOTE: Media Player supports USB flash drives with exFAT formatting (NTFS is not currently supported).
NOTE: Use a USB port located at the front of the center console. The USB connections at the rear of the console are for charging only.
NOTE: For some vehicles manufactured after approximately November 1, 2021, the center console USB ports may only support charging devices. Use the USB port inside the glove box for all other functions.
Bluetooth Connected Devices
Pair your Bluetooth-capable device to Model 3 (see Bluetooth on page 55) to play stored audio files. Choose Media Player’s Phone source, touch the name of your Bluetooth-connected device, then touch CONNECT.
Overview
NOTE: Entertainment options may vary depending on market region, date of manufacture, and vehicle configuration.
ouTube, Hulu, etc.) while parked. Available connectivity and a cellular signal is available.
|
|
Theater: Play various video streaming services (such as Netflix, Y only if Model 3 is connected to WiFi, or is equipped with premium NOTE: If you are streaming content on the touchscreen and you continues to play. If you dismiss streaming on the touchscreen, th video and audio fully enabled. |
|
|
Arcade: Want to game? You may need to use the steering wheel play. See Gaming Controllers on page 173. NOTE: For some vehicles manufactured after approximately Nov can only be used to charge devices. On these vehicles, you must |
|
|
Toybox: Play in the Toybox while parked. |
shift out of Park, the video pauses while audio e rear touchscreen continues streaming with
buttons or a Bluetooth or USB controller to
ember 1, 2021, the center console USB ports use the USB port inside the glove box.
WARNING: Use these features only when Model 3 is parked. Always pay attention to road and traffic conditions when driving. Using these features while driving is illegal and very dangerous.
NOTE: You can also use voice commands to access these features (see Voice Commands on page 16).
Toybox
Your vehicle’s toybox includes features that can be fun to use. Here’s an example of the types of features you can find in Toybox:
|
Select This… |
To Do This… |
|
Boombox |
If Model 3 is equipped with a Pedestrian Warning System, delight pedestrians with a variety of sounds from your vehicle’s external speaker while in Park. See Boombox on page 172 for more details. NOTE: Check local laws before using Boombox in public areas. |
|
Emissions |
Fun can come in surprising ways. Select your preferred fart style and target seat. Use your turn signal or press the left scroll wheel when you’re ready to “release” your prank. Better yet, turn the seats into whoopie cushions. For those lucky vehicles equipped with a Pedestrian Warning System, you can choose to broadcast externally when your vehicle is parked. But wait– the fun doesn’t stop there! Use the mobile app to conduct remote emissions testing by touching and holding any of the four quick control buttons and selecting the fart button. |
|
Light Show |
Park outside, turn the volume up, roll down your windows, then enjoy the show. You can customize the song to surprise your loved ones and, using the vehicle touchscreen or mobile app, schedule the light show for a future time. NOTE: Light show should not be used when parked on or near public roads. Doing so can be distracting to other road users. Before activating, it is the driver’s responsibility to ensure the use of light show complies with local laws and regulations. NOTE: Light show supports multiple custom shows from one USB drive to enjoy and share with others (follow the instructions onscreen). |
|
Light Sync |
Synchronize the accent lights in your car with the music you play for an enhanced driving experience. Select On or Night Only to choose when your lights turn on. Pick a color to suit the mood (see Lights on page 73). You can then enable Sync Accent Lights with Music and your accent lights will pulse in response to the beats and the rhythm of the music from Model 3. |
|
Grab a few friends, Park your car, and enable Rave Cave: Max Brightness to transform Model 3 into a personalized rave with maximum brightness. Best enjoyed at night or in a dark garage. Rave Cave: Max Brightness automatically disables if you adjust the brightness. Enable Match Album Art Color to automatically change the accent light color to match the most dominant color on the album cover of the currently playing song. If the song doesn’t have an album cover, Model 3 defaults to your color selection. Manually changing the color of the lights automatically disables Match Album Art Color. |
|
|
Mars |
The map shows your Model 3 as a rover on the Martian landscape, and the About Your Tesla box displays SpaceX’s interplanetary spaceship. |
|
Rainbow Charge Port |
When Model 3 is locked and charging, press the button on the mobile connector ten times in quick succession. Neat, huh? |
|
Rainbow Road |
Need more cowbell? When some Autopilot features are enabled, from the touchscreen turn on Always Rainbows by going to App Launcher > Toybox > Rainbow Road. You can also visit Rainbow Road by moving the drive stalk (if equipped) fully down four times in quick succession. Want bonus rainbows? Turn on Gotta Have More Rainbows and see your accent lights (if equipped) animate with rainbow lights! |
|
Romance |
You can’t roast chestnuts by an open fire in your car, but you can still cozy up with your loved ones by this virtual fireplace. Cue the music and get your romance on! |
|
Sketchpad |
Channel your inner Picasso. Show us what you got! Touch Publish to submit your artistic compositions to Tesla for critiquing. |
|
TRAX |
It’s never too late to follow your dream of becoming a world-famous DJ. With TRAX, you can turn your vehicle into your own personal music studio. While in Park, choose from an array of instruments and unique sounds to create the next hit song. Microphone and headset are not included. |
|
The Answer to the Ultimate Question of Life, The Universe, and Everything |
Rename your vehicle to 42 (touch Controls > Software and touch the vehicle’s name). Notice the new name. |
|
Car Colorizer |
Change the color of your Model 3 on the touchscreen. Touch the color swatch next to the vehicle name and customize the exterior color, tone, and more. |
Boombox
NOTE: Boombox is available only on vehicles equipped with the Pedestrian Warning System (PWS).
NOTE: Check local laws before using Boombox in public places.
Using Boombox, you can play sound externally through the Pedestrian Warning System (PWS) speaker when Model 3 is in Park. For example:
Play current media.
- Use Megaphone to project a modulated version of your voice.
- Press the horn to play the first five seconds of any sound from a compatible USB device.
NOTE: If Camp mode is enabled in Climate Controls, you can exit the vehicle and use the Tesla app to control the volume.
Prepare a USB drive for Boombox
Follow these steps to add up to five custom Boombox sounds:
- On a computer, format a USB drive to exFAT, MS-DOS FAT (for Mac), ext3, or ext4 (NTFS is currently not supported).
- Create a folder on the USB drive called Boombox.
NOTE: The USB drive can only contain one folder. For example, it cannot be shared with Dashcam.
- Add .wav and .mp3 audio files to the folder. Although you can add as many files as the USB drive’s capacity allows, you can only select from the first five, as listed alphabetically. File names, of any length, can contain upper or lower case alpha characters (a-z/A-Z), numbers from 0-9, periods (.), a dashes (-), and underscores (_).
- Plug the USB drive into a front USB port.
NOTE: For some vehicles manufactured after approximately November 1, 2021, the center console USB ports can only be used to charge devices. On these vehicles, you must use the USB port inside the glove box.
- Choose a sound from the USB drive by selecting from the Boombox dropdown menu.
Uninstall Games
Uninstalling games is useful if you want to free up your vehicle’s onboard storage. To uninstall a game, navigate to Arcade, select the game you wish to uninstall, then touching Uninstall. Once you uninstall a game, you must download it before you can play the game again.
Gaming Controllers
You can pair Bluetooth Classic gaming controllers to Model 3 by following the same steps as pairing your phone (see Phone, Calendar, and Web Conferencing on page 57). After pairing, the controller automatically connects to the vehicle. Once connected, you can use the controller to play select games. Model 3 supports up to two Bluetooth devices at a time (such as two controllers, or one phone and one controller).
For vehicles manufactured prior to approximately November 1, 2021, you can connect USB-compatible game controllers to the front USB ports in the vehicle’s center console. For vehicles manufactured after approximately November 1, 2021, you must use the glovebox USB port.
High Voltage Components
- Heat Pump Assembly
- Front Motor (Dual Motor vehicles only)
- High Voltage Battery
- Service Access Panel for High Voltage Components (Ancillary Bay)
- Rear Motor
- High Voltage Lines
- Charge Port
|
|
|
|
|
|
WARNING: The high voltage system has no user serviceable parts. Do not disassemble, remove or replace high voltage components, cables or connectors. High voltage cables are typically colored orange for easy identification.
WARNING: Read and follow all instructions provided on the labels that are attached to Model 3. These labels are there for your safety.
WARNING: In the unlikely event that a fire occurs, immediately contact your local fire emergency responders.Charging Equipment
Charging equipment designed specifically to charge your Model 3 is available from Tesla.
For information on the charging equipment available for your region, go to http://shop.tesla.com.
-
- A Wall Connector, which installs in your parking space, is the fastest way to charge your vehicle for daily use.
- A Mobile Connector allows you to plug into most commonly used power outlets. When using the Mobile Connector, attach the smart adapter to the Mobile Connector before plugging it in to the power outlet, and then plug in your vehicle.
- Tesla also offers adapters that allow you to plug into the most commonly used public charging stations in your region. At a public charge station, first attach the adapter to the station’s charging connector and then plug in your vehicle.
Model 3 has one of the most sophisticated battery systems in the world. The most important way to preserve the high voltage Battery is to LEAVE YOUR VEHICLE PLUGGED IN when you are not using it. This is particularly important if you are not planning to drive Model 3 for several weeks.
NOTE: When left idle and unplugged, your vehicle periodically uses energy from the Battery for system tests and recharging the low voltage battery when necessary.
There is no advantage to waiting until the Battery’s level is low before charging. In fact, the Battery performs best when charged regularly.
NOTE: If you allow the Battery to discharge to 0%, other components may become damaged or require replacement (for example, the low voltage battery). In these cases, you are responsible for repair and/or transporting expenses.
Discharge-related expenses are not covered by the warranty or under the Roadside Assistance policy.
The peak charging rate of the Battery may decrease slightly after a large number of DC Fast Charging sessions, such as those at Superchargers. To ensure maximum driving range and Battery safety, the Battery charge rate is decreased when the Battery is too cold, the Battery’s charge is nearly full, and when the Battery conditions change with usage and age. These changes in the condition of the Battery are driven by battery physics and may increase the total Supercharging duration by a few minutes over time. You can minimize the amount of charge time by using Trip Planner (if available in your market region) to warm the Battery while driving to a Supercharger. See Trip Planner on page 167 for more information.
Battery Care
Never allow the Battery to fully discharge.
Even when Model 3 is not being driven, its Battery discharges very slowly to power the onboard electronics. The Battery can discharge at a rate of approximately 1% per day, though the discharge rate may vary depending on environmental factors (such as cold weather), vehicle configuration, and your selected settings on the touchscreen. Situations can arise in which you must leave Model 3 unplugged for an extended period of time (for example, at an airport when traveling). In these situations, keep the 1% in mind to ensure that you leave the Battery with a sufficient charge level. For example, over a two week period (14 days), the Battery may discharge by approximately 14%.
|
WARNING: The high voltage system must be serviced only by a trained technician. Under no circumstances should you open or tamper with the Battery. Do not disassemble, remove or replace high voltage components, cables or connectors. High voltage cables are typically colored orange for easy identification. |
|
CAUTION: If the Battery’s charge level falls to 0%, you must plug it in. If you leave it unplugged for an extended period, it may not be possible to charge or use Model 3 without jump starting or replacing the low voltage battery. Leaving Model 3 unplugged for an extended period can also result in permanent Battery damage. If you are unable to charge Model 3 after attempting to jump start the low voltage battery, schedule a service appointment. |
|
CAUTION: The Battery requires no owner maintenance. Do not remove the coolant filler cap and do not add fluid. If the touchscreen warns you that the fluid level is low, use the mobile app to schedule a service appointment. |
Discharging the Battery to 0% may result in damage to vehicle components. To protect against a complete discharge, Model 3 enters a low-power consumption mode when the displayed charge level drops to approximately 0%. In this mode, the Battery stops supporting the onboard electronics and auxiliary low voltage battery. Once this low- power consumption mode is active, immediately plug in Model 3 to prevent a jump start and low voltage battery replacement.
NOTE: If Model 3 is unresponsive and does not unlock, open, or charge, the low voltage battery may be discharged. In this situation, try jump starting the low voltage battery (see Jump Starting on page 233). If the vehicle is still unresponsive, use the mobile app to schedule a service appointment.
Temperature Limits
For better long-term performance, avoid exposing Model 3 to ambient temperatures above 140° F (60° C) or below
-22° F (-30° C) for more than 24 hours at a time.
Energy Saving Feature
Model 3 has an energy-saving feature that reduces the amount of energy being consumed by the displays when Model 3 is not in use. On newer vehicles, this feature is automated to provide an optimal level of energy saving. However, on older vehicles, you can control the amount of energy being consumed by the displays by touching Controls
> Display > Energy Saving. For more information on maximizing range and saving energy, see Getting Maximum Range on page 186.
Submerged Vehicle
As with any vehicle, if your Tesla has been exposed to flooding, extreme weather events or has otherwise been submerged in water (especially in salt water), treat it as if it’s been in an accident. See Submerged Vehicle Guidance on page 235 for more information.
NOTE: Damage caused by water is not covered under warranty.
Battery Warnings and Cautions
CAUTION: Do not use the Battery as a stationary power source. Doing so voids the warranty.
Opening the Charge Port
The charge port is located on the left side of Model 3, behind a door that is part of the rear tail light assembly. Park Model 3 to ensure that the charge cable easily reaches the charge port.
With Model 3 in Park, press and release the button on the Tesla charge cable to open the charge port door. Some vehicle variants may not detect when you press the button on the charging cable. In this case, use an alternate method in the list.
You can also open the charge port door using any of these methods:
- On the touchscreen, touch Controls and touch the Charge Port icon (lightning bolt).
- On the touchscreen, navigate to Controls > Charging >
Open Charge Port.
- Press the bottom of the charge port door when Model 3 is unlocked and an authenticated phone is nearby. If the charge port door does not open, you may need to wake up the vehicle by pulling on the door handle and try again.
- On the key fob accessory (sold separately), hold down the rear trunk button for 1-2 seconds.
- Use voice commands to open the charge port door (see Voice Commands on page 16). You can also use voice commands to close the charge port door, and begin or stop charging.
NOTE: The following image is provided for demonstration purposes only. Depending on market region and date of manufacture, your charge port may be slightly different.
NOTE: The Tesla “T” lights up when you open the charge port door. If you do not insert a charge cable into the charge port within a few minutes after opening the charge port door, the charge port door closes. If this happens, use the touchscreen to open the charge port door again.
NOTE: In extremely cold weather or icy conditions, it is possible that your charge port latch may freeze in place. Some vehicles are equipped with a charge port inlet heater that turns on when you turn on the rear defrost in cold weather conditions. You can also thaw ice on the charge port latch by enabling preconditioning using the mobile app. To prevent this from occurring, use the Schedule settings (also available on both the charging and climate control screens), to set a time when you want your vehicle to be ready to drive (see Scheduled Precondition and Charge on page 184).
CAUTION: Do not try to force the charge port door open.
Plugging In
If desired, use the touchscreen to change the charge limit and the charging current (see Charge Settings on page 180).
To charge at a public charging station, plug the appropriate adapter into the vehicle’s charging port, and then connect the station’s charging connector to the adapter. The most commonly used adapter(s) for each market region are provided. Depending on the charging equipment you are using, you may need to start and stop charging using a control on the charging equipment.
If you are using the Mobile Connector, plug into the power outlet before plugging in Model 3.
Align the connector to the charge port and insert fully. When the connector is properly inserted, charging begins automatically after Model 3:
- Engages a latch that holds the connector in place;
- Shifts into Park (if it was in any other drive mode);
- Heats or cools the Battery, if needed. If the Battery requires heating or cooling, you may notice a delay before charging begins.
NOTE: Whenever Model 3 is plugged in but not actively charging, it draws energy from the charging equipment instead of using energy stored in the Battery. For example, if you are sitting in Model 3 and using the touchscreen while parked and plugged in, Model 3 draws energy from the charging equipment instead of the Battery.
In some cases when Model 3 is plugged in but using very little energy, however, it may draw it directly from the Battery. For example, if you leave Model 3 plugged in for several days without using it, it may gradually draw a small amount of energy directly from the Battery to support vehicle systems.
Once the Battery discharges enough, it starts charging to reach the limit again. Depending on when you check, the Battery may not have discharged enough yet to trigger a charge cycle. As a result, it may be slightly under the charge limit even after being plugged in for a long period. This is normal, and Model 3 will start charging again once it has discharged enough. Alternatively, to start a new charge cycle manually, unplug and then plug in Model 3.
CAUTION: The connector end of the charge cable can damage the paint if you drop it onto Model 3.
Charge Port Light
After you insert a charge cable into Model 3, wait a few seconds and confirm that the charge port light begins blinking green and that your vehicle is charging. If the light is amber or red, troubleshoot the issue before you leave to ensure a successful charging session.
-
- WHITE (OR LIGHT BLUE): The charge port door is open. Model 3 is ready to charge and the connector is not inserted, or the charge port latch is unlocked and the connector is ready to be removed.
NOTE: If equipped with an early generation charge port, the charge port remains unlocked whenever the vehicle is not charging and in a cold ambient temperature below 41° F (5° C). In this situation, the charge port light is white.
-
- BLUE: The charger is connected, but Model 3 is not charging (such as when scheduled charging is active).
- BLINKING BLUE: Model 3 is communicating with the charger, but has not started charging yet (such as when your vehicle is preparing to charge).
- BLINKING GREEN: Charging is in progress. As Model 3 approaches a full charge, the frequency of the blinking slows.
- SOLID GREEN: Charging is complete.
- SOLID AMBER: The connector is not fully plugged in. Realign the connector to the charge port and insert fully.
- BLINKING AMBER: Model 3 is charging at a reduced current (AC charging only).
- RED: A fault is detected and charging has stopped. Check the touchscreen for an alert.
Charging Status
Charging status displays at the top of the car status screen when the charge port door is open.
- Time remaining: The estimated time remaining to charge to your set limit (see Charge Settings on page 180).
NOTE: When charging to 100%, the vehicle may continue to charge with low power when charging is displayed as complete. This is expected operation. Because the added energy beyond this point is low, it is usually not beneficial to continue charging.
- Charging: The current power of the charger.
- Charging rate: The maximum current available from the attached charge cable.
- Range gained: Estimated increase in driving distance achieved in the charging session.
- Driving distance: Displays the total estimated driving distance or energy percentage (depending on your display setting) available.
NOTE: To change how energy units are displayed, touch
Controls > Display > Energy Display.
- Charge status: Charge status messages (such as Supercharging, Scheduled Charging) display here (see Scheduled Precondition and Charge on page 184).
During Charging
During charging, the charge port light (the Tesla “T” logo) pulses green, and the touchscreen displays real-time charging status. The frequency at which the green charge port light pulses slows down as the charge level approaches full. When charging is complete, the light stops pulsing and is solid green.
NOTE: If there is no authenticated key nearby, the charge port light does not light up.
If the charge port light turns red while charging, a fault is detected. Check the touchscreen for an alert describing the fault. A fault can occur due to something as common as a power outage. If a power outage occurs, charging resumes automatically when power is restored.
NOTE: The thermal system may produce water vapor under certain conditions for vehicles with heat pumps (to determine if your vehicle has a heat pump, touch Controls > Software > Additional Vehicle Information). For example, odorless water vapor can come from the front of your vehicle while charging at a Supercharger in cold temperature. This is normal and not a cause for concern.
NOTE: It is normal to hear sounds during charging. Particularly at high currents, the refrigerant compressor and fan operate as needed to keep the Battery cool.
NOTE: Air conditioning performance is generally not affected by charging. However, in some circumstances (for example, charging at high currents during a particularly warm day), the air coming from the vents may not be as cool as expected and a message displays on the touchscreen. This is normal and ensures that the Battery stays within an optimum temperature range while charging to support longevity and optimum performance.
WARNING: Never spray liquid at a high velocity (for example, a pressure washer) towards the charge port while charging. Doing so can result in serious injury or
damage to the vehicle, charging equipment, or property.
Stopping Charging
Stop charging at any time by disconnecting the charge cable or touching Stop Charging on the touchscreen.
NOTE: To prevent unauthorized unplugging of the charge cable, the charge cable latch remains locked and Model 3 must be unlocked or able to recognize your key before you can disconnect the charge cable.
NOTE: If equipped with an early generation charge port, the charge port remains unlocked whenever the vehicle is not charging and in a cold ambient temperature below 41° F (5° C), even when Model 3 is locked.
To disconnect the charge cable:
- Press and hold the button on the connector handle to release the latch.
- Pull the connector from the charge port. The charge port door automatically closes.
If the charge cable gets frozen stuck while plugged in due to freezing temperatures, touch Controls > Service > Inlet Heater. This heats the charge port for up to two hours to unfreeze the charging cable.
NOTE: You can also close the charge port door using any of these methods:
-
- On the touchscreen, touch the Charge Port icon (lightning bolt) on the car status overview.
- On the touchscreen, navigate to Controls > Charging >
Close Charge Port.
-
- Use voice commands to close the charge port door (see Voice Commands on page 16).
To disconnect the charge cable when using an adapter at a public charge station:
- Unlock Model 3.
- While holding the public charging handle in one hand and the adapter in the other hand, press and hold the button on the public charging handle and pull both outwards, removing the handle and adapter at the same time.
NOTE: If the charging station handle separates from the adapter, leaving the adapter in Model 3, use the touchscreen to unlock the charge port.
- Press and hold the button on the charging handle again to release the adapter from the public charging handle.
NOTE: The charge port door automatically closes within approximately 10 seconds of removing the connector from the charge port.
NOTE: You can also close the charge port door using any of these methods:
-
- On the touchscreen, touch the Charge Port icon (lightning bolt) on the car status overview.
- On the touchscreen, navigate to Controls > Charging >
Close Charge Port.
-
- Use voice commands to close the charge port door (see Voice Commands on page 16).
CAUTION: Never close the charge port door manually.
Doing so can cause damage.
CAUTION: Tesla strongly recommends leaving Model 3 plugged in when not in use. This maintains the Battery at the optimum level of charge.
Charge Settings
Access charge settings by touching Controls > Charging when Model 3 is in Park. You can also touch the battery icon on the touchscreen to access charge settings.
- Driving distance: Displays the total estimated driving distance available.
- Set limit: Adjust the charge slider to the level of charging you want. The setting you choose applies to immediate and scheduled charging sessions.
NOTE: Refer to the information on the vehicle touchscreen (navigate to Controls > Charging) or the mobile App (touch the Charging icon) for recommended daily and trip charging limits.
NOTE: A portion of the battery image may appear blue. This indicates that a small portion of the energy stored in the battery is not available because the battery is cold. This is normal and no reason for concern. When the battery warms up, the blue portion no longer displays.
Slide the charge limit past the daily recommended charge limit for a pop-up option to temporarily charge above the daily recommended limit for one-time only. This is helpful for long trips and, if selected, resets back to the previous charge limit.
You can further adjust charge settings:
-
- Charge current at this location: The current automatically sets to the maximum current available from the attached charge cable, unless it was previously reduced to a lower level. If needed, touch – or + to change the current (for example, you may want to reduce the current if you are concerned about overloading a domestic wiring circuit shared by other equipment). It is not possible to set the charging current to a level that exceeds the maximum available from the attached charge cable. When you change the current, Model 3 remembers the location. If you charge at the same location, you do not need to change it again.
When charging using the Mobile Connector with domestic outlets, your vehicle may automatically select a default charge current. Override this default current to a higher setting by customizing Charge Current at this location or through the mobile app.
-
- Open Charge Port, Unlock Charge Port and Stop Charging: When not charging, touch Open Charge Port or Unlock Charge Port to open the charge port door or to unlock the charge cable from the charge port. You can also touch the lightning icon near the charge port on the car status overview. Use Stop Charging when you are finished charging.
NOTE: In cold ambient temperatures below 41° F (5° C), the charge port (if equipped with early generation charge port hardware) remains unlocked whenever the vehicle is not charging.
-
- Schedule: Displays the precondition and charging schedule. You can create a precondition or charge schedule for your saved home and work locations, or your current location (see Scheduled Precondition and Charge on page 184).
- Charge on Solar at this location: If available in your region, setup your vehicle with your Tesla Powerwall to charge from excess solar production, using the Tesla mobile app. When your vehicle is plugged in at home and Charge on Solar is enabled, your vehicle charges up to the minimum charge limit from any source and then continues charging on only excess solar power up to the maximum charge limit. If a scheduled charge or precondition is configured, your vehicle uses any excess solar and waits until the designated time to charge from any source to the minimum charge limit. System requirements: Vehicle software 2023.26 or higher, Powerwall software 23.12.10 or higher and Tesla mobile app 4.22.5 or higher. System requirements outside of North America: Vehicle software 2023.32 or higher, Powerwall software 23.12.10 or higher and Tesla mobile app 4.30.5 or higher.
- Supercharging: Displays Supercharger usage fees, the location, the time that charging started, and a cost estimate for the session (see Supercharger Fees on page 181).
NOTE: To reduce congestion at high-usage Supercharger sites, you may be limited to a maximum charge of 80% when not using Trip Planner (if available in your market region). See Trip Planner on page 167).
Supercharger Fees
When charging at a Tesla Supercharger, information about the charging session displays at the bottom of the charging screen. This includes the location, the time that charging started, and a cost estimate for the session. When you stop Supercharging, the estimated cost of the session displays until a new Supercharging session begins.
NOTE: Estimated cost may not reflect the final cost of the Supercharging session. Final pricing for Supercharging sessions can be found in your Tesla account.
You are subject to additional fees after charging is complete or, at a busy Supercharger location, after your vehicle has reached the congestion limit. Superchargers are designed for fast charging, and these fees encourage drivers to move their vehicles when charging is complete. The rate structure for each site, including whether idle or congestion fees apply, can be found on the site’s popup on the touchscreen (see Charging Locations on page 165) or in the Tesla mobile app.
-
- Idle fees apply when half or more of the Superchargers at a site are occupied, and begin accruing when the vehicle reaches its charge limit. The Tesla mobile app notifies you when charging is almost complete, and again when charging is complete. Additional notifications are sent if idle fees are incurred. Idle fees are waived if you move your vehicle within five minutes of when charging completed.
- United States only: Congestion fees apply at select Supercharger locations that are often busy. Congestion fees accrue when the station is at capacity and the vehicle’s battery charge level is above the congestion limit. Fees are waived for the first five minutes, and then billed until the vehicle is moved.
Log into your Tesla account to view fees and details about Supercharger sessions, set up a payment method, and make payments. Once a payment method is saved, fees are automatically paid from your account.
Third Party Chargers
To show charging stations that are not owned and operated by Tesla on the charger list and map, touch Controls > Navigation > Third-Party Charging Stations. This option is disabled by default. Trip Planner will not automatically navigate to third-party charging stations, but you can add them to your route manually. In some regions, your vehicle
automatically preconditions the Battery when navigating to a third-party fast charger (see Charging Locations on page 165).
Depending on market region, vehicle configuration, etc., all Tesla vehicles have a North American Charging Standard (NACS) charge port, which is a charging system developed by Tesla that is quickly becoming more popular at third-party charging stations. These stations feature an NACS connector and don’t require a separate adapter.
While all Tesla vehicles can charge on Tesla stations (such as a Supercharger, Wall Connector, or Mobile Connector), your vehicle may not have the hardware needed to use some NACS third-party DC fast charging stations. In other words, the connector may look compatible, but when you plug it into Model 3, your vehicle does not charge. This is because Model 3 needs to also support a CCS communication protocol (a commonly used charging system for some third party chargers) in order to charge at third-party DC fast chargers with NACS connector.
NOTE: An adapter is required to charge at third-party stations with a CCS connector and your vehicle’s hardware may need a retrofit to support CCS communication protocol.
To see if your vehicle can already communicate with CCS, navigate to Controls > Software > Additional Vehicle Information > CCS and 3rd-party NACS DC Fast Charging Support:
CCS charger:
NACS charger:
- Enabled: Model 3 supports the CCS communication protocol and can charge at any CCS station (adapter required) and third party NACS station.
- Not enabled: Your vehicle currently does not support the CCS communication protocol for NACS and CCS charging stations. Use the mobile app to see if you are eligible to schedule a service appointment to enable this through a hardware retrofit. Availability of this retrofit may vary.
- Not compatible: Model 3 cannot support the CCS communication protocol and cannot charge at third party NACS or CCS charging stations.
Manually Releasing Charge Cable
If the usual methods for releasing a charge cable from the charge port (using the charge handle release button, touchscreen, or mobile app) do not work, carefully follow these steps:
- Ensure that Model 3 is not actively charging by displaying the charging screen on the touchscreen. If necessary, touch Stop Charging.
- Open the rear trunk.
- Pull the charge port’s release cable downwards to unlatch the charge cable.
WARNING: Do not pull the release cable while simultaneously attempting to remove the charge cable from the charge port. Always pull the release
cable before attempting to remove the charge cable. Failure to follow these instructions can result in electric shock and serious injury.
NOTE: The release cable may be recessed within the opening of the trim.
- Pull the charge cable from the charge port.
CAUTION: Use the release cable only in situations where you can not release the charge cable using the usual methods. Continuous use can damage the
release cable or charging equipment.
WARNING: Do not perform this procedure when your vehicle is charging, or if any orange high voltage
conductors are exposed. Failure to follow these instructions can result in electric shock and serious injury or damage to the vehicle. If you are uncertain as to how to safely perform this procedure, contact your nearest Service Center.
Charging Best Practices
-
- Avoid allowing the Battery to get too low (the Battery icon turns yellow when the capacity remaining in the Battery drops to 20% or below).
- Refer to the information on the vehicle touchscreen (navigate to Controls > Charging) or the mobile App (touch the Charging icon) for recommended daily and trip charging limits.
- After you plug in your vehicle, confirm that the charge port light begins blinking green (indicating that Model 3 is charging) before you walk away. If Model 3 does not begin charging after a few seconds, the connector may not be fully inserted into the charge port, or there may be an issue preventing charging. Check the touchscreen for an alert with more information.
NOTE: If the charge port light begins blinking amber, Model 3 is charging at a reduced current. If the charge port light is solid blue, the charger is connected but the vehicle is not charging (such as when a charge is scheduled). For more information, see Charge Port Light on page 179.
Fast charging tips:
-
- Find fast chargers by filtering for three lightning bolts in the navigation search bar.
- Navigate to fast chargers (including Superchargers and third-party fast chargers) to allow for preconditioning of the high voltage Battery.
- Typically, a lower state of charge results in faster charging.
NOTE: It is your responsibility to monitor your vehicle’s charge at all times. Do not wait until the vehicle is discharged to plug it in. Always ensure you have more than enough charge to safely get to a charger.
-
- At Superchargers, leave some space between other vehicles, as neighboring stalls may share power.
Schedule preconditioning and charging for Model 3. You can schedule preconditioning to help your vehicle charge more efficiently, or to prepare Model 3 for departure.
NOTE: You can also access Schedule from the Climate Controls screen, the Charging window, and the Tesla mobile app (v4.34.5 or higher required).
Model 3 automatically saves your schedule for each location you create a schedule at. When you select Current Location, the configured schedule can only be used when you return to the same approximate physical location.
NOTE: Scheduled charge cannot be used with fast chargers, including Tesla Superchargers. Charging schedules you create are ignored when you charge at a fast charger.
Create a Schedule
Create a Precondition and Charge schedule to specify the time and days you want Model 3 to precondition or charge. To create a schedule:
- Touch Controls > Schedule.
- Select the location for which you want to configure a schedule.
- Current Location: The current location of your car, based on your GPS coordinates.
NOTE: You must be parked to create a schedule for your current location.
-
- Home/Work: The saved location for your home and workplace. You can’t choose these options if you don’t have a saved home or work (see Home, Work, and Favorite Destinations on page 165).
- Touch Precondition to configure the time and the frequency you want the vehicle to precondition by.
- Touch Charge to configure the time you want to start and stop, and the frequency you want to charge.
- Select Create to create the schedule.
NOTE: If Repeat Weekly is not toggled, Model 3 performs the schedule once. The vehicle then disables the schedule until you manually re-enable the schedule.
Using Scheduled Charging
When you create or enable a scheduled charge, you can plug in your vehicle for a charge. If you scheduled a precondition or charge for later in the day, Model 3 waits until that time to precondition or charge.
When your schedules overlap, the vehicle uses the largest block of time for charging, if necessary. Example: You scheduled Model 3 to start charging at 2 AM and at 3 AM, but to stop charging at 2:30 AM and 5 AM, the vehicle combines the two charge schedules into a single block from 2 AM to 5 AM.
When you specify an End by time, but not a Start at time, the vehicle briefly draws power when plugging in for scheduled charging (you may hear clicking) to calculate the necessary start time to meet your charge limit. Example: You configure an End by time of 2 AM and the vehicle needs 2 hours to charge to meet the charge limit. If you plug in your vehicle at 9 PM, Model 3 briefly draws power to calculate the start time and begins charging at 12 AM.
If you specify a Start at time and no End by time, the vehicle begins charging at the specified time and continues until your charge limit is reached.
There are scenarios where Scheduled Charging starts immediately. These scenarios can occur when Model 3 is plugged in:
- During a scheduled charge.
- Up to 6 hours after the start of a scheduled charge, if there is no specified End by time.
- When the next scheduled charge is more than 18 hours away and not the current day.
- When you haven’t configured a Start at time and there is not enough time to reach the charge limit by the End by time.
NOTE: Model 3 does NOT automatically start charging if you plug in your vehicle within 6 hours after the End by time of a scheduled charge, unless there is another scheduled charge.
You can schedule your charge to finish right at a planned departure time to reduce energy costs, even in market regions where off-peak utility rates are not applicable.
Example, if charging starts as soon as you plug in, charging may complete much sooner. This causes the Battery to cool down to ambient temperatures and requires energy to warm it back up by your departure time. Therefore, even if off-peak utility rates are not applicable to you, Tesla recommends that you charge until your planned departure time in order to reduce energy consumption by specifying your departure time as the scheduled End by time.
Preconditioning
Use Precondition to schedule a time when you want Model 3 to be ready to drive. Model 3 automatically calculates when it needs to start preconditioning. This ensures that the cabin climate and Battery are preconditioned by your departure time.
Precondition warms the Battery for improved performance and ensures a comfortable cabin climate at your set departure time. If you don’t schedule a Precondition, Model 3 only warms the Battery before charging if the Battery is too cold to charge, and doesn’t prepare the cabin climate.
NOTE: When Model 3 is not plugged in, preconditioning operates as long as Model 3 is not in Low Power Mode (see Low Power Mode on page 187).
Preconditioning can also help to increase range on your next trip because a preconditioned cabin and battery consumes less energy when you begin driving. Preconditioning can reduce energy consumption while driving in vehicles with heat pumps, because heat in the battery can be used to warm the cabin while driving.
Factors Affecting Energy Consumption
While driving:
- Elevated driving speed.
- Environmental conditions such as cold or hot weather and wind.
- Using climate controls to heat or cool the cabin.
- Uphill travel: Driving uphill requires more energy and depletes range at a faster rate. However, driving downhill allows your vehicle to regain a portion of its expended energy through regenerative braking (see Regenerative Braking on page 78).
- Short trips or stop-and-go traffic: It takes energy to bring the cabin and Battery to a specified temperature when starting the vehicle. You may see a higher average consumption when the vehicle is used for very short trips or in heavy traffic.
- Heavy cargo load.
- Windows rolled down.
- Wheels and tires not maintained.
- Customized settings or third-party accessories (roof or trunk racks, third party wheels).
While parked and not plugged in to a charger:
- Preconditioning the cabin or using climate controls.
- Summon.
- Vehicle infotainment and climate controls system.
- Sentry mode.
- Tesla or third-party mobile app requests.
Tips to Maximize Range
You can maximize your driving range using the same driving habits you use to conserve fuel in a gasoline-powered vehicle. To achieve maximum range:
- Slow down your driving and avoid frequent and rapid acceleration. Consider using Chill Mode (touch Controls > Dynamics > Acceleration) and Speed Assist (see Speed Assist on page 141) to assist in controlling your acceleration and speed.
- If safe to do so, modulate the accelerator pedal instead of using the brake pedal when gradually slowing down. Whenever Model 3 is moving and you are not pressing the accelerator pedal, regenerative braking slows down the vehicle and feeds surplus energy back to the Battery (see Regenerative Braking on page 78).
- Limit the use of resources such as heating and air conditioning. Using seat and steering wheel heaters (if equipped) to keep warm is more efficient than heating the cabin using climate controls.
- With your vehicle plugged in, use the mobile app to precondition your vehicle to ensure the cabin is at a comfortable temperature and windows are defrosted (if needed) before your drive by touching Climate > On and customizing your preferences (see Mobile App on page 51).
- Touch Schedule, (also available on both the charging and climate control screens) to set a time when you want your vehicle to be ready to drive (see Scheduled Precondition and Charge on page 184).
- Ensure the wheels are aligned to specification, the tires are kept at the recommended inflation pressures (see Tire Care and Maintenance on page 192), and are rotated when needed (see Maintenance Service Intervals on page 190).
- Install aero covers (if equipped) to reduce wind resistance (see Removing and Installing Wheel Covers on page 195).
- Lighten your load by removing any unnecessary cargo.
- Fully raise all windows.
- Features such as Sentry Mode and Cabin Overheat Protection can impact range. Disable features when not needed.
- To prevent an excessive amount of energy consumption while the vehicle is idle, keep the vehicle plugged in when not in use.
It is normal for estimated range to decrease slightly over the first few months before leveling off. Over time, you may see a gradual, but natural, decrease in range at full charge – this depends on factors such as the mileage and age of the Battery. Your Model 3 will inform you in the unlikely event a hardware issue is causing excessive Battery or range degradation.
The power meter on the touchscreen provides feedback on energy usage.
Range Assurance
The driving range displayed in Model 3 is an estimate of the remaining battery energy based on EPA-rated consumption. It may not account for your personal driving patterns or external conditions. The displayed range on the touchscreen may decrease faster than the actual distance driven. To view estimated range based on your recent energy consumption, open the Energy app to display the graph.
NOTE: Rated driving range is based on EPA-rated consumption in the United States, which deviates from tests advertised and performed in other jurisdictions.
Your vehicle continuously monitors its energy level and proximity to known charging locations.
|
|
Touch Chargers in the Navigation search bar to toggle between types of chargers, including Superchargers and destination charging sites. |
When you are at risk of driving beyond the range of known charging locations, the touchscreen displays a message giving you the opportunity to display a list of charging locations that are within range. When you select a charging location from the list, Model 3 provides navigation instructions and the turn-by-turn direction list displays the predicted amount of energy that will remain when you arrive at the charging destination.
Trip Planner (if available in your market region) routes you through Supercharger locations to minimize the amount of time you spend charging and driving. To enable, touch Controls > Navigation > Trip Planner.
Energy App
The Energy app provides a visual representation of your vehicle’s real-time and projected energy usage.
Locate the Energy app in the app launcher (the three dots) in the bottom bar.- Touch to open the Energy app and choose from the different tabs. The energy chart’s colored line represents your actual driving energy consumption whereas the gray line represents predicted usage.
NOTE: You can customize the chart values by touching Controls > Display > Energy Display.
-
- Drive: Monitor the amount of energy being used while driving. You can track the real-time energy consumption broken down by categories, compare against different baseline projections, and view range tips tailored to your drive to understand how to improve energy efficiency.
- Choose Trip while navigating to a destination to compare the actual usage against the estimated projection.
- Choose Rated to compare the actual energy or range usage against the estimated driving distance (or energy) available.
- Choose between Current Drive to view data from your current drive or Since Last Charged to include data since the vehicle was last charged.
- View Range Tips to understand impacts on battery consumption and suggestions to maximize range and efficiency.
- Park: Monitors the amount of energy lost while Model 3 is parked.
- Choose between Since Last Drive or Since Last Charge.
- View how much idle energy has been consumed while your vehicle is parked and suggestions to decrease energy loss.
- Drive: Monitor the amount of energy being used while driving. You can track the real-time energy consumption broken down by categories, compare against different baseline projections, and view range tips tailored to your drive to understand how to improve energy efficiency.
- Consumption: Compare your vehicle’s actual energy consumption to Model 3’s rated consumption over the last 10, 100, or 200 miles (15, 150, or 300 km). Select a distance in the upper right side of the screen. A longer distance stabilizes projected range and captures driving behaviors, environment, and routes. Consumption is measured in watt-hours per mile (Wh/mi). Lower values increase range, higher values decrease it.
- Your average consumption is an average of how much energy your vehicle uses per mile and varies based on your driving route, habits, and environment.
- Rated consumption is a constant value based on standardized driving conditions set by the EPA. This value is used to determine remaining battery energy on the touchscreen if the display is set to distance (Controls > Display > Energy Display).
Projected range is calculated using remaining battery energy and your average consumption. Use the Drive tab to learn more about how range can be increased.
Low Power Mode
To enable Low Power Mode, touch Controls > Charging > Low Power Mode.
You can also choose the percentage between 10% and 20% at which Low Power Mode is enabled automatically. The default is 20%.
When Low Power Mode is enabled, Model 3 conserves energy by disabling certain features when the range drops below the chosen percentage.
The follow features will be disabled, and are unavailable to enable, when Model 3 is in Low Power Mode:
- Sentry Mode
- Keep Accessory Power On
- Actually Smart Summon (ASS) Standby Mode
- Keep Climate On and Camp
- Cabin Overheat Protection
- Preconditioning
NOTE: When in Low Power Mode, Model 3 continues to use energy for standby functions, screen activity, and interactions with the mobile app. In cold weather, available energy may drop more quickly.
NOTE: Your vehicle may not be equipped with the Battery Health Test feature.
The high voltage Battery in Model 3 is designed to perform well over the entire lifetime of the vehicle. Like any rechargeable battery, however, it becomes less effective over time due to aging and usage. The energy retention of the Battery depends on a number of factors such as age, Battery pack size and chemistry, and how you drive and charge your vehicle.
For an evaluation of the Battery’s energy retention, touch
Controls > Service > Battery Health.
The touchscreen displays an evaluation of your vehicle’s Battery health, calculated using data from the Battery management system and comparing it to expected energy retention for the given battery type, age, and usage.
Optionally, you can run the Battery Health Test, which requires Model 3 to be connected to an AC charger for up to 24 hours. After you run the test, Model 3 provides a percentage that reflects the energy retention of your vehicle’s Battery compared to when it was new.
NOTE: This feature requires that Model 3 be connected to Wi-Fi or a cellular network.
NOTE: Tesla recommends using the Battery Health Test only if there is a concern about the energy retention of the high voltage Battery.
Running the Battery Health Test
To start the test, Model 3 needs to be plugged in to an AC charger that provides at least 5 kW of power.
In addition, make sure that all of the following requirements are met before you begin the test.
-
- There are no active alerts related to the Battery or thermal system.
NOTE: If you are not able to run the Battery Health Test for this reason, schedule Service through the mobile app.
Check the touchscreen for alerts related to the high voltage Battery (alerts that start with BMS) or thermal management (alerts that start with VCFRONT). Even if you do not see any active alerts, there may still be a condition that prevents the test from running to completion.
-
- Model 3 is in Park.
- There are no pending software updates.
- There is less than 20% Battery level remaining.
When you are ready to begin the test:
- Plug in your vehicle to an AC charger.
- Touch Controls > Service > Battery Health Test. Read the popup, then touch Start Test.
The test takes up to 24 hours to run. While the test is running, the touchscreen displays a progress bar and the estimated time remaining. The touchscreen will be off for certain portions of the test, the Battery will be discharged below 10% (and may be discharged as low as 0%), and vehicle features (such as Sentry Mode and climate controls) are disabled.
|
running. |
|
the event that the test fails or you cancel the test, your vehicle will attempt to begin charging to the set charge limit. |
|
time. |
WARNING: Climate control systems are disabled while the Battery Health Test is running. Do not leave occupants unattended in the vehicle while the test is
CAUTION: Avoid interacting with Model 3 or the Tesla mobile app during the test. You can cancel the test on the vehicle’s touchscreen or mobile app at any time. In
CAUTION: Do not unplug Model 3 while the test is running. If you need to unplug Model 3, first cancel the test on the touchscreen. You can cancel the test at anyNOTE: While the test is running, Model 3 may produce heat and loud noises (such as the fan running at high speed). This is normal and is not a cause for concern.
Understanding Results
Once the Battery Health Test is complete, the touchscreen displays a percentage that represents a comparison of your Battery’s energy retention to when it was new, and the range estimate shown on the touchscreen may be recalibrated.
When a data connection is available, Model 3 can determine whether the energy retention is as expected based on the vehicle’s delivery date and mileage. If the energy retention of the Battery is affecting the usability of your vehicle, schedule a service appointment.
After the test has been completed, the Battery Health Test will be unavailable until the Battery management system detects that there has been a change in your vehicle’s Battery sufficient enough to be measured by a new test.
Loading New Software
Tesla updates your vehicle’s software over the air, constantly providing new features. Tesla recommends you install software updates at the earliest opportunity on your vehicle. To ensure the fastest and most reliable delivery of software updates, leave Wi-Fi turned on and connected whenever possible. In most cases, your vehicle must be connected to Wi-Fi to download the software update (see Wi-Fi on page 54).
Downloading vs. Installing New Software
There are two steps to receiving a new update: downloading the software (which requires Wi-Fi), and installing it. For your convenience, you can start downloads and installations using the Tesla mobile app.
Download
When a software update is available for download, the download occurs automatically, showing a green arrow at the top of the touchscreen. If the vehicle is not connected to Wi- Fi, a yellow download icon appears. Although you can drive while the software update is being downloaded, doing so can interrupt the download if your vehicle loses the Wi-Fi connection. When the software update is fully downloaded and ready to install, a clock icon displays at the top of the touchscreen.
NOTE: To ensure the fastest and most reliable download of software updates, leave the Wi-Fi turned on and connected whenever possible (see Wi-Fi on page 54).
Install
You CANNOT drive while software is being installed. If plugged in, your vehicle will stop charging until the installation is complete. To start the installation, touch the yellow clock icon at the top of the touchscreen. Touch Install Now to begin the installation immediately or touch Set For This Time to choose a different start time. At any time before the update installs, you can touch this clock icon to reschedule. If you are driving Model 3 at the scheduled update time, the update is canceled and must be rescheduled. You can also view, download, and install software updates by navigating to Controls > Software. If available, connect to Wi-FI to download the update.
Software updates are not performed when certain features are active, such as Keep Climate On, Dog Mode, or Camp Mode.
NOTE: Software updates will not install if Keep, Dog, or Camp mode are enabled (see Keep Climate On, Dog, and Camp on page 153).
NOTE: On an as-needed basis, Tesla also sends software updates using a cellular connection.
NOTE: Some software updates take approximately 30 minutes to complete (some may take longer). Model 3 must be in Park while the software is being updated.
WARNING: Do not attempt to use the vehicle while the software is being installed. Vehicle functions, including some safety systems and opening or closing the doors
or windows, may be limited or disabled when installation is in progress and you could damage the vehicle.
Software Update Preferences
Tesla determines how, when, and where to send updates to vehicles based on various factors unique to each release. In Controls > Software, you can choose how quickly you want to receive updates that are ready for your vehicle. Be an early adopter by selecting Advanced (which will have additional releases), or wait until others have installed (which will result in fewer releases) by selecting Standard. Choosing Advanced does not enroll your vehicle in Tesla’s early access program.
Tesla does not update your software upon request for those wanting to receive the latest features and improvements.
Selecting Advanced and consistently connecting to Wi-Fi (see Wi-Fi on page 54) is the best way to quickly receive the latest software updates.
If the touchscreen displays a message indicating that a software update was not successfully completed, wait for the next software update to deploy to your vehicle.
NOTE: The software update screen persists until you install the update. Install a software update as soon as possible. Any harm resulting from failure to install a software update is not covered by the vehicle’s warranty. Failure or refusal to install updates can cause some vehicle features to become inaccessible or digital media devices may become incompatible.
NOTE: Tesla may update or reinstall your vehicle’s software as part of the normal diagnostic, repair, and maintenance process within Tesla Service.
NOTE: Reverting to a previous software version is not possible.
Charging
If Model 3 is charging when the software update begins, charging stops. Charging resumes automatically when the software update is complete.
Viewing Release Notes
When a software update is complete, read the release notes displayed on the touchscreen to learn about changes or new features. To display release notes about the current version of your vehicle’s software at any time, touch Controls > Software > Release Notes.
Tesla strongly recommends reading all release notes. They may contain important safety information or operating instructions for your Model 3.
Service Intervals
Tesla recommends the following maintenance items and intervals, as applicable to your vehicle, to ensure continued reliability and efficiency of your Model 3.
For additional information on vehicle alerts, see Troubleshooting Alerts on page 236.
- Brake fluid health check every 4 years (replace if necessary)*.
- Cabin air filter replacement every 2 years.
- Wiper blade replacements every year.
- Clean and lubricate brake calipers every year or 12,500 miles (20,000 km) if in an area where roads are salted during winter.
- Rotate tires every 6,250 miles (10,000 km) or if tread depth difference is 2/32 in (1.5 mm) or greater, whichever comes first.
*Heavy brake usage due to towing, mountain descents, or performance driving — especially for vehicles in hot and humid environments — may necessitate more frequent brake fluid checks and replacements.
NOTE: Any damage caused by opening the Battery coolant reservoir is excluded from the warranty.
NOTE: The above intervals are based on typical driving behaviors and scenarios. Depending on various circumstances such as driving behavior, usage, environmental conditions, etc., the above maintenance items may need to be performed more or less frequently than specified. Additionally, the above list should not be considered comprehensive and does not include consumable parts such as windshield wipers, brake pads, low voltage battery, fluids and refrigerants, etc.
NOTE: Damages or failures caused by maintenance or repairs performed by non-Tesla certified technicians are not covered by the warranty.
For more do-it-yourself maintenance procedures and information, see https://www.tesla.com/support/do-it- yourself-guides.
Schedule Service
Scheduling a service visit through the mobile app is easy. After touching Service, select the type of service needed and follow the directions in the mobile app. Provide as much detail as possible to better help the Service team identify the cause of concern, such as:
- Photos, sound recordings, or videos.
- Date(s), time(s), and time zone when the issue occurred.
- Country of use and location.
- Approximate speed the vehicle was traveling (if applicable).
- Environmental conditions (rain, snow, cold, etc.).
- Road name and type of road (if applicable).
- Quality of lane markings (if applicable).
- Applicable vehicle settings.
- Identifiable symptoms.
Visit https://www.tesla.com/support/service-visits for more information on scheduling service.
Daily Checks
- Check the Battery’s charge level, displayed on the touchscreen or mobile app.
- Check the condition and pressure of each tire (see Tire Care and Maintenance on page 192).
- Check that all exterior lights, horn, turn signals, and wipers and washers are working.
- Check for any unexpected indicator lights or vehicle alerts on the touchscreen.
- Check the operation of the brakes, including the parking brake.
NOTE: Because Model 3 uses regenerative braking (see Regenerative Braking on page 78), the brake pads are typically used less frequently than those in traditional braking systems. To avoid the accumulation of rust and corrosion, Tesla recommends frequently pressing the brake pedal to apply the mechanical brakes, which dries the brake pads and rotors.
- Check the operation of the seat belts (see Seat Belts on page 37).
- Look for abnormal fluid deposits underneath Model 3 that might indicate a leak. It is normal for a small pool of water to form (caused by the air conditioning system’s dehumidifying process).
- Look around the exterior of Model 3 and immediately remove any corrosive substances (such as bird droppings, tree resin, tar spots, dead insects, industrial fallout, etc.) to prevent damage to the exterior (see Cleaning on page 199).
Weekly Checks
- During wet weather, clean Autopilot cameras weekly (see Cleaning a Camera on page 199). Otherwise, clean them monthly during dry weather.
Monthly Checks
- Check windshield washer fluid level and top up if necessary (see Topping Up Windshield Washer Fluid on page 203).
- Check that the air conditioning system is operating correctly (see Operating Climate Controls on page 151).
NOTE: In addition to cooling the interior, the air conditioning compressor also cools the Battery. Therefore, in hot weather, the air conditioning compressor can turn on even if you turned it off. This is normal because the system’s priority is to cool the Battery to ensure it stays within an optimum temperature range to support longevity and optimum performance. Also, even when not in use, you may hear Model 3 emit a whining noise or the sound of water circulating. These sounds are normal and occur when the internal cooling systems turn on to support various vehicle functions, such as maintaining the low voltage battery and balancing the temperature of the high voltage Battery.
Periodic Checks
Perform the following checks as needed:
-
- Over time, when driving in dusty or polluted conditions, your vehicle’s radiator may become clogged. This can affect air flow and heating/AC performance. Use the mobile app to schedule a service appointment.
- The inside of the windshield within the camera enclosure (see Cameras on page 18) must be cleaned periodically to maintain clear visibility and optimal camera function. To check if such cleaning is needed, review your vehicle’s maintenance summary by touching Controls > Service > Maintenance. When needed, use the mobile app to schedule a service appointment.
Maintenance Summary
You can view current status of maintenance items by navigating to Controls > Service > Maintenance on your vehicle’s touchscreen.
Maintenance Summary keeps track of when regular maintenance items, such as windshield wiper blades and filters, were last performed and provides suggestions for when they should be performed again. You can perform them yourself or enlist the help of Tesla or an independent repairer. Once completed, you can reset the maintenance item on your vehicle’s touchscreen. Model 3 captures a time stamp and applicable information (such as your current mileage) and resets the maintenance item to remind you for next time.
Vehicle service history records persist on the vehicle, providing you and future owners with a record of previously performed services. The service history record is not affected by a factory reset.
NOTE: Although Tesla updates the maintenance summary during a service visit as needed, it is the responsibility of the vehicle’s owner to ensure the accuracy of the information, especially for service or maintenance performed by independent repairers or through do-it-yourself means.
Fluid Replacement Intervals
Battery coolant and brake fluid levels should only be checked by Tesla or a professional automotive repair shop. Specific service information is available in the Service Manual.
- Battery coolant: Your Battery coolant does not need to be replaced for the life of your vehicle under most circumstances.
NOTE: Any damage caused by opening the Battery coolant reservoir is excluded from the warranty.
- Brake fluid: Do not top up your brake fluid.
Software
Updating software is important to ensure proper operation and longevity of your vehicle’s components. You must install a software update at the earliest opportunity. See Software Updates on page 189.
Tesla may update or reinstall your vehicle’s software as part of the normal diagnostic, repair, and maintenance process within Service.
High Voltage Safety
Your Model 3 has been designed and built with safety as a priority. However, be aware of these precautions to protect yourself from the risk of injury inherent in all high-voltage systems:
- Read and follow all instructions provided on the labels that are attached to Model 3. These labels are there for your safety.
- The high voltage system has no user-serviceable parts. Do not disassemble, remove or replace high voltage components, cables or connectors. High voltage cables are colored orange for easy identification.
- If a collision occurs, do not touch any high voltage wiring, connectors, or components connected to the wiring.
- In the unlikely event that a fire occurs, immediately contact your local fire emergency responders.
|
|
|
|
|
swallowed, or brought into contact with open wounds. For your safety, always read and follow instructions printed on fluid containers. |
WARNING: Always disconnect the charge cable before working underneath Model 3, even if charging is not in progress.
WARNING: Keep your hands and clothing away from cooling fans. Some fans operate even when Model 3 is powered off.
WARNING: Some fluids (Battery acid, Battery coolant, brake fluid, windshield washer additives, etc.) used in vehicles are poisonous and should not be inhaled,Displaying Tire Pressures
Depending on the vehicle configuration purchased, your vehicle has either direct TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) or indirect TPMS. Direct TPMS relies on tire sensors in the wheels whereas indirect TPMS estimates tire pressure loss and alerts only when tires are underinflated. To figure out which system your vehicle has go to Controls > Service. If the Model 3 visualization has tire pressure values (XX PSI), your vehicle uses direct TPMS.
Vehicles with Direct TPMS
Tire pressures display on the touchscreen in the cards area on the car status display, or by touching Controls > Service. The pressure of each tire displays in the visualization of your Model 3, in addition to what time your tire pressures were last measured. The touchscreen also displays your vehicle’s recommended cold tire pressures so you can easily determine how much to inflate your tires. You can choose whether you want to display tire pressures using Bar or PSI by touching Controls > Display > Tire Pressure. You can also view tire pressures in the Tesla mobile app.
NOTE: You may need to drive briefly before the visualization displays the tire pressure values.
Vehicles with Indirect TPMS
If tire underinflation is detected, an alert displays on the touchscreen in the car status area. For further information, touch Controls > Service. If underinflation is detected, an icon displays next to the tire.
Underinflation detected. Check tire pressures.
Severe underinflation detected. Pull over.
If tire pressure are adjusted or tires are changed, manual calibration is required (see Calibrating Tire Pressure on page 193).
NOTE: TPMS estimations of low pressure only occur while driving.
Maintaining Tire Pressures
Keep tires inflated to the pressures shown on the Tire and Loading Information label, even if it differs from the pressure printed on the tire itself. The Tire and Loading Information label is located on the center door pillar and is visible when the driver door is open.
NOTE: If your Model 3 is fitted with Tesla accessory wheels or tires, some information may be different from the labels on the vehicle.
|
|
The Tire Pressure indicator light on the touchscreen alerts you if one or more tires is underinflated or overinflated. |
The Tire Pressure indicator light does not immediately turn off when you adjust tire pressure (see Checking and Adjusting Tire Pressures on page 192).
If the indicator light flashes for one minute whenever you power on Model 3, a fault with the TPMS is detected (see TPMS Malfunction on page 197). Use your mobile app to schedule a Service appointment.
NOTE: Your vehicle’s tire pressures will drop in cold ambient temperatures. If the TPMS indicator light appears, inflate the tires before driving. The tires will lose approximately one PSI for every 10° F (6° C) drop in outside temperature. Proper tire pressures help protect tires from potholes and improve range when properly inflated.
WARNING: Under-inflation is the most common cause of tire failures and can cause a tire to overheat, resulting in severe tire cracking, tread separation, or
blowout, resulting in unexpected loss of vehicle control and increased risk of injury. Under-inflation also reduces the vehicle’s range and tire tread life.
WARNING: Check tire pressures using an accurate pressure gauge when tires are cold. It takes only about 1 mile (1.6 km) of driving to warm up the tires
sufficiently to affect tire pressures. Parking the vehicle in direct sunlight or in hot weather can also affect tire pressures. If you must check warm tires, expect increased pressures. Do not let air out of warm tires in an attempt to match recommended cold tire pressures. A hot tire at or below the recommended cold tire inflation pressure is dangerously underinflated.
Checking and Adjusting Tire Pressures
Follow these steps when tires are cold and Model 3 has been stationary for over three hours:
- Refer to the Tire and Loading Information label located on the driver’s center door pillar for the target tire pressure.
- Remove the valve cap.
- Firmly press an accurate tire pressure gauge onto the valve to measure pressure.
- If required, add or remove air to reach the recommended pressure.
NOTE: You can release air by pressing the metal stem in the center of the valve.
- Re-check pressure using the accurate tire gauge.
- Repeat steps 3 and 4 as necessary until the tire pressure is correct.
- Reinstall the valve cap to prevent dirt from entering. Periodically check the valve for damage and leaks.
- Only applies to vehicles with direct TPMS. Drive over 15 mph (25 km/h) for a short amount of time to activate the TPMS.
- Only applies to vehicles with indirect TPMS. Calibrate tire pressure (see Calibrating Tire Pressure on page 193).
Calibrating Tire Pressure
Only applies to vehicles with indirect TPMS (vehicles without tire pressure sensors).
After you have adjusted the tire pressure in your vehicle tires or have changed, repaired or rotated the tires, tire pressure calibration is required manually. First, ensure all four tire pressures are at the recommended cold pressure (see Vehicle Loading on page 213).
WARNING: Calibrating with tire pressures that are too high or too low may give false warnings or fail to give a warning when the tire pressure is dangerously low.
Next, touch Controls > Service > Tire Pressure > Calibrate Tire Pressure. A message on the touchscreen indicates the system is ready to learn the new baseline; calibration begins after driving over 15 mph (25 km/h). Calibration happens faster with stable driving at higher speeds and by avoiding hard accelerations and stop-and-go traffic. Calibration may take longer in areas without a clear GPS signal (for example, a parking garage).
After driving for at least 20 minutes over 15 mph (25 km/h), the TPMS relearns the new values and monitors them.
NOTE: During calibration, TPMS estimation of low pressure is inactive.
CAUTION: TPMS may not calibrate correctly, not estimate tire pressures accurately or may be delayed, if your vehicle is:
- equipped with non-factory-installed tires, snow tires, or tires that are mixed or non-standard sizes.
- driven aggressively.
- driven with tire chains or during winter conditions.
- driven on unpaved roads.
- parked.
WARNING: Do not depend on TPMS to accurately determine pressures and trigger alerts. It is the driver’s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressures (see
Maintaining Tire Pressures on page 192). Overinflated or underinflated tires can result in loss of control or tire damage, which can lead to serious injury.
Inspecting and Maintaining Tires
Regularly inspect the tread and side walls for any sign of distortion (bulges), foreign objects, cuts or wear.
WARNING: Do not drive Model 3 if a tire is damaged, excessively worn, or inflated to an incorrect pressure. Check tires regularly for wear, and ensure there are no
cuts, bulges or exposure of the ply/cord structure. In addition, pay attention for wear on the tire’s inner shoulder.
Tire Wear
Adequate tread depth is important for proper tire performance. Tires with a tread depth less than 4/32 in.
(3 mm) are more likely to hydroplane in wet conditions and should not be used. Tires with a tread depth less than 5/32 in. (4 mm) do not perform well in snow and slush and should not be used when driving in winter conditions.
Model 3 is originally fitted with tires that have wear indicators molded into the tread pattern. When the tread has been worn down to 4/32 in. (3 mm), the indicators start to appear at the surface of the tread pattern, producing the effect of a continuous band of rubber across the width of the tire. For optimal performance and safety, Tesla recommends replacing tires before the wear indicators are visible.
To improve vehicle handling characteristics and minimize hydroplaning in wet conditions, put tires with the most tread on the rear of the car.
Tire Rotation, Balance, and Wheel Alignment
Tire rotation is an essential part of tire maintenance. It helps maintain an even treadwear pattern which enhances the tire’s overall wear quality, decreases road noise and maximizes tire life. Tesla recommends rotating the tires every 6,250 miles (10,000 km) or if tread depth difference is 2/32 in. (1.5 mm)
or greater since the last rotation, whichever comes first. Aggressive driving can lead to accelerated tire wear and may require more frequent tire service.
Vehicles with staggered wheels and non-directional tires can be rotated side-to-side (left-to-right) but not front-to-back as the front and rear tire size is different. Left-to-right rotation can increase tread life by changing the direction of rotation for each tire and balancing shoulder wear.
Unbalanced wheels affect vehicle handling and tire life. With regular use, wheels can get out of balance and should be rebalanced to ensure even weight distribution across the tire and wheel assembly. Consider scheduling a wheel balance if you notice a vibration through the steering wheel.
Proper wheel alignment helps preserve vehicle handling, tire life, and steering components. Schedule a wheel alignment if you notice uneven wear on your tires (on one side of the tire) or if the vehicle pulls left or right while the steering wheel is held straight. If the tires need to be serviced, such as rotated or replaced, reset the tire configuration (see Tire Configuration on page 196) to improve your driving experience. Wheel alignment is also recommended after installing a new set of tires on your vehicle.
Punctured Tires
A puncture eventually causes the tire to lose pressure, which is why it is important to check tire pressures frequently.
Permanently repair or replace punctured or damaged tires as soon as possible.
Your tubeless tires may not leak when penetrated, provided the object remains in the tire. If, however, you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving, or you suspect a tire is damaged, immediately reduce your speed. Drive slowly, while avoiding heavy braking or sharp steering and, when safe to do so, stop the vehicle. Arrange to have Model 3 transported to a Tesla Service Center, or to a nearby tire repair center.
NOTE: In some cases, you can temporarily repair small tire punctures (under 1/4 in. (6 mm)) using an optional tire repair kit available from Tesla. This allows you to slowly drive Model 3 to Tesla or to a nearby tire repair facility.
WARNING: Do not drive with a punctured tire that has not been repaired, even if the puncture has not caused the tire to deflate. A punctured tire can deflate
suddenly at any time.
Flat Spots
If Model 3 is stationary for a long period, tires can form flat spots. When Model 3 is driven, these flat spots cause a vibration which gradually disappears as the tires warm up and regain their original shape.
Improving Tire Mileage
To improve the mileage you get from your tires, maintain tires at the recommended tire pressures, observe speed limits and advisory speeds, and avoid:
- Pulling away quickly, or hard acceleration.
- Fast turns and heavy braking.
- Potholes and objects in the road.
- Hitting curbs when parking.
- Contaminating tires with fluids that can cause damage.
Replacing Tires and Wheels
Tires degrade over time due to the effects of ultraviolet light, extreme temperatures, high loads, and environmental conditions. It is recommended that tires are replaced every six years, or sooner if required, even if tread depth is above the minimum.
When a tire set becomes worn, replace all four tires at the same time. Choose a Tesla-approved tire which is designed specifically for your vehicle. Most Tesla-approved tires can be identified with a “T-mark” specification on the tire’s sidewall (for example, T0, T1, T2). Tesla-approved tires are designed to work with electric drivetrains and optimize performance, safety, reliability, and durability. For more information about Tesla-approved replacement tires, refer to the Service Manual.
NOTE: The T-mark identifies a specific tire’s progression according to Tesla specifications. For example, a T1 Michelin Primacy is newer than a T0 Michelin Primacy, but is not necessarily newer than other models of T0 tires.
If tires need to be replaced early, for example due to a flat tire, we recommend replacing the tires in pairs unless the other tires are within 2/32 in. (1.5 mm) of tread depth of the new tire. When replacing tires, it is important to match the brand and model of the older tires. Always place a pair of new tires on the rear if all four tires are the same size. Always balance the wheel and tire after replacing a tire. Consult with a professional tire retailer and installer for further guidance. If you replace your tires or install different ones, manually calibrate the tires (see Calibrating Tire Pressure on page 193) and reset the tire configuration (see Tire Configuration on page 196). This resets the learned tire settings and improves the driving experience on your new tires. It may take up to 24 hours after a tire replacement or repair before the tire lubricant is completely dry and tires achieve maximum adherence to the rims. Avoid hard accelerations during this period to avoid tire slip on the rim.
NOTE: Regardless of the number of tires replaced, a complete set of matching tires is recommended for optimum performance.
If tires other than those specified are used, ensure that the load and speed ratings marked on the tire (see Understanding Tire Markings on page 220) equal or exceed those of the original specification.
For the specification of the original wheels and tires installed on Model 3, see Wheels and Tires on page 219.
If you replace a wheel, the TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) sensors need to be reset to ensure they provide accurate warnings when tires are underinflated or overinflated (see Automatic Reset of TPMS Sensors (If Equipped) on page 197).
NOTE: Installing winter tires with aggressive compound and tread design may result in temporarily-reduced regenerative braking power. However, your vehicle is designed to continuously recalibrate itself, and after changing tires it will increasingly restore regenerative braking power after some moderate-torque straight-line accelerations. For most drivers this occurs after a short period of normal driving, but drivers who normally accelerate lightly may need to use slightly harder accelerations while the recalibration is in progress. Go to Service > Wheel & Tire > Tires to select winter tires and quicken this process.
WARNING: For your safety, use only tires and wheels that match the original specification. Tires that do not
match the original specification can affect the operation of the TPMS.
WARNING: Never exceed the speed rating of your vehicle’s tires. The speed rating is shown on the sidewall of your tires (see Understanding Tire Markings
Asymmetric Tires
Some Model 3 tires are asymmetric and must be mounted on the wheel with the correct sidewall facing outward. The sidewall of the tire is marked with the word OUTSIDE. When new tires are installed, make sure that the tires are correctly mounted on the wheels.
WARNING: Road holding is seriously impaired if the tires are incorrectly installed on the wheels.
Removing and Installing Wheel Covers
If your Model 3 is equipped with wheel covers, you must remove them to access the lug nuts.
To remove a wheel cover:
- Grasp the wheel cover firmly with both hands.
- Pull the wheel cover toward you to release the retaining clips.
To install an wheel cover:
- Align the wheel cover with the valve stem.
- Firmly press the center of the cover to secure it in place, then work your way out to firmly pressing the outer perimeter of each spoke. You may need to hold onto the opposite side of the cover until all spokes are secured.
- Firmly press the center of the cap with your hands (do not hit the cover with your hands) to ensure it is secured.
- As a final check, quickly pull each spoke to confirm they are secured in place.
For Gemini wheels, press on the perimeter of the cover until it aligns with the wheel surface. Press on the Tesla “T” in the center until the cap snaps into place. See Parts and Accessories on page 206 for more information.
CAUTION: To prevent the cover from falling off, ensure that it is fully secured before driving.
Removing and Installing Lug Nut Covers
If your Model 3 is equipped with lug nut covers, you must remove them to access the lug nuts.
To remove a lug nut cover:
- Insert the curved part of the lug nut cover tool, if equipped (located in the glovebox in some vehicles, or you can use a small allen wrench) into the hole at the base of the Tesla “T”.
NOTE: The lug nut cover tool can also be purchased at an auto parts store or through online retailers.
- Maneuver the lug nut cover tool so that it is fully inserted into the hole in the lug nut cover.
- Twist the lug nut cover tool so that the curved part is touching the middle of the lug nut cover.
- Firmly pull the lug nut tool away from the wheel until the lug nut cover is released.
- Align the lug nut cover into position.
- Push firmly on the lug nut cover until it fully snaps into place.
the drop down menu that matches the new wheels you plan to install on Model 3. Selecting new wheels in the wheel configuration also changes the wheels that appear on your vehicle’s avatar on the touchscreen.
NOTE: Changing your vehicle’s wheel configuration can impact range estimates, tire pressure warning levels, and vehicle visualization.
WARNING: Only use Tesla-approved wheels when installing or swapping wheels. Using non Tesla- approved wheels can cause serious damage. Tesla is
not liable for damage caused by using wheels not approved by Tesla.
Tire Configuration
To see the miles driven since your last tire rotation or replacement, touch Controls > Service and look under Last Tire Service. After the tires on Model 3 are rotated, replaced, or swapped, update your vehicle’s tire configuration by touching Reset, or by touching Wheel & Tire > Tires from the same screen. This allows your vehicle to reset the learned tire settings and improve your driving experience. For vehicles with direct TPMS, this also clears and resets the tread wear alert for the vehicle until you travel 6,250 miles (10,000 km) and low tread depth is detected again. Updating the service type will add an entry to your vehicle’s maintenance summary (touch Controls > Service > Maintenance).
Ensure you are aware if your vehicle is equipped with winter tires. Winter tires can be identified by a mountain and snowflake icon on the tires’ sidewall. See Winter Tires on page 198 for more information.
NOTE: Changing your vehicle’s tire configuration can temporarily impact acceleration and regenerative braking levels and should only be done after tires have been rotated or replaced.
Tire Pressure Monitoring
CAUTION: Make sure the lug nut cover is fully secure before driving to prevent it from falling off.
Wheel Configuration
If you are installing new wheels or swapping them for different ones, update your vehicle’s wheel configuration by touching Controls > Service > Wheel & Tire > Wheels. This allows Model 3 to learn the new wheels and provide more accurate status updates on your vehicle. Select a wheel from
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
|
|
The Model 3 is equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system that warns the driver of significant underinflation of the tires, as well as overinflation for vehicles with direct TPMS, by displaying the Tire Pressure Indicator Light. Check the Tire and Loading Information label located on the driver’s door pillar for more details, or see Maintaining Tire Pressures on |
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly underinflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under- inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if underinflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
TPMS Malfunction
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.
|
|
The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the tire pressure indicator light. If Model 3 detects a fault with the TPMS, this indicator flashes for one minute whenever you power on Model 3. |
NOTE: If a tire has been replaced or repaired using a different tire sealant than the one available from Tesla, and a low tire pressure is detected, it is possible that the tire sensor has been damaged.
NOTE: Installing accessories that are not approved by Tesla can interfere with the TPMS.
Automatic Reset of TPMS Sensors (If Equipped)
Only applies to vehicles with direct TPMS.
After replacing one or more wheels (but not after replacing a tire), the TPMS sensors are relearned to ensure tire pressure warnings are accurate. TPMS sensors reset automatically within 10 minutes of driving over 15 mph (25 km/h).
WARNING: If your Model 3 is equipped with aftermarket tires that differ in size from those printed on the Tire and Loading Information Label (see Vehicle
Loading on page 213), it is the driver’s responsibility to determine the correct tire pressure. Do not drive on public roads when tires are not inflated to the correct pressure.
WARNING: Do not depend on TPMS sensors to accurately determine pressures and trigger alerts. It is the driver’s responsibility to maintain correct tire
pressures (see Maintaining Tire Pressures on page 192). Overinflated or underinflated tires can result in loss of control or tire damage, which can lead to serious injury.
Replacing a Tire Sensor (If Equipped)
Only applies to vehicles with direct TPMS.
If the Tire Pressure warning indicator displays frequently, use the mobile app to schedule a service appointment to determine if a tire sensor needs to be replaced. If a non-Tesla Service Center repairs or replaces a tire, the tire sensor may not work until Tesla performs the setup procedure.
Seasonal Tire Types
Understand Your Tire Type
The type of tires that your vehicle is originally equipped with depends on vehicle model and market region. It is important to understand the capabilities of your vehicle’s tires and whether they are suited for summer, all-season, or winter driving. Check the information on the sidewall of a tire for information about a tire’s performance characteristics (see Understanding Tire Markings on page 220).
Summer and All-Season Tires
Summer tires and all season tires are designed for maximum dry and wet road performance but are not designed to perform well in winter conditions. All-season tires are designed to provide adequate traction in most conditions year-round, but may not provide the same level of traction as winter tires in snowy or icy conditions. All-season tires can be identified by “ALL SEASON” and/or “M+S” (mud and snow) on the tire sidewall.
If driving in cold temperatures or on roads where snow or ice may be present, Tesla recommends using winter tires.
WARNING: In cold temperatures or on snow or ice, summer and all-season tires do not provide adequate traction. Selecting and installing the appropriate tires
for winter conditions is important to ensure the safety and optimum performance of your Model 3.
Winter Tires
Use winter tires to increase traction in snowy or icy conditions. When installing winter tires, always install a complete set of four tires at the same time. Winter tires must be the same diameter, brand, construction and tread pattern on all four wheels.
|
|
Winter tires can be identified by a mountain/ snowflake symbol on the tire’s sidewall. |
When driving with winter tires, you may experience more road noise, shorter tread life, and less traction on dry roads.
NOTE: Installing winter tires with aggressive compound and tread design may result in temporarily-reduced regenerative braking power. However, your vehicle is designed to recalibrate itself to restore regenerative braking power after a short period of normal driving.
NOTE: If you install winter tires or replace your tires, reset the tire configuration by navigating to Controls > Service > Wheel & Tire > Tires (see Tire Configuration on page 196). This resets the learned tire settings and improves the driving experience on your new tires.
WARNING: Never exceed the speed rating of your vehicle’s tires. The speed rating is shown on the sidewall of your tires (see Understanding Tire Markings
Driving in Low Temperatures
Tire performance is reduced in low ambient temperatures, resulting in reduced grip and an increased susceptibility to damage from impacts. Performance tires (summer applications) have reduced traction in ambient temperatures below 40° F (5° C), and are not recommended in snow/ice conditions. Performance tires can temporarily harden when cold, causing you to hear rotational noise for the first few miles (kilometers) until the tires warm up.
Using Tire Chains
Tesla has tested and approved the following tire chains (also called snow chains) to increase traction in snowy conditions. Tire chains should only be installed on the rear tires. The approved tire chains can be purchased from Tesla.
|
Tire Size (Inches) |
Recommended Chain |
|
18 |
König CG-9 102 |
|
19 |
König CG-9 103 |
CAUTION: If your Model 3 is equipped with wheel covers, you must remove them before installing tire chains (see Removing and Installing Wheel Covers on
page 195). Failure to do so can cause damage not covered by the warranty.
CAUTION: Do not put tire chains on summer tires.
Doing so can cause damage.
When installing tire chains, follow the instructions and warnings provided by the tire chain manufacturer. Mount them evenly and as tight as possible.
When using tire chains:
- Inspect the tire chains for loose fittings and damaged links before each use.
- Avoid heavily loading Model 3 (heavy loads can reduce the clearance between the tires and the body).
- Do not drive the vehicle without the chains properly installed.
- Drive slowly. Do not exceed 30 mph (48 km/h).
- Remove the tire chains as soon as conditions allow.
NOTE: Tire chains are prohibited in some jurisdictions. Check local laws before installing tire chains.
|
suspension, body, wheels, and/or brake lines. Damage caused by using non-recommended tire chains, or incorrectly installing tire chains, is not covered by the warranty. |
|
CAUTION: Do not use snow chains on the front tires. |
|
CAUTION: Never deflate your tires to put on tire chains. When re-inflated, the chains might fit too tightly and cause tire damage. |
|
CAUTION: Ensure that the tire chains cannot touch suspension components or brake lines. If you hear the chains making unusual noises that would indicate contact with Model 3, stop and investigate immediately. |
CAUTION: Using non-recommended tire chains, or using tire chains on other sized tires can damage theCleaning the Exterior
To prevent damage to the paint, immediately remove corrosive substances (grease, oil, bird droppings, tree resin, dead insects, tar spots, road salt, industrial fallout, etc.). Do not wait until Model 3 is due for a complete wash. If necessary, use denatured alcohol to remove tar spots and stubborn grease stains, then immediately wash the area with water and a mild, non-detergent soap to remove the alcohol.
Keep the exterior cameras free of dirt, condensation, or obstructions. These substances can cause unclear pictures or Autopilot and safety features to stop working (see Cleaning a Camera on page 199).
Follow these steps when washing the exterior of Model 3:
- Before washing, flush grime and grit from the vehicle using a hose. Flush away accumulations of mud in areas where debris easily collects (such as wheel wells and panel seams). If salt has been used on the highways (such as during winter months), thoroughly rinse all traces of road salt from the underside of the vehicle, wheel wells, and brakes.
- Hand wash Model 3 using a clean soft cloth and cold or lukewarm water and a mild, high-quality car shampoo.
CAUTION: Some cleaners and car shampoos contain chemicals that can cause damage or discoloration, especially for plastic trim pieces,
exterior lights, or camera lenses. For example, some car cleaning formulas contain hydroxide or other highly alkaline or caustic ingredients that can damage exterior components. Do not use acidic products either. Damage or discoloration resulting from cleaning products is not covered by the warranty.
- After washing, rinse with clean water to prevent soap from drying on the surfaces.
- Dry thoroughly with a chamois. If necessary, dry the brakes by going on a short drive and applying the brakes multiple times.
Use isopropyl alcohol wipes (such as those used to clean glasses or screens) to clean away small stains.
Window Cleaning and Treatments
Clean windows and mirrors using an automotive glass cleaner. Do not scrape or use any abrasive cleaning fluid on glass or mirrored surfaces. Follow the directions in Cleaning the Exterior on page 199 for best practices in cleaning the exterior glass.
To add a hydrophobic coating to your vehicle’s windows, apply the coating only to the side and rear windows, not the front windshield—doing so may affect the visibility of the Autopilot cameras. Follow the hydrophobic coating manufacturer’s instructions for application details.
NOTE: Tesla is not responsible for any damage associated with applying window treatments on your vehicle.
Car Wash Mode
When taking Model 3 to a car wash, Car Wash Mode closes all windows, locks the charge port, and disables windshield wipers, Sentry Mode, walk-away door locking, and parking sensor chimes. To enable, touch Controls > Service > Car Wash Mode. Your vehicle must be stationary and not actively charging.
If using an automatic car wash, Enable Free Roll keeps your vehicle in Neutral and activates free roll for the duration of the wash, while preventing Model 3 from applying the Parking brake if you leave the driver’s seat. To enable, press on the brake pedal and touch Enable Free Roll; or shift into Neutral.
Car Wash Mode disables if the vehicle’s speed exceeds 9 mph (15 km/h) or by touching Exit on the touchscreen.
CAUTION: Failure to put Model 3 in Car Wash Mode may result in damage (for example, to the charge port or windshield wipers). Damage caused by car washes
is not covered by the warranty.
Cleaning a Camera
To ensure a clear picture, the camera lens must be clean and free of obstructions.
Remove any build-up of dirt or debris by spraying water onto the camera lens and drying it with a microfiber cloth. Clean the camera lens every week during wet weather (snow, rain, sleet) and every month during dry weather.
|
The front-facing camera (if equipped) is equipped with a sprayer nozzle. To clean the front-facing camera, touch the app launcher, select the Camera app, and press the spray icon. |
NOTE: The inside of the windshield within front camera enclosure (see Cameras on page 18) must be cleaned periodically to maintain clear visibility and optimal camera function. To check if such cleaning is needed, review your vehicle’s maintenance summary by touching Controls > Service > Maintenance. When needed, use the mobile app to schedule a service appointment.
CAUTION: Do not use chemical-based or abrasive cleaners. Doing so can damage the surface of the lens.
CAUTION: Do not clean an ultrasonic sensor (if equipped) or camera lens with a sharp or abrasive object that can scratch or damage its surface.
Cautions for Exterior Cleaning
CAUTION: Do not wash in direct sunlight.
Cleaning the Interior
|
CAUTION: Do not use windshield treatment fluids. Doing so can interfere with wiper friction and cause a chattering sound. |
|
CAUTION: Do not use hot water, detergents, highly alkaline or caustic cleaning ingredients or solvents, specifically those containing hydroxide. Avoid exposure to soaps and chemicals above pH 13. If unsure, check the product label or ask the staff at the car wash. Damage caused by improper washing is not covered by the warranty. |
|
CAUTION: If using a pressure washer, maintain a distance of at least 12″ (30 cm) between the nozzle and the surface of Model 3. Avoid aiming the water jet directly at parking sensors (if equipped). Keep the nozzle moving and do not concentrate the water jet on any one area. |
|
CAUTION: Do not aim water hoses directly at windows, door, or hood seals or at electronic modules or exposed cabling. |
|
CAUTION: To avoid corrosive damage that may not be covered by the warranty, rinse away any road salt from the underside of the vehicle, wheel wells, and brakes. After cleaning the vehicle, dry the brakes by going on a short drive and applying the brakes multiple times. |
|
CAUTION: Avoid using tight-napped or rough cloths, such as washing mitts. A high-quality microfiber cleaning cloth is recommended. |
|
CAUTION: If washing in an automatic car wash, use touchless car washes only. These car washes have no parts, such as brushes, that touch the surfaces of Model 3. |
|
CAUTION: If washing in an automatic car wash, make sure the vehicle is locked. In addition, avoid using controls on the touchscreen that can result in accidentally opening doors or trunks while the vehicle is being washed. Any damage caused is not covered by the warranty. |
|
CAUTION: Ensure the wipers are off before washing Model 3 to avoid the risk of damaging the wipers. |
|
CAUTION: Do not use chemical based wheel cleaners or pre-wash products. These can damage the finish on the wheels. |
|
WARNING: Never spray liquid at a high velocity (for example, if using a pressure washer) towards the charge port while Model 3 is charging. Failure to follow these instructions can result in serious injury or damage to the vehicle, charging equipment, or property. |
Frequently inspect and clean the interior to maintain its appearance and to prevent premature wear. If possible, immediately wipe up spills and remove marks. For general cleaning, wipe interior surfaces using a soft cloth (such as microfiber) dampened with a mixture of warm water and mild
non-detergent cleaner (test all cleaners on a concealed area before use). To avoid streaks, dry immediately with a soft lint-free cloth.
Interior Glass
Do not scrape, or use any abrasive cleaning fluid on glass or mirrored surfaces. This can damage the reflective surface of the mirror and the heating elements in the rear window.
Airbags
Do not allow any substance to enter an airbag cover. This could affect correct operation.
Dashboard and Plastic Surfaces
Do not polish the upper surfaces of the dashboard. Polished surfaces are reflective and could interfere with your driving view.
Interior Lighting
NOTE: The Tesla warranty does not cover damage caused by improper maintenance, including the use of cleaning solutions or tools that are not recommended in this Owner’s Manual.
Do not use any soap or chemical cleaning solutions on interior lighting. Common cleaning solutions and substances can degrade the lenses or components of the lighting, causing cracks and damage over time. When you want to clean interior lighting, Tesla recommends that you use a soft cloth moistened with warm water to gently wipe away soiled areas or stains. Interior lighting includes, but is not limited to, these lights (if equipped):
- Footwell
- Puddle
- Projection
- Dome
- Accent
- Ambient
When you want to clean the interior with soap or a mild non- detergent cleaner, Tesla recommends that you first cover all lighting with some form of protection, such as:
- Fabric.
- Masking tape.
- Plastic film.
- Protective covers for car interiors.
Seats
NOTE: The Tesla warranty does not cover damage caused by improper maintenance, including the use of cleaning solutions or tools that are not recommended in this Owner’s Manual.
Your vehicle’s seats are made of a custom, sustainable, vegan leather which is softer than leather, yet far more durable and stain resistant. Tesla recommends that you regularly clean and vacuum the interior of your vehicle to maintain performance and an as-new appearance. You can purchase an all-purpose cleaning kit on the Tesla Shop.
Avoid contact with harsh chemicals, including certain cosmetics. Such substances can cause damage, degradation, or discoloration over time.
For general spills and stains, wipe spills and chemical residues from interior surfaces as soon as possible. Moisten a soft cloth (preferably microfiber) with warm water and mild soap and gently wipe the stain in a circular motion. Then, wipe dry using a soft, lint-free cloth. Do not blow dry.
Anything more than soap can be too harsh. Using other cleaning agents, disinfectants, conditioners, or protectants is not recommended.
For white seats: As a last resort, moisten a soft cloth (such as microfiber) with warm water and isopropyl alcohol and gently wipe the stain in a circular motion (DO NOT use this method on black seats). Clean off any remaining isopropyl alcohol residue with a soft, damp cloth. Aggressive or extended use of isopropyl alcohol will damage the top coat of the material, allowing stains to occur more readily and violating the warranty.
CAUTION: Do not use products containing alcohol, bleach (sodium hypoclorite), citrus, naptha, or silicon- based additives. Do not spray the seat directly with any
spray. Do not get water into the seat belt mechanism.
A variety of clothing, accessories, and cosmetics may contain dyes or oils which can transfer onto the seats over time. These stains are difficult to prevent and cannot always be safely cleaned off.
CAUTION: Do not use aftermarket, non-Tesla seat covers. Seat covers may cause staining or damage to the seats and may inhibit the sensitivity of a seat’s
occupancy sensors or restrict deployment of airbags.
Carpets
Avoid over-wetting carpets. For heavily soiled areas, use a diluted upholstery cleaner.
Seat Belts
Extend the belts to wipe. Do not use any type of detergent or chemical cleaning agent. Allow the belts to dry naturally while extended, preferably away from direct sunlight.
Door Seals
Wipe door seals with a damp cloth to remove any debris. Excessive debris on the door seals can cause damage when contacting surrounding surfaces. Avoid using alcohol wipes or any chemical products that can potentially deteriorate the coating on the door seals.
Front and Rear Touchscreens
Use a soft lint-free cloth specifically designed to clean monitors and displays. Do not use cleaners (such as a glass cleaner) or alcohol-based gel products (such as hand sanitizer) and do not use a wet wipe or a dry statically- charged cloth (such as a recently washed microfiber). To wipe the front touchscreen without activating buttons and changing settings, you can enable Screen Clean Mode.
Touch Controls > Display > Screen Clean Mode. The display darkens to make it easy to see dust and smudges. To exit Screen Clean Mode, press and hold HOLD TO EXIT.
Chrome and Metal Surfaces
Polish, abrasive cleaners, alcohol-based gel products (such as hand sanitizer), and hard cloths can damage the finish on chrome and metal surfaces.
Cautions for Interior Cleaning
|
CAUTION: Using solvents (including alcohol), alcohol- based gel products (such as hand sanitizer), bleach, citrus, naphtha, or silicone-based products or additives on interior components can cause damage. |
|
CAUTION: Statically-charged materials can cause damage to the touchscreen. |
|
WARNING: If you notice any damage on an airbag or seat belt, contact Tesla immediately. |
|
WARNING: Do not allow any water, cleaners, or fabric to enter a seat belt mechanism. |
|
WARNING: Do not use solvents or soap on interior accent lights. |
|
WARNING: Exposure to chemical cleaners can be hazardous and can irritate eyes and skin. Read and observe the instructions provided by the manufacturer of the chemical cleaner. |
Polishing, Touch Up, and Body Repair
To preserve the cosmetic appearance of the body, you can occasionally treat the paint surfaces with an approved polish containing:
- Very mild abrasive to remove surface contamination without removing or damaging the paint.
- Filling compounds that fill scratches and reduce their visibility.